Three soldiers killed in Benghazi attack

0

Armed militias conduct a search operation in an area of Benghazi. (file photo)

At least three soldiers have been killed and three others injured in an attack on a military patrol in Libyaâ„¢s eastern city of Benghazi.

Military spokesman Abdullah al-Shaafi said on Wednesday the bomb attack killed at least one soldier on the spot while the other two later succumbed to their injuries.

Å“An explosive device that was concealed in a rubbish bin blew up near a patrol of the Al-Khandak Brigades,” al-Shaafi said.

Heavily-armed assailants have attacked several army posts in the troubled eastern city over the past few weeks.

Benghazi is the cradle of the 2011 uprising which toppled the long-time dictator Muammar Gaddafi. The city has since been the scene of numerous attacks and assassinations.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Britain retail sales decline in May

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Retail sales volume in the UK has fallen at its fastest pace for 16 months in May, a survey has found.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘I am absolutely fine’ — Accused Boston bomber speaks to his family for the first time since arrest

0

Six weeks after a pair of homemade bombs detonated near the finish line of the Boston Marathon, the mother of the suspects has finally made contact with her only surviving son, Dzhokhar Tsarnaev.

Zubeidat Tsarnaeva told Bloomberg News late Monday that she
recently spoke with her 19-year-old son over the telephone from
her home in Dagestan, Russia while he recovers in a Massachusetts
prison facility from a gunshot wound to the neck incurred over a
month ago.

“He said: ‘I am absolutely fine, my wounds are healing.
Everything is in God’s hands. Be patient. Everything will be
fine,
’” Tsarnaeva told Bloomberg.

“I couldn’t stop myself from crying,” she said of the
six-minute conversation with her son.

Dzhokhar Tsarnaev was apprehended by police on April 19 after a
days’ long manhunt in which his brother and co-suspect,
26-year-old Tamerlan Tsarnaev, died in a shootout with police.
Both brothers are accused of carrying out a terrorist attack at
the annual race in Boston and, if convicted, Tsarnaev could be
sentenced to death.

“Mentally he is normal but the child is shocked,”
Tsarnaeva added to Bloomberg. “It was really hard to hear him
and for him to hear me. The conversation was very quiet. It was
my child, I know he is locked up like a dog, like an
anima
l.” 

Tsarnaev was apprehended by police four days after the tragedy in
Boston and initially spoke to investigators from a hospital bed
before being read his Miranda Rights. He has reportedly since
stopped speaking with authorities, however, and has retained
noted defense attorney Judy Clarke for his legal team. Clarke previously
represented bombers Ted Kaczynski and Eric Rudolph in the 1990s,
both of whom were sentenced to life in prison in lieu of
receiving the death penalty. 

Anzor Tsarnaev and Zubeidat Tsarnaeva, parents of Boston bombings suspects, attend news conference in Makhachkala. (Reuters)

And although Tsarnaev has remained mostly mum in the month-plus
since being apprehended, the case of the Boston Marathon bombing
has continued to take turn after turn. Earlier this month,
authorities charged three classmates of the accused terrorist with
interfering with the federal investigation into the incident.
Then last week, an acquaintance of Tamerlan Tsarnaev was killed by a Federal Bureau of Investigation agent
during an interview in Florida. 

Meanwhile, another member of the Tsarnaev family earned headlines
on her own accord this week. Bella Tsarnaeva, the sister of the
two suspects, pleaded not guilty Tuesday to the charge of
possession of marijuana with intent to distribute. She was
indicted last December after police responded to a domestic
violent call at her Fairview, New Jersey home and became
suspicious after smelling marijuana.

“She is a young woman, 24 years old, and through no fault of
her own, she has been thrust into a public spotlight
,” her
attorney, Mario Blanch, told Jersey’s The Record. “This has
been a huge tragedy for this country, and it has also been a huge
tragedy for my client.
”

Although Bella Tsarnaeva has distanced herself from her brother’s
case, other members of the family have spoken out to condemn the
charges against Dzhokhar Tsarnaev. Both the boys’ mother and
their aunt, Maret Tsarnaeva of Toronto, say the brothers were
framed by the FBI.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama Spinning War on Terror

0

Ben Shapiro
townhall.com
May 29, 2013

In a hallmark speech last week, President Obama unilaterally declared the war on terror over. The end of that war, Obama stated, meant we could return to the halcyon days of the Clinton-era law enforcement, during which America experienced a spate of terrorist attacks ranging from the first attack on the World Trade Center in 1993 to the Khobar Towers bombing in 1996 to the bombings of American embassies in Kenya and Tanzania in 1998 to the USS Cole bombing in 2000.

What justified Obama’s announcement?

Nothing, except his need to pacify his leftist base. With scandals brewing on the home front – the Internal Revenue Service targeting of conservative non-profits, the Department of Justice targeting of journalists – President Obama must shore up his left or face the prospect of being an early lame duck.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 11:05 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

CIA Thwarts Polio Vaccination Campaign

0

A polio vaccination campaign worker was shot to death in Pakistan on Tuesday, which The New York Times wasted no time in reporting. What the Times article neglected to mention was that the killing followed a CIA operation in which agents orchestrated a fake vaccination program in order to gain entry to Osama Bin Laden’s home. (The plot was based on knowledge that health workers had previously managed to enter Bin Laden’s home to administer polio drops to the children.)

The importance of such background information apparently eluded the Times, whose motto is ‘All the News That’s Fit to Print’. It’s easy to see why the details of the CIA operation were unfit for print: first, it’s embarrassing to the U.S., which the paper is greatly biased toward; and second, Pakistan is an official enemy of the U.S., so it’s an exercise in patriotism to imply that Pakistan is home to Muslim extremists who don’t believe in vaccines or science, and therefore murder polio vaccine volunteers for sport. The nearest the Times article gets to mentioning the CIA’s bogus vaccine program is a vague reference to “the Pakistani Taliban, who have criticized vaccination efforts as a cover for Western espionage.” Not only does the NYT lack the integrity to recognize that “vaccination efforts” were in fact cover for Western espionage; they also imply that such notions are the result of some kind of sinister Taliban disinformation campaign.

Like some kind of Billy Mays infomercial–‘But wait, there’s more!’–the Times’ shameful coverage doesn’t end there. They go on to say that, “Also [in addition to the Taliban], religious extremists claim that the real aim of vaccination campaigns is to sterilize Pakistan’s Muslim population.” The implication is again that Pakistan is populated with menacing religious zealots whose fundamentalism stands in the way of scientific progress. Characterizations such as these conform very nicely to the view that clashes between the West (i.e. NATO) and the Middle East are not rooted in any sort of real economic or political grievances (e.g., the U.S.’ installation of dictators like the Shah in Iran; or the U.S.’ theft of oil resources), but rather “a clash of civilizations”, as Foreign Affairs once put it. The view that there are irrevocable religious differences between the West and the Middle East is very useful to Western leaders seeking to justify acts of aggression, like the invasion of Iraq.

The Times can’t plead ignorance of the CIA’s false vaccination program. Just last year they published an article titled, “C.I.A. Vaccine Ruse May Have Harmed the War on Polio.” How NYT’s own coverage didn’t figure into another article on essentially the same topic is a fine illustration of the establishment media’s studied obliviousness. And it’s not as though they were oblivious to some marginal issue with the vaccine story. As a recent article in Scientific American states, “the CIA’s fake vaccination campaign endangers us all” by impeding the distribution of polio vaccines. Incidentally, Pakistan is one of the last few countries on the planet in which Polio persists.

I’ll be generous with the Times and not fault them for overlooking the West’s–particularly the U.S. and Germany’s–past experimentation with eugenics, which would help explain the apparent superstition that vaccination campaigns might be sterilization campaigns in disguise. In fact, the U.S. was such a leading pioneer in eugenics practices, including forced sterilization, that Nazi Germany derived many of its eugenics projects from the U.S. So it shouldn’t be surprising that, following CIA involvement in vaccination campaigns, Pakistanis would be suspicious.

The cowardice of The New York Times is at times difficult to fathom. Another recent example of the paper’s servility to power would be its coverage of Obama’s speech about his terrorism policies. As Glenn Greenwald’s helpful article about the speech points out, the NYT’s response to it was posted online literally minutes after the speech ended. This means, of course, that they received a copy of it in advance. Small surprise that they gave the oration such an embarrassingly glowing review: wouldn’t want to bite the hand that’s feeding you advanced copies. What does surprise me is that the speech the Times chose to gush over was one that was designed to justify Obama’s unprecedented prosecution of journalists. Obama is selling the NYT the noose they’ll be hanged from, and the Times is only too thrilled to be buying it from such a swell guy.

Ken Klippenstein lives in Madison, Wisconsin, USA, where he edits the left issues journal, whiterosereader.org He can be reached at Reader246@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Saudi writer urges groping of women to make them stay at home

0

A Saudi writer with more than 97,000 Twitter followers has been promoting the molestation of women on under the hash-tag #harass_female_cashiers to pressure for Saudi women to stay at home in order to protect their chastity.

Abdullah Mohammad Al Dawood, author of several books, urged his
abundance of followers to harass women working in Saudi grocery
stores nationwide.

He is attempting to campaign against the employment of women in
mixed-gender environments and his move towards condoning assault
is regarded as a backlash against mild socioeconomic reforms in
the country.

Since 2011, women have begun taking up private-sector work in
increasing droves, following official moves encouraging their
influx into the sphere in order to boost the country’s
economy. 

His tweet was apparently ‘justified’ by a sermon about a
7th-century Islamic warrior who did not want his wife to leave
home to visit the mosque, according to Gulf News.

The warrior, Al Zubair, hid in the dark and molested his wife
anonymously when she left the house. His terrified spouse never
set foot outside again, realizing that the external world was a
corrupt and evil place.

Some fellow conservatives have lauded his Twitter campaign as
part of a great fight against government efforts to ‘Westernize’
the nation.

One cleric, named Khalid Ebrahim Al Saqabi was fully supportive,
saying that government laws against sexual harassment were only
meant to encourage consensual debauchery, and accused the labor
minister of being “concerned with finding jobs for women
instead of men.”

Another stated that, “They had better ban mingling of the
sexes, not protect it.”

However, his comments have sparked a backlash across the
Twittersphere from people suggesting that he wouldn’t like his
own words if the women in question were his wife or sisters.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syria hits trucks smuggling oil to Turkey

0

Syrian soldiers celebrate in the al-Midan area in Damascus after clearing the zone of militants fighting against the government of President Bahsar al-Assad. (file photo)

Syrian troops have destroyed several trucks smuggling crude oil into neighboring Turkey, state media say.

According to Syrian television on Wednesday, the tankers were smuggling oil from Tayem oil field situated in eastern part of the Arab country.

Syrian television did not reveal the location of the attack, but said terrorists smuggling the consignment were killed in the assault.

Syria has been experiencing unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security forces, have been killed in the turmoil.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview recently broadcast on Turkish television, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran going through critical days’

0

Presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel speaks in Tehran on May 27, 2013.

Presidential candidate Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel says Iran is going through critical days because the upcoming election will determine the countryâ„¢s direction for the next four years.

The principlist candidate told reporters in Tehran on Wednesday that the next president should have the strengths of his predecessor because he will have to prop up the strong points of the Islamic Revolution and reduce its problems.

Haddad-Adel also said Iran is the most politically independent country in the world, and no one can claim otherwise.

He stressed that public participation is the key to national development and growth.

Haddad-Adel is facing seven rivals in the upcoming election, including Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Taliban storm Afghan governor office

0

US-led foreign forces and Afghan security personnel inspect the site of a car bombing attack in Kandahar. (file photo)

At least one policeman and six militants have been killed after Taliban launched an attack on a provincial governorâ„¢s office in northeastern Afghanistan.

The heavily armed militants targeted the building in province of Panjshir early Wednesday, provincial government spokesman Rohullah Yousufi said.

Å“Six militants armed with suicide vests and weapons stormed the provincial governor compound at around 3 a.m. local time in Bazarak city. The attack and counter-attack claimed the lives of all attackers and one policeman,” Xinhua quoted Yousufi as saying.

Taliban militants have claimed responsibility for the massive attack.

Kabul and several other main cities have come under several major attacks over the past few weeks.

Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual Å“spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Moscow City Court rejects Pussy Riot appeal

0

Two years in jail for Pussy Riot members is a lawful term and the case has no political connotation, Moscow City Court ruled, dismissing the supervisory appeal by defense. Two members remain in prison for their ‘punk prayer’ in Moscow’s main cathedral.

“There are no politics, they are just hooligans,” the
chairwoman of the court, Olga Yegorova, said after the hearing.

Yegorova has ruled that in August 2012 the court appropriately
sentenced members of the ‘feminist punk band’ Pussy Riot —
Nadezhda Tolokonnikova, Maria Alyokhina (along with Ekaterina
Samutsevich, whose term was later changed on suspended one) to
two years in prison for aggravated ‘hooliganism motivated by
religious hatred’. Despite Alyokhina having a child, she was
still denied parole.

The trial was held after the group performed what they called a
‘punk prayer’ in Moscow’s main cathedral, chanting the song
‘Mother of God send Putin Away’, recording it and posting the
video on the internet.

The lawyer for the other jailed Pussy Riot members, Irina
Khrunova, considered the ruling “predictable” and said she
was now going to file a complaint with the Russian Supreme Court.

“I won’t comment on actions or words of the chairwoman of the
Moscow City Court, I will, however, continue to fight
injustice,”
Khrunova told Interfax.

The defense insists that the clients must be fully acquitted as
their crime was of a non-violent nature and caused no material
damage. Another complaint is that there were alleged procedural
violations during the investigation and the trial process itself.

The women themselves also deny all charges saying that the gig
was a political protest against the ties between Russian
authorities and the leaders of the Russian Orthodox Church.

A Russian court earlier denied Alyokhina’s request for early
release, filed seven months after the sentence was passed.
Moreover, she was not allowed to be present at the hearing. In
protest against a court’s decision not to allow her to personally
attend a hearing, Alyokhina declared a hunger strike. As the appeal concluded, she vowed to
continue with her hunger strike.

On Tuesday, less than a week after she declared a hunger strike,
Alyokhina was reportedly transferred to a medical station in a
penal colony in Perm Region, where she is serving her sentence.
Russia’s Federal Service for Execution of Punishment (FSIN) has
confirmed the information that was initially tweeted by
Tolokonnikova’s husband, activist Pyotr Verzilov. 

“She still refuses food,” the FSIN said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Detroit Cop Who Shot/Killed Seven-Year-Old in Flash-Bang Raid Blames His Superiors

0

Photo Credit: shutterstock.com

May 29, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In 2010, Detroit police in search of a murder suspect sent a SWAT team to Lillibridge Street just after midnight. The steel door to the building, as well as the lower unit’s door, were both unlocked. Nonetheless, officers busted through the unlocked unit door and tossed a flash-bang grenade through the window. The grenade landed so close to seven-year-old Aiyana Stanley-Jones, who was asleep on the couch, that it burned her blanket. Within seconds, a bullet from Detroit Officer Joseph Weekly’s gun pierced her head, killing her her. The murder suspect police were actually looking for lived in the upper unit, above where Aiyana slept. Now, three years later, Officer Weekly’s trial is starting up with jury selection on Wednesday. But questions about the events that led to Aiyana’s death remain.

Deployment of the flash-bang grenade, which is intended to create confusion, appears to have been a sloppy decision rarely made in these kinds of raids, and may have startled Weekly into firing his gun. Moreover, the film crew of the A&E reality television show “The First 48” was at the scene, prompting speculation that the flash-bang grenade may have been used to add drama for the cameras.

Despite two different stories about what happened that night, one thing is clear: The flash-bang grenade, as is typical for these kinds of devices, created more chaos than control over the situation.

Police have claimed Weekly’s gun accidentally went off after a confrontation with Aiyana’s grandmother, but an attorney for the family of Aiyana Jones tells a different story. “There is no question about what happened because it’s in the videotape,” Geoffrey Fieger, their attorney, told the Huffington Post in 2010. “Aiyana Jones was shot from outside on the porch. The videotape shows clearly the officer throwing through the window a stun grenade-type explosive and then within milliseconds of throwing that, firing a shot from outside the home.”

Still, Weekly’s defense says he should not be scapegoated for behavior linked to the missteps of his bosses. His attorney, Steve Fishman, said in court filings that Weekly “had nothing to do with the planning of the raid and was merely a police officer assigned to a certain position … by a superior officer.” He argued his client shouldn not be deemed responsible for “ineptitude of the officer assigned to deploy” the flash-bang.

Indeed, putting cops into combat-like situations often creates undesirable outcomes.

“This was essentially a military assault on a private dwelling,” Ron Scott, spokesman for a watchdog group, Detroit Coalition Against Police Brutality, told the Associated Press, “I think the administration of the police department wanted to show Detroit was tough on crime and show something exciting for television.”

Detroit Mayor Dave Bing banned reality TV crews from police rides after Aiyana’s death. An A&E videographer, Allison Howard, is charged with perjury and withholding video documentation.  Her trial is set for late June.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Even Harvard Grads Don't Want to Work on Wall St. Anymore

0

Photo Credit: Songquan Deng / Shutterstock.com

May 29, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Wall Street’s propensity to ravage the economy, launder money, and illegally foreclose on families with no harsher punishment than a slip on the wrist seems to have irked some of the nation’s brightest. Either that or the shrinkage of jobs in the finance sector is turning them off. According to a survey by the student newspaper the Harvard Crimson, Harvard graduates are just saying “No” to Wall Street, with some of them looking instead to put their smarts to work making America a better place.

The paper reports that about a third of new graduates plan to work on finance, with 15 percent working on Wall Street and 16 percent doing consulting. In 2007, before the recession, 47 percent of Harvard grads went onto work in finance and consuting, a number that fell to 39 percent in 2008, and 20 percent in 2012.

As the Huffington Post noted, it looks like the financial crisis may have triggered a change in the aspirations of the nation’s brightest, prompting millenials to prefer work in industries where they can contribute to social good, like health and tech, although many of them, no doubt, want to score big in tech. At the same time, Wall Street is laying off more employees than it hires, so grads’ reasons for career shifts may be more pragmatic than idealistic.

Kristen Gwynne is an associate editor and drug policy reporter at AlterNet.  Follow her on Twitter: @KristenGwynne

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Royal Goings-On Freeze Out Climate

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/royal_goings-on_freeze_out_climate_20130529/

Posted on May 29, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Obama’s Traducement of Democracy

0

Watching the French Open, I recalled the famous question years back about tennis, my substitution of “jihad” a timely update designed to insinuate a subversive thought into the mindset of the superpatriot in the White House, whose Memorial Day address, following upon The Speech of the Century, hit a new high (low?) in patriotic propaganda (that not even W., with or without an aircraft carrier for backdrop, would have uttered) in which he lamented that not enough Americans had gone to war (he should talk?) and therefore failed to appreciate the beauties of heroism and sacrifice, a condition probably due to the all-volunteer army: how much better if all served–implictly, a universal, peacetime draft for the future wars he allegedly has ruled out. Obama is a menace–to truth, peace, domestic rectification of poverty, suffering, clarity of social priorities. Hence, my call to jihad, not the Islamist-fundamentalist-violent form but, as my ancient Webster’s Ninth New Collegiate provides, as one definition, “a crusade for a principle or belief.” My kind of jihad would be secular, nonviolent, geared to basic political-economic-ideological change, antimilitaristic, and a global posture of nonintervention and renunciation of hegemony, whether through military, economic, or other means.

There. Jihad wouldn’t be so bad, simply the Left as I had known it personally, say, 1945-60, before the slow degradation of societal decency and humane political consciousness set in, thus, today, somewhat unrecognizable as a platform for action. Certainly, insofar as the Democratic Party is concerned, and has been for some time, perhaps–with few notable exceptions–going back as far as 1945, the ending of the New Deal and postwar anti-Communist hysteria. This has been a one-party nation for some time, especially in foreign policy, so that today’s lame excuse by Obama (and the millions still supporting him) that Republican intransigence prevents pushing ahead with genuine democratization of the social order is obviously the bunk–phony, not least because (a) no alternative has been put forth, and (b) Obama, staying with the present, but Bill Clinton, the pride of deregulation, and he are interchangeable in their love for banking, extreme wealth, and fostering business-military integration on both the economic and foreign-policy fronts, has bent over backward to facilitate wealth concentration and the formation of a still tighter ruling class. In a word, patriotism–the universal chorus–has found its soul mate in mature, expansive monopoly capitalism, each needing the other to enforce complicity and aquiescence for the whole shebang of aggressive efforts to stay on top of the world structure of power and international system of economy, while, in the massive transfer of wealth upward in America, keeping powerless and poor large numbers of its citizens (the attack on the social safety net by both elements of the one-party state) as the ideal condition to ensure docility and gratitude from below.

My sort of jihad must start with an awareness that things are rotten, not in the state of Denmark, but in the U.S. of A., rotten from the standpoint of the loss of moral consciousness (how else explain the bland acceptance of assassination as a cornerstone of American foreign policy?), and the further, related, loss of economic bearing, as witness the widest differential in wealth and power in American history, itself partly attributable to the financialization of the economy’s yielding enormous riches to criminal activity of those involved at the pinnacle, from bankers and hedge fund operators to asset managers and the regulators who countenance, nay bless, the accumulation process. But add to financialization, now the recent structural grafting on the capitalist base, a militarization which, perhaps deliberately, drains away social resources which might otherwise be turned to the benefit of the whole nation. In this light, the last thing wanted is a capitalism responsive to human needs, a formation theoretically possible when it has been democratically organized (so that socialism need not be the summum bonum of economic-social organization, although still my preference) but anathema to ruling groups whose capitalism must be hierarchically arranged, class-stratified in all but name (the fiction of a gigantic “middle class” being most useful to the stimulation and maintenance of false consciousness), and definitely war-oriented in disposition–in sum, pretty much where we are at present.

If my emphasis on awareness appears to eviscerate the idea of jihad, I could of course suggest the kinds of demonstrations, with requisite intensity, we as a nation were privileged to have in our past, from the 1877 railroad strikes to the Sit-Down Strikes of the late-1930s to the magnificent Civil Rights Protest much of which prior to the 1960s remains to be uncovered, through Mississippi Freedom Summer and community organizers (for Obama, a resume item) to the hundreds of antiwar actions in communities large and small nationwide. Awareness must not be an excuse for inaction, but a catalyst for disciplined involvement wherever the military and corporate America rear their ugly heads. Submissiveness is only a cut above slavery, or the concentration camp. Obama’s frigidity toward human tragedy (Ben Rhodes probably has to put words in his mouth when he makes the rounds of those tormented by violence and natural disaster) is exactly the right measure for eruption into more surveillance, more prosecution of leaks, more denigration of civil liberties–McCarthyism with a jauntiness coming before the rostrum.

Jihad is an intriguing notion, because it is throwing back in the face of the Opportunists, the War-Mongers, the, to recur to the despised of World War Two, Profiteers, still with us, except in name, the very term used to scare us, accustom us to wariness about criticism (Espionage Act used against whistle-blowers), sending a pall of dark smoke over the landscape of moral conscience, so that hit lists, Terror Tuesdays, collateral damage, enhanced interrogation, indefinite detention–all of which are far worse to a democratic society than what is being conjured up for public consumption to legitimize a permanent-war culture of politics–have come to define, to use Obama’s favorite slogan, for him, to opposite effect, who we are as a people. A not very flattering portrait.

Norman Pollack is the author of “The Populist Response to Industrial America” (Harvard) and “The Just Polity” (Illinois), Guggenheim Fellow, and professor of history emeritus, Michigan State University.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Russian flying man Rozov jumps from Mt Everest

0

Russian daredevil, Valery Rozov, has once again re-written the record books, making the world’s highest BASE jump off the north face of the tallest mountain on Earth, Everest.

Rozov has made his historic jump from 7,220 meters above sea
level to mark the 60 years of the Everest (8,848 meter) conquest
by Edmund Hillary and Tensing Norgay back in 1953.

The 48-year-old and his team were planning the stunt for two
years, which included a 6,420-meter jump from another Himalayan
peak, the Shivling (6,543 meters), in 2012.

It took Rozov four days to climb from base camp to the jumping
location, with his ascent beginning on the Chinese side of the
mountain. 

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 28, 2013 by Natalia Rozova.

The Russian jumped from the cliff, with temperatures at -18
degrees Celsius, and landed safely on the Rongbuk glacier at an
altitude of 5,950 meters.

The wingsuit flight lasted for about one minute, with the
skydiver reaching the speed of around 200kph.

On his return to Moscow, Rozov said the whole Everest project
came at a high price for him — both mentally and physically – but
it was worth it as he managed to fulfill his long-time
dream. 

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 28, 2013 by Natalia Rozova.

The daredevil added that the jump could well have ended in
tragedy, as he was unable to attain the necessary trajectory at
first, but in the end managed to overcome all obstacles.

Rozov has long become a legend in skydiving, with over 10,000
jumps behind his back. He achieved global renown in 2009 when he
became the first man to skydive into an active volcano on the
Kamchatka Peninsula in Russia’s Far East.

In 2012, the Russian also glided over the extremely dangerous
Tartar Strait, which separates Russia’s island of Sakhalin from
the mainland.

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 28, 2013 by Natalia Rozova.

This article originally appeared on: RT

3 Iraqi policemen killed in attack

0

At least three Iraqi policemen have been killed after unknown gunmen attacked a police outpost near the countryâ„¢s border with Syria.

The attack took place on Wednesday in Iraqâ„¢s western province of al-Anbar near the al-Walid border crossing.

According to local sources, the armed assailants fled into Syria.

There was no immediate claim of responsibility for the attack, but al-Qaeda-linked militants have previously targeted Iraqi security forces in an attempt to destabilize the Baghdad government.

On May 20, ten Iraqi policemen were killed in a similar attack in the town of Rawa, situated 260 kilometers (about 160 miles) northwest of the capital, Baghdad.

On May 18, gunmen ambushed a police patrol in Anbar Province, and kidnapped eight policemen before fleeing the scene.

The United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI) said on May 2 that April was the deadliest month in Iraq since 2008 as terrorist acts killed over 700 people and injured more than 1,600 across the country.

UNAMI also stated that Baghdad was the worst affected governorate, with a total of 211 killed and nearly 500 injured.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

NIXOBAMA: Powerful Video Compares Scandal Responses

0

“I first learned from news reports…”

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

A striking video has been posted to the web directly comparing disgraced president Richard Nixon’s comments over the Watergate scandal with president Obama’s reaction to the multiple scandals his administration is currently embroiled in.

On August 9, 1974, president Richard Nixon resigned from office following damning revelations regarding a cover up relating to a break-in at the Democratic National Committee headquarters at the Watergate office complex. Eventually the scandal also resulted in the indictment, trial, conviction, and incarceration of dozens of Nixon’s top administration officials.

Prior to his resignation, Nixon’s responses to the scandal were to feign ignorance, point to inaccurate talking points provided by aides, cite national security, and encourage the media to let him do his job. Fascinatingly, Obama has made almost exactly the same comments.

Is history repeating itself? Are the two presidents singing from the same scandal-ridden hymn sheet? Judge for yourself:

Nixon: “I first learned from news reports…”

Obama: “I first learned about it from the same news reports that I think most people learned about this.”

—

Nixon: “The comments I made during this period, the comments made by my press secretary on my behalf were based on the information provided to us at the time we made those comments.”

Obama: “Keep in mind by the way these so-called talking points that were prepared…pretty much matched the assessments that I was receiving at that time.”

—

Nixon: “And had we not had that kind of security, and that kind of secrecy that allowed for that kind of exchange that is essential…”

Obama: “Leaks related to national security can put people at risk…”

—

Nixon: “I must now turn my full attention, and I shall do so once again, to the larger duties of this office…”

Obama: “Others may get distracted by chasing every fleeting issue that passes by, but the middle class will always be my number one focus. Period.”

The makers of the video at the Revealing Politics Blog note one statement Nixon made that Obama has yet to make — “In any organization, the man at the top must bear the responsibility. That responsibility, therefore, belongs here in this office. I accept it.”

Watch the video:

The comparisons between Obama and Nixon are now everywhere. Indeed, Mitch McConnell today released a new campaign ad, targeting the Obama administration over the IRS scandal and using Nixon’s infamous quote  “When the president does it, that means it is not illegal.”

While the comparisons are legion, constitutional experts actually believe Obama is many times worse than Nixon with regards to the creation of an “imperial presidency” with unilateral powers and privileges.
–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 10:31 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Alex Jones Sounds Off On Zombies, Texans And Bathroom Etiquette

0

Donna Anderson
Inmfowars.com
May 29, 2013

Nothing says “Good Morning!” like a piping hot cuppa and a rousing Alex Jones rant, and yesterday’s was one of his best — ever. In the space of two-and-a-half minutes Alex covered everything from, well, A to Z, but not necessarily in alphabetical order. So grab your own beverage-of-choice and hang on for the ride!

Referring to simulated Zombie attacks carried out by the military, Alex said, “They went, ‘C’mon Mr. Jones, c’mon. The government’s training to kill zombies?” The military was saying, ‘So why are we training to kill Americans, to mow ‘em down in human wave attacks?” I said, so now they just call ‘em zombies, please look it up…It’s LA Times.”

Alex says they’re training the military to think humans are ugly, humans are scum. “And by the way,” said Alex, “you ARE dead. They’ve already soft-killed most of us. They think they’re just gonna watch us all die slowly and sit there and roast hot dogs on our dead corpses. It ain’t gonna happen.”

“World War Z? It’s all a simulation for mass death and killing you and your family.. and you WILL find out if we’re unable to stop them!”

Now, warming up to his rant in that way that only Alex Jones can, he admitted that this kind of stuff sounds crazy to some yuppie kids working on Wall Street. “They’re all having a good time” talking about this “crazy Texan.”

Everybody knows Texans are dumb. ‘I rode a horse to work this morning. If I didn’t have a liberal in my bathroom I couldn’t wipe my a—! Excuse me. I apologize. I know we have a family audience. that was wrong and I won’t do it again, “Alex said as he grinned into the camera. “Right now… I’m outta control.”

Reaching the peak of his rant, Alex addressed the sheeple who laugh at him and go through their daily routine with blinders on:

You ARE superior to me! Hundreds of patents, documents, tracking us, watching us, spying on us, military training to kill us, police training to take on veterans, I mean Hell Force stuff! And I’m supposed to sit hear and say ‘Everything’s fine, everything’s wonderful?!”

Rock on, Alex! And there’s you’re next InfoWars T-shirt. A field of dead zombies over the words, “Everything’s fine! Everything’s wonderful!

Get fired up, folks. There really is no better way to start your day than to listen to an Alex Jones rant.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 10:30 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

'Hactivist' Faces 10 Years in Fed Prison for Stratfor Leaks

0

Jeremy Hammond will now face up to 10 years in federal prison after pleading guilty Tuesday for hacking the shadowy intelligence company Stratfor and eight additional hacks of law enforcement and defense contractor websites.

Jeremy Hammond (Photo: Jim Newberry) In one incident, Hammond and other members of the group Anonymous retrieved millions of emails that exposed Stratfor’s vast surveillance of protesters, activists, and groups like WikiLeaks for corporate and government clients.

Hammond was charged under the same law used to prosecute internet activist Aaron Swartz and other recent cyber-activists, the 1984 Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. Hammond’s lawyers say the government is using the outdated law to stifle the flow of governmental information to the general public.

“There’s a war going on about corporate spying and access to information,” said defense attorney Sarah Kunstler at a press conference immediately following the hearing. “Jeremy is someone who worked toward making information public.”

Hammond has already been in jail for 15 months without bail at the Manhattan Correctional Center in New York City. He has been denied family visits and was held for weeks in solitary confinement.

“Jeremy has taken responsibility for what he’s done, but he should not face such a harsh sentence for an act of protest from which he did not personally benefit,” said Hammond’s twin brother, Jason Hammond. “I’m glad he’s moved one step closer to freedom but today I’m asking for the judge to consider a sentence appropriate to what is nothing other than a non-violent political protest.”

In a statement published on the site Free Jeremy Hammond, Jeremy Hammond stated, “This non-cooperating plea agreement frees me to tell the world what I did and why, without exposing any tactics or information to the government and without jeopardizing the lives and well-being of other activists on and offline.”

Hammond continues:

Now that I have pleaded guilty it is a relief to be able to say that I did work with Anonymous to hack Stratfor, among other websites. Those others included military and police equipment suppliers, private intelligence and information security firms, and law enforcement agencies. I did this because I believe people have a right to know what governments and corporations are doing behind closed doors. I did what I believe is right.

Hammond said that had he not pleaded guilty, he would have been caught in a tireless court battle with the federal government, in which he could have faced over 30 years of prison.

“Hammond, like other whistle-blowers in this country, ought to be protected,” said Michael Ratner of the Center for Constitutional Rights and lawyer for WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, “because they’re the only thing that let us know what our government and our private security companies are doing and they’re the only things that can keep this government even close to honest.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Sexual Terror in Action

0

Cardinal George Pell is a terrier of the wrong sort. Combative for the Catholic church, he does the Pope’s bidding down under with a loud bark and occasional bite. Much of it has proven disastrous for the Church’s reputation in Australia and elsewhere. That particular institution is very much in the spotlight of the Royal Commission into Institutional Responses to Sexual Child Abuse, and things are not going well. Before Victorian parliamentarians, Pell demonstrated, as he has done for so long, that he shows a distinct “sociopathic lack of empathy” for his victims.

Certainly, for Pell, a degree of blamelessness has been cultivated. This might well be his own interior justification. The abusive, institutional mechanism that so typified the church institutions might well have been a cultural monstrosity — but Pell was immune to it. Or at least, that’s the impression he gives. Governance, and action, are not necessarily the same thing in the Pell book of revelations.

His response, for example, to questioning about why the former Melbourne archbishop Frank Little did conceal instances of abuse is suggestive of that. “Yes, archbishop Little did cover up but he inherited a situation where there were no protocols and no procedures and, for some strange reason, he never spoke to anybody about it” (The Australian, May 28). The suggestion is specious, if for no other reason that the Catholic church remains one of the most protocol driven institutions on the planet, a hybrid creature of legal sophistication. Errors and heresies are noted; behaviour punished, when required. When necessary, bad behaviour has been concealed.

The sociopathic appellation was aptly coined by Anthony Foster, whose daughters had been raped by a priest. Pell’s response to the man, given in a furniture storage room at a Melbourne presbytery, was not one of much emotion. When shown a picture of Emma, one of the daughters who ultimately killed herself, Pell said blandly, “Hmmm, she’s changed, hasn’t she?” (The Age, Nov 23, 2012).

Then, the terrier sprung into action. “If you don’t like what we are doing, take us to court.” This is the Pell script, one of inscribed institutional violence and protection when necessary. Dissent will be quashed, and detractors punished. But those engaged in criminal acts… Well, that’s just something else. Canon law is a formidable shield, and one that continues to resist the incursions of Parliament and the common law. The current inquiry in Victoria is largely based on teasing out the links of a “Catholic mafia” that systematically frustrated police attempts to account for abuses.

Every concession to inappropriate, and in some causes fraudulent practices adopted by church institutions to complaints of abuse, is always qualified with a steel-like resistance. Pell has expressed his apologies that there was repeated sexual abuse of children, notably those taking place at the hands of priests and lay teachers connected with the church. He even goes so far as to admit that the church handled matters poorly some 25 years ago when a series of complaints came out of the rotting woodwork.

Before Victoria’s parliamentarians, he conceded that “lives have been blighted.” In his mind there was “no doubt about it that these crimes have contributed to many suicides” (The Australian, May 28). But, while being fully apologetic and “absolutely sorry” for those clergy responsible for abuse, the culture of silence had to be seen differently. “The primary motivation would have been to respect the reputation of the church.” There was no inkling that this “mess” was “widespread”.

Once, however, he took that stance, terrier Pell assumed his aggressive posture. As Jack Waterford, editor-at-large at The Canberra Times observed, he did act decisively in setting up a mechanism of dealing with the abuses. Abusers were identified and punished; victims were embraced, at least to a degree. Job done, which is precisely why Pell has assumed a legalist posture that takes issue with the continued insistence on church mismanagement.

Some of his colleagues have done the same thing — Bishop Anthony Fisher, and the archbishop of Canberra, Mark Coleridge, for example, assuming stern rebuking positions of victims who remind them about what happened and continue to do so. Both men have taken issue with that they see as bleating on the part of the abused, the unnecessary spirit of “vengeance that drives them and conspires with the culture of violence”. But the victims, far from speaking to a culture of vengeance, have sought one defining attribute so often missing in Church governance: the presence of accountability in the face of violence that was normalised, ever present yet concealed.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. Email: bkampmark@gmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Despite Ongoing Protest, Obama Resumes Drone Attacks in Pakistan

0

Pakistan says that US drone strikes on its territory are illegal and have led to many civilian deaths. (Photo: Reuters)Despite repeated and recent warnings that such attacks are destabilizing and an affront to its territorial sovereignty, reports indicate the US military executed a pair of drone missile strikes in Pakistan on Wednesday in what appears to be an attempt to assassinate a high-level Taliban commander.

It remains unclear whether or not Wali-ur-Rehman–the reported target of the attack– was, in fact, killed, but reports from various media outlets suggest between four and seven fatalities resulted from the attack that occurred in the North Waziristan tribal region.

“Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law.” – Pakistan Foreign Ministry

Citing Pakistan security officials and local Pashtun tribesmen, Reuters reports that the US drone “fired two missiles that struck a mud-built house at Chashma village, 3 km (2 miles) east of Miranshah, the region’s administrative town.”

Al-Jazeera reports:

A US drone strike has killed the number two of the Pakistan Taliban, Wali-ur-Rehman, in North Waziristan region, according to three Pakistani security officials.

Wali-ur-Rehman had been poised to succeed Hakimullah Mehsud as leader of the Pakistan Taliban, a senior army official based in the South Waziristan tribal region, the group’s stronghold, said in December.

The Pakistani Taliban is a separate entity allied to the Afghan Taliban. Known as the Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), they have launched repeated attacks against the Pakistani military and civilians.

The witnesses told Reuters seven people were killed and four wounded. Without access to the site, officials could not confirm the number or identities of those killed or wounded.

“Tribesmen started rescue work an hour after the attack and recovered seven bodies,” one resident Bashir Dawar told Reuters. “The bodies were badly damaged and beyond recognition.”

The Pakistan foreign ministry responded to the attack with a repeat of earlier statements, calling the US drone strike “counter-productive.”

The attacks, the statement continued, “entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law.”

If confirmed, the death of Wali-ur-Rehman would be a supposed blow to the Pakistan Taliban, and the latest killing of a high-level operative which western officials and media outlets often refer to as “number two” in the al Qaeda or Taliban command structure.

Wednesday’s bombing in Pakistan comes less than a week after a highly publicized speech by President Obama regarding the use of US drones and the practice of targeted killing on foreign soil.

Pakistan officials on Friday responded to Obama’s policy announcements by saying he did not go far enough in his promises to “reform” the US targeted killing and drone program.

“The government of Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law,” read a statement of Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs following the speech.

Many human rights groups agreed, criticizing Obama for “not going far enough” enough in addressing key concerns regarding international law, rules of war, and the implications for innocent people caught up in a war without borders and without end.

According to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, US drone attacks targeting suspected al-Qaeda and Taliban fighters in Pakistan have killed up to 3,587 people since 2004, including up to 884 civilians.

The US refuses to comment publicly about the specifics of drone attacks inside Pakistan, and does not release tallies or offer estimates about those killed or harmed.

__________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

'Free Amina!': Repressive Treatment of Women Targeted by Topless Protesters in Tunisia

0

In a bid to show support for an 18-year-old woman jailed in Tunisia, three members of the European-based feminist-activist group FEMEN staged a dramatic topless protest outside the central courthouse in Tunis on Wednesday calling for the release of the activist known as Amina Tyler.

Holding signs that read “Free Amina” and “Fuck Your Morals,” the women–two French activists and one from Germany–drew a large number of journalists snapping photos and video before they were taken into custody by police.A Femen activist demonstrates in Tunis on Wednesday. Three young European women with topless protest group Femen were arrested on Wednesday after baring their breasts in central Tunis, a first in the Arab world, an AFP journalist reported.

Tyler, a pseudonym, was arrested earlier this month after speaking out against the intolerance of Tunisia’s hardline Salafist group Ansar al-Shariah. Currently held on charges of illegally possessing pepper spray–though reports indicated it was only “a pen-sized personal protection device that shot some kind of debilitating spray”–Amina was arrested after videos showing her scrawling the word ‘FEMEN’ on a city wall as she hoped to confront a religious conference of conservative politicians.

She faces up to six months in jail for the incident, but the FEMEN activists say she is being persecuted for her stance against the male dominated culture in Tunisia.

“It is the first action that we have taken in the Arab world… I prepared this international team in Paris and they were sent yesterday (Tuesday) to Tunis,” Femen’s leader in Paris, Inna Shevchenko, told AFP by phone.

Public indecency is punishable in Tunisia by six months or more in jail, but Shevchenko denied that Amina’s graffiti was the true source of her incarceration.

“We don’t take any notice of this kind of thing. In these countries the law is applied as it suits (those in power). In Tunisia, we see that people run the risk of two years in prison just for simple graffiti,” she added.

And Tunisia Live reported from the scene:

The three activists appeared in front of the Palace of Justice wearing blouses which they took off to show their bare chests, on which slogans were written such as “Breasts Feed Revolution” and “Femen Sexetremist” . They soon began shouting expressions such as “Free Amina” and “Women’s freedom is coming.” They were also holding banners on which was written “Free Amina Now” with the Femen symbol.

Tension escalated as the Femen protest was met with shouts of an angry crowd of lawyers, court staff and people who were passing by. Shortly after the Femen protestors were taken forcibly into the court, journalists were assaulted by police and bystanders. The crowd was upset with journalists’ photographing the event. Some accused them of being “Zionist” and of supporting Femen.

Journalists were forced by the police to stop photographing and some of them left the scene. Others were detained by the police to examine the footage of the protest.

And Twitter was monitoring events and reaction:

__________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

New website reveals extent of secret CIA flight network

0



Published time: May 29, 2013 14:06

Image from therenditionproject.org.uk

Download video (22.04 MB)
Embed

Code

A team of academics have launched the world’s largest interactive database detailing suspected CIA rendition flights, many of which may have transported detainees to Guantanamo Bay.

Scotland is the only country so far which has raised any
questions on the alleged rendition activity on home soil.

The Rendition Project is a product of a
collaborative research between Dr. Ruth Blakely from the
University of Kent and Dr. Sam Raphael from Kingston University,
London.

Now anyone with an internet connection can understand, view, and
track over 11,000 CIA flights detainees may have been aboard
between 2001 and 2006 under the US rendition program, a murky
operation of secret detention and torture.

“Our purpose is to shed as much light as possible on this
system,”
Blakely told RT.

Blakely’s team has compiled a unique database sourced from
freedom of information requests, testimonies from detainees, Red
Cross reports, courtroom evidence, flight records, and invoices.

The data is categorized into four subcategories- flights which
definitely had a detainee on board, those which are suspected of
having suspected terrorists on board, and ‘dummy’ or test
flights, and other circuit flights, all on 122 different
US-registered civilian aircraft.

“Our main aim was to try and map the global rendition system
to try and provide a comprehensive a picture as possible how
rendition took place, which countries were involved,”
Blakely
told RT.

Most information was already in the public domain, but Blakely
hopes by making it web-accessible, the project will assist human
rights investigators and lawyers to defend the rights of
detainees who have been victims to unfair torture or questionable
tactics.

The site will help reveal “how the CIA managed to hide
individuals in this system as it transported them around the
world to hold them in prisons where they could be tortured and
interrogated,”
said Blakely.

Abu Zubaydah. (Image from wikipedia.org)

High profile detainee

Among those profiled on the website is Abu Zubaydah, a Saudi
Arabian currently being held in custody at Guantanamo Bay,
without any official legal charge brought against him. Zubaydah
was first captured during the Bush administration, and in 2006
was transferred to Guantanamo.

The Rendition Project believes he was first caught in Bangkok,
and may been on board eight different rendition flights, as he
was transported around the globe to different CIA black spots.

A suspected terrorist, Zubaydah claims he was water boarded 83
times during August 2002 while he was held at a US detention site
in Thailand.

A screenshot from the new database which lets users track flights by data, detainee, and location. Image from therenditionproject.org.uk

‘Conclusive’ new proof

Blakely and her team believe they have found ‘conclusive’ new
proof that CIA planes regularly landed at three Scottish airports
under the rendition program.

Aberdeen, Inverness, and Wick were all allegedly used to carry
out secret US missions, according to the website.

Blakely’s study shows evident that five flights landed at Wick,
five at Inverness and three at Aberdeen, all allegedly part of
the US missions.

During a question and answer session in the Scottish Parliament
on Tuesday, Justice Secretary Kenny MacAskill acknowledged the
allegation that his government took part in the rendition
program.

In an almost empty chamber, Scottish Parliament member Patrick
Harvey, a Scottish Green party co-convener, questioned Justice
Secretary MacAskill about the alleged touch-downs.

A flight check-in area is pictured at Aberdeen Airport in Scotland, where 3 CIA Rendition flights allegedly landed. (AFP Photo / Scott Campbell)

“The Scottish government strongly opposes illegal rendition
flights. No representations have been received by the Scottish
government regarding these flights,”
MacAskill answered.

Until there is hard and concrete evidence, according to
MacAskill, Scotland will not make any formal accusations against
the US or any other involved parties in the flights.

Blakely’s investigative team shows a flight which landed at Wick
in 2004 was “flying to a secret prison and torture
destinations.”

The CIA’s black sites in over 54 countries have been allegedly used to detain and
torture suspected terrorists, and to hold them in custody before
being transported to the prison at Guantanamo Bay and other
torture and detention centers worldwide.

The EU parliament has previously called upon Poland, Lithuania,
and Romania to reveal any ‘black sites’, or airports used to aid the CIA’s
secret rendition program.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Keeping euro afloat at all costs behind catastrophic EU unemployment’

0

The EU needs to reverse its macroeconomic policies and stop supporting the euro if it doesn’t want record unemployment to result in civil disorder and political problems, Dr. Stephen Davies from the Institute of Economic Affairs told RT.

Skyrocketing youth unemployment is becoming the greatest concern
for European nations. EU leaders are sounding the alarm over an
entire generation who they fear will never find jobs.

At a Paris conference, Germany, Italy and France have urged for
action to avert a continent-wide catastrophe, with over 7.5
million young people across Europe currently out of work.

Even Germany, which has the strongest economy in Europe, is
suffering from joblessness as unemployment in the country increased four
times
above expert expectations this May.  

Education director at the Institute of Economic Affairs, Dr.
Stephen Davies, believes that the set measures to cope with
record unemployment in the EU won’t require a lot of funding, but
only the desire to reform from the European politicians.  

RT: Nearly one in four youngsters in the EU is
unemployed. Why are European leaders only addressing this
now?

Stephen Davies: That’s a very good question. You quoted
the overall average, but in Greece it’s a catastrophic 65 per
cent. It’s 50 per cent in Spain. And it’s actually a minor
miracle that this hasn’t led to a more serious social and
political unrest that it has already. It’s quite surprising that
it’s taken [the EU leaders] to do it. I think it’s because they
thought that the problem would sort itself out, but it’s become
obvious that it won’t.

RT:  With unemployment hitting record levels
across the bloc, are EU authorities actually able to control the
situation?

SD: Well, there are some things they can do immediately.
The really big cause for the very high rates of unemployment in
general and amongst young people, in particular, is the
catastrophic effect of the euro and of the attempts being made —
the desperate attempts that are being made — to keep it going.
This has led to really severe deflation in the peripheral
economies of Europe and this has affected the least able members
of the workforce, which means typically the unskilled and the
young more severely. So they could change that policy immediately
and that would have, at least, some effect. 

An Alcoa Inc. worker protests against their dismissals from employment in front of the Ministry of Employment building in Rome. (Reuters / Alessandro Bianchi)

RT: Youth unemployment is more than double than that of
adults, why is it the young that’s suffering the most?

SD: As I said what really needs to be done is to reverse
the major macroeconomic policies being followed, which is
essentially to bring about a reduction of the price level in the
peripheral countries of Europe — to bring their price levels into
line with those of Germany. Now, if you don’t have your own
currency, you can’t do that by devaluation. Have to do it by an
internal deflation, which means, essentially, an induced slump.
And in such situations it’s the least skilled part of the work
force, which disproportionally means the young – because the
young, they haven’t got any work experience and therefore haven’t
got the required skills – who are going to suffer most.

So reversing this macroeconomic policy is the biggest thing they
could do. They could also undertake supply-side reform,
particularly in the UK case, to for example reform education at
high-school level to ensure that young people enter the jobs
market with the kind of skills that employers want, which will
make them more productive.  


RT: Tackling youth unemployment would
require billions of euro. Does the debt-stricken bloc have enough
resources for that? Is it even a priority for them?

SD: It’s a priority — it certainly should be because of
the pretty serious political consequences. I mean that one of the
things that history tells us is that [having] lots of unemployed
young men is a very, very dangerous situation. That’s a kind of
thing that historically can lead to really serious trouble — not
just in terms of, saying for example, rising crime, but also
serious civil disorder of political problems of one kind or
another. However, I would challenge your assumption there. This
doesn’t necessarily involve spending large amounts of money.

Essentially, it involves the states of Europe improving the
quality of their education system, which doesn’t necessarily
involve more money. It simply means in many cases the government
getting out of the way. And also changing labor market
regulations in Europe, which are making it very difficult and
very expensive to employ young people. Supply-side reforms of
that kind won’t cost a penny, but they would bring about
significantly improved chances for young people.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Yes they can: Women breadwinners for 40% of American households

0

New research has revealed that women provide for 40 percent of all American households with children under 18 years of age – mothers who are either the sole or primary source of income for the family.

The study by the Pew Research Center shows more women are coping
as sole providers for their children, raising children without
fathers or simply out-earning their husbands or partners.

The research indicates that there has been a significant shift
over five decades. In the 1960s only 11 percent of US households
relied on women as the main or only source of income. Two years
ago the figures jumped to 40 percent.

The change was mostly due to the number of single mothers having
jumped in that time. Single mothers account for 25 percent of all
US household with children. Almost 2 out of 3 Americans
polled consider the growing number of single moms as a “big
problem,” Pew found.

Another factor is that in complete families women often earn more
than their husbands. Statistics indicate women out-earn their
partners in nearly 1 out of 4 married couples, Pew research says.
However this is not seen as something bad for a marriage.

Despite the fact the majority of Americans think women should not
return “to the kitchen,” the study pointed to a growing problem
with bringing up children in the families where mothers work.

Some 3 out of 4 adults polled said that this makes it harder to
raise children. Half of the participants in the survey believe
children are better off with mothers, while only 8 percent said
that with their fathers children do just as well.

In the majority of married couples fathers still make more money
than their wives. Unemployed dads account for a small fraction of
complete families.

Households with children, in which both parents work are quite
common.

With time more Americans especially young adults have become
easier on working mothers and see it as normal rather than
suspicious. Also young adults proved much easier on unmarried
mothers, with 50 percent of those polled saying they see it as a
minor problem, or not a problem at all.

This article originally appeared on: RT

OECD gloomily cuts global growth outlook to 3.1%

0

The Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) predicts the recession-hit eurozone will fall further casting a shadow over the improving US and rebounding Japan.

The leading economic think tank says, the world economy should
grow 3.1 percent this year and then accelerate to 4 percent in
2014. That’s a more pessimistic outlook than its 3.4 percent
forecast in November.

The euro zone will remain the drag on global growth. The OECD
sees its economy remaining in recession for a second year,
contracting 0.6 percent. The growth may resume next year at 1.1
percent.

The OECD’s chief economist, Pier Carlo Padoan called on countries
to cooperate to facilitate growth: “While still disappointing,
the global economy is moving forward, and it is doing so at
multiple speeds. These multiple speeds reflect different paths
towards self-sustained growth, with each path carrying its own
mix of risks.”

The grim outlook for Europe contrasts with the forecast for the
US, which is expected to grow almost 3 percent next year. The
organization has praised Washington’s successful
re-capitalisation of its banks that helped revive the economy.

“In the United States, the combination of a repaired financial
system and a revival in confidence is driving growth. Private
sector demand is stabilising as household de-leveraging is far
advanced, house prices are rebounding and wealth accumulation is
supporting consumption. Employment is growing, adding to
confidence”,
Pier Carlo Padoan says. However, he criticized
the US Congress decision to impose public spending cuts, a
so-called sequester, before the recovery firms up.

The think tank has slashed its forecast on China cutting growth
rates to 7.8 percent this year from a previous 8.5 percent.

The OECD has lifted its estimate for Japan, saying the BOJ
aggressive monetary stimulus would help its economy grow by 1.6
percent this year. It has blessed the country’s central bank’s
policy and said further moves could be used to boost the economy.

The OECD said central banks of most countries in recovery mode
should also keep monetary policies easy. It has called on the
European Central Bank to dramatically step up its efforts to get
credit flowing to the economy.

This article originally appeared on: RT

#AnonymousUK hackers post far-right members’ contacts details online

0

A list appearing to show the full names and addresses of the controversial English Defence League (EDL) has been published online by Anonymous-linked hackers. The list also includes phone numbers of senior members and criminal convictions.

The UK witnessed a rise in Islamophobic attacks following the
murder of soldier Lee Rigby, 25, on May 22. He died of multiple
stab wounds, an autopsy found on Tuesday. One of the suspects
reportedly had links to Muslim extremists.

One thousand protesters joined an EDL march on Monday, with
members chanting ‘Muslim killers off our streets’ as they marched
on the UK prime minister’s office.

Further attacks have included attempted arson of a mosque in
Grimsby, marches in Newcastle which drew somewhere between 1,500
and 2,000 people, and further arrests for violent threats and
incitement of hatred against Muslims.

The names and addresses of some 270 members across England were
pasted online shortly after the spike in anti-Islamic action.

#AnonymousUK claims responsibility for the list’s publication,
stating that they were acting in collaboration with #ZHC
(ZCompany Hacking Crew) and #OpEDL. “They should have expected
us,”
the note states, also ominously instructing the group to
“expect more.”

Anonymous released an audio message on Tuesday, uploaded to
YouTube prior to the hacking attack, stating that following
Rigby’s murder, the group was using it as a justification for
heightening their activities.

“[You] have used this as another excuse to further spread your
campaign of hate, bigotry, and misinformation,” it said. “Under
the guise of national pride you have instigated crimes against
the innocent and incited the subjugation of Muslims.”

“We will not allow your injustices, your lies, and your
stupidity, to further radicalize our youth into fearing and
despising their fellow man.”
The note concluded with, “We
are everywhere, you cannot hide, you cannot win.”

A screenshot from facebook.com

Some EDL members had apparently anticipated the attack, with the
list of names linking to a Facebook screenshot, giving advice
such as “change your passwords daily.” The national group
page also said that it would be unpublished by Wednesday night.

A screenshot from facebook.com

The list of crimes committed by the listed British EDL members is
extensive.

One member set fire to a woman’s hair and racially abused a
passer-by after drinking heavily in April 2012. He chanted the
name of the English Defence League and yelled: “I am racist
and proud of it,”
according to local paper Huddersfield Daily
Examiner. 

Another member made national news after violently attacking their
daughter and her new boyfriend because he was black.

According to the list, one gang of EDL members were arrested in
Leeds in June 2011, after throwing a barrage of bottles and rocks
at a Rage Against Racism gig, injuring two people, with one
having his teeth knocked out.

The dataset also includes one member from the small island of
Tonga, in the Pacific Ocean, and the odd member from Spain,
Norway and the US.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Mr Marlboro burned: Al-Qaeda fires terrorist Moktar Belmoktar by letter

0

Al-Qaeda’s North African branch leaders handed marching orders to one of the most notorious terrorists, Moktar Belmoktar, aka Mr Marlboro. In a letter obtained by AP his bosses complained he never picked up the phone and failed to provide expense reports.

To be directly in touch with Al-Qaeda central, Mr Marlboro set up
his own terrorist group after quitting the Al-Qaeda branch. It
carried out two lethal operations which killed 101 people. One of
them, at a BP-operated gas plant in Algeria in January this year,
became one of the largest hostage-takings in history; the other,
simultaneous bombings at a military base and a French uranium
mine in Niger, took place last week. 

The 10-page letter, dated October 3, was discovered by AP inside
a building formerly occupied by Al-Qaeda fighters in Mali. 

Although in recent years there were multiple reports of Belmoktar
allegedly being expelled by Al-Qaeda, the letter found in
Timbuktu proves that he stayed loyal to Al-Qaeda in the Islamic
Maghreb until last year.

The letter, signed by the group’s 14-member Shura Council,
describes its relationship with Belmoktar as “a bleeding wound,”
slamming his decision to resign to establish his own
organization.

“Your letter … contained
some amount of backbiting, name-calling and sneering,”
they
write. “We refrained from wading into this battle in the past
out of a hope that the crooked could be straightened by the
easiest and softest means. … But the wound continued to bleed,
and in fact increasingly bled, until your last letter arrived,
ending any hope of stanching the wound and healing
it.”

Al-Qaeda comes up with 30 complaints on Mr Marlboro

The Shura leaders came up with
30 complaints against their former employee, presented in
successive bullet points easy for the eye to go through. They
said that Belmoktar, known in Pentagon circles by his initials
MBM, had failed to carry out a single spectacular operation
despite the resources at his disposal.

“Abu Abbas is not willing
to follow anyone,”
they note, referring to him by his nom de
guerre, Khaled Abu Abbas. “He is only willing to be followed
and obeyed.”

Among Belmoktar’s wrongdoings,
according to his bosses, was the 2008 kidnapping of the
highest-ranking United Nations official in Niger, Canadian
diplomat Robert Fowler, and his colleague. Belmoktar held a pair
of hostages for four months. The letter revealed that the
operation was referred to Al-Qaeda central to force concessions
in the US-led war in Afghanistan, but the plan entered a deadlock
after Belmoktar struck his own deal for about $900,000 for both
men. The sum appeared to be far below the $3 million per hostage
that Western governments would normally be ready to pay in
ransom, according to global intelligence unit Stratfor, cited by
AP.

A picture taken from a video shown to an AFP correspondent on December 12, 2011 shows two Spaniards and an Italian kidnapped in Algeria in October and purportedly held by an Al-Qaeda splinter group. (AFP Photo / Serge Daniel)

“Rather than walking
alongside us in the plan we outlined, he managed the case as he
liked,”
the Al-Qaeda’s governing council members wrote in the
letter. “Here we must ask, who handled this important
abduction poorly? … Does it come from the unilateral behavior
along the lines of our brother Abu Abbas, which produced a
blatant inadequacy: Trading the weightiest case (Canadian
diplomats!!) for the most meager price (700,000
euro)!!”

It’s also the first time that
the letter confirms that payments from European governments went
directly toward buying arms to carry out attacks against Western
targets. The Al-Qaeda council criticizes Belmoktar for not
following such ‘common practice’.

“(The chapter) gave Abu
Abbas a considerable amount of money to buy military material,
despite its own great need for money at the time. … Abu Abbas
didn’t participate in stepping up to buy weapons,”
the letter
says. “So whose performance deserves to be called poor in this
case, I wonder?”

‘He drew a lot of attention to himself’

According to his online
biography, Belmoktar was born in northern Algeria and traveled to
Afghanistan at the age of 19. He trained in Al-Qaeda’s camps and
lost an eye in a battle.

The former head of
counterterrorism for Africa at the Pentagon and one of three
experts who authenticated the letter, Rudolph Atallah, told AP it
helped shed light on what happened in Algeria and Niger, the
attacks that Belmoktar claimed credit for on jihadist
forums.

“He’s sending a message
directly north to his former bosses in Algeria saying, ‘I’m a
jihadi. I deserve to be separate from you.’ And he’s also sending
a message to Al-Qaeda, saying, ‘See, those bozos in the north are
incompetent. You can talk to me directly.’ And in these attacks,
he drew a lot of attention to himself,”
Atallah said.

Among his other ‘crimes’,
according to the council, is that Belmoktar wouldn’t take their
phone calls and failure to send back financial reports. They are
angry he had ignored a meeting in Timbuktu, calling it “useless”
and ordered his men to refuse to meet with Al-Qaeda emissaries.
The Shura leaders claimed Belmoktar aired Al-Qaeda’s dirty linen
in public, in online jihadist forums.

A still image broadcast by Algeria's Ennahar TV on January 19, 2013 shows hostages surrendering to Islamist gunmen who overtook a gas facility in Tiguentourine near In Amenas in the south of the country. (AFP Photo / Ennahar TV)

The Shura leaders said he
didn’t get on well with his peers either, saying he recently went
to Libya without permission from the council. They mentioned the
last unit they sent Belmoktar for backup in the Sahara had spent
three years trying to contact him before giving up.

“Why do the successive
emirs of the region only have difficulties with you? You in
particular every time? Or are all of them wrong and brother
Khaled is right?”
they lamented.

Belmoktar: ‘Our works limited to routine of abductions’

Meanwhile, Belmoktar wasn’t
happy with his work for Al-Qaeda either. “Despite great
financial resources … our works were limited to the routine of
abductions, which the mujahideen got bored with,”
he
wrote.

He called Bin Laden and
al-Zawahri “the leaders of the Islamic nation, not the leaders
of an organization alone. We love them and we were convinced by
their program. … So it’s even more now that we are swords in
their hands.”

“Very lovely words. … Do
you consider it loyalty to them to revolt against their emirs and
threaten to tear apart the organization?”
AQIM
replied.

Together with the fighters
from ‘The Masked Brigade’, Belmoktar reportedly killed more than
a dozen soldiers at a military garrison in Mauritania in 2005 and
gunned down four French tourists there in 2007. On multiple
occasions Belmoktar was declared dead, including most recently in
March, and each time, he re-emerged to strike again.

The sharpest blow in the
council’s letter may have been the accusation that, despite this
history of terrorism, Belmoktar and his unit had not pulled off
any attack worthy of mention in the Sahara.

“Any observer of the armed
actions (carried out) in the Sahara will clearly notice the
failure of The Masked Brigade to carry out spectacular
operations, despite the region’s vast possibilities – there are
plenty of mujahideen, funding is available, weapons are
widespread and strategic targets are within reach,”
the
letter says. “Your brigade did not achieve a single
spectacular operation targeting the crusader
alliance.”

In December, Belmoktar
declared in a recorded message that he was finally leaving the
Al-Qaeda chapter to form his own group, entitled ‘Those Who Sign
in Blood’ after the name of an Algerian extremist unit that
hijacked an Air France flight in 1994 to fly the plane into the
Eiffel Tower in Paris.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Wal-Mart Pays Over $100 Million Fine for Dumping Hazardous Waste

0

(Photo: Rusty Clark/cc/flickr)Wal-Mart has plead guilty to illegally dumping hazardous waste including pesticides, bleach and fertilizer in California and Missouri.

Wal-Mart will pay fines of more than $82 million on top of the $29 million it paid in related cases three years ago.
 

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Syria hits trucks smuggling oil to Turkey

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Syrian troops have destroyed several trucks smuggling crude oil from eastern oil fields to Turkey, state media say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Three soldiers killed in Benghazi attack

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least three soldiers have been killed and three others injured in an attack on a checkpoint in the Libyan eastern city of Benghazi.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Home-grown terror hard to prevent in UK

0

British domestic spying agency acknowledges incapability to stop home-grown terror

Snooperâ„¢s charter would not have prevented Woolwich attack, MI5 says.

A Tory-backed plan to allow Britain’s spying agencies unprecedented access to internet communications and phone calls would not have prevented the recent London attack, domestic spying apparatus MI5 admits.

MI5 officers indicated that the controversial Communications Data Bill, known as the Å“snooperâ„¢s charter”, would not have helped prevent last Wednesdayâ„¢s attack, in which British soldier Lee Rigby was hacked to death by the knife-wielding attackers in Woolwich, southeast London.

Senior security sources also added that the recent attempts to cite Woolwich murder as a reason to push forward with the draft bill was a Å“cheap argument”.

The statements could be seen as a rebuke to the British Home Secretary, Theresa May, who recently described the Communications Data Bill as Å“essential”, granting spying agencies the capacity to access peopleâ„¢s online activities.

The so-called ËœSnooperâ„¢s Charterâ„¢ would have given agencies, including police and spying services, access to information and data collection by Internet service providers, including details of individuals’ web browsing history, social media messages and internet gaming, storing them all for 12 months.

MOS/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Justices Make It Easier for Inmates to Challenge Convictions

0

The New York Times
Adam Liptak

In a pair of 5-to-4 decisions that divided along ideological lines, the Supreme Court on Tuesday made it easier for inmates to challenge their convictions.

In McQuiggin v. Perkins, No. 12-126, the majority said a one-year filing deadline for prisoners seeking federal review of their state court convictions under a 1996 law may be relaxed if they present compelling evidence of their innocence. The new “miscarriage of justice exception” to the deadline, Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg wrote for the majority, “applies to a severely confined category” – cases in which no reasonable juror aware of the new evidence would have voted to convict the defendant.

The decision did not seem likely to help the prisoner whose case was under review, but the exception it announced drew a barbed dissent from Justice Antonin Scalia, who called the majority opinion “a series of transparent non sequiturs” and “a flagrant breach of the separation of powers.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 10:17 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

POTUS Impotens

0

The report is correct — and so, I believe, is the epithet. And after the sleight-of-tongue speech given by the President of the United States at the National Defense University on May 23, I feel I can rest my case. (Caution: my wife insists that I mention at the outset that I’ve been angry since I listened to the speech.)

President Barack Obama participates in a Memorial Day wreath laying at the Tomb of the Unknowns at Arlington National Cemetery in Arlington, Virginia, May 27, 2013. (Official White House Photo by Lawrence Jackson)

The day after Obama’s speech I found myself struck by Scott Wilson’s article on the front page of the Post, in which he highlighted the “unusual ambivalence from a commander-in-chief over the morality of his administration’s counterterrorism policies.”

And someone at the Post also had the courage that day to insert into a more reportorial article by Karen DeYoung and Greg Miller a hitting-the-nail-right-on-the-head quote from Benjamin Wittes, a senior fellow at Brookings: “To put it crassly, the President sought to rebuke his own administration for taking the positions it has — but also to make sure that it could continue to do so.”

Call me naïve for putting the wish before the thought, but two days later my hopes zoomed when I saw that page A5 of the Post was dominated by a long article by Glenn Kessler, the Post’s normally soporific “fact checker.” After the first seven words of the banner headline — “Red herrings, dissemblance and misleading statements …” — Kessler had me, so to speak.

You will understand my disappointment, then, when I read the rest of the headline: “… from the IRS’s Lerner,” not from Obama.

And so I read Obama’s speech again, initially with the thought of doing Kessler’s job for him. But the lies, half-truths and pettifoggery are legion and the task truly Herculean. Besides, many readers will decipher Obama’s new “transparency” as transparently self-serving, without any help from me.

Hooray! Obama ‘Gets It’

Some progressive pundits have noted, correctly, that Obama’s speech shows that he does “get it” when it comes to the many constitutional problems with his preferred violent approach to meeting external threats and his infringement on civil rights at home.

But it seems to me that this now-open sensitivity-to-the-problem is to be applauded ONLY if he also summons the courage to change course. One gets the idea from Obama’s words that he may indeed wish to, IF only this, or IF only that. … Have we not tired of applauding Obama in the subjunctive mood? I certainly have.

He has now been unusually candid about the dilemmas he faces. But lacking is any real sign — there is just hope — that he will change character. From his speech we know that he understands he needs to change course in order to discharge his duty to “take care that the laws be faithfully executed.”

But I, for one, see little basis for hope that he will go beyond the carefully crafted all-things-to-all-people rhetoric in his speech. In my view, this makes him even more culpable — an even more transparent flouter of his oath to defend the Constitution.

Ah, but what about the oft-expressed hope that Obama will be freer to act more responsibly in his second term? The four months we have witnessed thus far in his second term bring to mind Samuel Johnson’s quip that a second marriage is “the triumph of hope over experience.”

We have had four years and four months of experience with Obama. Those of us who care about the Constitution and rule of law now need to be guided by experience and to stop cutting him still more slack.

Presidential Whining

The whiny tone of Obama’s speech offended me as much as his faux transparency and disingenuous words. I asked myself, are we supposed to find reassurance that, while our President is a wimp, he is an empathetic one?; that from time to time he experiences a pang or two of conscience when ordering people killed by drone?; that he claims that being responsible for the deaths of innocent civilians will haunt him for as long as he lives? Can we feel his pain?

“I have taken an oath to defend the Constitution of the United States,” the President reminded us. “I do not believe it would be constitutional for the government to target and kill any U.S. citizen — with a drone or a shotgun — without due process,” says he — the day after the Attorney General admitted that this is precisely what happened to New Mexico-born Muslim cleric Anwar al-Awlaki.

Could it be that the commander-in-chief has a trace of PTSD? He seems to be appealing for our understanding about how conflicted he is about ordering people killed, entreating us to imagine his anguish, to appreciate how hard it is for him — a constitutional lawyer, no less — to do these terrible things anyway.

And then the kicker: “Remember,” he adds, “that the terrorists we are after target civilians.” (Whatever happened to the “But we are better than that.”)

On Guantanamo, Obama expressed regret over how the prison “has become a symbol around the world for an America that flouts the rule of law” (and in the very next sentence trivializes this, lamenting only that “our allies won’t cooperate with us if they think a terrorist will end up at GTMO).”

Again regarding Guantanamo, he asks, “Is that who we are? … Is that the America we want to leave to our children?” And he notes disapprovingly that “we are force-feeding detainees who are holding a hunger strike.”

And so I keep asking myself, who is this “we?” Does the President style himself as some sort of extraterrestrial creature looking from afar on the abomination of Guantanamo? Has he forfeited his role as the leader of “we?” What kind of leadership is this, anyway?

History of Leadership

In a speech on March 21, second-term Obama gave us a big clue regarding his concept of leadership — one that is marked primarily by political risk-avoidance and a penchant for “leading from behind”: “Speaking as a politician, I can promise you this: political leaders will not take risks if the people do not demand that they do. You must create the change that you want to see.”

John Kennedy was willing to take huge risks in reaching out to the USSR and ending the war in Vietnam. That willingness to take risks may have gotten him assassinated, as James Douglass argues in his masterful JFK and the Unspeakable.

Martin Luther King, Jr., also took great risks and met the same end. There is more than just surmise that this weighs heavily on Barack Obama’s mind. Last year, pressed by progressive donors at a dinner party to act more like the progressive they thought he was, Obama responded sharply, “Don’t you remember what happened to Dr. King?”

It is not as though Obama had no tutors. He entered Harvard Law School 113 years after one of its most distinguished alumni, Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis, began to study there. I find myself wondering if Brandeis has been redacted out of the lectures at Harvard Law.

Slick lawyers have done an effective job over the past dozen years trying, in effect, to render one of Brandeis’s most penetrating remarks “quaint” and “obsolete.” Following is a paragraph, acutely relevant to today’s circumstances; Brandeis wrote it to warn us all about how the government sets a key example on respect for the law:

“The government is the potent omnipresent teacher. For good or ill it teaches the whole people by its example. Crime is contagious. If the government becomes a lawbreaker, it breeds contempt for law; it invites every man to become a law unto himself; it invites anarchy. To declare that the end justifies the means – to declare that the government may commit crimes – would bring terrible retribution.”

Protesting Too Much

Let me provide a couple of examples from Obama’s speech that illustrate the value of Brandeis’s warning:

One could easily infer that the President is protesting too much (four times in the speech) in claiming that his “preference” is to capture terrorists rather than kill them. Clearly, though, Obama has made targeted killing his tactic of choice. What do former insiders say? The lawyer who drew up the initial White House policy on lethal drone strikes has accused the Obama administration of overusing them because of its reluctance to capture prisoners. Holding prisoners is such a nuisance.

John Bellinger, who was a lawyer on George W. Bush’s National Security Council and worked on the legal framework for both detention of suspected terrorists and targeted drone killings, said on May 1 at the Bipartisan Policy Center in Washington: “This government has decided that instead of detaining members of al-Qaida, they are going to kill them.”

It should be noted that Bellinger is not opposed to targeted killings and argues that they are not only lawful but “can be good.” He said the big issue was not the administration’s claimed legality of targeted killings but rather international acceptance of Washington’s so-called global war on terrorism:

“The issue really here … is that there is a fundamental disagreement around the world, which I experienced when I was the legal adviser, as to whether the United States really is in a war at all. And we are about the only country in the world that really thinks that we are in an armed conflict with al-Qaida.”

But Obama said, four times, that his preference is capture over killing. Someone is not telling the truth.

Here’s how Spencer Ackerman posed the question in a recent piece for Wired: “Obama turned more than a few heads by declaring his ‘strong preference’ for ‘the detention and prosecution of terrorists’ over sending an armed robot to end their lives. It’s hard to know what to make of that. The simplest interpretation is that it’s a lie. Whatever Obama’s preferences are, he has killed exponentially more people than he has detained and prosecuted.”

Guantanamo Prison

Over 100 hunger strikers in the Guantanamo prison are being force-fed to prevent them from the only method of release they see open to them — death. In this part of his speech, too, Obama keeps giving a bad name to hypocrisy. His handwringing sounds as though he were some kind of liberal pundit on MSNBC; as though he were powerless to do anything; as though his hands are tied by Congress. He said: “Look at the current situation, where we are force-feeding detainees… . Is that who we are? Is that something that our Founders foresaw? Is that the America we want to leave to our children.”

Interrupting Obama, Code Pink’s Medea Benjamin appealed to the President to “release those 86 prisoners” (more than half of the 166 prisoners still held at Guantanamo) already cleared for release. On Jan. 22, 2010, those 86 were pronounced cleared after a year-long investigation of their individual cases by an interagency task force of officials at the Departments of State, Defense, Justice, Homeland Security and others.

But Congress has tied the President’s hands, you may be thinking. Congress, to be sure, has posed legal obstacles, but is not the only fly in the ointment. Congress has also given Obama considerable leeway; but he has not had the courage to take advantage of it. One of Congress’s most powerful members, Sen. Carl Levin, Chair of the Armed Services Committee, sent the White House a letter on May 6 reminding the President that, thanks to the efforts of Levin and others, Obama can release the 86 without further delay.

In other words, Medea Benjamin was right, though you would never know it from the mainstream media. Referring to congressional restrictions on detainee transfers, Levin reminded Obama: “I successfully fought for a national security waiver that provides a clear route for transfer of detainees to third countries in appropriate cases; i.e., to make sure the certification requirements do not constitute an effective prohibition.”

Moreover, Obama did say that he will lift the restrictions he himself imposed on sending detainees to Yemen. After Obama’s speech, attorney Michael Ratner, President Emeritus of the Center for Constitutional Rights, told Paul Jay of the Real News Network:

“All that has to happen is for the President to certify, as he is required to do by law, and send the detainees to Yemen. But then he [the President] says, “I’m going to do this on a case-by-case basis. They have already been cleared on a case-by-case basis. So Obama is going to go back through it?

“The proof will be in the pudding even on Yemen. Will he actually do it? How slowly will he do it? You know, what he should actually do is just do it    and get it done and then move on to the next thing. So we’ll have to see…”

Summing Up: An Epochal Speech

Benjamin Wittes of Brookings (quoted above) is hardly alone in characterizing Obama’s May 23 speech as a rebuke to his own administration for taking the positions it has and then a defense of its intention to continue to do so.

Here’s what Norman Pollack had to say about all this, in a CounterPunch article  titled “Obama’s Militarism-Imperialism Lite”:

“A tissue of lies? No, the whole Kleenex box — one tissue interleaved with all the others. Obama is fortunate to be presiding over a country steeped in false consciousness on essentials (war, sacrifice of the social safety net for the glories of militarism, and … authoritarian submission, a political-cultural disposition to strong leadership reinforced by appeals to patriotism and pressures toward conformity). …

“His May 23rd address therefore fell on receptive national ears, a desperate will to believe that immorality is moral, illegality, legal, and war, the necessary defense of Homeland in its centuries’-old quest for peace, honor, the rule of law. How comforting!

“Liberals and progressives especially have taken heart in POTUS’s rhetoric that a new day in American foreign policy is dawning – has already dawned, by the simple fact of self-declaration that the United States is always bound by the constraints of the rule of law. … All else is enemy propaganda.

“With that as background (and a solid phalanx of flags as his backdrop) Obama spoke with becoming assurance – to me, arrogance – as the leader of the Enlightened World in its struggle against the forces of ignorance, darkness, covetousness, wholly oblivious to America’s moral sense and good intentions. Such a masterful speech (as judged by the New York Times and mainstream media opinion) deserves a closer look – but not too close, lest the luster wear off.”

My gratitude to those who have read down this far. And my apologies for not coming across Pollack’s article earlier. It’s pretty much what I wanted to say all along; and he says it better — and shorter.

Ray McGovern was an Army officer and CIA analyst for almost 30 year. He now serves on the Steering Group of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). He can be reached at: rrmcgovern@gmail.com.

A version of this article first appeared on Consortiumnews.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Lakota to file UN Genocide Charges Against US, South Dakota

0

In April, a grassroots movement led by Lakota grandmothers toured the country to build support for a formal complaint of genocide against the United States government and its constituent states. Though temporarily overturned, the recent conviction of Efrain Rios Montt for genocide against indigenous Guatemalans should give US officials, particularly members of the Supreme Court, pause before dismissing the UN petition as a feeble symbolic gesture.

lakota march on UN

Lakota March on the United Nations.

The tribal elders’ 12-city speaking tour culminated in an April 9 march on United Nations headquarters in New York and an April 18 press conference in Washington, D.C., where the Supreme Court had just heard arguments in a challenge to the landmark 1978 Indian Child Welfare Act (ICWA). Attracting support from Occupy Wall Street and other non-Native allies in the New York march, the Lakota Truth Tour delegation was physically blocked by UN security officers from presenting Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon’s office a notice of charges against the U.S. under the 1948 Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide.

An excerpt from the complaint, still being refined into its final, legal form, reads: “This letter serves notice as complaint, that the crime of genocide is being committed, in an ongoing manner, against the matriarchal Tetuwan Lakota Oyate of the Oceti Sakowin, an Indigenous First Nation people whose ancestral lands comprise a large area of the Northern Great Plains of Turtle Island, the continent known as North America.” As evidence, the Lakota cite systematic American usurpation of their land and sovereignty rights, imposition of third-world living conditions on the majority of Lakota, US assimilation policies that threaten the future of their language, culture and identity, and environmental depredations including abandoned open uranium mines and the proposed Keystone XL Pipeline slated to invade the Pine Ridge Reservation. The Lakota grandmothers and their allies in the Lakota Solidarity Project have even produced a powerful, full-length documentary, Red Cry, available on DVD or online at www.lakotagrandmothers.org/media/.

But the UN complaint is just one facet of a multi-pronged legal, political and educational movement within the indigenous Lakota (Sioux) nation to stop the state removal of Native children from their families into white foster homes and institutions, arguably the most salient and best-documented evidence of ongoing US violation of the genocide convention. Article 2 of the convention defines acts of genocide as follows:

“…any of the following acts committed with intent to destroy, in whole or in part, a national, ethnical, racial or religious group, as such:

(a) Killing members of the group;
(b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;
(c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
(d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;
(e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group.”

Historically, one could make a case for the applicability of most, if not all, of the above provisions to official US policies over more than two centuries. Certainly the Indian Removal Act of 1830, the Wounded Knee massacre (of which the perpetrators have yet to be stripped of their Medals of Honor) and Sand Creek slaughter perpetrated by the US military in the latter part of the 19th century, the General Allotment Act of the same time period, the Termination/Relocation policy of the 1950s, the FBI’s war on the American Indian Movement, and the cumulative legal decisions validating the above on explicit or implicit grounds of racial or cultural superiority, come to mind as constituting violations of contemporary international standards of crimes against humanity, if not genocide per se.

Indeed, the ink was scarcely dry on the Genocide Convention before the US deliberately set out to violate Article 2(e) by arbitrarily removing Native children from their families as part of a comprehensive strategy of abolishing reservation boundaries and absorbing indigenous peoples into the states that surround and besiege them. In 1950 President Truman appointed Dillon S. Meyer, fresh from his experience administering the Japanese internment camps with an iron fist, as Indian Commissioner to carry out the final solution to the Indian Problem (i.e., their stubborn refusal to fade into the mists of history, itself a genocidal concept) that has haunted this nation since its inception. It was the formal policy and procedure of the United States at the time to forcibly transfer indigenous children to white homes and boarding schools as a component of a strategy to “terminate” tribes as distinct peoples, meeting the essential threshold of intent under the Genocide Convention. It would have been embarrassing to say the least if the Soviet Union or its allies would have initiated legal genocide charges against the self-avowed fount of human liberty at the United Nations. So it was that the US celebrated its victory over genocidal Nazi imperialism by rebranding the practice in Indian Country as emancipatory individualism and refusing to ratify the 1948 convention until nearly 40 years later.

Ironically, it was the Indian Child Welfare Act of 1978 that enabled the US to ratify the Genocide Convention by manifesting its intention to stop the wholesale removal of Native children from their families and tribes. ICWA established minimal protections of due-process rights for indigenous parents and recognized the exclusive jurisdiction of existing tribal courts to adjudicate child welfare cases within reservation boundaries, also allowing tribes to intervene in state cases. Ratified by the US in 1986, the Genocide Convention was not implemented until 1989, and then only after denying universal jurisdiction and limiting prosecutions under the act to a five-year statute of limitations for violations of the federal crime of genocide. As a measure of the government’s commitment to punishing the ultimate international crime, the federal offenses of arson, art theft, immigration violation and some crimes against financial institutions all carry a statute of limitations period longer than five years. Rios Montt himself would be immune from prosecution under the federal genocide act.

A remarkable 2011 National Public Radio series, Native Foster Care: Lost Children, Shattered Families, revealed that the federal government not only fails to enforce the baseline standards of ICWA against the states. but actually underwrites the removal of Native children in some cases with additional funds, adding an economic incentive to the racial and cultural ones. Focusing on South Dakota, a yearlong investigation by NPR reporters Laura Sullivan and Amy Walters found that 90% of the 700 Native children taken from their homes yearly in that state were placed in white foster homes or group homes, in blatant violation of ICWA provisions mandating that any Indian child taken into foster care be placed with a family member, tribal member, or other Native family in the absence of “good cause” to the contrary.

Far from punishing states for violations of ICWA, despite its finding that 32 states systemically violate its terms, the federal government effectively promotes the legal abduction of children by offering a $12,000 bounty to the state for permanently removing “special needs” children from their natural families to adoptive placement, a designation the state of South Dakota applies to all indigenous children, according to NPR. Foster families in South Dakota receive as much as $9,000 annually for each child. While the federal government also provides ICWA workers for each reservation, these typically serve as flunkies for the states, at most tepidly attempting to shift federal funds to tribal coffers. The NPR report quoted Crow Creek ICWA Director Dave Valandra saying, “I get along real good with the state and I have a good rapport with them.” This fraternal relationship is unhindered by the fact that none of the 13 cases Valandra is working on involve placement in Native homes, which apparently never occurred to the ICWA director before being confronted by a reporter: “”Of my cases right now, I think they’re all…right now, the placement of the children right now are…boy that’s, huh,” he said.

Perhaps the most damning revelation of the NPR report, however, is its tracing of South Dakota’s kidnapping for profit scheme to the state’s highest official:

“Critics say foster care in South Dakota has become a powerhouse for private group home providers who bring in millions of dollars in state contracts to care for kids. Among them is Children’s Home Society, the state’s largest foster care provider, which has close ties with top government officials. It used to be run by South Dakota’s Gov. Dennis Daugard. An NPR investigation has found that Daugard was on the group’s payroll while he was lieutenant governor – and while the group received tens of millions of dollars in no-bid state contracts. It’s an unusual relationship highlighting the powerful role money and politics play in South Dakota’s foster care system.”

If the federal government were to uphold its obligations under ICWA and the Genocide Convention, Gov. Daugaard would seem a fit candidate for the first indictment of a US-born citizen under the federal genocide statute. Thwarted by the five-year limitation, the US Justice Department indicted former Rwandan official Lazare Kobagaya in 2009 for allegedly lying about his participation in genocide on his application for citizenship, but the government failed to prove his involvement in the 1994 bloodbath and eventually dropped the charges. At a May 15-17 Great Plains Indian Child Welfare Act Summit, Daugaard declined to attend, despite a personal invitation from US Assistant Secretary of Indian Affairs Kevin Washburn, the top federal Indian bureaucrat. So Daugaard is not only aware, thanks to the NPR report, of the genocidal effects of policies from which he personally profited, but is unwilling to meet with the victims toward rectification of the crimes of his Department of Social Services, which include the coverup of cases of sexual assault in white foster homes and extensive pharmaceutical drugging of children without parental consent. Following the governor’s lead, no South Dakota officials attended the historic meeting, in which nine tribes and top federal officials participated, along with more than 200 aggrieved tribal members.

The tribal summit and the NPR series were spearheaded by the Lakota People’s Law Project (LPLP), which has relentlessly challenged the state legally and politically and is bringing increasing pressure on the federal government to act. Dan Sheehan, chief legal counsel for the LPLP and director of the Romero (formerly Christic) Institute, said South Dakota officials are “into a total dialectical, confrontational stance. They’re feeling like they’re under siege from the tribes, so they’re circling the wagons and getting ready to fight.” Sheehan said the South Dakota legislature recently appropriated $2.3 million to defend the state from an imminent class-action federal civil rights lawsuit.

Sheehan traced the institutionalization of state kidnapping of Native children back to the late William Janklow, a former South Dakota congressman, governor, and attorney general notorious for his role in what the the Lakota refer to as the “Reign of Terror” on the Pine Ridge Reservation in the years following the American Indian Movement-led occupation of Wounded Knee in 1973. According to Sheehan, members of the George W. Bush administration tipped off Janklow on a Texas strategy to grab millions of dollars in federal subsidies by administering a psychological test devised by the Eli Lilly pharmaceutical corporation to children taken into protective custody. Replicating the strategy, South Dakota developed a mental health test failed by 98% of Native children, who then become “special needs” cases under federal law, with the state receiving up to $79,000 for each Indian child and the child being placed involuntarily on psychoactive drugs.

“They ask questions like ‘do you feel like people are staring at you when you go out in public’ in racist Rapid City, or ‘do you feel you’re treated unfairly’ to a child who’s just been uprooted from his home and placed with strangers,” said Sheehan.

The immediate priorities of the LPLP, Sheehan says, are to effect the transfer of South Dakota child protection services to the tribes and to persuade the US Justice Department to serve as lead plaintiff in its civil rights suit against the state. The latter is currently on hold pending the Supreme Court’s decision in the atypical “Baby Veronica” case, which challenges the constitutionality of the Indian Child Welfare Act.

Sheehan says tribal officials have yet to determine whether they will support the Lakota Grandmothers’ UN genocide petition, suggesting their decision may hinge on whether the Justice Department exercises its responsibility to take up their cause domestically. And while it is exceedingly unlikely that President Obama or Chief Justice Roberts (who termed the minimal protections of ICWA placement standards “extraordinary rights” in oral arguments) will ever be called to account by an international tribunal for complicity in genocide so long as the US refuses to accept the jurisdiction of the International Criminal Court, they may wish to consider the potential damage to their personal reputations and that of their nation that even an unenforceable international verdict could bring.

Just ask Lazare Kobagaya.

Jeff Armstrong is a longtime journalist and activist in Fargo, North Dakota. He can be reached at armstrong@i29.net

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Editorial: Nullifying Obama

0

Washington Times
May 29, 2013

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, so is nullification – the idea that states can limit the enforcement of federal laws within their borders.

Supporters of nullification see it as a necessary and effective tool to protect states and citizens from the ever-growing power of the federal government. Detractors think this debate was settled by the Civil War, painting proponents of the idea as “neo-Confederates.” In fact, nullification is a growing movement with support on both sides of the political aisle.

As author and historian Thomas Woods notes, nullification is as old as the republic. Its first advocates were Thomas Jefferson and James Madison, who drafted the Virginia and Kentucky Resolutions of 1798, which declared, “whensoever the general government assumes undelegated powers, its acts are unauthoritative, void, and of no force.” Jefferson and Madison acted out of dismay over the Alien and Sedition Acts, which Congress adopted to make it a misdemeanor to speak out against the government, bringing Congress and the president into “contempt or disrepute.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 10:08 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Why Orthodox Jews Oppose Israel

0

In June 1987 I conducted this interview for “Palestine Focus,” the newspaper of the November 29th Committee for Palestine. It was published in the July-August edition. Of course many things have changed since then. However, the explanation given by the late Rabbi Moshe Hirsch regarding the critical differences between political Zionism and the Bible—based hope for the return of the Jews to the promised land is still necessary to understand. Rabbi Hirsch’s most salient point is that the Palestinians are the legitimate rulers of the land, and their law must be the law of the land from the river to the sea. This must be so until G-d says otherwise. To see more on Neturei Karta, go to nkusa.org.

Edwin Krales, May 28, 2013

Rabbi Moshe Hirsch is the “foreign minister” of Neturei Karta, a group of anti-Zionist orthodox Jews living in Jerusalem, which is associated with the two hundred and fifty thousand worldwide adherents of the Satmar Hasidim. This interview was conducted in New York on behalf of Palestine Focus by Ed Krales. In respect for orthodox custom, we write the deity as G-d.

What is Neturei Karta?

Jewish people as individuals have always aspired to elevate to the Holy Land in order to serve G-d in G-d’s so-called backyard. These Jews never had any political aspirations of ruling the land or part of the land. Their prime and only motive was the adherence to G-d’s will, which was their philosophical approach to life on earth. At the outset of the Zionist ideology, the Jewish settlers organized themselves into a group called Neturei Karta, which in Aramaic means “the Guardians of the City,” referring to the Holy City, Jerusalem, in order to disassociate from this Zionist movement which the Jewish people found to be infringing on principles of the Jewish faith.

This was at the very beginning, following the First World War, when Zionism first began to be felt. These were simple Jews who had no organizational tenets, who saw that it would be a matter of losing their whole raison d’etre of being in the Holy Land or of being a Jew if they would submit to Zionism. They did get together and kept

 “We can never recognize Israel.”

apart from the Zionist movement and its facets to this very day.

The Jewish code of law teaches us that a Jew is to be loyal to any ruler he finds himself under during this period of Jewish exile. The Torah, the Bible, teaches us that G-d gave the Holy Land to the Jewish people. They were there for two periods, over four hundred years, with their Holy Temple, in which they served G-d, and they were exiled because they sinned to G-d, Who stipulated that the giving of the land to the Jewish people was stipulated with the adherence to G-d’s will.  When this stipulation was forfeited, the land was taken away. One of the principles of the faith teaches us that G-d will return the land to the Jewish people through His messiah inHis good time. Any attempt to accelerate this redemption would bring disastrous consequences.

The late chief rabbi of our organization in the Holy Land was Rabbi Yoel Teitelbaum, the Satmar Rebbe, who passed away several years ago. He wrote that the Holocaust is a consequence of this violation of a divine oath, which is based on a passage of the Song of Songs, which is thrice repeated: “I charge you, Jewish daughter, by the deer and antelope of the forest, not to awaken thy love [G-d’s love to the Holy Land] until thou wills it.” The Talmud refers to this passage, telling us of three divine oaths which G-d charged the Jewish people with. One is not to take over the Holy Land by force against the will of those residing there.

How Zionists Exploit Religion

The Zionists are exploiting the Holocaust as they exploit the religion. They have two chief rabbis in their employ, and their opinions are not even accepted by the establishment. Exhibit A: There was a City of David controversy several years ago when they were digging up an archeological site on an ancient Jewish cemetery, which was declared an ancient Jewish cemetery by the rabbinate, both rabbis. They referred this issue to the high court, and the high court says this isn’t a Jewish state, where the halacha, the code of law, guides the country. It’s guided by secular Turkish and English law, so therefore you are permitted to continue desecrating the Jewish cemetery.

The high court said exactly what the Neturei Karta was saying all along: This state is not a Jewish state. It is a state run by Jews, just like any company managed by Jews, but whose produce is not Jewish. They exploit the rabbinate, and say, look here we have the wailing wall, we have the rabbinate, we have people with long beards in the parliament, and we have certain laws which are Jewish laws, sort of giving it a Jewish taintage, but in reality it is just a mask of political expansionists.

Israel Isn’t Kosher

In 1912, Agudath Israel was established in order to combat the new-established ideology of Mizrachi. Mizrachi is the NRP [National Religious Party], which came out with the ideology that we must establish a state according to the Torah, a “kosher” state. This the sage leaders of the agudas, the orthodox community, found to be in contradiction with the Jewish principles of the faith, that the Jewish people are in exile and are forbidden to establish any form of state in the Holy Land unless it is chosen by the Palestinian residents. Just as in the United States, they can have a Jewish president, if they wish, but not to force any rule over the Holy Land, be it kosher (or what they claim to be kosher), or not. So that was Agudath Israel and Neturei Karta.

In 1924, the chief rabbi, Rabbi Yosef Chaim Sonenfeld, visited Sharif Hussein and was honored there. He told Hussein and other Arab leaders of the Middle East of that time that the Jewish people had no aspirations for any political gain or rule. All they wished was to live side by side with their Arab neighbors and serve G-d.

But today the Agudath Israel have rebelled against what their forefathers stood for. At first they joined the Knesset to fight Zionism from within. Slowly but surely they became a pillar in the Zionist establishment. So they went in to change laws to make them look Jewish just to characterize the state.

The NRP was Zionist from the beginning; that’s their whole being. The Agudath Israel were anti-Zionists. They were the veteran Jewish settlers, pioneers in the Holy Land who organized themselves against Zionism. In 1935, there were elections in the orthodox community organization, and Agudath Israel lost out to Neturei Karta. And slowly but surely they started leaning toward Zionist philanthropies.

They were led astray because of the bait which was extended by the Zionists to support their institutions. It’s difficult to run an institution; it takes money; and Zionists know that.

How Neturei Karta Functions in Israel

We’ve reached a point where the Zionist government recognizes us–but we do not recognize them. We have a sort of autonomous principality in which we have no ties. Our institutions do not receive any monies from the government; the families do not receive any national insurance. We do not pay taxes. We certainly won’t serve in the army. If we would serve in the army, we would fight against the Zionists.

According to our theology, we are to be loyal to any rule which is chosen by the population in that region of the world. Just as we are to be loyal to the American administration and even to the Thatcher administration, we have to be loyal to the rule chosen by the people living in Palestine, which is the PLO. There were elections held under Israeli rule; there is the 1974 Arab Summit which chose them–and which has been reiterated by the King of Jordan and many others–that the PLO represents the people living in Palestine. And the rule chosen by the PLO is the rule we are loyal to. The dominating rule has no lawful position, besides the fact that it is contrary to Jewish theology, so, therefore, we do not recognize the state of Israel.

“We have to be loyal to the rule chosen by the people living in Palestine, which is the PLO.”

The Future

If in the future a Palestinian entity is established, we would like to appendage Mea Shearim and vicinity to it in order to get out of thetreyfa, the nonkosher Zionist establishment, to the kosher establishment. I was once asked on the army radio in Israel, “What do you find bad in Mea Shearim that you want to get out of the treyfa state of Israel? What doesn’t please you there?” I said, “Sometimes people eat treyfa, nonkosher foods, and it’s ta’im, it’s tasty, but nevertheless the soul suffers. And Jewish philosophy teaches the Jew that he is not on earth to enjoy tasty foods, but only to nourish the everlasting counterpart of the human, the soul which lasts on after the body is cast aside after a certain number of years.”

If the Americans or those who run international politics give a Palestinian state or a Palestinian-Jordanian state a franchise, then we would be more than just willing, we would fight to be included in that. An article of ours in Al-Fajr [pro-PLO Palestinian newspaper published in Jerusalem] went something like this: Would the Neturei Karta disassociate itself from the PLO if the PLO recognized Israel? The PLO is at war with the Zionist establishment because of a material claim–lands taken away from them. Material-claims compromises may occur if the deal is approved or is worthwhile. “Good, give us this part of the land and we’ll recognize you, and you have the other part.” But our war is a theological war which cannot bear any compromise, so, therefore, if they would recognize Israel, that would be an opportunity for us to get out of the nonkosher land and join with the other half. We can never recognize Israel, not in Tel Aviv and not anywhere else. The PLO may because there it is a material war, a material claim.

We are as Palestinian as Yasser Arafat. There are Jewish Palestinians, and there are Muslim Palestinians and Christian Palestinians. In regard to issues relating to the Palestinian people, we also have our interests. If a state is established, we would like to have our representation in the government.

EDWIN KRALES can be reached at: edwinkrales@hotmail.com

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The Obama “Dog Whistle”

0

“It’s obvious by now that Barack Obama is treating black Americans like one treats a demented uncle, brought out from his room to be ridiculed and scolded before company from time to time…” — Ishmael Reed in 2008

Every successful politician panders to some degree. It is part and parcel of the theater of running for office in America. Candidates may say that they are adamantly in favor of abortion rights or adamantly against them while we can never be sure that they really care one way or another. If the political wind shifts enough the peace lover can cry out for war or the war hawk may turn into a dove.

An interesting way of deterring how much politicians pander is to observe their behavior as lame ducks. George W. Bush went from quoting scripture on a regular basis to being decidedly less religious during his second term in office. As a soon to be former politician he no longer needed his red state evangelical base.

Barack Obama is no exception to the pander principle. As a black man needing to get votes from white people he had to pander to their racism in order to guarantee victory. During the 2008 election he proved his willingness to do so numerous times. On Father’s Day that year his screeds against black men culminated in a vicious verbal beating, and at a church no less. He singled out black men for bad behavior, telling them they acted like boys who didn’t care about their children or working or doing anything valuable.

While the audience in his presence was black, the real audience was white. The political slang is “dog whistling.” Just as there are sounds which can be heard only by the canine ear, there are messages tailor made for specific constituencies, though they appear to be made for others.

The Father’s Day speech was the coup de grace, delivering a message to white Americans that they had nothing to fear from Barack Obama. There would be a black face on high but no politics representing the masses of black people. One black man would be seen, but no other would be heard.

The open and none too subtle attacks on black people had subsided somewhat of late. We got the occasional rising tide lifting all boats which meant that we should shut up about our unemployment already or be told that he wasn’t the president just for black people and yes, we should still shut up. Benign neglect was the order of the day after his election. But in one fell swoop, not just POTUS, but FLOTUS delivered a one-two punch to black America.

Both the president and first lady gave back to back commencement addresses to historically black colleges. At Bowie State University in Maryland Michelle Obama told the proud graduates that they in fact had little reason for celebration. Obviously they got the memo about the importance of education, hence the caps and gowns. Mrs. Obama didn’t care because she warned them about the mythical black people who deride the educated as “acting white.” Having resurrected those phantom creations she turned her attention to those misled black children who want to be “ballers” and “rappers.” Assuming that her audience had such dubious career plans, they clearly decided to get college degrees as a hedge against failed sports and entertainment careers.

The next day her husband did her one better at Morehouse College in Atlanta. The poor graduates were not only forced to sit in a driving rain but were also insulted by a rank and ambitious politician. Just as his wife refused to congratulate the young people for their success, the president felt compelled to point out that there are black people who make excuses, and don’t take care of their kids, and make bad choices and blah, blah and oh yes, blah. As in 2008, the black people in the audience were part of the stage setting for the real audience, which was totally white.

In case anyone had hopes that the lame duck would feel free to do what his most loyal supporters wanted, he made it clear that no such thing was ever going to happen. Unlike George W. Bush, he isn’t changing his tune because he can’t run for office again. If the point of his second term policies was lost on anyone (cutting Social Security, claiming the right to kill American citizens, subverting sovereign nations, bringing harsh austerity measures which guarantee recession and unemployment) he made his intentions crystal clear.

There won’t be any namby pamby liberalism coming from the Barack Obama White House. He is making every right wing dream that he loves come true and he wants it so badly he will not equivocate one inch in his lame duck term. He isn’t backing away from the damage he has already done. He is going to double down and he wants white people to be assured that he is still their guy.

There appears to be no depth too low for black America to fall in the age of Obama. Most of us still worship a man who has nothing but contempt for us, our history and our aspirations. We can be used as pawns in a dirty game and be deliriously happy with the man doing the using. We haven’t seen anything yet. The second term will be even uglier than the first.

Margaret Kimberley‘s Freedom Rider column appears weekly in BAR, and is widely reprinted elsewhere. She maintains a frequently updated blog as well as at http://freedomrider.blogspot.com. Ms. Kimberley lives in New York City, and can be reached via e-Mail at Margaret.Kimberley(at)BlackAgendaReport.com.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Secrecy and States' Rights: The Constitutional Convention of 1787 Begins

0

On Tuesday, May 29, 1787, two very important delegates arrived in Philadelphia for the Constitutional Convention: John Dickinson of Delaware and Elbridge Gerry of Massachusetts.

With the arrival of these two eminent representatives, the necessary quorum of seven states was present in the State House and a very critical and controversial rule was soon to be enacted: the Secrecy Rule.

Two days before the rule was adopted, George Mason of Virginia wrote his son, saying:

It is expected our doors will be shut, and communications upon the business of the Convention be forbidden during its sitting. This, I think, myself, a proper precaution to prevent mistakes and misrepresentation until the business shall have been completed, when the whole may have a very different complexion from that in which the several crude and indigested parts might, in their first shape, appear if submitted to the public eye.

James Madison, the young, slight, sickly, and superbly prepared delegate from Virginia, sounded a very similar tone in a letter to his friend and neighbor – Thomas Jefferson. After voting in favor of the Secrecy Rule, Madison wrote, “It was thought expedient, in order to secure unbiased discussion within doors and to prevent misconceptions and misconstructions without, to establish some rules of caution, which will for no short time restrain even a confidential communication of our proceeding.”

Jefferson, living in Paris, was not persuaded as to the propriety of the gag order, however. In a letter to John Adams in London, Jefferson decried the rule, saying, “I am sorry they began their deliberations by so abominable a precedent as that of tying of the tongues of their members. Nothing can justify this example but the innocence of their intentions and ignorance of the value of public discussions.”

Others were similarly disposed regarding the Secrecy Rule. Regardless, the requirement of keeping mum was imposed on the delegates and even newspapers of the time commented on the hush-hush historic happenings occurring inside the State House.

An opinion piece published in several newspapers around the country expressed the vexation of the press at being kept in the dark during the summer of 1787. It read:

Such circumspection and secrecy mark the proceedings … that the members find it difficult to acquire the habits of communication even among themselves, and are so cautious in defeating the curiosity of the public that all debate is suspended on the entrance of their own officers. The anxiety of the people must be necessarily increased by every appearance of mystery in conducting this important business.

How strictly was the Secrecy Rule enforced? Consider this anecdote from William Pierce, a delegate from Georgia, as evidence:

Early in the sessions, one of the delegates dropped a copy of the propositions which were before the Convention for consideration, and it was picked up by another of the delegates and handed to General Washington. After the debates of the day were over, just before putting the question of adjournment, Washington arose from his seat and reprimanded the member for his carelessness. “I must entreat gentlemen to be more careful, lest our transactions get into the newspapers, and disturb the public repose by premature speculations. I know not whose paper it is, but there it is (throwing it down on the table), let him who owns it take it.” At the same time, he bowed, picked up his hat, and quitted the room with a dignity so severe that every person seemed alarmed…. It is something remarkable that no person ever owned the paper.

That doesn’t seem remarkable at all! As others could attest (I’m looking at you, Gouveneur Morris), there is no rebuke quite as severe as a George Washington rebuke.

James Madison, Alexander Hamilton, and others were likewise convinced that permitting the public to participate or even comment on the deliberations would have “prevented any satisfactory result,” to use Hamilton’s words.

We’ll never know.

We do know, however, that the Secrecy Rule was invoked and, for the most part, followed from May to September, 1787 as the rough plan for a new government was refined by the delegates from 12 of the 13 states gathered in Philadelphia.

Thirty-three years old and already governor of the Old Dominion, standing nearly six feet tall and possessed of a magnetic air of aristocracy and erudition, Virginia’s Edmund Randolph rose and, in the words of James Madison, “opened the main business.”

After spending the previous day hammering out the rules (“this was an age of formal manners,” observed Catherine Drinker Bowen), the delegates were ready to hit the ground running, revising – they thought – the Articles of Confederation.

Randolph and his Virginia colleagues had another idea, however. In consultations at the Indian Queen pub held prior to the opening of the “main business,” Randolph and his fellow Virginia delegates received from James Madison a draft of a plan of a federal government (the Virginia Plan) that scrapped the Articles altogether, replacing it with Madison’s vision.

Within the 15 resolutions of the Virginia Plan, a new national government was proposed. A government of three branches – legislative, executive, and judicial – was laid out. The legislative branch would be bicameral, with an upper and lower body.

Although Hollywood has portrayed the reaction of the representatives at the convention as one of shock, the reality as reported by Madison and Robert Yates of New York was much more sangfroid.

In his chronicle of the convention, Yates adds one detail that Madison omits. According to Yates, Edmund Randolph made no secret of his intent (and by extension, the intent of James Madison) to see the Articles of Confederation supplanted by a new, more robust, national government.

Yates quotes Randolph admitting that the resolves of the Virginia Plan “were not intended for a federal government – he meant a strong consolidated union, in which the idea of states would be nearly annihilated.”

Despite Yates’ flair for the dramatic, it is all but certain that Randolph neither made that comment nor did he or any of his fellow Virginians desire such a destruction of the states.

The aforementioned recipient of Washington’s wrath – Gouveneur Morris of Pennsylvania – wrote a letter evincing the prevailing preoccupation of repairing of the union without throwing the baby of state sovereignty out with the dirty bathwater of weaknesses of the Articles of Confederation. Morris wrote that the dilemma facing the convention was “how to arrange a National system of Government of sufficient strength to operate in despite of State opposition, and yet not strong enough to break down State authority.”

Over the next three and half months, the 55 (or fewer, on any given day) men gathered at the State House in Philadelphia would confront that very issue over and over again.

There were among them those with more nationalist tendencies (Alexander Hamilton) and those who would have preferred a less dynamic union (George Mason). This difference would define the convention day in and day out as the various “resolves” of the Virginia Plan were debated.

It is impossible to know what final form the Constitution would have taken – if any – had the press and the public been given access or information. History is not typically kind to secrets, particularly the kind that create new governments.

Our own experiment with self-government and federalism continues and ironically, the government established by the Constitutional Convention of 1787 too often envelops itself in a similar shroud of secrecy, worn to mask its efforts to dismantle the very freedoms protected by the product of that historic convention.

Over the next few months, a series of articles in The New American will chronicle the clashes and compromises that seeded the soil from whence grew the very tree of a federal government that now bears such poisonous fruit.

Image: Scene at the Signing of the Constitution of the United States by Howard Chandler Christy

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

High Court to Hear Case Challenging Prayer at Government Meetings

0

The Supreme Court has agreed to hear a case that could place limitations on prayer at government meetings in cities, towns, and municipalities across the nation. The case involves the tradition in the predominantly Christian community of Greece, New York, of having pastors and lay people from local churches open the monthly government meetings with prayer. In 2007, two local women who didn’t like the fact that the prayers were virtually all offered by Christians complained, prompting community officials to invite a Wiccan priest, a Baha’i representative, and a Jewish man to offer the prayers. When it was found that eight of the next 12 meetings featured Christian prayers, the atheist group Americans United for Separation of Church and State gallantly stepped in and sued the town on behalf of the women.

In 2008, a lower court ruled in favor of the community, finding that the town fathers had not intentionally excluded non-Christian prayers. But Americans United appealed, and in 2012, a three-judge panel of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 2nd Circuit reversed the lower court decision, ruling that the town officials had somehow violated the First Amendment’s supposed separation of church and state clause by unfairly favoring Christian prayers. That decision set up an appointment with the Supreme Court, which agreed to hear the case in full.

“A town council meeting isn’t a church service, and it shouldn’t seem like one,” intoned Barry Lynn, a spokesman for Americans United. “Government can’t serve everyone in the community when it endorses one faith over others. That sends the clear message that some are second-class citizens based on what they believe about religion.”

But Joel Oster of Alliance Defending Freedom (ADF), which is representing the town of Greece in the case, said that the appeals court ruling forces the city to become a prayer monitor in its meetings, and turns the reverent tradition of prayer into a government-supervised affirmative action program. “Since this nation’s founding, public meetings have been opened with prayers offered according to the conscience of the speaker,” noted Oster. “There is no legal reason why a town cannot engage in this practice today with people from within its own community. The district court rightly affirmed the constitutionality of the town’s policy.” He added that secular groups with a grudge against Christianity “cannot be allowed to force local governments to engage in strange hoops and hurdles that effectively eliminate prayers by making them too difficult to take place.”

Oster pointed out that the U.S. Constitution “has never required any local government to engage in such gymnastics to have prayer, as is clearly seen by the prayers of America’s Founding Fathers. Prayer-givers have a right protected by the First Amendment to engage in speech that reflects their own conscience and religion during such prayers. That does not make the prayers an endorsement by the town itself of any particular religion.”

ADF attorney Brett Harvey told National Review that the opportunity to pray at Greece town meetings “has been extended to people of all faiths, including atheists. The court of appeals punished the town because they didn’t bus in people from out of town to pray, but the town should not be forced to handpick out-of-towners to lead the Greeks in prayers. The citizens of the Town of Greece are capable of speaking for themselves.”

In taking the case to the Supreme Court, the ADF has been joined by attorney Thomas Hungar, whom Ken Klukowski of the Family Research Council called “one of the most accomplished Supreme Court litigators in the nation. “We appreciate the Supreme Court’s decision to review the important question presented by this case,” said Hungar. “The practice of legislative prayer is firmly embedded in the history and traditions of this nation. We hope the court will reaffirm the settled understanding that such prayers, offered without improper motive and in accordance with the conscience of the prayer-giver, are constitutional.”

Klukowski noted the relative drought of High Court cases favoring religious liberty over the past decades. “The last time Americans had a victory for religious liberty purely on Establishment Clause grounds was 2005, when the Supreme Court upheld a Texas Ten Commandments display in Van Orden v. Perry,” wrote Klukowski in a column on Breitbart.com. “But that was a fractured 5-4 decision with no majority opinion, so no enduring rule of law was established as precedent in that case.”

He added that it might be necessary to go back as far as 1983 “to the Supreme Court’s first vindication of legislative prayer in Marsh v. Chambers to find a majority win [for religious freedom]. The few wins over the past 30 years for people of faith have been due to free speech or the free exercise of religion – rather than the Establishment Clause – or because the case was dismissed on procedural grounds.” He said that “since Justice Samuel Alito took the seat of Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, scholars have wondered if the Court had become friendlier to people of faith, especially Christians. Now they will find out.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Kissinger: U.S. and China to Collaborate on Globalist “World Order”

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

In the video below, Rockefeller protégé and operative Henry Kissinger calls for the United States and the authoritarian government of China to work together to create a globalist totalitarian government.

“The challenge is,” Kissinger told the Asia Society last week, “how to build a world order for the first time in history on a global basis. We talk a lot about world community but the fact is there has never been a world community before” and he then suggested China and the U.S. collaborate on such an effort.

David Rockefeller has paid homage to the communist Chairman Mao, the most prolific mass murderer of the 20th century (responsible for the liquidation of between 49-78,000,000 Chinese).

Rockefeller regards Mao as an ideal leader and the communist revolution and its murderous political purges as a template for world government.

“Whatever the price of the Chinese revolution [an indirect reference to millions killed] , it has obviously succeeded not only in producing more efficient and dedicated administration, but also in fostering high morale and community of purpose… The social experiment in China under Chairman Mao’s leadership is one of the most important and successful in human history,” Rockefeller wrote for the New York Times on August 10, 1973.

Rockefeller lavished praise on Mao and the communists three years before the end of the Cultural Revolution in China. Conservative estimates of the death toll exacted by Mao’s cultural purge exceed 30 million people.

Rockefeller’s trusted minion, Henry Kissinger, believes now is the time to export what Mao did in China to the entire world.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 10:01 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Infowars Poll: 94% Say Woolwich Attack Will Lead to Police State

0

Kit Daniels
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

Before 94% of Infowars.com poll respondents could agree that the Woolwich attack would lead to a police state, several Members of Parliament began designing a British police state with censorship and surveillance.

On May 22, 2013, two attackers ran over British Army solder Lee Rigby as he walked down a street in Woodwich, a district in southeast London. The attackers then stabbed Rigby to death while declaring vengeance for the killings of Muslims by British military.

Even before our poll was completed, several Members of Parliament used the murder to accelerate the arrival of the British police state. These members demanded major search engines such as Yahoo and Google censor “extremist” web sites from search results, according to the Daily Mail. They also attacked opposition to the communications data bill, which would allow Orwellian tracking of all Internet and cell phone activity within the United Kingdom. Censorship and surveillance are two strong pillars of the police state. Without them, future political oppression cannot thrive and the house of tyranny cannot stand.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 9:50 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘Syria takes control of al-Daba'a airport’

0

The Syrian Army has taken full control of al-Dabaâ„¢a airport in the strategic border town of al-Qusayr as it presses ahead to liberate the town fully from foreign-backed militants, reports say.

The Syrian soldiers were reported on Wednesday to be in control of 80 percent of the town, a former militant stronghold in the central province of Homs.

Homs Province remains a strategic gain for either side because of its location which connects the capital, Damascus, to the Mediterranean coast.

Syrian troops have also retaken control of several key districts and buildings, including the headquarters of the Baâ„¢ath Party in al-Qusayr.

The Syrian Army entered al-Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants.

Earlier on Wednesday, the Syrian Army launched an attack against foreign-backed militants to clear them out from the suburbs of Damascus.

Heavy clashes were also reported in Beit Sahm and Sidi Meqdad in the suburbs of Damascus, where Syrian forces attacked militants.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

President Bashar Assad said on May 18 that militants from 29 different countries were fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Taliban attack Red Cross in Afghanistan

0

Afghan policemen stand guard at the entrance to police headquarters in Kabul. (file photo)

At least one security guard has been killed and several others, including a foreign national, have sustained injuries after Taliban militants targeted a Red Cross office in the volatile eastern Afghan city of Jalalabad, security sources say.

Initial reports from Afghan security officials said the Wednesday attack followed a large explosion; however, the source of the blast is not yet known.

Witnesses said the Red Cross building was on fire shortly after the blast, and gunfire could be heard.

No person or group has yet claimed responsibility for the attacks. However, Taliban militants are usually blamed for similar attacks.

Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Thanking Bradley Manning

0

A few evenings ago, as the sky began to darken here in Kabul, Afghanistan, a small group of the Afghan Peace Volunteers, (APVs), gathered for an informal presentation about WikiLeaks, its chief editor Julian Assange, and its most prominent contributor, Bradley Manning. Basir Bita, a regular visitor to the APV household, began the evening’s discussion noting that June 1st will mark the beginning of Bradley Manning’s fourth year in prison. Two days later his trial will begin, a trial which could sadly result in his imprisonment for a life sentence. June 1st also begins an international week of support and solidarity, aimed at thanking Bradley Manning. #ThankManning!  

Basir believes that the vast majority of Afghans are among myriads world-wide who have Manning to thank for information they will need in struggles for freedom, security, and peace. He wishes that more people would find the courage to stand up to military and government forces, especially their own, and act as “whistle-blowers.”

I often hear Afghan individuals and groups express longing for a far more democratic process than is allowed them in a country dominated by warlords, the U.S./NATO militaries, and their commanders. In the U.S., a lack of crucial information increasingly threatens democratic processes. How can people make informed choices if their leaders deliberately withhold crucial information from them? Manning’s disclosures have brought desperately needed light to the U.S. and to countries around the world, including struggling countries like Afghanistan.

Hakim, who mentors the Afghan Peace Volunteers, recalled that Bradley Manning passed on documents that record 91,730 “Significant Actions,” or “SIGACTS” undertaken here by the U.S. /ISAF forces, of which 75,000 were released by WikiLeaks.

These SIGACTS include attacks by drones, sometimes invisible drones, and night raids.

Our group turned to discussing the history of WikiLeaks, how it formed and how it now functions. Those most familiar with computers and internet explained the process of disclosing information by anonymously following a computerized route to a “dropbox.”

In fact, the Afghan Peace Volunteers themselves have been communicating with Julian Assange.

Last winter, Nobel peace laureate Mairead Maguire had stayed with them shortly before she traveled to London for a visit to Julian Assange. Through Mairead, they had sent Assange a letter of solidarity.

The APVs heard that Manning has been more isolated than Assange; they all shook their heads when Basir reminded them that Bradley Manning was initially in solitary confinement for eleven months.

Ghulamai thought through the ironic process of how governments designate some documents ‘secret,’ and how he would presume that the person who shares those secrets was a ‘criminal.’ But Ali said that governments chiefly hide ‘secrets’ from the public to maintain power. Hakim asked Abdulhai to imagine himself as the head of a government or of a large family. “If you are working for the good of the family or the state, would you need to do things secretly?” he asked.

“No,” Abdulhai replied. “If I have power, and I am truly working for the best interests of my people, I will not need to do things in secret.”

There was a keen conversation about who Bradley Manning was and what he did. Bradley Manning’s own words, which journalists had to actually smuggle out of his pre-trial hearing, described how Bradley’s mind had largely been made up by watching the secret video that he would come to release under the title “Collateral Murder:”

They dehumanized the individuals they were engaging and seemed to not value human life by referring to them as quote “dead bastards” unquote and congratulating each other on the ability to kill in large numbers. At one point in the video there’s an individual on the ground attempting to crawl to safety. The individual is seriously wounded. Instead of calling for medical attention to the location, one of the aerial weapons team crew members verbally asks for the wounded person to pick up a weapon so that he can have a reason to engage. For me, this seems similar to a child torturing ants with a magnifying glass.

While saddened by the aerial weapons team crew’s lack of concern about human life, I was disturbed by the response of the discovery of injured children at the scene. In the video, you can see that the bongo truck driving up to assist the wounded individual. In response the aerial weapons team crew— as soon as the individuals are a threat, they repeatedly request for authorization to fire on the bongo truck and once granted they engage the vehicle at least six times.

Together, the APVs watched the deeply disturbing “Collateral Damage” video itself. They were avid to learn what they could do to support and thank Bradley Manning. Yet they’re aware of the risks faced by people who organize public demonstrations in Afghanistan.

It’s far easier to stand up for Bradley where I live, back in the U.S. I hope many more of us will devote the time and energy we owe this young man for risking everything, as he did, to enlighten us and the world.

The Afghan Peace Volunteers are eager for ways to link with others worldwide to express thanks and concern for a remarkably brave and conscience-driven 25-year old man whose courage and whose light is so acutely needed in this darkening time. I’ve seen the fierce light of these young people and, knowing them, I’m certain that others will be seeing it too in the years ahead. Are we readying signals with which to answer them, are we preparing ways to show people like them, and like Julian Assange, and like Bradley Manning, that they are not alone?

OLYMPUS DIGITAL CAMERA

Afghan Peace Volunteers with a sign that thanks Bradley Manning. Photo credit: Hakim.

Kathy Kelly (kathy@vcnv.org) co-coordinates Voices for Creative Nonviolence (www.vcnv.org). She is spending the month of May as a guest of the Afghan Peace Volunteers (ourjourneytosmile.com)

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

3 Iraqi policemen killed in attack

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least three Iraqi policemen have been killed after unknown gunmen attacked a police outpost near the country’s border with Syria.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Media Gets Targeted by Obama Administration, Discovers No One Cares Except the Media

0

I was watching the local network news one recent evening because apparently I like to torture myself. And what were they reporting on? Michael Jackson. My hometown paper, the Los Angeles Times, also ran a story that day, May 22, 2013, about Michael Jackson.

Don’t get me wrong. Jackson is and deserves to be a cultural icon. That’s fine. But he died four years ago, so why is it still in the news? Can anyone explain to me why mainstream American news outlets are still “breaking” news with obsessive zeal about a 4-year-old story that has no bearing on anyone’s life?

Maybe it’s journalistic laziness or whoring to the public’s base desire for sensationalism and depraved celebrity gossip. But the news media has a role to play and it’s not entertainment.

This leads me to more salient matters. While my local press corps was babbling about some ancient history-Michael Jackson-related minutia bullshit, another media storm was brewing. Apparently the Associated Press and Fox News recently found themselves on the business end of the Obama Administration’s hostility toward journalists. The AP learned the Justice Department searched troves of their phone records. Meantime, Fox News’ James Rosen had his personal email account scoured by the DOJ and he’s being called an “aider and abettor” and “co-conspirator” in a criminal case regarding classified document leaks.

So now, all of a magical sudden, the news media in this country seem to be waking up. After years of either promoting or ignoring George W. Bush’s, then Obama’s constant infringements on the civil liberties of average Americans, the media suddenly think it’s a scandal now that they’re the butt of it. But while the AP and Fox News aren’t the first, they’ve never caused a stir about the U.S. government’s abuse of journalists until it hit them in the face.

Yemeni investigative reporter Abdulelah Haider Shaye, who exposed a deadly U.S. bombing that killed dozens of women and children in the village of Majala, is sitting in prison after being convicted for terror-related charges in sham proceedings condemned by human rights groups worldwide. Thanks to public pressure, Shaye was about to be pardoned in 2011.

But in February that year, Obama personally called Yemen’s president and “expressed concern” over Shaye’s pending release, according to a White House summary of the phone call. As a result, Shaye continues to sit in prisons for doing his job as a reporter. He isn’t the only one. Under Bush, Al Jazeera journalist and cameraman Sami Al Hajj spent seven years in Gitmo. Pulitzer Prize winner Bilal Hussein was detained for two years by the U.S. military for doing his job — with cheerleading by the same right-wing blogosphere now howling over the attack on Fox’s Rosen.

I don’t recall any major news outlets reporting these cases despite the fact they’re obviously outrageous. In fact the first I heard of Hussein and Al-Hajj was in reading this eye-opening run-down in Salon.com by Glenn Greenwald. (http://www.salon.com/2012/03/14/obamas_personal_role_in_a_journalists_imprisonment/)

I can personally recall recent instances where my local media corps sold out the public and kowtowed to authorities in direct opposition to their duties, causing members of the public to pay a painful price. When Occupy L.A. was raided at City Hall in November 2011, the Los Angeles Police Department told the media that they couldn’t cover it unless they were hand-selected by the LAPD. No one, not even the big dog in the room, the LA Times, took them to task on this, even though it was obviously unconstitutional.

Meantime the TV stations shut off their aerial camera feeds upon order by the LAPD. The result of this was, people were beaten and abused while in custody. Protesters had bones broken. But none of this made it into public view. Instead, reporters swarmed the next-day presser, eager to pepper the powerful with pandering, meaningless questions and hear the police chief and mayor crow about how smoothly things went. I guess it was smooth if you didn’t have your arm fractured by a bean bag gun, your ribs broken by a baton, or forced to piss on yourself while in custody. (http://egpnews.com/2011/12/reports-of-police-abuse-emerge-after-occupy-la-eviction/)

A similar thing happened during the Chris Dorner saga this February. At the culmination of their pursuit, with former LAPD officer Dorner pinned down in a Big Bear cabin, police told news outlets with aerial feeds to stop filming, so they did. We all know what happened next, because people listening to scanners had the presence of mind to record. The cops commenced with an apparently pre-planned “burn.” They fired incendiary devices into the cabin and Dorner burned inside. Would they have given that order if the news choppers were still filming overhead? Probably not. The media’s decisions to be obedient lapdogs to authority enabled authority to assume too much power, abuse protesters and extra-judicially execute someone.

Meantime, the reasons behind Dorner’s vendetta rang all-too-true to L.A.’s maltreated communities of color. His accusations of police brutality hit a nerve. But you don’t see L.A.’s news media aggressively digging into officer involved shootings, killings or beatings even though there is a history of police brutality in Los Angeles. If they report it, they usually source only the police, and they don’t follow up. They don’t put it in context. No one is held to task for the pattern of abuse on civil liberties and human rights in L.A.’s poorest neighborhoods. The police are given the benefit of the doubt, and people of color are treated like criminals. In fact, in an apparent collaboration with the LAPD, the media chose to redact the names of officers Dorner accused of being abusive when they published his “manifesto,” even though the un-redacted version was all over the Internet.

The American news media has made pandering to power standard practice when their mission should be speaking truth to power and “afflicting the comfortable, comforting the afflicted.” In fact, new Orange County Register co-owner and publisher Aaron Kushner flat out told his newsroom that the long-held journalistic credo of “afflicting the comfortable” no longer applies. This runs parallel with fantastic displays of incompetence like the flagrant misreporting of facts surrounding the Boston marathon bombing by the likes of CNN and New York Post.

The result? The public no longer believes much of what the media reports and any trust in the Fourth Estate to expose truth and provide a voice for the voiceless is shattered. So it seems the public no longer gives a shit about the media, and it’s the media’s own damned fault.

But the public should care about recent developments, even though I understand why it doesn’t. The decision by Obama’s Justice Department to go after domestic journalists is grave. Why? The way this country is set up is reporters are the check on government. When the government gets out of line, the role of the journalist is to call it. But, if the government grants itself the authority to criminalize journalists for performing that role, it weakens the institution intended to keep the government from abusing its power. And that’s exactly what’s happened. Setting the precedent of criminalizing the press means the federal government has given itself limitless and unchecked power.

The current administration has gone after more leakers than any other, and without leakers, investigative reporting doesn’t exist. Investigative reporting in this country brought to light and forced accountability for the My Lai massacre in Vietnam and the Watergate scandal that brought Nixon down. It revealed the human rights abuses at Abu Ghraib. Leaks by currently-incarcerated Bradley Manning to Wikileaks revealed the U.S. military fired on and killed a Reuters journalist and his team in Baghdad, among other “war on terror” atrocities.

People who leak government indiscretions and journalists who report it are the key to holding government accountable and limit it from overreaching its authority. They play a pivotal role in a functioning democracy and open society and are the gatekeepers against totalitarianism. The Rosen case is the first in U.S. history where the federal government has treated a domestic reporter as a full-scale criminal for doing his job as a reporter, while the AP phone record grab is the widest infringement on the working press in U.S. history. This is a chilling development. First Amendment, RIP.

Whether the general public cares or understands these implications isn’t clear. But from the comments I’ve seen surrounding these stories, doesn’t look like it. If the public doesn’t care, what defense do the media have? A bunch of policy wonks, university professors and civil liberties lawyers yammering on a high level about the role of the free press in a democracy don’t resonate with a cynical, over-worked, under-informed public accustomed to seeing partisan hacks and incompetent, hyperventilating sensationalists talking about Lindsay Lohan, tailing car chases or acting like the danger they’re personally in after leaving their comfortable offices is the story.

Thanks to the proliferation of cable “news,” the line between ethical journalism and slanting or cherry-picking stories to fit an ideological narrative has been badly blurred. As a result, self-described liberals don’t give a shit about James Rosen because he works at Fox News, regardless of the ominous and universal implications of his case. And that’s because Fox News is a shitty, partisan hack organization that would have celebrated if any New York Times reporter was criminally investigated for doing critical, accurate reporting on the early stages of the Iraq war.

I wish though. No one did, and the media marched along wide-eyed with the war drum. Turns out, it was all a lie. While some corporations and individuals made off like gangbusters with war profits, the general American public is paying for the media’s green-lighting of the bungled Iraq war and failed policies in Afghanistan with utter fiscal decimation and violent blowback. Writing for Truthdig, journalist Chris Hedges estimates it was around this time television news officially hit the skids. (http://www.truthdig.com/report/page2/the_day_that_tv_news_died_20130324/)

While reporters in the Vietnam era fanned out at will to cover that war uncensored, the post-9/11 media started out “embedding” themselves with U.S. troops to provide a bunch of biased crap journalism before getting bored and ignoring the wars completely. Now, no one knows what the hell their own government is doing with drones in places like Waziristan and Somalia, nor the futility and misery we inflicted in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Because journalists no longer care to analyze current events, too few Americans understand how war spending and a tax code favoring the rich affects the country’s deficit, nor do people recognize “blowback.” Instead of informing people what their government is doing abroad, news organizations are making up fiction about food stamps breaking the budget, digging through Michael Jackson’s grave and conjuring silly bells and whistles like CNN’s holograms. A couple days ago I watched CBS News dedicate most of its allotted airtime to breathlessly following the last minutes of a police car chase.

Maybe that’s why no one gives a shit when Associated Press phones are spied on. And Rosen’s plight is at least in part a result of his own employer’s cheerleading of their pal Bush’s PATRIOT Act. Oh, the irony. Maybe if both had done their jobs when Al-Hajj, Hussein and Shaye were persecuted, this wouldn’t have been able to happen in the first place.

It remains to be seen whether the media will start doing its job now that it’s been subjected to a small taste of what the public has been bludgeoned with for years via FISA, CISPA, the NDAA, the PATRIOT Act, et cetera. All these laws basically allow unlimited spying on and detention of Americans without any due process guaranteed by the Constitution. There are signs of hope, I guess. For instance, I noticed the LA Times reported about drones last week when Obama decided to talk about it at a press conference. Still, the media’s silence on these issues has been bizarre and disturbing, and it’s still bizarre and disturbing that they only start covering something when “officials” officially talk about it.

But then again, they also wrote about Michael Jackson. It’s such a hot mess. But why do I care? Maybe I should just take George Carlin’s advice and be happy to have a front-row seat to the freak show.

Bethania Palma Markus is a former staffer with the Los Angeles Newspaper Group which covered East LA County from Pasadena through the San Gabriel Valley down to Long Beach. She hold sa Master’s degree in Middle Eastern/Islamic history. She has written for LANG, the LAist and the OC Weekly and Hunter Thompson-honoring, literary journalism zine Bat Country Word.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Iran warns against fueling Syrian crisis

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi (C) addresses an International Conference on Syria hosted in Tehran on May 29, 2013.

Iran has warned against attempts to further fuel the deadly unrest in Syria, saying such moves will inflict irreparable damage on the international system.

Å“An increase in violence and bloodshed [in Syria] and delay in the process of the political resolution of the current crisis is not at all in the interest of neighboring countries [of Syria], the region and the world…,” Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi told the participants of the International Conference on Syria in Tehran on Wednesday.

He added that Å“Iran denounces financial and military support by certain parties for irresponsible armed groups [In Syria]” and condemns the fueling of religious and sectarian strife.

Iran is hosting the Friends of Syria Conference in Tehran under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability.” The event is attended by representatives from 40 countries, seeking to find a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country.

During the meeting, the Iranian foreign minister further outlined the Islamic Republicâ„¢s measures taken so far aimed at ending the ongoing violence in Syria.

Salehi also reminded the participants that Tehran hosted a meeting between the Syrian government and the opposition in 2012, which was attended by some 200 participants representing the government and different ethnic, religious and political groups in Syria.

Å“The Islamic Republic has always backed all regional and international efforts with emphasis on [the need to find] a political solution [to Syria crisis], and within this framework, we have supported measures by [former mediator on Syria] Kofi Annan and efforts by UN-Arab League Special Representative for Syria Lakhdar Brahimi,” Salehi said.

The Iranian diplomat added that Tehran welcomes Russian efforts to hold an international conference to discuss the Syria issue and considers it a step forward in dealing with the crisis.

Iran has already held two other meetings on the crisis in the Arab country.

The meeting in Tehran comes as Russia and the United States agreed on May 7 to convene an international conference on Syria in Geneva. However, no date has been set for the meeting yet.

MKA/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police Wary of Provocateurs at Bilderberg 2013

0

Hertfordshire Police liaison officer speaks to Infowars

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

Hertfordshire Police are wary of potentially violent provocateurs that could hijack peaceful protests at the site of the 2013 Bilderberg Group meeting in Watford, UK.

Image: Infowars.com

In a conversation with Hertfordshire police liaison officer Steve Lee, Alex Jones was told that authorities will be vigilant in ensuring that any such provocateurs were shut down immediately and will not be allowed to ruin the event for law-abiding demonstrators.

Police from more than three jurisdictions will be involved at the event which is expected to attract hundreds if not thousands of demonstrators who will protest against the secretive Bilderberg Group’s complete lack of transparency and its role in shaping world affairs behind closed doors with total contempt for the democratic process.

Bilderberg will also be paying for their own private security to patrol the grounds of the Grove Hotel itself.

Lee told Infowars that bag searches would be conducted at the site to protect against terrorists. It appears that an earlier policy to pat down all protesters entering certain areas has been scrapped.

Sound devices such as bullhorns will be allowed by police but sirens will not be permitted so as not to interfere with local farmers, Lee told Infowars.

Lee joked that he was looking forward to meeting Alex Jones but that he hoped that Jones’ efforts to have CNN host Piers Morgan sent back to Britain remained unsuccessful.

The officer added that he was an Alex Jones Show listener and will be happy to make an appearance on the broadcast over the next few days if authorized by his superiors.

In a related story, the Bilderberg Fringe Festival, at which both Alex Jones and David Icke will speak, is expecting to hear back on its application to hold a “family-oriented festival” in nearby Cassiobury Park.

“The council confirmed a new application to host an event in Cassiobury Park was received on May 28 and is being considered. It is understood Cassiobury Park was chosen by organisers following a recommendation from Herts police,” reports the Watford Observer.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 9:36 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

FBI shared child porn to nab pedophiles; Washington home raided

0

Levi Pulkkinen
SeattlePI.com
May 29, 2013

The FBI seized and ran a child pornography service late last year as investigators worked to identify its customers, one Western Washington man allegedly among them.

Following a lengthy investigation, Nebraska-based agents raided the large child pornography service in November hoping to catch users who shared thousands of images showing children being raped, displayed and abused.

The Bureau ran the service for two weeks while attempting to identify more than 5,000 customers, according to a Seattle FBI agent’s statements to the court. Court records indicate the site continued to distribute child pornography online while under FBI control; the Seattle-based special agent, a specialist in online crimes against children, detailed the investigation earlier this month in a statement to the court.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 9:33 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

‘US anti-terror policies violate HR’

0

The UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay has described the US governmentâ„¢s anti-terror policies as a gross violation of human rights.

Å“The United Statesâ„¢ failure to shut down the Guantanamo [prison]… has been an example of the struggle against terrorism failing to uphold human rights, among them the right to a fair trial,” said Pillay on Monday.

Inmates at the US military prison complex in Cuba have been on hunger strike since February. The 166 hunger strikers stopped eating to protest their indefinite detention without charges, as well as intrusive search of their cells and personal belongings.

Å“Allegedly, more than half of the 166 detainees still being held in detention have been cleared for transfer to either home countries or third countries for resettlement, yet they remain in detention at Guantanamo Bay. Others reportedly have been designated for indefinite detention,” Pillay added.

The high commissioner also criticized the US assassination drone program and its lack of transparency that Å“has created an accountability vacuum, in which victims have been unable to seek redress.”

The comment came after US President Barack Obama defended the use of the controversial drones as Å“self-defense.” However, casualty figures clearly indicate that civilians are the main victims.

Pillay went on to condemn many European states of colluding with the US in its so-called Ëœwar on terrorâ„¢, namely through the global kidnapping and rendition program.

Å“I am dismayed by the continuing failure of many European States to undertake public and independent investigations of past involvement in the US renditions program…Credible and independent investigations are a vital first step towards accountability, and I call on States to make this a priority,” Pillay concluded.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Corporate Spying on Environmental Groups

0

In February 2010 Tom Jiunta and a small group of residents in northeastern Pennsylvania formed the Gas Drilling Awareness Coalition (GDAC), an environmental organization opposed to hydraulic fracturing in the region. The group sought to appeal to the widest possible audience, and was careful about striking a moderate tone. All members were asked to sign a code of conduct in which they pledged to carry themselves with “professionalism, dignity, and kindness” as they worked to protect the environment and their communities. GDAC’s founders acknowledged that gas drilling had become a divisive issue misrepresented by individuals on both sides and agreed to “seek out the truth.”

The group of about 10 professionals — engineers, nurses, and teachers — began meeting in the basement of a member’s home. As their numbers grew, they moved to a local church. In an effort to raise public awareness about the risks of hydraulic fracturing (or “fracking”) they attended township meetings, zoning and ordinance hearings, and gas-drilling forums. They invited speakers from other states affected by gas drilling to talk with Pennsylvania residents. They held house-party style screenings of documentary films.

Since the group had never engaged in any kind of illegal activity or particularly radical forms of protest, it came as a shock when GDAC members learned that their organization had been featured in intelligence bulletins compiled by a private security firm, The Institute of Terrorism Research and Response (ITRR). Equally shocking was the revelation that the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security had distributed those bulletins to local police chiefs, state, federal, and private intelligence agencies, and the security directors of the natural gas companies, as well as industry groups and PR firms. News of the surveillance broke in September 2010 when the director of the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security, James Powers, mistakenly sent an email to an anti-drilling activist he believed was sympathetic to the industry, warning her not to post the bulletins online. The activist was Virginia Cody, a retired Air Force officer. In his email to Cody, Powers wrote: “We want to continue providing this support to the Marcellus Shale Formation natural gas stakeholders while not feeding those groups fomenting dissent against those same companies.”

The tri-weekly bulletins featured a wide range of supposed threats to the state’s infrastructure. It included warnings about Al-Qaeda affiliated groups, pro-life activists, and Tea Party protesters. The bulletins also included information about when and where groups like GDAC would be meeting, upcoming protests, and anti-fracking activists’ internal strategy. The raw data was followed by a threat assessment — low, moderate, severe, or critical — and a brief analysis.

For example, bulletin no. 118, dated July 30, 2010 gave a low to moderate threat rating in reference to public meetings that anti-drilling activists planned to attend, and suggested that an “attack is likely… and might well be executed.” The threat assessment was accompanied by this note: “The escalating conflict over natural gas drilling in Pennsylvania may define local fault lines and potentially increase area environmentalist activity or eco-terrorism. GDAC communications have cited Northeastern Pennsylvania counties, specifically Wyoming, Lackawanna and Luzerne, as being in real ‘need of our help’ and as facing a ‘drastic situation.’” Another bulletin referenced an August 2010 FBI assessment of the growing threat of environmental activism to the energy industry. Because of Pennsylvania’s importance in the production of natural gas, ITRR concluded, an uptick in vandalism, criminal activity, and extremism was likely.

Although the Pennsylvania scandal caused a brief public outcry, it was quickly brushed aside as an unfortunate mistake. In fact, the episode represents a larger pattern of corporate and police spying on environmental activists fueled in part by the expansion of private intelligence gathering since 9/11.

By 2007, 70 percent of the US intelligence budget — or about $38 billion annually — was spent on private contractors. Much of this largesse has been directed toward overseas operations. But it is likely that some of that money has been paid to private contractors — hired either by corporations or law enforcement agencies — that are also in the business of spying on American citizens. As early as 2004, in a report titled “The Surveillance Industrial Complex,” the American Civil Liberties Union warned that the “US security establishment is making a systematic effort to extend its surveillance capacity by pressing the private sector into service to report on the activities of Americans.” At the same time, corporations are boosting their own security operations. Today, overall annual spending on corporate security and intelligence is roughly $100 billion, double what it was a decade ago, according to Brian Ruttenbur, a defense analyst with CRT Capital.

The surveillance of even moderate groups like GDAC comes at a pivotal time for the environmental movement. As greenhouse gas emissions continue unchecked, opposition to the fossil fuel industry has taken on a more urgent and confrontational tone. Some anti-fracking activists have engaged in nonviolent civil disobedience and the protests against the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline have involved arrests at the White House. Environmentalists and civil libertarians worry that accusations of terrorism, even if completely unfounded, could undermine peaceful political protest. The mere possibility of surveillance could handicap environmental groups’ ability to achieve their political goals. “You are painting the political opposition as supporters of terrorism to discredit them and cripple their ability to remain politically viable,” says Mike German, an FBI special agent for 16 years who now works with the ACLU.

The Pennsylvania episode is not an isolated case. The FBI and Americans for Prosperity (AFP), a Koch Brothers-backed lobbying group, have both taken an interest in anti-drilling activists in Texas. In the fall of 2011, according to an investigation by The Washington Post, the FBI was digging for information on the leader of Rising Tide North America, a direct action environmental group, because of his opposition to hydraulic fracturing (Rising Tide has also been active in organizing protests against the Keystone XL pipeline). Ben Kessler, a Texas-based activist, told the Post that the FBI had received an anonymous tip to look into his activities. The agency also showed up at the office of Kessler’s philosophy professor, Adam Briggle, who teaches an ethics course that covers nonviolent civil disobedience and the history of the environmental movement. Briggle, who has been involved in organizing residents to impose tougher regulations on gas drilling in Denton, Texas, told the Post that, “it seemed like a total fishing expedition to me.”

About a month after he was approached by the FBI, Briggle received a notice from his employer, the University of North Texas, asking him to turn over all emails and other written correspondence “pursuant to City of Denton natural gas drilling ordinances and the ‘Denton Stakeholder Drilling Advisory Group,’” an organization Briggle founded in July 2011 whose mission is similar to that of GDAC. The university had received a request under the state’s Public Information Act and Briggle was forced to hand over more than 1,300 emails. He was later told that the request had been made by Peggy Venable, Texas Director of Americans for Prosperity.

Rising Tide activists had speculated that the anonymous tip came from one of the gas companies active in the region. Although there was no way to prove a connection between the FBI’s investigation and AFP’s mining of Briggle’s emails, both were viewed within the activist community as acts of intimidation. Briggle says, “The message is, you’re being watched.”

During the last decade the FBI and, to a lesser extent, corporations have elevated the threat of eco-terrorism to a top priority even as environmentally motivated crimes have declined. In 2005, John Lewis, an FBI deputy assistant director, said the animal rights and environmental movements were “one of the FBI’s highest domestic terrorism priorities.” In the post-9/11 era, the outsourcing of intelligence gathering to private companies has ballooned, the bar for investigating domestic threats has been lowered, and a premium has been placed on information sharing with the private sector. “What changed after 9/11,” the ACLU’s German says, “was the lowering of the threshold for FBI investigations and the promulgation of these radicalization theories that while specifically written about Muslim extremists — the same theory that people move from ideas to activism to terrorism — justified increased surveillance against activists and against people who were just part of the environmental rights movement but had no association with violence or criminal acts.”

Since 9/11 accusations of eco-terrorism have proliferated and a number of individuals and groups have been prosecuted under new laws, which have profoundly impacted the radical environmental movement. The broad crackdown and subsequent fear and paranoia that swept through activist circles have been referred to as the “Green Scare.” “The shift was gradual,” Will Potter writes in Green is the New Red: An Insider’s Account of a Social Movement Under Siege, “slowly merging the rhetoric of industry groups with that of politicians and law enforcement.”

In public, corporations have amplified the threat of eco-terrorism to influence legislation, such as the Animal Enterprise Terrorism Act. In private, meanwhile, they have hired firms to spy on environmental groups. About a month after 9/11, for example, the crisis communications firm Nichols Dezenhall (now Dezenhall Resources) registered a website called StopEcoViolence.com (now defunct), which served as a sort of faux watchdog group and source for media outlets including The New York Times. Around the same time, Dezenhall — described by Bill Moyers as the “Mafia of industry” — was involved in corporate espionage. Along with two other PR companies, Dezenhall hired a now-defunct private security firm, Beckett Brown International, to spy on environmental activists. One of the targeted groups was Greenpeace. In 2011 Greenpeace filed a lawsuit charging that Dow Chemical, Sasol (formerly CONDEA Vista), the PR firms, and individuals working for Beckett Brown International (which was founded by former Secret Service officers) stole thousands of documents, intercepted phone call records, trespassed, and conducted unlawful surveillance. In a story for Mother Jones, James Ridgeway revealed that the security firm obtained donor lists, detailed financial statements, Social Security numbers of staff members, and strategy memos from several groups, and, in turn, “produced intelligence reports for public relations firms and major corporations involved in environmental controversies.” (In February a Washington, DC court ruled that the claims of trespass and misappropriation of trade secrets could proceed.)

More recently, according to a report in The Nation, the agricultural giant Monsanto contracted with a subsidiary of Blackwater, the private security firm, to gather intelligence on and possibly infiltrate environmental groups in order to protect the company’s brand name. “This is the new normal,” says Scott Crow, an author and longtime environmental activist who was the subject of FBI and corporate surveillance for close to eight years beginning in 1999.

While the above cases involved corporations hiring private security firms to carry out black-ops against environmental groups, the Pennsylvania scandal may be the first time that a state agency has contracted with a private security firm to gather intelligence on lawful groups for the benefit of a specific industry. Although the ITRR bulletins were produced for the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security, they were shared with PR firms, the major Marcellus Shale companies, and industry associations. For members of GDAC and other anti-drilling organizations, the revelations were profoundly troubling. Not only were they being lumped together with groups like Al-Qaeda, but the government agencies tasked with protecting the people of Pennsylvania were, in their view, essentially working for the gas companies. If a moderate group like GDAC wasn’t safe from the surveillance-industrial complex, it seemed nobody was. “These systems and this type of collection is so rife with inappropriate speculation and error — both intentional and unintentional — that your good behavior doesn’t protect you,” German says.

Tom Jiunta, the founder of GDAC, says the ITRR bulletins had a chilling effect. Attendance at GDAC meetings declined and some members left the group altogether. Organizers assumed that their phones had been tapped and that their emails were being monitored, a common perception among anti-drilling activists. At meetings they would leave their cell phones outside or remove the batteries. Jiunta, who has a podiatry practice in downtown Kingston, began to take different routes to work because he was worried about being followed. “We kind of assume that we’re being watched,” he says. “Even now.”

Indeed, the intelligence gathering continues. Although the state canceled its contract with ITRR, the company still works for the natural gas industry, according to GDAC attorney Paul Rossi. “An employee with one of the gas companies has told me that he is willing to testify that ITRR is still conducting operations for the gas companies and they are focusing in on environmental groups,” Rossi says. (In 2010 GDAC filed a lawsuit against the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and ITRR on First Amendment grounds. Because it’s a private company or a “non-state actor,” the judge ruled, claims against ITRR were dismissed. The terms of a settlement with the state have not been reached. ITRR did not return requests for comment.)

Like many of the activists I spoke with, Jiunta underscored the fact that he’s never been drawn to conspiracy theories. GDAC’s code of conduct was designed to weed out those whom Jiunta described as “wackos.” Jiunta admits that he was pretty naïve when he first got involved in anti-drilling activism; he would print out large stacks of information on fracking to bring to state senators, who politely told him not to waste their time. Now, his faith in the role of government has been shattered. “People worried about being on a watch list,” he told me. “It was shocking.”

In the wake of the surveillance scandal Pennsylvania Homeland Security Director James Powers resigned and the state terminated its $103,000 no-bid contract with ITRR. Then-governor Ed Rendell called the episode “deeply embarrassing” and a one-day Senate inquiry was held. In testimony before the committee, Virginia Cody, the retired Air Force officer who had become a critic of gas drilling, said: “For the first time in my life, I do not feel secure in my home. I worry that what I say on the phone is being recorded. I wonder if my emails are still being monitored.”

The hearing sought to answer questions about how the contract was awarded, why citizen groups exercising their First Amendment rights were included, and, crucially, who received the information. Powers explained that the information was distributed to various chemical, agricultural, and transportation companies mentioned in the bulletins. At least 800 individuals were on the distribution list. In the case of gas drilling activism he explained, “It [the bulletins] went to the security directors of the Marcellus Shale companies and DEP (Department of Environmental Protection).”

This is only partially true. A list of the individuals and groups who received the bulletins shows that industry associations and PR firms that have nothing to do with protecting the state’s infrastructure were also included. For example, one of Powers’s key contacts on Marcellus-related activity was Pam Witmer, then head of the Bravo Group’s energy and environmental practice as well as president and CEO of the Pennsylvania Chemical Industry Council, a business advocacy group. The Bravo Group is a public relations and lobbying firm based in Pennsylvania. Its clients include Chief Oil and Gas, Southwestern Energy, and People’s Natural Gas, all of which are deeply invested in Marcellus Shale production.

The Marcellus Shale Coalition, an industry lobbying group, was also on the distribution list. In 2010 the coalition signed a $900,000 lobbying contract with Ridge Global, a private security firm founded by Tom Ridge, former head of the Department of Homeland Security under George W. Bush. As part of its energy consulting services Ridge Global offers “advisory support for natural gas and other infrastructure security.” Ridge is just one of many former security officials who now have private consulting services. Others include John Ashcroft, Michael Chertoff, and Richard Clarke.

The blurring of public and private spying is what Dutch scholar Bob Hoogenboom calls “grey intelligence.” In a 2006 paper of the same name, Hoogenboom noted that in addition to well-known spy agencies like MI6 and the CIA, hundreds of private organizations involved in intelligence gathering have entered the market to meet corporate demand. “The idea was to do for industry what we had done for the government,” Christopher James, a former MI6 officer who founded Hakluyt, a private intelligence company whose clients have included Shell and BP, told the Financial Times. Many corporations now have their own private intelligence networks, or “para-CIAs,” to gather information on consumers, critics, and even their own shareholders. Walmart, for example, has an office of global security headed by a one-time CIA and FBI official with a staff that includes former State Department security experts. As Eveline Lubbers writes in her recent book, Secret Manoeuvres in the Dark: Corporate and Police Spying on Activists, “Because these business firms hire former spies and analysts from the ranks of government, the informal links with government intelligence increase.”

This is a global phenomenon. Corporations in Europe and Canada have also spied on environmental groups. In 2006 French energy giant EDF, the world’s largest operator of nuclear reactors, hired Kargus Consultants, a private intelligence gathering agency run by a former member of the French secret service, to spy on Greenpeace. Kargus hacked into a lead Greenpeace organizer’s computer and compiled a dossier on the organization’s European campaign strategy. In 2011 a French court fined EDF 1.5 million euros and sent two of its employees to jail on charges of illegal spying.

Although it was not raised at the Pennsylvania Senate hearing, the ITRR bulletins also were shared with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP). In January a Montreal paper reported that the RCMP itself has been tracking anti-shale gas activists in Quebec. The Critical Infrastructure Intelligence Team, a branch of the RCMP, produced two reports that described the possibility of Canadian activists collaborating with “extremist” groups in the US, such as Earth First! and Occupy Well Street — an offshoot of Occupy Wall Street opposed to fracking. According to Jeff Monaghan, a researcher with the Surveillance Studies Center at Queen’s University in Ontario, the Canadian government likely shares intelligence with the energy industry. Since at least 2005 the Canadian government has held biannual intelligence briefings to share sensitive information with the private sector. In 2007 Gary Lunn, former Minister of Natural Resources, admitted his agency had helped more than 200 industry representatives obtain high-level security clearances. “This enables us to share information with industry and their associations,” Lunn said at a pipeline security forum.

Similar arrangements have been uncovered in the UK. In 2009 it was revealed that the British police and the Department of Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform had provided information about Climate Camp demonstrations to E.ON, the company that runs the Ratcliffe-on-Soar power station. E.ON also hired private security firms like Vericola and Global Open to spy on protesters; both companies are staffed by former intelligence agents.

The specter of environmental extremism has been used to justify information sharing between law enforcement and the private sector. Last year, Joe Oliver, Canada’s Minister of Natural Resources, warned that environmental groups “threaten to hijack our regulatory system to achieve their radical ideological agenda.”

“It’s the new politics of the petro-state,” Monaghan says. “Anything that’s remotely linked with direct action or nonviolent civil disobedience is being described as extremism, which is the new code word of security agencies.”

The fossil fuel industry’s targeting of its critics goes beyond mere surveillance. Natural gas drilling companies have also flirted with using the dark arts of psychological warfare, or “psy ops.” In comments recorded by an anti-drilling activist at a 2011 natural gas conference in Houston and leaked to CNBC, Matt Pitzarella, director of corporate communications at Range Resources, said Range had hired “several former psy ops folks” with experience in Iraq and Afghanistan. “Having that understanding of psy ops in the Army and in the Middle East has applied very helpfully here for us in Pennsylvania [sic],” Pitzarella said.

At the same conference, Matt Carmichael, a PR specialist with Anadarko Petroleum, referred to the anti-drilling movement as an “insurgency” and advised industry representatives to download the US Army/Marine Corps Counterinsurgency Manual. “There’s a lot of good lessons in there and coming from a military background, I found the insight in that extremely remarkable,” he told his colleagues.

The oil and gas industry has good reason to feel besieged. Opposition to fracking, especially, is on the rise. New York State has in place a moratorium against the drilling technique, and legislators in California are considering a similar ban. A white paper prepared by FTI Consulting, a DC-based PR firm with ties to the shale gas industry, recently warned, “Environmental activists are looking to undermine the strategies and operations of energy companies.… Adding to the activists’ momentum is the fact that a growing number of mainstream shareholders are supporting their proposals.” But given the absence of any physical attacks against drilling company assets, the industry’s view of its opponents smacks of paranoia. In August 2012, iJET International, a private security firm founded by a former National Security Agency operative, issued a risk assessment of anti-drilling protests in New York State. In one of its daily intelligence bulletins distributed to corporate clients the firm observed, “Protests against hydraulic fracturing have gained considerable momentum over the past few months…While most demonstrations have been peaceful, participants say they are hoping to intensify actions in hopes of disrupting operations at targeted facilities.”

The US Army Counterinsurgency Manual that was offered as suggested reading for shale gas industry representatives includes an appendix on Social Network Analysis, defined as “a tool for understanding the organizational dynamics of an insurgency.” In an age of digital networks and online activism, this often means using data-mining software, cyber surveillance, and in some cases outright computer hacking to track opposition groups.

At the 2011 natural gas conference in Houston the CEO of Jurat Software, Aaron Goldwater, gave a presentation on the subject of data mining and stakeholder intelligence. In his presentation he emphasized the importance of knowing the communities you work in, of tracking and mapping relationships, and compiling a sophisticated database that includes all offline and online conversations. He pointed to the military as a model. “If you look at the people who are experts at it, which is the military, the one thing they do is gather intelligence,” he told the audience.

Corporations have already taken advantage of network forensic software to keep tabs on their own employees. The new technology, which allows companies to monitor an employee’s activity down to the keystroke, is one of the fastest growing software markets. There is a fine line, however, between data mining — which is perfectly legal though largely out of view — and cyber surveillance, or hacking.

While it is difficult to prove hacking, many activists are convinced their computers have been tampered with. Kari Matsko, a professional software consultant and director of the People’s Oil and Gas Collaborative in Ohio, says her computer was hacked after she began to push for tougher regulation of the natural gas industry.

Matsko got involved in environmental activism after hydrogen sulfide gas was released from a well site near her home. In 2008 she started helping a group of citizens who had filed a lawsuit against one of the larger energy companies in Ohio on grounds of nuisance violations and loss of property value. She spent many months doing research and collecting files related to the case, some of which she described as damning.

Because of her profession Matsko has very strong computer security and says that prior to working on oil and gas issues she had never had problems with malware. But while assisting with the lawsuit Matsko’s computer was attacked by a sophisticated virus. Matsko was able to remove it and everything seemed fine. About a month later, though, she unsuccessfully tried to open the computer folder that contained the sensitive files related to the lawsuit. The files were either missing or corrupted. “I remember I was so terrified by it that I didn’t even tell people unless it was in person,” she says.

Other activists have described similar cyber security-related issues. Around the time the ITRR bulletins were made public, Jiunta told me, members of GDAC experienced persistent problems with their computers. “Everybody was getting suspicious,” he says. “I had computer issues. Some are still having issues.”

John Trolla, a 61-year-old musician and guitar instructor whose communications were also featured in the ITRR bulletins, has been an outspoken critic of shale gas development for several years. In 2007 Chief Oil and Gas offered him a signing bonus of $1,400 to lease his mineral rights. Trolla, who lives in a modest two-story home in northeastern Pennsylvania, refused. He’s been fighting the industry ever since.

“This is something that’s bigger in my life than I ever wanted it to be,” he says. “Five years ago, when I first started getting involved in this and I started talking to people, I would say to myself, ‘these people are a little crazy.’ Five years later I sound like them.”

Immediately after the intelligence bulletins were made public Trolla’s computer became nearly unusable. Documents were corrupted and irretrievable; photos were disappearing and programs wouldn’t work. A relatively new machine with a high-end operating system, Trolla had it serviced at a Best Buy in nearby Muncy. He was told by the Geek Squad at Best Buy that a highly sensitive program that acts like a Trojan Horse had been installed on his computer. According to Trolla, “They said that the program monitors every key stroke, every email, everything you do on the computer.”

Nearly all of the activists I spoke with said the Pennsylvania Homeland Security revelations, while giving them pause, had not changed their behavior. They continue to speak out, to attend public meetings, and to push for greater oversight of the industry. Still, “it leads to some scary possibilities in the future,” says Eric Belcastro, an organizer with the Community Environmental Legal Defense Fund. “I don’t sit around being paranoid about this stuff. I just try to do what I have to do and get along with my life. But I admit the playing ground is rough and I think people need to be careful.”

Even as corporations expand their surveillance of citizen-activists, they are seeking to obstruct public oversight of their own behavior. It’s a bit like a one-way mirror of democratic transparency — with corporations and law enforcement on one side looking in and activists on the other.

Pennsylvania is a case in point. In early 2012 legislators there passed “Act 13,” a set of amendments to the state’s Oil and Gas Act, which essentially stripped local municipalities of the authority to regulate drilling activity through zoning ordinances and other measures. The law also requires doctors who treat patients exposed to fracking chemicals to sign a confidentially agreement before receiving information about the substances. The gag rule would prevent them from sharing that information with the patient or even other doctors (GDAC’s current president, Dr. Alfonso Rodriguez, is challenging this provision).

Earlier this year, a bill was introduced into the Pennsylvania legislature that would make it a felony to videotape farming operations in Pennsylvania — so-called “ag-gag” legislation that has already passed in Utah and Iowa, and has been introduced in several other legislatures. Many of the ag-gag bills draw on language crafted by the American Legislative Exchange Council’s (ALEC) “Animal and Ecological Terrorism Act.” (In recent years ALEC has received considerable support from the natural gas industry). Section D of the ALEC bill defines an animal or ecological terrorist organization in broad terms “as any association, organization, entity, coalition, or combination of two or more persons” who seek to “obstruct, impede or deter any person from participating” not only in agricultural activity but also mining, foresting, harvesting, and gathering or processing of natural resources.

The proposed law has many anti-drilling activists worried. If such language were included in the bill (it is currently in committee and will be revised before it comes to the floor) it would greatly limit the ability of residents to photograph or video well sites, compressor stations, and pipeline development — all of which could be considered part of the “gathering or processing of natural resources.”

“It’s clearly legislation that could be easily expanded in any particular case to include folks like me who do whatever we can to get as close to some of these sites as we are able,” says Wendy Lee, a philosophy professor at Bloomsburg University who regularly photographs the industrial impacts of gas drilling and then posts them on her Flickr page.

Lee says that among anti-drilling activists there is a sense that 2013 is a do-or-die year. The state Supreme Court is set to rule on the constitutionality of Act 13. As the drilling boom moves into ever more populated areas, activists are gearing up for more focused organizing and larger nonviolent protests. With tens of thousands of wells yet to be drilled, at least this much is clear: The industry will be watching closely.

Adam Federman (adamfederman.com) is a frequent contributor to Earth Island Journal, where this article originally appeared. Federman wrote an piece on surveillance of the environmental movement for the February issue of CounterPunch magazine. 

Research support for this article was provided by The Investigative Fund at The Nation Institute.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Government Impunity in Forced Disappearance of Dominican Journalist and Professor Narciso González

0

At the 2012 annual commemoration ceremony, University Rector, Mateo Aquino Febrillet, calls for clarification of the case at UASD (Autonomous University of Santo Domingo) where Narciso González taught. Courtesy of 

.

Among the highlights of the cables, released to the National Security Archive under the Freedom of Information Act, are several new pieces of evidence pointing to faults and failures by the Dominican Republic in its investigations into González’s disappearance:

  • In October 1994, the Dominican Human Rights Commission identified González’s case as an “area of concern,” providing specific examples of police failing to follow up on leads in the investigation because “they could result in high-ranking officials being implicated” [Document 9];
  • In December 1994, the U.S. offered assistance with the investigation, including providing polygraph equipment [Document 10], [Document 11];
  • In April 1997, the judge presiding over the investigation asked for physical protection because of fears of retaliation if high-level officials were implicated [Document 25];
  • In November 1997, military officials were unwilling to cooperate with the Truth Commission investigations [Document 31];
  • In February 1998, the U.S. Embassy commented that the Balaguer administration “promised it would investigate the disappearance, but never brought evidence to light;” subsequent administrations failed to do so as well [Document 32], [Document 34];
  • In June, 1998, Claudio Antonio de los Santos Estevez, a suspect in the case, fled to Miami despite a ban on him leaving the country [Document 5], and returned to the Dominican Republic several days later [Document 37]; and
  • In 1999, authorities arrested an Air Force General for tampering with evidence in the case, indicating specific irregularities had occurred including destruction of documents [Document 39].

Image: Narciso (Narcisazo) González with his children.

Family members of Narciso González brought his case to the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights in July 1994, filing a petition against the government of the Dominican Republic over his forced disappearance and the government’s failure to investigate it. In May 2010, the case was referred to the Inter-American Court, which issued its ruling in February 2012, finding the Dominican Republic responsible and mandating various reparation measures. As of May 26, 2013, 19 years will have passed since Narciso González was disappeared. The Dominican Republic has missed deadlines for compliance with the measures of redress ordered in the judgment and has yet to report to the Inter-American Court, in contravention of its international responsibilities.


THE DOCUMENTS

Document 1: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Follow Up on PRD Detentions, Arrests of Union Officials, Disappearance of University Professor,” 10 June 1994.

Document 2: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Threats of Violence, Strikes at Autonomous University of Santo Domingo,” 14 June 1994.

Document 3: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Reports of Governing Party Intimidation of Intellectuals,” 22 June 1994.

Document 4: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Disappearance of University Professor Remains Unresolved,” 23 June 1994.

Document 5: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Current State of Play in Dominican Electoral Crisis,” 11 July 1994.

Document 6: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Proposed Agenda Items,” 12 July 1994.

Document 7: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Civil Unrest in the Dominican Republic,” 13 July 1994.

Document 8: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Republic: Draft Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 4 October 1994.

Document 9: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Human Rights Committee: Update on Practices,” 20 October 1994.

Document 10: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Police Seeks Liaison Officer Assistance Re Narciso Case,” 2 December 1994.

Document 11: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Call on New Police Chief: Raising the Narcisazo Case,” 8 December 1994.

Document 12: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Balaguer Names New Customs and Police Chiefs,” 16 Dec 1994.

December 13: Secretary of State Cable,”Dominican Republic: Initial Edit of 1994 Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 22 Dec 1994.

December 14: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Republic: Revisions for 1994 Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 5 January 1995.

Document 15: State Department Letter, “[State Dept. Response to Senator Cohen Inquiry],” c. 18 January 1995.

Document 16: Secretary of State Cable, “Human Rights Report on the Dominican Republic,” 25 January 1995.

Document 17: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Republic: Draft Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 2 October 1995.

Document 18: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Ambassador Calls on Newly-Appointed Police Chief,” 13 November 1995.

Document 19: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Ambassador’s Courtesy Call on Secretary of Interior and Police Norge Botello,” 25 September 1996.

Document 20: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Republic: Draft Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 2 October 1996.

Document 21: U.S. Embassy Cable, “President Fernandez Fires Armed Forces Secretary,” 4 November 1996.

Document 22: U.S. Embassy Cable, “GODR Responds to OAS on Disappearance of Narciso Gonzalez,” 22 November 1996.

Document 23: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights (Nov 23 — 29),” 29 November 1996.

Document 24: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights (Jan 4 — 10),” 10 January 1997.

Document 25: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Narcisazo Case: Ambassador’s Conversation with President Fernandez,” 11 April 1997.

Document 26: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights – June 14-20,” 20 June 1997.

Document 27: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights – August 9-15,” 15 August 1997.

Document 28: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights – Sept 13-19,” 21 September 1997.

Document 29: U.S. Embassy Cable, “First Draft Submission of Dominican Republic Human Rights Report,” 30 September 1997.

Document 30: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Highlights – Oct 11-17, 1997,” 21 Oct 1997.

Document 31: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Narcisazo Case — Update,” 5 November 1997.

Document 32: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Little Progress in Narciso Investigation,” 6 Feb 1998.

Document 33: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Highlights – February 28 — March 6, 1998,” 6 March 1998.

Document 34: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Request for Polygraph,” 15 May 1998.

Document 35: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Progress in Narciso Investigation?” 9 June 1998.

Document 36: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights – June 13-19, 1998,” 19 June 1998.

Document 37: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Highlights – June 20-26, 1998,” 26 June 1998.

Document 38: U.S. Embassy Cable,”1998 Country Human Rights Report for the Dominican Republic,” 5 October 1998.

Document 39: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Highlights – Jan 11-15, 1999,” 19 January 1999.

Document 40: Secretary of State Cable,”Official-Informal — Draft Human Rights Report to Review,” 29 January 1999.

Document 41: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Post Response to Initial Edit of 1998 Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 11 February 1999.

Document 42: Secretary of State Cable, “Official-Informal: HRR V-2 to Review,” 21 February 1999.

Document 43: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Post Response to Version 2 of the 1998 Country Report on Human Rights Practices,” 23 February 1999.

Document 44: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Country Human Rights Report for the Dominican Republic, 1999,” 8 October 1999.

Document 45: State Department Letter, “[DR – HR Case of Gonzalez],” 4 December 1999.

Document 46: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Highlights: Mar. 11- Mar. 17, 2000,” 17 March 2000.

Document 47: U.S. Embassy Cable,”Dominican Highlights – May 19 — 26, 2000,” 30 May 2000.

Document 48: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Republic 2000 Human Rights Report,” 10 October 2000.

Document 49: U.S. Embassy Cable, “Dominican Republic 2001 Human Rights Report,” 19 January 2001.

For more information contact:

Emily Willard 202/994-7000 or nsarchiv@gwu.edu


NOTES

[1] The New York Times , November 24, 1996.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

EU demands Google do more to settle antitrust case

0

Associated Press

The European Union’s antitrust chief said Tuesday that Google will have to offer more changes to the way it displays search results to settle a pending case.

The period to examine Google’s proposals has been extended by one month and his office will ask Google with “almost 100 percent” certainty in June to do yet more, Joaquin Almunia told the European Parliament.

Google’s search engine, which is the world’s most influential gateway to online information and commerce, enjoys a near-monopoly in Europe with a market share of above 90 percent.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 9:19 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Kindergartner Forced To Apologise For Brandishing Tiny Lego Gun

0

6-year-old given detention for “traumatizing” other kids

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

A six-year-old kindergarten student was punished by school officials and forced to apologise after he “caused quite a disturbance” on the school bus by playing with a tiny plastic toy gun Friday.

Mieke Crane, the child’s mother, told reporters at WGGB-TV that she received a letter from teachers at Old Mill Pond Elementary in Palmer, Mass. explaining that another child on the bus had yelled to the driver that her son had a gun.

The letter noted that other children on the bus were “traumatized” by the experience.

The offending item turned out to be around the size of a quarter, as depicted in the letter that the school sent. It is believed to be a Lego army figure gun.

“I think they over-reacted totally. I totally do,” Crane told reporters. “I could see if it was you know, an air soft gun or some sort of pistol or live bullets or something. This is just a toy,” the mother added.

The boy was made to write a letter of apology to the bus driver, and initially given a detention with the prospect of being temporarily suspended from the bus.

However, after viewing surveillance video from the bus, officials have backed down, rescinding the detention and the threat of suspension.

“[the principal] looked at the tape, the children were not standing up hollering, nobody was ducking, no one was screaming he has a gun. The little boy raised his hand properly the first time,” said Crane, referring to the child who was thought to have yelled at the driver.

“He smiled when we told him, he was very excited when we told him he didn’t have to serve the detention,” said Crane.

“I am glad they looked into it. I am glad I spoke up and I am glad my kid is not in trouble anymore,” said Crane.

While the school superintendent nor the principal would comment on the matter, Palmer School Committee Chair Maureen Gallagher said: “There is no issue here. There’s going to be no disciplinary action taken. This is not a story and you can quote me.”

In the wake of the Sandy Hook shooting last December, these kind of ridiculous knee jerk overreactions at schools are now a daily occurrence.

In March, a 7-year-old boy from Maryland was suspended for unintentionally biting his pop tart into the shape of a gun. The incident was the latest in a long line of ridiculous suspensions and disciplinary actions against students for anything even remotely gun related. It prompted Maryland Sen. J. B. Jennings to introduce a bill to stop such idiotic over reactions being played out over and over again in schools.

And boy are they being played out.

A third grader in Michigan was reprimanded by school officials when he brought a cupcake to school with a plastic toy soldier, holding a gun, on top of it.

A ten year old Virginia boy who was arrested for taking a plastic toy gun to school was forced to deal with a potentially permanent criminal record over the incident.

A student in Florence, Arizona was recently suspended because he had a picture of a gun on his computer.

A six-year-old kindergartner in South Carolina was suspended for taking a small transparent plastic toy gun to school for a show and tell.

A five-year-old in Massachusetts who faced suspension for building a small toy gun out of lego bricks and play-shooting his classmates.

We also reported on an incident that erupted when a discussion between two children about a toy nerf gun caused a lockdown and a massive armed police response at two elementary schools in the Bronx.

In another incident, a Long Island high school was also placed on lock down for 6 hours in response to a student carrying a toy nerf gun.

The nerf gun was once again the deadly weapon of choice as a university campus in Rhode Island was placed on lockdown, causing panic and minor injuries when a stampede to flee the building ensued.

In another incident, a teacher at Malden High School in Massachusetts who glimpsed sight of a “gun”, alerted police who rushed to the scene only to discover a neon water pistol. School officials then vowed to track down the suspect who brought the toy to school using surveillance cameras.

In yet another recent incident, a five-year-old girl was suspended after a three hour grilling, and described as a “terroristic threat” when she brought a pink bubble gun to school.

A South Philadelphia elementary student was searched in front of classmates and threatened with arrest after she mistakenly brought a “paper gun” to school.

A 6-year-old boy was suspended from his elementary school, also in Maryland, for making a gun gesture with his hand and saying “pow”.

Another two 6-year-olds in Maryland were suspended for pointing their fingers into gun shapes while playing “cops and robbers” with each other.

A couple of second grade students at a Virginia elementary school were recently suspended for two days after violating the school’s “zero tolerance” policy on weapons when they pointed pencils at other students and made gun noises.

In Oklahoma, a five-year-old boy was also recently suspended for making a gun gesture with his hand.

A 13-year-old Middle School seventh grade student in Pennsylvania was also suspended for the same hand gesture.

The terrorists really are everywhere these days.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 8:47 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Fraud and Corruption at the World Bank: Infowars Nightly News Talks with Karen Hudes

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

The former Senior Counsel to the World Bank and whistle-blower Karen Hudes told Infowars Nightly News on Tuesday the globalist loan sharking operation is rife with corruption.

Hudes was terminated and retaliated against after she reported on a scheme to takeover the second largest bank of the Philippines and an underhanded effort by the World Bank to cover-up rampant corruption and a subsequent bailout of the looted bank totaling $500 million.

She told David Knight that this predatory system of unprecedented corruption and fraud is controlled by the Federal Reserve and its interlocking directorship of international banksters.

Financial corruption and fraud at the World Bank and the IMF are normal business practices. Most people are kept in the dark because the establishment media refuses to report on endemic corruption and fraud at the international financial institution.

“While the U.S. press is apt to portray the IMF and World Bank as selfless Good Samaritans, the reality is that these 50 year-old institutions function more like global loan sharks,” write Jeff Cohen and Norman Solomon.

In addition to running debt scams and engaging in criminal fraud, the World Bank, the Federal Reserve and a tiny bankster elite are working to impose an authoritarian financial system over the entire planet.

In 2009, then World Bank president Robert Zoellick admitted the existence of a plan to eliminate national sovereignty and impose a global government during a speech on the eve of the G20 summit.

“If leaders are serious about creating new global responsibilities or governance, let them start by modernizing multilateralism to empower the WTO, the IMF, and the World Bank Group to monitor national policies,” Zoellick said.

“What Zoellick is outlining is essentially the end of national sovereignty and the reclassification of national governments as mere subordinates to a global authority that is completely unaccountable to the voting public of any country,” Paul Joseph Watson wrote for Prison Planet.com.

“The more cynical amongst us would call this a global dictatorship. Zoellick couches the plan in flowery rhetoric of helping the poor and alleviating poverty, but as we have documented for years, the global elite’s goal of world government has little to do with saving the planet and everything to do with creating a global fascist state,” Watson concluded.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 9:00 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

IRS Scandal: It Wasn't Just Cincinnati (And May Involve Other Federal Agencies)

0

The Obama administration’s key defense in the IRS scandal is falling apart. Up until now, the administration has relied upon the implicit claim that IRS targeting of conservative groups applying for non-profit status was simply the actions of a few rogue agents in the Cincinnati office of the IRS. But it is increasingly clear that the targeting of conservatives was directed from Washington, as multiple IRS offices have now been shown to have been involved in such efforts.

NBC News reported May 28, “Additional scrutiny of conservative organizations’ activities by the IRS did not solely originate in the agency’s Cincinnati office, with requests for information coming from other offices and often bearing the signatures of higher-ups at the agency, according to attorneys representing some of the targeted groups.” Reporting by the local Fox News affiliate has also belied the White House’s claim. And the conservative website the Daily Caller has identified at least five different offices of the IRS that targeted conservatives. 

The signature of director of the IRS Exempt Organizations division Lois Lerner was on at least some of the letters demanding broad submission of information to the IRS from conservative organizations. Lerner – who was placed on administrative leave with pay last week after pleading the Fifth Amendment in congressional hearings – was based out of Washington. So her signature on letters of inquiry to conservative groups thoroughly debunks the White House party line.

Jay Sekulow, an attorney representing 27 conservative political advocacy organizations that applied to the IRS for tax-exempt status, provided some of the letters to NBC News. “We’ve dealt with 15 agents, including tax law specialists – that’s lawyers – from four different offices, including [the] Treasury [Department] in Washington, D.C.,” Sekulow told NBC News. “So the idea that this is a couple of rogue agents in Cincinnati is not correct.”

Although the IRS claims it is no longer targeting conservative organizations, invasive information requests continue to be submitted up to the current month, according to Sekulow.

For Lerner, harassment of conservative organizations goes all the way back to the 1990s, when she was an official at the Federal Elections Commission and harassed Pat Robertson’s Christian Coalition.

Henry Miller of Forbes says the IRS scandal is “only the tip of the iceberg,” and he may be right. The IRS scandal has put other attacks on conservatives during the Obama administration in a new light, such as:

– The dramatic seizure of Gibson Guitar stock in 2009 under legally dubious grounds while Gibson’s competitors (which were donors to Democrats) were not troubled – even though they used the same Indian wood that was allegedly labeled contraband.

– Blatant EPA discrimination in fee waivers against conservative organizations such as the Competitive Enterprise Institute.

– The harrassing of Catherine Engelbrecht’s “True the Vote” organization by multiple federal agencies, including the IRS, FBI, OSHA, ATF, and EPA. In a telling interview on Fox News’ Huckabee show, Engelbrecht explained that she has had 17 requests for information from these various federal agencies, wasted thousands of man-hours, and copied thousands of pages for her little non-profit organization dedicated to eliminating voter fraud. 

To conservative organizations at the receiving end of IRS and other federal agency targeting, it has meant a loss of focus on their mission by extra time devoted to paperwork by management, as well as costs associated with hiring extra lawyers and accountants. Perhaps even more importantly, the delay in receiving non-profit status – and some of the targeted conservative organizations are still waiting for IRS approval three years later – means lost income in the form of ineligibility for grants from foundations and corporations that donate only to non-profits that have IRS approval. 

One would think that targeting one side of the political spectrum with political persecution by government would in the post-Watergate era unite all Americans in horror and generate universal revulsion. Not so. The political Left has learned just the opposite lesson. (Ironically, Nixon’s White House was unable to get the IRS to persecute leftist political organizations.) To the far Left, the IRS didn’t go nearly far enough:

– The New York Times claims that “a close examination of these groups and others reveals an array of election activities that tax experts and former I.R.S. officials said would provide a legitimate basis for flagging them for closer review.”

– The Washington Post’s Joel Achenbach goes a step further, claiming of Lois Lerner that Americans shouldn’t “sacrifice civil servants for the sake of short-term political optics. In our high-stakes political wars, we shouldn’t let anyone turn their firepower on innocent civilians.”

– Former National Public Radio CEO Ken Stern praised the IRS in a column for the leftist Daily Beast, exclaiming “good for the IRS for rousing itself from its long slumber. Yes, they screwed up badly, maybe because their investigative skill set is so rusty from disuse. Their failure was not that they scrutinized too hard or too many, but that they scrutinized too few.”

– The Los Angeles Times’ Michael Hiltzik wrote May 25, “The probe into the supposed ‘targeting’ of conservative groups overlooks the fact that the tax agency does a good job despite its meager resources.”

Much of the political Left has relied on the claim that the use of unlimited money by 501(c)4 organizations in the wake of the 2009 Citizens United decision was a new stage in American politics. Of course, the Left has used these “loopholes” for decades. The tax-exempt NAACP spent $10 million trying to defeat George W. Bush in 2000, and unions spend tens of millions every election year – almost always on behalf of Democrats.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘US involved in never-ending wars’

0

An American journalist has exposed the United States administrationâ„¢s descent into never-ending wars across the world in his new book.

The investigative journalist, Jeremy, Scahill told a ceremony unveiling his book Dirty Wars: The World Is a Battlefield in London that Washington resumed its support for militants in Somalia in 2006 by supplying money and military equipment to them.

The 38-year-old reporter added that the US runs secret prisons in the African country to lock up dissidents.

In a document revealed by Russian news agency RIA Novosti on October 19, 2012, Russiaâ„¢s Foreign Ministry noted that the US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) was running prisons in Poland, Iraq, Afghanistan, Morocco, Thailand, Lithuania and Romania.

The report denounced the US for its dismal human rights record, citing molestation of children, invasion of privacy, brutality of police and restrictions on the freedom of expression.

Former US president George Bush, together with a number of other high-ranking US officials, approved the establishment of secret prisons in foreign lands, as early as 2002, by its key spy agency in efforts to carry out harsh interrogation techniques, such as waterboarding, to extract information from what they introduced as Ëœterror suspectsâ„¢.

The establishment of such interrogation facilities in foreign, allied nations by the US administration was to avert accountability in the American legal system, since torture is specifically banned by the US Constitution.

MR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Taliban attack Red Cross in E Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least one security guard has been killed and several others, including a foreign national, have sustained injuries after Taliban militants targeted a Red Cross office in the volatile eastern Afghan city of Jalalabad, security sources say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Americans Deserve the IRS

0

Individually, Americans do not deserve to be subservient to such a fear-mongering, intimidating and powerful agency as the Internal Revenue Service; but collectively, we do. Let’s look at it.

Since the 1791 ratification of our Constitution, until well into the 1920s, federal spending as a percentage of gross domestic product never exceeded 5 percent, except during war. Today federal spending is 25 percent of our GDP. State and local government spending is about 15 percent of the GDP. That means government spends more than 40 cents of each dollar we earn. If we add government’s regulatory burden, which is simply a disguised form of taxation, the government take is more than 50 percent of what we produce.

In order to squeeze out of us half of what we produce, a government tax collection agency must be ruthless and able to put the fear of God into its citizens. The IRS has mastered that task. Congress has given it powers that would be deemed criminal if used by others. For example, the Constitution’s Fifth Amendment protects Americans against self-incrimination and being forced to bear witness against oneself. That’s precisely what one does when he is compelled to sign his income tax form. However, a Fifth Amendment argument can’t be used as a defense in a court of law. The IRS will counter that you voluntarily provided the information on your tax return.

If you’re in debt to Bank of America, Wells Fargo or any other private creditor, in order for it to garnish your wages as a means of collecting debt, it must first get a court order. By contrast, the IRS can garnish your wages without having to get a court order first. If your employer doesn’t obey the IRS and send it a portion of your wages, he will be held accountable for what you owe. At the minimum, some IRS collection procedures violate one of the basic tenets of the rule of law – namely, the law of the land applies equally to individuals (and other private entities) and the government (and its officials and agents).

Our Founding Fathers feared the emergence of an agency such as the IRS and its potential for abuse. That’s why they gave us Article 1, Section 9 of the Constitution, which reads: “No Capitation, or other direct, Tax shall be laid, unless in Proportion to the Census or Enumeration herein before directed to be taken.” A capitation is a tax placed directly on an individual. That’s what an income tax is. The founders feared the abuse and the government power inherent in a direct tax. In Section 8 of Article 1, they added, “But all Duties, Imposts and Excises shall be uniform throughout the United States.” These protections the founders gave us were undone by the Progressive era’s 16th Amendment, which reads, “The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States, and without regard to any census or enumeration.”

If federal spending were only 5 percent of our GDP ($750 billion) – instead of 25 percent ($3.8 trillion) – there would be no need for today’s oppressive and complicated tax system. You might ask, “How could we be a great nation without all the government spending?” When our Constitution was ratified in 1791, we were a weak and poor nation. One hundred forty years later, with federal spending a mere pittance of what it is today, we became the world’s richest and most powerful nation. No small part of this miracle was limited and unintrusive government.

The bottom line is that members of Congress need such a ruthless tax collection agency as the IRS because of the charge we Americans have given them. We want what the IRS does – namely, to take the earnings of one American so Congress can create a benefit for some other American. Don’t get angry with IRS agents. They are just following orders.

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘Only Iran, Qatar can tap South Pars’

0

Presidential candidate Mohsen Rezaei addresses people in Ali ibn Abi Talib Mosque of Asalouyeh city in southern Iran on May 29, 2013.

Independent presidential candidate, Mohsen Rezaei, says the giant South Pars gas field in the Persian Gulf is a shared energy reservoir, and no party has the right to exploit its resources on its own.

Addressing a group of people at Ali ibn Abi Talib Mosque in Asalouyeh city in southern Iran on Wednesday, Rezaei said the gas field belongs to Iran and Qatar, and if elected president he would not allow Britain or any other country to make decisions about it.

Secretary of Expediency Council also noted that the field has huge reserves but Iranâ„¢s production capacity hasnâ„¢t been up to the mark so far.

South Pars is part of a wider gas field that is shared with Qatar. The larger field covers an area of 9,700 square kilometers, 3,700 square kilometers of which are in Iran’s territorial waters (South Pars) in the Persian Gulf. The remaining 6,000 square kilometers, referred to as the North Dome, are in Qatar’s territorial waters.

The gas field contains 14 trillion cubic meters of natural gas, about eight percent of the world’s reserves, and more than 18 billion barrels of LNG resources.

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 election, Rezaei will be competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, after the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

MP/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Syria takes control of al-Daba'a airport’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Reports say the Syrian Army has taken full control of al-Daba’a airport in the strategic border town of al-Qusayr as it presses ahead to liberate the town fully from foreign-backed militants.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran condemns McCain visit to Syria

0

Iran Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi has condemned US Senator John McCainâ„¢s visit to Syria to meet with the foreign-backed militants, saying the measure is clear meddling in Syria internal affairs.

Å“The US senatorâ„¢s illegal entry into Syria and his meeting with the commanders of the armed groups fighting the government of Syria is against American claims of seeking a political solution to the Syria crisis,” the Iranian diplomat said on Wednesday.

He went on to describe US antics as being indicative of its double-standard policies and disregard for international efforts for holding a conference in Geneva on the situation in Syria.

McCain, who advocates arming foreign-sponsored militants, crossed into Syria from Turkey on May 27 to meet with militant leaders in the Arab country.

On May 28, White House spokesman, Jay Carney, said Å“We were aware, of course, that Senator McCain was going to make this trip,” adding, Å“And we look forward to speaking with Senator McCain upon his return to learn more about the trip.”

The Syria crisis began in mid-March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of security personnel, have been killed in the violence. Several international human rights organizations say the foreign-sponsored militants have committed war crimes.

Reports show the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and that a very large number of the Syria militants are foreign nationals.

On May 27, British Foreign Secretary William Hague said the European Union foreign ministers meeting in Brussels had reached an agreement to lift the arms embargo on militants in Syria but to maintain other sanctions on Syria.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign intervention in Syria, stressing that inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections constitute the sole way to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

Iran is also hosting the Friends of Syria Conference in the capital, Tehran, which is held under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability,” with the participation of representatives from 40 countries.

MR/HGH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iraqi forces arrest top al-Qaeda cmdr.

0

Iraqi security forces have arrested a senior militant commander of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Islamic State of Iraq network in the countryâ„¢s western al-Anbar Province, officials say.

According to an Iraqi security official who spoke on condition of anonymity, Adnan al-Awesi was arrested in a sting operation Wednesday afternoon.

This arrest comes after Iraqi troops launched a large-scale operation in the countryâ„¢s western desert on May 25 in an effort to clear the area of al-Qaeda militants.

Some 20,000 forces took part in the operation and attacked al-Qaeda hideouts in the area. The Iraqi Army also managed to take control of a large terrorist base in the province near the border with neighboring Jordan.

Western Iraq has been confirmed to have been used by militants for infiltrating into neighboring Syria to join the foreign-backed militants in their fight against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

Established in 2006, the Islamic State of Iraq is an umbrella organization bringing together several Iraqi insurgent groups.

Al-Qaeda in Iraq is a shadowy group that was once allegedly led by Jordanian militant Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, who was reportedly killed in June 2006.

According to the US government and military officials, after Zarqawiâ„¢s death, the groupâ„¢s leadership fell to Ayyub al-Masri, who was killed, along with Abu Omar al-Baghdadi — another leader of the group — in a joint operation by Iraqi and US troops in Salahuddin Province in April 2010.

Al-Qaeda in Iraq has been blamed for some of the deadliest attacks in the country since the US-led invasion in March 2003.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

VTB SPO attracts $3.3bn; tycoons Prokhorov, Kerimov buy in

0

Russian billionaires Mikhail Prokhorov and Suleiman Kerimov have both bought in to the secondary public offering by Russia’s second largest lender, VTB. Prokhorov’s Onexim Group has invested over $400 million in bank stock. 

The news came from VTB first deputy president and Chairman Yury
Soloviev who spoke to Vedomosti business daily. 

Russian billionaires Mikhail Prokhorov. (RIA Novosti / Ruslan Krivobok)

Russia’s 20th richest man according to Forbes, Suleiman Kerimov
also invested in VTB equities. In 2011 during the SPO the
companies he controls invested $500 million in the
state-owned bank. According to Soloviev, one of Kerimov’s
companies — Millenium — has increased its share in VTB, however
the exact amount of investment hasn’t been revealed.

Around 55 percent of the new shares sold in VTB’s capital raising
were purchased by the sovereign wealth funds of Qatar,
Norway and Azerbaijan.

According to an unnamed source of Vedomosti newspaper Norges
Bank Investment Management invested $700 million, while
Qatar Holding LLC and the State Oil Fund of Azerbaijan
(SOFAZ) invested $500 million each. Brazilian BTG Pactual
and China Construction Bank have reportedly also purchased VTB
equity worth $100 million each.

VTB’s secondary public offering was held between May 6 and May
22. New shares were distributed among a narrow circle of 10
institutional investors and private shareholders. A total of
1245 investors purchased VTB stocks in the first two weeks. Nine
deals accounting for 86% of the placement have
been concluded in the last two days. The bank attracted a
total of 102.5 billion roubles ($3.3 billion) of investment.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Poll: Russian protest rallies out of fashion, but not dead

0

The protest movement in Russia appears to be drifting out of the public eye, a new opinion poll shows. But it isn’t losing whatever public support it has.

The poll conducted by Russia’s VCIOM service showed that just 44
per cent of Russians are aware of the latest large opposition
rally on May 6. This is 8 per cent less than the figure last year
at the peak of the protest movement.

Russians say disaffection with the Russian authorities in general
and living standards are the main reasons for the protest,
nominated by 21 and 10 per cent of respondents respectively. The
results of the parliamentary and presidential elections and
President Vladimir Putin’s policies were mentioned as the reasons
by 4 and 2 per cent of the people polled.

While aware of the protest rallies themselves, Russians appear to
be oblivious to the demands and slogans the opposition voiced
there. A majority, 68 per cent, of Russians failed to recall even
one slogan from the latest rally. The most recognized demands of
the opposition are those to change the government (6 per cent),
replace Putin as the president (5 per cent) and conduct fair
elections (4 per cent).

The opposition movement enjoys the steady support of 27 per cent
of Russians, according to the poll, which hasn’t changed much
since the last year. But only 7 per cent of respondents said they
are ready to vent off their protest mood rallying in the streets.
Roughly an equal number of Russians — 35 and 32 per cent — are
either indifferent towards or against the opposition.

Half of the respondents are sure that the opposition activists
have no secret motivation for joining the demonstrations, but 29
per cent believe that they are being paid for the action.
Twenty-three per cent of the respondents believe the protesters
have much time to spare and spend it at the rallies. About 11 per
cent suspect that the protesters are being forced to join the
demonstrations.

VCIOM polled 1,600 people in 130 Russian cities and towns across
42 regions. The statistical error of the results is no larger
than 3.4 per cent. The poll was conducted on May 18-19.

Head of the research center Valery Fedorov believes being in the
opposition was trendy in 2009, but now is falling out of vogue,
which explains the diminishing awareness of the protest events.
“The rallies have turned into routine. The actions are rare
and less numerous, they are not on the population’s agenda,”

he told Kommersant daily.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘US opposes formal North-South peace treaty’ – Pyongyang

0

North Korea, which has been unpredictable in its rhetorical outbursts of late, expressed its desire for an official peace treaty with South Korea. The two nations have been officially at war since the start of the Korean War in 1950.

Pyongyang on Wednesday called for substituting an armistice
signed at the end of the Korean War in 1953 with a formal peace
treaty to improve stability on the Korean Peninsula, according to
Yonhap, the South Korean news agency.

In an article carried by the Rodong Sinmun, the official
newspaper of the Workers’ Party of Korea, it was argued that
efforts to preserve the armistice that brought the three-year
conflict to a close in July 1953 can only be viewed as an attempt
to rekindle another war.

“There is a pressing need to replace the Armistice Agreement,
which is a relic of the war, with a permanent peace regime,”

the paper said.

Had a formal peace been signed between the North and South
following the war, the current impasse over the question of
nuclear weapons on the Korean Peninsula would not have become an
issue in the first place, the paper added.

It is “unnatural” for a cease-fire pact to be maintained for 60
years and if a disastrous situation were to develop on the Korean
Peninsula, the blame for such a development will rest solely on
the shoulders of the U.S. that resisted all moves to sign a peace
treaty, it continued.

The Korean War (1950-1953) saw the US military, under the aegis
of the UN, field over 300,000 troops alongside South Korean
forces in a battle against Chinese-supported forces in the North.
The conflict left the Korean Peninsula physically and politically
divided along the 38th parallel, known as the Korean
Demilitarized Zone, a 250 kilometer (160 mile) long, 4 km (2.5
mi) wide buffer that has been described as the most heavily
militarized border in the world.

Today, some 28,500 US military personnel are stationed inside
South Korea, and this intensive military cooperation between the
two countries remains a perennial source of concern for
Pyongyang.

Every year, the US and South Korea conduct military exercises
(dubbed Key Resolve and Foal Eagle) that invariably attract
heated accusations from Pyongyang that the maneuvers are
preparatory steps for war.

Furthermore, the military games between South Korea and the US
are not only seen as a provocation, but a direct violation of the
1953 armistice agreement, Pyongyang argues. The recluse Communist
nation says it was obliged, therefore, to unilaterally nullify
the cease-fire pact in direct response to these “threats.”

On February 12, 2013, North Korea delivered more than heated
rhetoric when it announced it had conducted an underground
nuclear test, the third such detonation in seven years.

The UN Security Council responded endorsed a fourth round of
sanctions against Pyongyang, while the United States cut it off
the Foreign Trade Bank of Korea from the American financial
system.

North Korea amplified its heated rhetoric, vowing to launch a
preemptive first-strike nuclear attack against the United States
that would engulf Washington in a “sea of fire.”

Despite these very serious and disturbing threats, the seemingly
unpredictable behavior coming out of Pyongyang seems to follow
the iron-bound trajectory of an amusement park roller coaster,
which, after one has rode it enough times, the wicked turns and
bends no longer carry the same level of white-knuckle fear they
originally did.

Meanwhile, the recluse communist country is showing tepid signs
of opening up.

Before and after the North conducted its underground tests, it
hosted two high-profile US individuals. Eric Schmidt, the
executive chairman of Google, met politicians and toured computer
research centers in Pyongyang during a surprise four-day trip in
January. One month later, just after North Korean the nuclear
test, ex-NBA star Dennis Rodman, and three members of the Harlem
Globetrotters, paid a visit to the communist country.

So with powerful gestures on the one hand, and warm hospitality
for US personalities on the other, one gets the sense that North
Korea, while very concerned about the situation on the peninsula,
is firing warning desperate warning shots, while not completely
confident about its situation.

Robert Bridge, RT

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iraqi forces arrest top al-Qaeda cmdr.

0

Iraqi security forces have arrested a senior militant commander of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Islamic State of Iraq network in the countryâ„¢s western al-Anbar Province, officials say.

According to an Iraqi security official who spoke on condition of anonymity, Adnan al-Awesi was arrested in a sting operation Wednesday afternoon.

This arrest comes after Iraqi troops launched a large-scale operation in the countryâ„¢s western desert on May 25 in an effort to clear the area of al-Qaeda militants.

Some 20,000 forces took part in the operation and attacked al-Qaeda hideouts in the area. The Iraqi Army also managed to take control of a large terrorist base in the province near the border with neighboring Jordan.

Western Iraq has been confirmed to have been used by militants for infiltrating into neighboring Syria to join the foreign-backed militants in their fight against the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

Established in 2006, the Islamic State of Iraq is an umbrella organization bringing together several Iraqi insurgent groups.

Al-Qaeda in Iraq is a shadowy group that was once allegedly led by Jordanian militant Abu Musab al-Zarqawi, who was reportedly killed in June 2006.

According to the US government and military officials, after Zarqawiâ„¢s death, the groupâ„¢s leadership fell to Ayyub al-Masri, who was killed, along with Abu Omar al-Baghdadi — another leader of the group — in a joint operation by Iraqi and US troops in Salahuddin Province in April 2010.

Al-Qaeda in Iraq has been blamed for some of the deadliest attacks in the country since the US-led invasion in March 2003.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'Free Amina!': Repressive Treatment of Women Targeted by Topless Protesters in Tunisia

0

In a bid to show support for an 18-year-old woman jailed in Tunisia, three members of the European-based feminist-activist group FEMEN staged a dramatic topless protest outside the central courthouse in Tunis on Wednesday calling for the release of the activist known as Amina Tyler.

Holding signs that read “Free Amina” and “Fuck Your Morals,” the women–two French activists and one from Germany–drew a large number of journalists snapping photos and video before they were taken into custody by police.A Femen activist demonstrates in Tunis on Wednesday. Three young European women with topless protest group Femen were arrested on Wednesday after baring their breasts in central Tunis, a first in the Arab world, an AFP journalist reported.

Tyler, a pseudonym, was arrested earlier this month after speaking out against the intolerance of Tunisia’s hardline Salafist group Ansar al-Shariah. Currently held on charges of illegally possessing pepper spray–though reports indicated it was only “a pen-sized personal protection device that shot some kind of debilitating spray”–Amina was arrested after videos showing her scrawling the word ‘FEMEN’ on a city wall as she hoped to confront a religious conference of conservative politicians.

She faces up to six months in jail for the incident, but the FEMEN activists say she is being persecuted for her stance against the male dominated culture in Tunisia.

“It is the first action that we have taken in the Arab world… I prepared this international team in Paris and they were sent yesterday (Tuesday) to Tunis,” Femen’s leader in Paris, Inna Shevchenko, told AFP by phone.

Public indecency is punishable in Tunisia by six months or more in jail, but Shevchenko denied that Amina’s graffiti was the true source of her incarceration.

“We don’t take any notice of this kind of thing. In these countries the law is applied as it suits (those in power). In Tunisia, we see that people run the risk of two years in prison just for simple graffiti,” she added.

And Tunisia Live reported from the scene:

The three activists appeared in front of the Palace of Justice wearing blouses which they took off to show their bare chests, on which slogans were written such as “Breasts Feed Revolution” and “Femen Sexetremist” . They soon began shouting expressions such as “Free Amina” and “Women’s freedom is coming.” They were also holding banners on which was written “Free Amina Now” with the Femen symbol.

Tension escalated as the Femen protest was met with shouts of an angry crowd of lawyers, court staff and people who were passing by. Shortly after the Femen protestors were taken forcibly into the court, journalists were assaulted by police and bystanders. The crowd was upset with journalists’ photographing the event. Some accused them of being “Zionist” and of supporting Femen.

Journalists were forced by the police to stop photographing and some of them left the scene. Others were detained by the police to examine the footage of the protest.

And Twitter was monitoring events and reaction:

__________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

UK unlawfully puts Afghans behind bars

0

UK forces are detaining Afghan nationals without trial, lawyers say.

The UK government has acknowledged that its troops in Afghanistan are unlawfully holding eighty to ninety Afghan nationals in the British army’s Camp Bastion in the war-torn South Asian country.

Defense Secretary Philip Hammond confirmed an earlier report, in which British lawyers representing Afghan detainees at Camp Bastion uncovered the fact that the UK troops are illegally detaining up to 85 Afghan nationals without trial. However, the defense secretary claimed that the detentions are legal.

Public Interest Lawyers, acting on behalf of eight detainees, say their clients had been held at Camp Bastion for up to 14 months without charges, which amounts to unlawful detention and internment.

They compared the revelations to the outrage over the U.S. notorious detention centers at Guantanamo Bay in Cuba and Abu Ghuraib in Iraq.

Lawyers said their clientsâ„¢ detentions, all of them arrested in villages in Helmand and Kandahar provinces, run counter to international and British laws.

British troops in Afghanistan are only allowed to detain suspects for ninety six hours at the most.

The lawyers said they have launched a bid at the High Court to free their clients, adding that the Ministry of Defence (MoD) has refused them access to their clients after months in prison.

The Afghan detainees have also not been given any kind of trial date, or prospect of one, the lawyers said in a statement, adding that what MoD is doing is Å“a clear breach of UK and international law”.

Phil Shiner, a lawyer acting for eight of the detainees, accused the British government of not telling the parliament about the holding facility at Camp Bastion and said the detention was Å“deeply worrying” and Å“entirely unconstitutional”.

Rosa Curling, a lawyer with the firm Leigh Day, which is representing a 20-year-old prisoner with a young daughter, said “Our client has been held at Camp Bastion since August 2012. He has not been charged with any crime and has had no access to a lawyer to receive legal advice about his detention.

MOS/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Air France pushing austerity measures’

0

Labor unions and workers have criticized Air Franceâ„¢s reform package, comparing it to the governmentâ„¢s austerity measures, Press TV reports.

Å“The budget cuts have begun. For every worker that is retiring or giving up his job, no new workers are being hired. This was started by the previous government and now Air France and the Paris Airport are doing the same to us,” said Serge Nybelen, general secretary of CGT (General Confederation of Labor) in Roissy.

Advocates also blamed the government of French President Francois Hollande for failing to heed the demands of labor unions.

Å“Our objective with the management as well as with the government is to set up a tug-of-war. We helped change the government last year and now this government is becoming a disaster. It has no answers to our demands so we are going to fight,” Nybelen added.

Experts said the reform package threatens to cut about 10,000 jobs, among them cabin crewmembers and ground staff.

They warned that the job cut plan would deteriorate working conditions which have left employees stressed out.

Meanwhile, representatives of Air France said the reform package aims at modernizing an already stagnate air travel sector by improving its performance on short and medium haul routes.

In January 2012, the airline, a subsidiary of Air France-KLM, presented a vast restructuring plan called Å“Transform 2015,” in which it set aside 471 million euros (USD 610 million) to cover costs related to cutting its workforce to increase productivity.

The airline, a subsidiary of Air France-KLM, has failed to compete with low-cost operators as the number of airlines in the Middle East and Asia is on the rise.

GMA/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

IRS Scandal: It Wasn't Just Cincinnati (And May Involve Other Federal Agencies)

0

The Obama administration’s key defense in the IRS scandal is falling apart. Up until now, the administration has relied upon the implicit claim that IRS targeting of conservative groups applying for non-profit status was simply the actions of a few rogue agents in the Cincinnati office of the IRS. But it is increasingly clear that the targeting of conservatives was directed from Washington, as multiple IRS offices have now been shown to have been involved in such efforts.

NBC News reported May 28, “Additional scrutiny of conservative organizations’ activities by the IRS did not solely originate in the agency’s Cincinnati office, with requests for information coming from other offices and often bearing the signatures of higher-ups at the agency, according to attorneys representing some of the targeted groups.” Reporting by the local Fox News affiliate has also belied the White House’s claim. And the conservative website the Daily Caller has identified at least five different offices of the IRS that targeted conservatives. 

The signature of director of the IRS Exempt Organizations division Lois Lerner was on at least some of the letters demanding broad submission of information to the IRS from conservative organizations. Lerner – who was placed on administrative leave with pay last week after pleading the Fifth Amendment in congressional hearings – was based out of Washington. So her signature on letters of inquiry to conservative groups thoroughly debunks the White House party line.

Jay Sekulow, an attorney representing 27 conservative political advocacy organizations that applied to the IRS for tax-exempt status, provided some of the letters to NBC News. “We’ve dealt with 15 agents, including tax law specialists – that’s lawyers – from four different offices, including [the] Treasury [Department] in Washington, D.C.,” Sekulow told NBC News. “So the idea that this is a couple of rogue agents in Cincinnati is not correct.”

Although the IRS claims it is no longer targeting conservative organizations, invasive information requests continue to be submitted up to the current month, according to Sekulow.

For Lerner, harassment of conservative organizations goes all the way back to the 1990s, when she was an official at the Federal Elections Commission and harassed Pat Robertson’s Christian Coalition.

Henry Miller of Forbes says the IRS scandal is “only the tip of the iceberg,” and he may be right. The IRS scandal has put other attacks on conservatives during the Obama administration in a new light, such as:

– The dramatic seizure of Gibson Guitar stock in 2009 under legally dubious grounds while Gibson’s competitors (which were donors to Democrats) were not troubled – even though they used the same Indian wood that was allegedly labeled contraband.

– Blatant EPA discrimination in fee waivers against conservative organizations such as the Competitive Enterprise Institute.

– The harrassing of Catherine Engelbrecht’s “True the Vote” organization by multiple federal agencies, including the IRS, FBI, OSHA, ATF, and EPA. In a telling interview on Fox News’ Huckabee show, Engelbrecht explained that she has had 17 requests for information from these various federal agencies, wasted thousands of man-hours, and copied thousands of pages for her little non-profit organization dedicated to eliminating voter fraud. 

To conservative organizations at the receiving end of IRS and other federal agency targeting, it has meant a loss of focus on their mission by extra time devoted to paperwork by management, as well as costs associated with hiring extra lawyers and accountants. Perhaps even more importantly, the delay in receiving non-profit status – and some of the targeted conservative organizations are still waiting for IRS approval three years later – means lost income in the form of ineligibility for grants from foundations and corporations that donate only to non-profits that have IRS approval. 

One would think that targeting one side of the political spectrum with political persecution by government would in the post-Watergate era unite all Americans in horror and generate universal revulsion. Not so. The political Left has learned just the opposite lesson. (Ironically, Nixon’s White House was unable to get the IRS to persecute leftist political organizations.) To the far Left, the IRS didn’t go nearly far enough:

– The New York Times claims that “a close examination of these groups and others reveals an array of election activities that tax experts and former I.R.S. officials said would provide a legitimate basis for flagging them for closer review.”

– The Washington Post’s Joel Achenbach goes a step further, claiming of Lois Lerner that Americans shouldn’t “sacrifice civil servants for the sake of short-term political optics. In our high-stakes political wars, we shouldn’t let anyone turn their firepower on innocent civilians.”

– Former National Public Radio CEO Ken Stern praised the IRS in a column for the leftist Daily Beast, exclaiming “good for the IRS for rousing itself from its long slumber. Yes, they screwed up badly, maybe because their investigative skill set is so rusty from disuse. Their failure was not that they scrutinized too hard or too many, but that they scrutinized too few.”

– The Los Angeles Times’ Michael Hiltzik wrote May 25, “The probe into the supposed ‘targeting’ of conservative groups overlooks the fact that the tax agency does a good job despite its meager resources.”

Much of the political Left has relied on the claim that the use of unlimited money by 501(c)4 organizations in the wake of the 2009 Citizens United decision was a new stage in American politics. Of course, the Left has used these “loopholes” for decades. The tax-exempt NAACP spent $10 million trying to defeat George W. Bush in 2000, and unions spend tens of millions every election year – almost always on behalf of Democrats.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Soldier murder fuels Islamophobia in UK

0

The number of Islamophobic incidents has climbed to almost 200 in Britain following the murder of British soldier Drummer Lee Rigby in Woolwich, south-east London, last week.

Muslim communities across Britain are coming under sustained attacks and intimidation by extremist groups such as the English Defence League (EDL), whose members staged a noisy protest outside No. 10 Downing Street and attacked police officers outside the Prime Ministerâ„¢s office building.

The Tell Mama hotline for recording Islamophobic incidents said 193 incidents had been reported by Monday evening, of which 10 were attacks on mosques. Before the soldierâ„¢s murder, which occurred in broad daylight, the service recorded an average of three or four incidents a day.

In Grimsby on Tuesday, two men reported to be former soldiers were remanded in custody at the town’s magistrates court after a mosque was petrol bombed. Stuart Harness, 33, and Gavin Humphries, 37, were charged with arson with intent to endanger life.

The Tell Mama coordinator, Fiyaz Mughal, from Faith Matters, said he feared there would be an escalation in attacks on Muslim communities.

“These things are cumulative and I do not see an end to this cycle of violence,” said Mughal.

“There is an underlying Islamophobia in our society and the horrendous events in Woolwich have brought this to the fore and inflamed the situation.”

A 50-year-old man who was arrested in Welling, south-east London, on Monday on suspicion of conspiracy to murder, in connection with the death of Rigby, has been bailed, the Metropolitan police said.

MOL/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Despite Ongoing Protest, Obama Resumes Drone Attacks in Pakistan

0

Pakistan says that US drone strikes on its territory are illegal and have led to many civilian deaths. (Photo: Reuters)Despite repeated and recent warnings that such attacks are destabilizing and an affront to its territorial sovereignty, reports indicate the US military executed a pair of drone missile strikes in Pakistan on Wednesday in what appears to be an attempt to assassinate a high-level Taliban commander.

It remains unclear whether or not Wali-ur-Rehman–the reported target of the attack– was, in fact, killed, but reports from various media outlets suggest between four and seven fatalities resulted from the attack that occurred in the North Waziristan tribal region.

“Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law.” – Pakistan Foreign Ministry

Citing Pakistan security officials and local Pashtun tribesmen, Reuters reports that the US drone “fired two missiles that struck a mud-built house at Chashma village, 3 km (2 miles) east of Miranshah, the region’s administrative town.”

Al-Jazeera reports:

A US drone strike has killed the number two of the Pakistan Taliban, Wali-ur-Rehman, in North Waziristan region, according to three Pakistani security officials.

Wali-ur-Rehman had been poised to succeed Hakimullah Mehsud as leader of the Pakistan Taliban, a senior army official based in the South Waziristan tribal region, the group’s stronghold, said in December.

The Pakistani Taliban is a separate entity allied to the Afghan Taliban. Known as the Tehreek-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), they have launched repeated attacks against the Pakistani military and civilians.

The witnesses told Reuters seven people were killed and four wounded. Without access to the site, officials could not confirm the number or identities of those killed or wounded.

“Tribesmen started rescue work an hour after the attack and recovered seven bodies,” one resident Bashir Dawar told Reuters. “The bodies were badly damaged and beyond recognition.”

The Pakistan foreign ministry responded to the attack with a repeat of earlier statements, calling the US drone strike “counter-productive.”

The attacks, the statement continued, “entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law.”

If confirmed, the death of Wali-ur-Rehman would be a supposed blow to the Pakistan Taliban, and the latest killing of a high-level operative which western officials and media outlets often refer to as “number two” in the al Qaeda or Taliban command structure.

Wednesday’s bombing in Pakistan comes less than a week after a highly publicized speech by President Obama regarding the use of US drones and the practice of targeted killing on foreign soil.

Pakistan officials on Friday responded to Obama’s policy announcements by saying he did not go far enough in his promises to “reform” the US targeted killing and drone program.

“The government of Pakistan has consistently maintained that the drone strikes are counter-productive, entail loss of innocent civilian lives, have human rights and humanitarian implications and violate the principles of national sovereignty, territorial integrity and international law,” read a statement of Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs following the speech.

Many human rights groups agreed, criticizing Obama for “not going far enough” enough in addressing key concerns regarding international law, rules of war, and the implications for innocent people caught up in a war without borders and without end.

According to the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, US drone attacks targeting suspected al-Qaeda and Taliban fighters in Pakistan have killed up to 3,587 people since 2004, including up to 884 civilians.

The US refuses to comment publicly about the specifics of drone attacks inside Pakistan, and does not release tallies or offer estimates about those killed or harmed.

__________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Gitmo-UK? 80 to 90 Afghans held at British base without charges

0

British troops in Afghanistan are holding 80 to 90 people, some for as long as 14 months, without charging them. Lawyers call it a ‘secret prison’ akin to Guantanamo Bay, but the government says the facility is operated legally.

The prisoners, Afghan nationals suspected of crimes or having
links to insurgents, are kept in detention at Camp Bastion, the
largest UK base in Afghanistan, housing some 30,000 troops.
Normally British troops are supposed to hold prisoners in custody
for no longer than 96 hours, but under exceptional circumstances
longer detention is possible.

Apparently there are almost a hundred such exceptional cases
currently. Lawyers acting for eight of the men say some of the
prisoners have been held without charge for up to 14 months,
arguing that it could be amount to unlawful detention. They also
say that the situation has been kept a secret from the public.

“The UK could have trained the Afghan authorities to detain
people lawfully with proper standards and making sure that they
are treated humanely,”
Phil Shiner, of Public Interest
Lawyers, told the BBC.

“Parliament has not been told that we have this secret
facility,”
he added.

British Defence Secretary Philip Hammond confirmed the detention
of the prisoners and their number, but not the time of their
detention. He said Ministry of Defence did nothing wrong in the
situation and denied the allegation that the government failed to
report about the prisoners, saying both the current cabinet and
the previous one informed the parliament.

Earlier the MoD defended the imprisonment at the base.

“The UK’s temporary holding facilities at Camp Bastion are
regularly monitored by the ICRC,”
 the MoD said in a
statement, referring to the International Committee of the Red
Cross, adding that the detentions “are legal under the UN
mandate and comply with all applicable international
obligations.”

The secretary explained that the prisoners in question pose a
threat to British troops if released, and that “protecting
troops, whether it is from being murdered on the streets of
London or the fields of Helmand province.”

But the MoD cannot hand them over to Afghan authorities because
of the actions of their lawyers, Hammond said.

“What Mr. Shiner didn’t tell you is that last year his firm
started proceedings against the department precisely to prevent
us handing them over to the Afghan judicial authorities because
of concerns of treatment of prisoners in the Afghan system,”

he told BBC Radio 4.

In November last year Hammond issued a temporary ban on transfer
of prisoners to Afghan detention after a farmer claimed that he
had been tortured in a prison after being captured by UK troops
and handed over to Afghani judicial.

Official Kabul is sensitive
about detention of Afghans by the US-led military coalition and
wants to see all of the prisoners under Afghanistan’s control.
The handing over of the Bagram Prison from the US to Afghanistan,
which had been delayed several times, was a major irritant in
relations between President Hamid Karzai’s government and the
Obama administration.

The lawyers have launched habeas corpus applications at the High
Court in London, with a full hearing due in on July 23.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Russia slams anti-Syria draft resolution

0

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has criticized a US-backed anti-Syria draft resolution debated by the UN Human Rights Council.

Å“To my huge astonishment, we have learnt that apart from the co-authors of this resolution…a US delegation is most actively promoting this completely unwholesome idea,” Lavrov said on Wednesday, describing the resolution as Å“odious” and Å“unilateral”.

The draft resolution, sponsored by Qatar and Turkey, condemns what it calls Syriaâ„¢s use of foreign combatants in the fight against militants.

Lavrov said Washington’s vigorous promotion of the resolution is unhelpful, warning that the resolution would undermine a joint US-Russian initiative to hold a peace conference on Syria.

Å“We need everyone to work honestly and not allow double standards – backing the conference in statements and taking steps actually aimed at undermining this suggestion in practice,” Lavrov stated.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria most probably June 15-16, in a follow-up to an earlier meeting held in Geneva in June 2012.

Iran is also hosting the Friends of Syria Conference in Tehran, with the participation of representatives from 40 countries.

The event, which is held under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability,” seeks to find a political solution to the crisis in Syria.

Iran has already held two other meetings on the crisis in the Arab country.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

German May unemployment increase 4 times worse than estimates

0

The May unemployment increase in Germany was 4 times above analyst expectations. However, most experts believe the country remains in good shape, saying long public holidays and cold weather eroded monthly numbers.

The number of unemployed people was up 21,000, which compares to
the expected increase of 5,000, according to the Federal Labor
Agency.

Weak data “can also be explained by the relatively high number
of public holidays in May and the still cold weather. Therefore,
it is far too premature to start singing swan songs on the labor
market,”
Bloomberg quotes Carsten Brzeski, senior economist
at ING Groep NV in Brussels as saying.

In relative terms, the unemployment rate went down in May to 6.8%
from the April figure of 7.1%. In absolute terms 2.937 million
people were registered as unemployed, which marks a 83,000
fall over the month.

Though being affected by the ongoing crisis, the EU economic
powerhouse Germany still looks to be relatively sound. German GDP
added 0.1% in 1Q 2013, which compares to a 0.7% slump in the
previous 3 months. This is when the eurozone GDP fell 0.2% during
1Q 2013, which marked a sixth straight quarterly contraction.

Business confidence across Germany also improved this month for
the first time since February, with consumer confidence expected
to climb to the highest since 2007 in June, according to market
researcher GfK AG. German households increased their spending
0.8% in 1Q 2013 and the Bundesbank expects the economy to gather
pace in the current quarter.

Germany is “in the trap of success” because “we already
have very high employment and a stable labor market and, as a
consequence, it is difficult to expect further improvement from
such high levels,”
Bloomberg quotes Frank-Juergen Weise,
president of the Federal Labor Agency.

“Germany’s economy is solid, and sooner or later the
unemployment numbers will go down again,”
concluded Alexander
Koch, an economist at UniCredit Group in Munich.  

This article originally appeared on: RT

German May unemployment increase 4 times worse than estimates

0

The May unemployment increase in Germany was 4 times above analyst expectations. However, most experts believe the country remains in good shape, saying long public holidays and cold weather eroded monthly numbers.

The number of unemployed people was up 21,000, which compares to
the expected increase of 5,000, according to the Federal Labor
Agency.

Weak data “can also be explained by the relatively high number
of public holidays in May and the still cold weather. Therefore,
it is far too premature to start singing swan songs on the labor
market,”
Bloomberg quotes Carsten Brzeski, senior economist
at ING Groep NV in Brussels as saying.

In relative terms, the unemployment rate went down in May to 6.8%
from the April figure of 7.1%. In absolute terms 2.937 million
people were registered as unemployed, which marks a 83,000
fall over the month.

Though being affected by the ongoing crisis, the EU economic
powerhouse Germany still looks to be relatively sound. German GDP
added 0.1% in 1Q 2013, which compares to a 0.7% slump in the
previous 3 months. This is when the eurozone GDP fell 0.2% during
1Q 2013, which marked a sixth straight quarterly contraction.

Business confidence across Germany also improved this month for
the first time since February, with consumer confidence expected
to climb to the highest since 2007 in June, according to market
researcher GfK AG. German households increased their spending
0.8% in 1Q 2013 and the Bundesbank expects the economy to gather
pace in the current quarter.

Germany is “in the trap of success” because “we already
have very high employment and a stable labor market and, as a
consequence, it is difficult to expect further improvement from
such high levels,”
Bloomberg quotes Frank-Juergen Weise,
president of the Federal Labor Agency.

“Germany’s economy is solid, and sooner or later the
unemployment numbers will go down again,”
concluded Alexander
Koch, an economist at UniCredit Group in Munich.  

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iraqi forces arrest top al-Qaeda cmdr.

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iraqi security forces have arrested a senior militant commander of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Islamic State of Iraq network in the country’s western al-Anbar Province.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iraqi forces arrest top al-Qaeda cmdr.

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iraqi security forces have arrested a senior militant commander of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Islamic State of Iraq network in the country’s western al-Anbar Province.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russian hypermarket Lenta mulls $1,5bn IPO in London

0

One of Russia’s leading retail chains have begun talks with banks on potential listing on the LSE as European IPO market is reviving.

The retailer is hoping to use funds raised on the markets to take
advantage of increased spending by Russia’s middle class, the FT
reports. The owners of the grocer, including US private equity
fund TPG and Moscow-based VTB capital, plan to offer global
depositary receipts on the LSE no earlier than next year.

“Lenta plans to hold an IPO in the coming years. But it will
definitely not happen this year”
, daily Vedomosti quotes
sources close to the matter.

The last Russian IPO in London was Megafon’s $1.8bn listing
in November 2012. The telecoms offering was the largest London
listing last year. 

The last Russian retail IPO on LSE was O’Key raising $419.5mn in
2010.

Lenta’s public offering would show private equity funds reviving
plans to list companies they own, amid recovering equity markets
and lower volatility, the FT reports.  

Six private equity-backed IPOs have been placed in Europe so far
this year, compared with only five for the whole of last year,
according to Reuters.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israel Channels Weapons and Military Aid to Al Qaeda in Syria

0

If they (Western Leaders) were concerned and sincerely committed to the peace process, they would immediately cease supporting a terrorist organization which is linked to al-Qaeda and which is involved in atrocities and killings in Syria.”

Press TV has talked with Michel Chossudovsky, with the Center for Research on Globalization from Montreal, to get his opinions on the role of the Israeli regime in the ongoing foreign-backed unrest in Syria.

Below is a rough transcription of the interview.

Press TV:Mr. Chossudovsky, today we have Israel threatening Moscow possibly with force.How does Israel play into this equation and how much physical involvement can we expect from Israel?Chossudovsky:Well, first I should say that Israel is supporting the insurgency. In other words, it is supporting al-Qaeda in Syria.This is not known to public opinion. Through the Golan Heights, it is supporting terrorist units of al-Nusrah, which are fighting the Syrian government.

It has logistics, weapons supplies, Israeli vehicles going into Syrian territory; it also has a hospital facility for the rebels located in the Golan Heights.

So, in effect, right from the outset Israel has been involved in supporting the various factions, the so-called Islamist factions, which are, as we know, mercenaries trained in Qatar and Saudi Arabia.

So, in effect, we have to ask ourselves who are the main military actors in the Syrian war theater. The al-Nusrah rebels, which allegedly represent the opposition, are supported by the Western military alliance and Israel.

These are the foot soldiers of the Western military alliance and they are waging a war against the Syrian people.

Now when the European Union decides to lift the arms embargo, what they really have in mind is to channel military aid to this mercenary force, which is supported by foreign powers.

That is a very different position to that of Russia or Iran for that matter, which provide military assistance to a sovereign country to a government through bilateral agreements.

In effect what we are also dealing with is Western and Israeli military aid channeled to a terrorist entity, which is illegal under the international law but it is also in violation of the US’ anti-terror legislation.

Press TV: Mr. Chossudovsky, recently US senator John Kerry went to Syria via Turkey. How do you interpret this visit?

Chossudovsky: Well, John Kerry who is secretary of the state, is actually in blatant violation of the US’ guidelines on anti-terrorism.

There is an anti-terrorist list, there is a list of terrorist organizations, which is made up by the State Department and John Kerry is negotiating, interfacing, with representatives of that terrorist organization and the same thing is true for John McCain when he crosses into Syria or the same thing is true with the former ambassador to Syria Robert Steven Ford, who is also supporting these terrorists.

So we have to distinguish between military aid through official channels, from government to government, which is what the Russians are providing to Syria on the one hand and the type of assistance which Israel, Britain, France, the United States, are channeling to an illegal organization, on the other hand.

So in other words these Western officials should be arrested on anti-terrorist charges because they are in violation of international law.

Press TV: Despite the fact that the European Union has lifted the arms embargo on Syria, how optimistic are you that the Geneva II talks would bear fruit and resolve the Syrian crisis politically?

Chossudovsky: Well, I think that the Western leaders are, in effect, attempting to build peace and democracy by threatening war. Essentially that is what they are doing, heightening the threats, channeling weapons to the terrorists,

Incidentally those terrorist have been decimated by the Syrian Armed forced, so in effect the Western military alliance is in a dead end.

So, they are now considering all the options but essentially if they were concerned and sincerely committed to the peace process, they would immediately cease supporting a terrorist organization which is linked to al-Qaeda and which is involved in atrocities and killings in Syria.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Why The Next War With China Could Go Very Badly For The United States

0

Michael Snyder
American Dream
May 29, 2013

Most Americans assume that the U.S. military is so vastly superior to everyone else that no other nation would ever dream of fighting a full-scale war against us. Unfortunately, that assumption is dead wrong. In recent years, the once mammoth technological gap between the U.S. military and the Chinese military has been closing at a frightening pace. China has been accomplishing this by brazenly stealing our technology and hacking into our computer systems. The Pentagon and the Obama administration know all about this, but they don’t do anything about it. Perhaps the fact that China owns about a trillion dollars of our national debt has something to do with that. In any event, today China has the largest military in the world and the second largest military budget in the world. They have stolen plans for our most advanced jets, helicopters, ships and missile systems. It is estimated that stealing our technology has saved China about 25 years of research and development. In addition, China is rapidly developing a new generation of strategic weapons that could potentially enable it to actually win a future war against the United States. At one time such a notion would have been unthinkable, but as you will see below, the next war with China could go very badly for the United States.

The Washington Post is reporting on a confidential report that was prepared for the Pentagon, and what this report says about the extent of Chinese cyber espionage is absolutely startling. Will China know ALL of our secrets at some point? The following is a brief excerpt from the Washington Post articleabout the theft of our military technology by China. It turns out that Chinese hackers have gotten their hands on plans for almost all of the new cutting edge weapons systems that we have been developing…

Some of the weapons form the backbone of the Pentagon’s regional missile defense for Asia, Europe and the Persian Gulf. The designs included those for the advanced Patriot missile system, known as PAC-3; an Army system for shooting down ballistic missiles, known as the Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, or THAAD; and the Navy’s Aegis ballistic-missile defense system.

Also identified in the report are vital combat aircraft and ships, including the F/A-18 fighter jet, the V-22 Osprey, the Black Hawk helicopter and the Navy’s new Littoral Combat Ship, which is designed to patrol waters close to shore.

Also on the list is the most expensive weapons system ever built – the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, which is on track to cost about $1.4 trillion.

One military expert that the Washington Post showed the report to was absolutely stunned…

“That’s staggering,” said Mark Stokes, executive director of the Project 2049 Institute, a think tank that focuses on Asia security issues. “These are all very critical weapons systems, critical to our national security. When I hear this in totality, it’s breathtaking.”

The experts said the cybertheft creates three major problems. First, access to advanced U.S. designs gives China an immediate operational edge that could be exploited in a conflict. Second, it accelerates China’s acquisition of advanced military technology and saves billions in development costs. And third, the U.S. designs can be used to benefit China’s own defense industry. There are long-standing suspicions that China’s theft of designs for the F-35 fighter allowed Beijing to develop its version much faster.

But it isn’t just hackers that the U.S. military needs to be concerned about.

The truth is that the Chinese are stealing secrets from us any way that they can.

For example, the Chinese use attractive young women to seduce our defense contractors. In fact, as the Washington Times recently reported, one 59-year-old American man was recently charged with passing very sensitive secrets to a 27-year-old Chinese “honeypot” that he was seeing…

A U.S. defense contractor who works in intelligence at the military’s Pacific Command in Hawaii has been charged with passing classified national security information to a 27-year-old Chinese woman he was dating.

Benjamin Pierce Bishop, 59, is accused of sending the woman an email in May with information on Pacom’s war plans, nuclear weapons and U.S. relations with international partners, according to the complaint filed in U.S. District Court in Honolulu and unsealed Monday.

The complaint goes on to allege that Mr. Bishop told the woman over the telephone in September about the deployment of U.S. nuclear weapons and about the ability of the U.S. to detect other nations’ short- and medium-range ballistic missiles.

Another way that China is gaining a strategic advantage over the U.S. is by getting the U.S. military to become increasingly dependent upon them. According to Forbes, now the U.S. military is even leasing a Chinese satellite for communications purposes…

American dependence on China grows by the day. The latestnews is that the United States has been reduced to leasing a Chinese satellite to handle communications with U.S. military bases in Africa. Surprising, isn’t it? The nation that launched the world’s first communications satellite (I remember it well — it was called Telstar) has so lost its manufacturing mojo that it has to rely on its most formidable military adversary to provide the hardware for some of its most sensitive communications. This at a time when underlying unemployment rates among U.S. manufacturing workers remain at near-depression levels.

Isn’t that crazy?

And a recent Senate report discovered that many of our most advanced weapons systems are absolutely riddled with counterfeit Chinese parts…

A recent Senate report, titled Inquiry Into Counterfeit Electronic Parts In The Department Of Defense Supply Chain, “uncovered overwhelming evidence of large numbers of counterfeit parts making their way into critical defense systems.”

The investigation found 1,800 cases of counterfeit electronic parts involving over one million suspect parts in 2009-10 alone, thereby exposing “a defense supply chain that relies on hundreds of unveiled independent distributors to supply electronic parts for some of our most sensitive systems.”

The report concluded, among other things, that China is the “dominant source” of counterfeit products that enter the DoD supply chain, that the Chinese government does little to stop it and that the DoD doesn’t know the “scope and impact” of these parts on critical defense systems.

Who in the world would be stupid enough to allow one of their greatest strategic enemies to supply large numbers of parts for key weapons systems?

Apparently we are that stupid.

Things are particularly bad when it comes to semiconductors…

Senator John McCain commented: “We can’t tolerate the risk of a ballistic missile interceptor failing to hit its target, a helicopter pilot unable to fire his missiles, or any other mission failure because of a counterfeit part.” Calling the issue “a ticking time bomb,” Brian Toohey, president of the Semiconductor Industry Association, commented: “The catastrophic failure risk inherently found in counterfeit semiconductors places our citizens and military personnel in unreasonable peril.”

It would be bad enough if we just had to worry about counterfeit parts failing. But what if China has a way to shut some of those parts down in the event of a conflict? What if some of those parts contain “Trojan Horse” computer chips or malware?

That may sound crazy, but unfortunately Trojan Horse chips can be extremely difficult to detect. The following is from a recent Forbes article…

As the Defense Science Board pointed out, Trojan Horse circuitry is almost impossible to detect even with the most rigorous analysis. This is particularly so if a saboteur can accomplish matching subversions in both software and relevant hardware.

And as I mentioned above, China is rapidly developing a vast array of new strategic weapons which may enable it to actually win the next war with the United States.

For example, China has been developing a new generation of inter-continental and submarine-launched nuclear missiles.

The submarine-launched missiles are of particular concern…

The Ju Lang-2 intercontinental missile is the second generation of Chinese submarine-launched ballistic missiles.

It’s a closely held secret, and details are sketchy. If it lives up to what public military intelligence says it is, it’s a huge get for China, especially with their new sub fleet.

The missile is believed to have a range of 8,000 km, and can carry conventional or nuclear warheads.

Do you remember a few years ago when a Chinese sub fired a missile from just off the west coast of the United States?

We didn’t know that the sub was there. If that missile had been fired at Los Angeles it would have been destroyed long before we could have ever responded.

And don’t think that a first strike by either China or Russia is inconceivable. As I have written about previously, the U.S. strategic nuclear arsenal has already been reduced by about 95 percent, and Obama seems absolutely determined to whittle it down even more. In fact, there has been talk that the Obama administration ultimately wants to reduce our arsenal down to just 300 warheads. If Russia or China knows exactly where those warheads are, it would be very easy to take them out in less than 10 minutes with a submarine-based first strike.

And China has also reportedly been developing very sophisticated EMP weapons. The following is from a WND report…

In 2011, it was first revealed that China was developing EMP weapons to be used against U.S. aircraft carriers in any future conflict, especially over Taiwan, according to a 2005 National Ground Intelligence Center study.

That center study said the Chinese were developing a family, or “assassin’s mace” of EMP and high-powered microwave, or HPM, weapons to be used by a technologically inferior force such as China’s, against U.S. military forces.

The once secret but now declassified study pointed out that the Chinese could detonate an EMP weapon some 30 to 40 kilometers over Taiwan or — by inference — a U.S. carrier strike group — and destroy the electronics capability on which U.S. network-centric strategy depends.

But an EMP weapon does not have to be a high-altitude weapon that affects a large area. Smaller scale EMP weapons could take out a wave of fighter jets or a carrier fleet.

In a future conflict with China, we could see U.S. planes falling out of the sky or great naval vessels sitting dead in the water after being hit with EMP blasts.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

But isn’t China our friend?

That is what most Americans and most American politicians seem to believe. They seem to think that China is our “buddy” and “trading partner” and that we will never have a military conflict with China.

But that is NOT how the Chinese see things.

The Chinese regard the United States as their greatest strategic threat and as an enemy that needs to be vanquished.

That is why they are constantly spying on us, hacking into our computers and stealing our technology.

That is why they are feverishly building up their military and preparing for a future war with America.

So what do you think?

Do you believe that war with China is in our future?

If so, do you think that we will win?

Please feel free to post a comment with your thoughts below…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:14 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Video: Law Abiding Gun Owners Treated Like Terrorists at Rally

0

Anthony Gucciardi
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

As you may be aware I recently went to cover the March Against Monsanto protest in Philadelphia, which is an excellent grassroots movement against Monsanto (a downright vile corporation and the largest producer of genetically modified seeds), and I was surprised to see a peaceful gun rally across the street in downtown Philadelphia.

But I was even more surprised to see the army of police, military, K-9 squads, and plain clothes officers that were surrounding the gun rally as the 1,000+ attendee March Against Monsanto protests moved through the busiest street in the city. I actually support both rallies, and was upset to see that there was not a huge spillover between the two due to the phony left vs. right rhetoric that stops either side from accomplishing much, but I was truly amazed when I walked over to see the different ways in which the protesters were being treated.

Even though the March Against Monsanto protest easily exceeded 1,000 activists, the gun rally was targeted as priority – even with only around 50 or so individuals still attending at the time of my filming. We even had Homeland Security actively patrolling the area.

But why? In reality, 50 law abiding citizens with licenses/permits to carry a legal handgun will make any place safe! If there were a true criminal who came in and attempted to hurt innocents during this protest, they would immediately be met with lethal resistance. We know that, on average, around 40% of criminals report not even committing crimes due to the very fear of a firearm.

So what’s up, why are gun owners treated like terrorists? It’s exactly the same as the now-admitted IRS attack on Constitution-based groups and those who identified themselves as ‘conservatives’. There is a very real attack on the Second Amendment and those who utilize and support it. And those who dare to legally carry their own weapons are demonized under this system. Are these officers bad people? No, they are likely just following politically charged orders as former Obama Secret Service agent Dan Bongino

told me after the rally. But at the higher levels, there is an attack on the Second Amendment and the Constitution at large that goes far beyond event security.

This post originally appeared at Story Leak

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:11 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The New Xbox One Will be a “Monitoring Device Under the Guise of a Gaming Console”

0

Vigilant Citizen
May 29, 2013

I remember when video games were about getting Mario to save the princess and, when you were done, the console would leave you the hell alone. The new Xbox one apparently wants to put an end to those days by turning the beloved game console into a 24/7 surveillance device. The Xbox One will bundle the Kinect — a device that captures motion and sound – with every console and its camera and mic will be always on by default. In fact, Xbox One will actually refuse to work if the Kinect is not connected to it. So the camera and mic will work even when the console is turned off. And the camera will even work in the dark. Yup. It will also be able to read your facial expressions and count the people in the room with you (there are also talks ofcharging Pay-Per-View movies PER PERSON in the room).

Furthermore, all of this data captured by the device could easily be transmitted to God knows where as the console will constantly require an internet connection to even function. This capability is rationalized because Microsoft wants to give users the ability of turning on the console by saying “Xbox On”. So, for this reason, the console needs to be listening to EVERY SINGLE word you’re saying around it in case you say “Xbox On”.

The unveiling of these capabilities no one asked for has lifted some eyebrows around the world.

Tim Vines, director at Civil Liberties Australia, told GamesFIX that Microsoft has a lot to answer for with a product that has the ability to listen and watch everything a person does.

“People should have the ability to turn off the camera or microphone, even if it limits the functionality of the machine,” he said. Vines believes privacy is “all about control”.

“Of course, if Microsoft doesn’t allow that (control), then people should vote with their wallets and skip the next Xbox.”

Vines says Microsoft should be upfront about what it does with data collected by Xbox One.

“Microsoft’s new Xbox meets the definition of a surveillance device under some Australian laws, so they need to be upfront and tell customers whether anyone else can intercept their information or remotely access their device,” Vines said.

– Games Fix, Privacy breach: Xbox One a ‘twisted nightmare’

According to Berlin’s federal data protection commissioner, Peter Schaar, the Xbox One is nothing more than a monitoring device under the guise of a gaming console.

“The Xbox One continuously records all sorts of personal information about me. My reaction rates, my learning or emotional states. These are then processed on an external server, and possibly even passed on to third parties. The fact that Microsoft could potentially spy on my living room is merely a twisted nightmare.”

Even if the Xbox One provides the option of turning off the camera and mic of the console, History shows that these options could easily be overridden remotely by any organization or creep with some technological capability. All of this ties in perfectly with my article entitled CIA Director: Web-Connected Devices in Your Home Make it Easy to Spy on You that quotes a CIA director openly stating that web connected devices are used to spy on citizens.

So, do I want to pay several hundred dollars to be constantly spied on?…Ummm…Let me think about it….mmmmNo.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:12 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

General Public Believes Mermaid Mockumentary Was Real

0

Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

The general public believed that a sci-fi show about mermaids was real.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:10 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Feds raid Liberty Reserve and indict founders on money laundering charges… is Bitcoin next?

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
May 29, 2013

If there’s one thing monopolists hate, it’s competition. That’s probably why the U.S. government shut down Liberty Reserve yesterday, charging seven men with laundering $6 billion for over one million clients. Calling Liberty Reserve a “bank of choice for criminals,” the feds won’t be satisfied until they destroy every currency that competes with the U.S. dollar.

That’s because the Federal Reserve is actually the largest money laundering operation of all. It routinely creates trillions of dollars in counterfeit currency for it’s favorite mob banksters like Goldman Sachs and JP Morgan. Disguised with labels like “banker bailouts” or “economic stimulus programs,” these handouts of fiat currency debase all the other dollars held by everyone else. It’s the greatest financial swindle in history, making Bernie Madoff look like an amateur.

OMG, the currency was used by criminals? Say it isn’t so!

Maintaining monopoly control over the money supply, however, means destroying the competition. Liberty Reserve was starting to look like competition, so it had to be taken out. The investigation involved 17 countries, and the P.R. propaganda campaign has the entire mainstream media characterizing Liberty Reserve as some sort of money laundering scheme when, in reality, it was just a private electronic currency.

For example, the Washington Post said that Liberty Reserve catered to “…drug traffickers, child pornographers and others in the criminal underworld…”

Um, you mean similar to the way CASH is used by drug traffickers, child pornographers and the criminal underworld? If a currency is to be blamed for all its uses by criminal elements, then no currency is more covered in blood, cocaine, sex slavery and evil deeds than the U.S. dollar – simply because it’s the most-used currency on the planet. Is the Washington Post surprised that criminals use currencies or something?

Blaming Liberty Reserve for the actions of criminals is sort of like blaming the manufacturers of duct tape for all the kidnappings that take place around the world. Gee, duct tape is used by evil people to bind the hands of kidnapping victims? Raid the company! Shut down the duct tape! Duct tape is bad!

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

What’s clear from this shutting down of Liberty Reserve, by the way, is that the world’s financial monopolists aren’t going to tolerate competition. Their goal is to shut down all competing currencies, and the next target on their list may be bitcoin.

The problem with bringing down bitcoin is figuring out whose doors to kick in

There’s just one problem with that whole plan: Whose doors do you kick in? Bitcoin isn’t run by one company. It’s a decentralized currency, and there’s no one company that handles the transactions.

Transactions are calculated by a distributed network of “miners” who trade computing power for bitcoins in order to keep the electronic ledger of the entire system humming. What this means for the feds is that even if they have unlimited manpower to conduct raids on bitcoin, there’s no way to figure out who to raid at gunpoint.

That’s what government does best, of course: Shove guns in people’s faces in order to protect the monopoly interests of powerful corporations or industries… the banking industry, in this case. But the prerequisite to shoving guns in people’s faces is knowing whose faces to shove them into. On that point, bitcoin provides no easy targets.

Fortunately for the feds, bitcoin has largely discredited itself. In fact, I have been personally blamed for crashing bitcoin and causing $1 billion valuation losses in one day for publicly predicting a looming bitcoin crash. The very next day after my prediction that bitcoin would crash in value, bitcoin lost over 50% of its value. Even since then, bitcoin’s volatility remains so outrageously high that the currency has almost no chance of ever being widely used by online merchants.

If no one in the mainstream really accepts bitcoin (like Amazon.com), then the currency is relegated to little more than the dark alleys of the internet: black market deals, porn, video game credits and so on. It might ultimately make a great currency exchange for things like MMORPG in-game currencies, but bitcoin is unlikely to gain any real traction in the real world.

After all, the world’s most popular bitcoin exchange – MT GOX – was originally named based on the game, “Magic the Gathering Online Xchange.” (Most people don’t know that and are shocked to learn it.)

Could a better decentralized currency be created?

However, none of this means another decentralized currency couldn’t someday be created that offers both price stability and peer-to-peer decentralization. Thanks to the laws of economics, however, currency prices will never be stable unless the supply of the currency is allowed to grow.

A finite supply of any given currency sounds great on paper, but in the real world a currency needs to gradually expand along with the overall size of the economy it serves. Bitcoin can never do that because it is mathematically limited to a predetermined supply, but a future electronic currency might somehow be adaptable enough to smooth the peaks and valleys.

Many other currency experiments are already floating around the ‘net: Litecoin, Ripple, SolidCoin, PPcoin and so on. Most of these alternative currencies have centralized clearinghouses, meaning they will eventually be raided at gunpoint and shut down. Only peer-to-peer currencies have any hope of surviving the mob raids of monopolistic governments.

Your best currency? Ammo

For the record, after observing world events over the last few years, I’ve come to the conclusion that there is no better currency than ammo. I’m not kidding: .223, 22LR, .308 and 7.62×39 can always be traded for almost anything else of value. Of course, you can’t go lugging ammo around in your pockets all day long, which is why government fiat currencies become the convenient standard for exchanging goods and services in society.

But when those currencies fail – and a global financial failure is now inevitable – you’ll want to make sure you own something else that holds practical value. Ammunition seems to be unbeatable in this realm, proving itself to be even more valuable than gold. (You can’t defend your gold by throwing gold at approaching enemies, after all…)

And the worse the situation gets in the world, the more valuable ammo becomes. Maybe that’s why Americans are right now buying up every scrap of ammo they can lay their hands on. The average shelf life of a case of 9mm pistol ammo in the United States is about five minutes.

In terms of other currencies, gold and silver are always a solid back-up plan, and they’re relatively easy to buy and sell. But in a harsh collapse, gold is worthless. You’ll have much better luck trading Bic lighters, cigarettes and coffee than gold coins. Stock up now while you can. Amazon.com sells cases of Bic lighters that are dirt cheap today, yet invaluable in a market crash economy. (Don’t buy cheap Bic knock-offs. They LEAK out all their fuel and become worthless pieces of plastic. I know this from firsthand experience. Only Bic lighters hold their fuel.)

Sources for this story include:
http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/05/28/net-us-cybercrime-libertyre…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:13 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bush’s Invasion of Iraq was Criminal … Obama’s About to Do the Same Thing In Syria

0

Washington’s Blog
May 29, 2013

The former head of the Joint Chiefs of Staff — the highest ranking military officer in the United States — said that the Iraq war was “based on a series of lies”.

Many high-ranking military officials, top Republican leaders and key architects of the Iraq war said that the war was really about oil. And yet the American people haven’t seen any benefit … top oil economists have said that the Iraq war substantially raised the price of oil.

The American government sold the Iraq war under false pretenses.

Indeed, the American government planned the Iraq war long before 9/11. Former CIA director George Tenet said that the White House wanted to invade Iraq long before 9/11, and inserted “crap” in its justifications for invading Iraq. Former Treasury Secretary Paul O’Neill — who sat on the National Security Council — also says that Bush planned the Iraq war before 9/11. Top British officials say that the U.S. discussed Iraq regime change even before Bush took office. In 2000, Cheney said a Bush administration might “have to take military action to forcibly remove Saddam from power.” And see thisand this. Indeed, neoconservatives planned regime change .

National security experts — including both hawks and doves — agree that waging war against Iraq and other Middle Eastern countries has weakened America’s national security and increased terrorism risks. See this, this, this, this, this, this, this and this.

In fact, there was no Al Qaeda in Iraq until the U.S. invaded in 2003:

Similarly, neoconservatives planned regime change .

And carrying out acts of violence and blaming it on the Syrian government as an excuse for regime change — i.e. false flag terror — was discussed over 50 years ago by British and American leaders.

And Western governments want regime change in Syria because of gas:

Syria is an integral partof the proposed 1,200km Arab Gas Pipeline:

Here are some additional graphics courtesy of Adam Curry:

A picture named arabGasPipeline.jpg

A picture named syria-turkey.jpg

A picture named levantprovince2.jpg

***

Syria’s central role in the Arab gas pipeline is … a key to why it is now being targeted.

Just as the Taliban was scheduled for removal after they demanded too much in return for the Unocal pipeline, Syria’s Assad is being targeted because he is not a reliable “player”.

Specifically, Turkey, Israel and their ally the U.S. want an assured flow of gas through Syria, and don’t want a Syrian regime which is not unquestionably loyal to those 3 countries to stand in the way of the pipeline … or which demands too big a cut of the profits.

A deal has also been inked to run a natural gas pipeline from Iran’s giant South Pars field through Iraq and Syria (with a possible extension to Lebanon).

And a deal to run petroleum from Iraq’s Kirkuk oil field to the Syrian port of Banias has also been approved:

Turkey and Israel would be cut out of these competing pipelines.

No wonder Turkey and Israel are both launching military strikes against Syria.

On the other hand, Russia’s giant natural gas industry would be threatened if Syria’s current regime is toppled … no wonder Israel and Russia are getting into it over Syria.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

And the monarchies in Qatar and Saudi Arabia would also benefit as competitors in the gas market if Syria’s regime is taken out … so they’re backing the “rebels” as well.

And the U.S. is heavily backing backed Al Qaeda terrorists in Syria. (even the New York Times reportsthat virtually all of the rebel fighters are Al Qaeda terrorists.)

Indeed, the U.S. has been arming the Syrian opposition since 2006.

And the U.S. is now considering imposing a no-fly zone over Syria … which was also the opening move in the wars against Iraq and Libya.

Bush launched the Iraq war under false pretenses … similarly, the war in Syria is really being launched by Obama and natural gas players in the region who want to cut Syria and Russia out of the game.

Postscript: If the corporate media were reporting more accurately on Syria than they did on Iraq, the American people would realize that there is grave doubt about who is most responsible for the violence, and who really used chemical weapons in Syria.

Not that Assad is a saint, but he poses no danger to the United States, and shouldn’t be demonized and turned into a threat to American national security man any more than Saddam Hussein.

The Iraq war will end up with a final price tag of between $5-6 trillion dollars. We simply can’t afford to get involved in another war … especially with Russia and Iran actively aligned against us.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:14 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Let the States Decide

0

The Eighth Amendment to the Constitution forbids “cruel and unusual punishments.” In capital punishment cases, Supreme Court Justices William Brennan and Thurgood Marshall, the surviving relics of the Earl Warren Court, routinely declare that “the death penalty is in all circumstances cruel and unusual punishment forbidden” by the Eighth Amendment. Their position, however, is in direct conflict with the express terms of the Fifth Amendment, which three times explicitly recognizes that penalty:

No person shall be held to answer for a capital or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury … nor shall any person be subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb … nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law. [Emphasis added.]

No rational judge could read the Eighth Amendment to bar as “cruel and unusual” the death penalty specifically recognized in the fifth, unless that judge considered himself free from any duty to follow the clear meaning of the text of the Constitution. Nevertheless, for the past 15 years the status of the death penalty was clouded by Supreme Court interpretations. This year, however, the Court removed much of the uncertainty and went a long way toward reestablishing that penalty as a legitimate option for the states.

In 1972, in Furman v. Georgia, the Supreme Court held the death penalty laws of all the states and federal government unconstitutional as a violation of the Eighth Amendment’s prohibition on “cruel and unusual punishments.” The Court did not hold that the death penalty was inherently unconstitutional; rather, the statues were struck down because of the arbitrary and discriminatory manner in which, in the Court’s view, the penalty was applied. After Furman many states conformed their laws to that decision, and, in Gregg v. Georgia in 1976, the Court upheld such laws, in which guilt or innocence is determined in a separate proceeding from the determination of the sentence. Except for murders committed during aircraft hijackings, however, there is no federal death penalty.

Since executions were resumed by the states in 1977, the Supreme Court has removed several procedural obstacles to its imposition. Two of the most significant cases were decided by 5-4 votes in April of this year. In Tison v. Arizona, Ricky and Raymond Tison helped their father, Gary Tison, escape from prison. In the escape they kidnapped John Lyons, his wife, Donnella, their two-year-old son, and their 15-year-old niece. Gary Tison shotgunned the entire Lyons family to death as his sons watched without attempting to interfere. The sons were sentenced to death and the Supreme Court upheld the sentences. Although the sons did not intend to kill, they were armed and “could have foreseen that lethal force might be used, particularly since [they] knew that [their] father’s previous escape attempt had resulted in murder…. [They] participated fully in the kidnapping and robbery and watched the killing after which [they] chose to aid those whom [they] had placed in the position to kill rather than their victims.” Their “reckless or extreme indifference to human life” made them subject to death for the murders that occurred during the commission of the escape and kidnapping even though they had no direct intent to kill.

On the following day, in McCleskey v. Kemp, the Court held that evidence that in Georgia killers of whites, especially black killers, are far more likely to be executed than are killers of blacks, did not show unconstitutional discrimination against a black man sentenced to death for killing a white policeman during a robbery. McCleskey could prove neither that the Georgia legislature enacted capital punishment with a racially discriminatory purpose nor that “the decision-makers in his case acted with discriminatory purpose.” [Emphasis in original.] Mere statistical disparity in sentencing does not prove a constitutional violation.

The Tison and McCleskey cases resolved procedural uncertainties that have delayed numerous executions. Other issues still must be decided by the Court, including the constitutionality of executing persons who were under 18 years of age when they committed the crime. But the McCleskey case is especially significant because it laid to rest the statistical argument on racial discrimination that has been a staple of death penalty appeals for decades.

George C. Smith, director of litigation of the Washington Legal Foundation noted: “The vast majority of actual executions in the post-Furman era have involved white convicts.” To the extent that statistics show that killers of whites are more likely to be sentenced to death than are killers of blacks, Smith claims that “any apparent disparity is explained by the fact that whites are disproportionately the victims of the kinds of aggravated murders which alone qualify for the death penalty. Felony murders – those committed in the course of a rape or robbery – are the chief crimes eligible for capital punishment under the post-Furman statutes. The available data demonstrate that whites constitute between 77 percent and 89 percent of rape and robbery victims. It follows inescapably that whites would represent a comparable percentage of murder victims killed during a rape or robbery.”

The Supreme Court in McCleskey noted: “McCleskey’s arguments are best presented to the legislative bodies. It is not the responsibility – or indeed even the right – of this Court to determine the appropriate punishment for particular crimes…. Capital punishment is now the law in more than two thirds of our States. It is the ultimate duty of courts to determine on a case-by-case basis whether these laws are applied consistently with the Constitution.”

Tison and McCleskey do not decide whether the death penalty is good or bad. Rather, in accord with the intent of the framers, they recognize that the policy choice is up to the state legislatures rather than the unelected judiciary.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Surgical Effect of Death Penalty

0

There are more than 2,000 prison inmates on death row in America. These individuals have been tried for serious crimes, convicted, and sentenced to death. While appealing their convictions, some have lived with the death sentence hanging over them for as much as ten years.

After having outlawed the practice for many years, the Supreme Court restored the death penalty as a state option in 1976. Since then, only 13 states have permitted executions; another 24 have enacted but not used legislation allowing capital punishment. In 13 other states, the death penalty is still not permitted.

During the more than 13 years that capital punishment has been restored, there have been only 120 executions in the entire nation. In 1935, when there were far fewer homicides and a much smaller population, 199 persons were executed. Today’s attitude toward the life of a convict is hardly as callous as some would insist.

Just Retribution

But what about capital punishment? Is it just for the state to take a person’s life? Should the practice be outlawed once again? Is the power to execute someone more power than is proper?

The only defense of the use of capital punishment is an appeal to justice. The earliest known moral code, the Mosaic Laws, mandated the death penalty not only for murder but for several other offenses that would never earn it today. Those who object to capital punishment on religious grounds ignore God’s command to Moses (Leviticus 24:17), “He that striketh and killeth a man, dying let him die.” And the Apostle Paul told the Romans that the state indeed had authority to punish serious crimes with death.

Among the great moral teachers of history, Augustine defended the use of the death penalty in his City of God. Thomas Aquinas likened the taking of a criminal’s life to the amputation of a diseased limb in order to save the rest of the body. Others have persuasively held that crime demands not only punishment but retribution. While a thief may be able to restore what he has stolen, a murderer cannot. But, if justice demands retribution for thievery, it demands the same for murder. The taking of the life of a murderer, therefore, is a just act of retribution.

Too often, only the deterrent effect of capital punishment is pointed to as justification for its use. And there is no doubt that it does deter. But to punish one man in order to deter another can never be justified of itself. The deterrent effect, as powerful as it may be, can only be the by product of an act that is itself just.

Refusal to administer capital punishment likely leads to additional violent deaths. During his term as New York City’s Mayor, the liberal Edward Koch pleaded: “One Lemuel Smith was convicted last year in Dutchess County for murder. He had already been convicted in Schenectady for a kidnapping and rape, for which he received two 25-years-to-life sentences. He had also already been convicted of murder in Albany, for which he received another 25-years-to-life sentence. While serving these three life sentences in Green Haven Prison, he lured a woman corrections officer … into the Catholic chaplain’s office and there strangled her to death and mutilated her body …. A fourth life sentence is meaningless. The status of the law in New York has given him a license to kill.”

Capital punishment, in careful use, is both just and necessary.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Cure of Bloody Souls

0

Remember the moment from your high school English class. The play is Shakespeare’s Macbeth, the scene that of a woman mad with evil and guilt. Lady Macbeth wanders around the castle attempting to wash the blood off her hands. Nothing can clean her spotted palms or cleanse her memory but her own death. The solution to real guilt is real punishment. Only death will bring her peace. She needs justice.

Imagine, however, if Lady Macbeth were to be arrested today. Her defense would be that it wasn’t her fault: Society made her what she is. Competitive peer pressure forced her to push her husband to the bloody deed. Maybe she had an enzyme imbalance. From the stand she’d ramble on about her bloody hand. Having plea-bargained, she might be convicted of a lesser crime and assigned to a short stay in a rehab center. Her delusory sightings of Banquo’s ghost and obsessive hand-washing would be cured through psychotherapy. From inside the loony bin, she’d author a book entitled Blood Lust – The trials and Tribulations of a Female Politician. She’d be championed by the press, labeled a misunderstood feminist, and interviewed on Oprah. Her life story would be turned into a TV mini-series. In America, crime pays.

Measure for Measure

The murderer violates the central contract of a civil society; he steals what cannot be paid back. Standing above his fellows, he leers at them in anger and malevolence, daring us to give him proper payment for his actions. Let us take him seriously.

The basis of capital punishment is equity. In business, we would call it the just price. Having taken a victim’s life, we search for a proper payment for this crime. What can a man give for another’s life? We find there is only one payment of equal value: the murderer’s own blood.

This principle of equity springs from nature and is reiterated in the Scripture: “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, life for life.” If capital punishment is “barbaric” – then all justice is barbaric.

The Bible makes it clear that the execution of murderers is the duty of the civil authority. God gave to Noah a foundational principle of human government that included the supreme sanction: “Whoever sheds the blood of man, by man shall his blood be shed; for in the image of God has God made man.” (Genesis 9:6) This authority was reiterated in the New Testament by the Apostle Paul, who said that government is to bear the “sword” to “execute wrath upon the wrongdoer.” (Romans 13)

Biblical revisionists try to argue that the Bible opposes capital punishment. God may have banished the first murderer, Cain, but it was for His own purpose; and no rabbi ever took this episode as a general prohibition against capital justice. Christ may have showed sovereign mercy to the woman caught in adultery, who was guilty of a capital offense according to Mosaic law, but none of his disciples took this solitary act of divine forgiveness to be an abrogation of the punishing power of the civil government. These are indeed exceptions that prove the rule – for such mercy is meaningless outside the framework of justice.

The Judeo-Christian tradition does not disparage the utilitarian aspect of executing murderers. The principle of punishment, like the rod of correction, acts through fear and reason to restrain evil. Capital punishment, therefore, is an unarguable deterrent for murder, violence, and crime.

Regardless of what wizardry the pundits of statistical liberalism trump up to refute this claim, two things can be said: First, we all know in our hearts that the threat of punishment repels people just as the promise of reward beckons. If you want more murder, subsidize it; if you want less, create a disincentive. Second, we know that any murderer who is executed will not murder again. Execution has a definite “chilling” effect on repeaters. That cannot be said for the present system of “rehabilitation.”

The Quality of Mercy

Capital punishment is not only an act of justice; it is also, paradoxically, a method of mercy. Russell Kirk, in his book Reclaiming a Patriarchy, points out three ways in which capital punishment can be considered compassionate.

First, “capital punishment possesses certain merciful aspects. It may be merciful … in that it may relieve a depraved criminal of the horror of being what he is.” Gary Gilmore wanted to die; he was a moral zombie. Ted Bundy lived with the images of tortured children running through his memory: Letting him live was no mercy. For such men, existence is a closed circuit rerun of internal depravity, memories that gnaw the soul like demons. Even if such a man could repent, he is but a cold shell of a human being. Put the damned fellow out of his misery. Show true mercy. Give him justice. And let God have mercy on his soul.

Second, “it may be merciful … in that it can help to protect the less guilty from the more guilty.” By designing a criminal justice system that denies justice to murderers, we punish non-violent criminals with terror, rape, and death at the hands of moral savages. Our refusal to give equity and justice to the murderer results in bestowing inordinate punishment on others in our prison system.

Third, “capital punishment may mercifully protect the guiltless from the more extreme forms of violence.” Why should innocent people bear the “punishment” for a murderer’s crime? Why should decent folk live in terror? Open your eyes: The newspaper is full of men, women, and children who are dead today because a murderer walked free. They deserve mercy.

A Tragedy of Errors

Liberalism is a moral inversion. It grants life to the guilty, and remembers the victim no more. In the name of mercy, it gives the murderer freedom. But a life sentence is not merciful; it is merely putting someone to death slowly over 50 years instead of immediately. It is incarceration, in fact, that is cruel and unusual, not the swift jolt of a hangman’s rope. Every moment a murderer continues to breathe is an offense against justice. When liberal judges give outlandish sentences of 850 years to convicted murderers, this does not uphold the “life sentence” position, but undermines it. They must go to absurd lengths to seek justice – because they have denied the justice of the noose.

Liberalism is a form of irrationality that confuses the central terms of human society: justice, injustice, and mercy. It is what Malcolm Muggeridge called the death wish of the West. In the name of mercy, it punishes the victims of crime; in the name of justice, it releases the guilty. Misapplying both terms, it renders injustice to all.

As We Like It

People want to live in peace. That is what we want; that is how we like it. The terrorist interrupts peace with mayhem. He slaughters the innocent. The moral equilibrium is upset. Capital punishment is both the least and the most we can do to provide justice. It doesn’t bring back the dead, but it satisfies the divine balance. It balances the human equation.

Shakespeare recognized the demands of this moral order. Justice cannot be bent to the whim of emotions. If justice is not satisfied, then it is not justice. In Henry VI, Gloucester banished his own wife, saying, “Eleanor, the law, thou seest, hath judged thee: I cannot justify whom the law condemns.” Shakespeare’s Gloucester is right. No one but God should try to justify a man. No one but God can.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Neocon Invasion

0

In the last two weeks of February this year, American conservatives were shocked to see the vicious onslaught the media mounted against Pat Buchanan and his campaign for the Republican presidential nomination. Even with all the distortion that conservatives have come to expect from the liberal biases of the newspaper and broadcast industries, the attacks on Buchanan seemed to go well beyond what most could remember or imagine. Major newspapers, magazines, and columnists all piled on Buchanan to insinuate or claim outright that he is a “fascist,” an “extremist,” a “Nazi,” a “racist,” an “anti-Semite,” a “xenophobe,” a “sexist,” a “homophobe,” and a “nativist,” not to mention half a dozen other epithets typical of left-wing demonology.

A Closer Look

But, looking more closely at the media blitzkrieg against Buchanan, it became clear that the left was not the only political force involved in the smears. A good deal of the most hostile criticism of Buchanan came not from the left but from the right – or at least from figures who claim to be on the right. While some of Buchanan’s conservative critics expressed legitimate disagreements with some of his positions on foreign trade and economics, much of the most bitter hostility was nearly indistinguishable from what came from the left.

In fact, those on the “right” who led the charge in denouncing Buchanan and leveling some of the most vicious accusations against him emerged from the ranks of what is generally called “neoconservatism.” This is a label that began to appear in the late 1960s for a grouping that is distinct from both the liberal-left side of the political spectrum as well as from the “Old Right” or what is sometimes called the “paleoconservative” side. Buchanan, however, was by no means the first conservative victim of neoconservative attacks, and those on the right who have followed the controversies between “neos” and “paleos” over the last 15 years were not surprised at the leading role the neoconservatives played in the campaign against him. Conservatives who favor Buchanan and the general platform on which he ran need to be informed about what neoconservatives really stand for.

Neoconservatism as a distinct identity began to appear in the late 1960s, when several Establishment liberals and leftists started expressing concern about the radical direction their ideological colleagues were taking over issues such as the Vietnam War, American foreign policy in general, and many domestic matters. The leaders of what soon came to be known as “neoconservatism” regarded themselves as “liberal anti-communists” who favored a policy of containment in Vietnam and who were repelled by the pro-communist apologetics voiced by the New Left. They were also alarmed by what they regarded as the “isolationism” expressed by the New Left as well as by the favor the New Left harbored for many anti-American, anti-Western Third World movements (which often enjoyed Soviet support) such as the Palestine Liberation Organization, the African National Congress, and the Nicaraguan Sandinistas.

Domestically, many of the evolving neoconservatives also expressed reservations about the spreading pornography, homosexuality, drugs, crime, and “permissiveness” that began to flourish with LBJ’s “Great Society,” the legacy of the Warren Court, and the emergence of a drug-and-sex-obsessed “counterculture” in the ’60s, and they generally defended the authority and legitimacy of traditional morality, religion, and American and Western forms of government.

Old Right Acceptance

Centered around such journals as Commentary and The Public Interest under the editorship, respectively, of liberal intellectuals Norman Podhoretz and Irving Kristol, the neoconservatives were welcomed by almost all mainstream conservatives of the Old Right, who for some time had been voicing many of the same thoughts about the direction of the United States and its government and culture in the late 1960s. The neoconservatives had long histories of publishing their articles in prestigious Establishment journals and magazines; some of them had impressive academic credentials and powerful contacts in academic, political, and media circles; and as dissident liberals they were able to express criticisms of the New Left that other liberals would take more seriously than if the same ideas were pronounced by known conservatives. In the 1970s there was every reason to believe that even if the small but growing number of neoconservative intellectuals could not embrace all of the old conservative agenda, they would be valuable allies of the right in resisting the extreme Left.

By the eve of the Reagan administration, neoconservatives were generally welcomed into conservative circles, and their ideas began winning acceptance as “respectable,” “credible,” “results-oriented” expressions of conservatism. But it was not long before old conservatives began to perceive that they would have to pay a price for their new allies.

Despite their dislike of the New Left, their anti-communism, and their concern about destructive cultural and moral trends, the neoconservatives for the most part never quite managed to break completely with many of the underlying liberal assumptions. In one of the earliest exchanges between neoconservatives and paleoconservatives in National Review in 1972, the late James Burnham, himself a former Trotskyite communist who had evolved toward genuine conservatism, remarked that while the intellectuals who espoused neoconservatism might have broken formally with “liberal doctrine,” they nevertheless retained in their thinking “what might be called the emotional gestalt of liberalism, the liberal sensitivity and temperament.” In other words, even though neoconservatives no longer consciously believed in many liberal ideas, they still showed the habits of thought and the emotional reactions to those ideas.

Thus, while neoconservatives despised the New Left, they continued to embrace an unexamined liberal faith in the big government created by liberals from Woodrow Wilson through Franklin Roosevelt to John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson. Several of them – such as Ben Wattenberg, Elliott Abrams, and Penn Kemble – came out of the ranks of democratic socialism and its commitment to organized labor. Even though they criticized various aspects of the welfare state, they continued to believe a welfare state was both legitimate and inevitable. Irving Kristol himself writes in his Reflections of a Neo-Conservative that “a conservative welfare state … is perfectly consistent with the neo-conservative perspective.”

In foreign policy, though the neoconservatives were anti-communist, they focused mainly on the Soviet Union rather than on China or internal domestic subversion, and they continued to regard “McCarthyism” – the legitimate and necessary investigation of domestic subversion – as an evil. They also favored a foreign policy that, while anti-communist, centered around what came to be called “exporting democracy” – that is, using American power to undermine right-wing anti-communist governments that were less than liberal or democratic, and fostering their replacement by “democratic” governments that were often simply democratic socialist in orientation. As the Cold War wound down, “exporting democracy” and opposing “isolationism” became the major neoconservative foreign policy goals, reflected in their almost universal support for NAFTA, the World Trade Organization, and United Nations “peacekeeping” missions.

Old conservatives who welcomed the neocons into their ranks soon found that their new allies often displayed the habit of telling them what was and what was not “permissible” to say and how to say it. Criticism of the New Left and domestic communism was fine, but what the neoconservatives regarded as “McCarthyism” – calling for restoration of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, for example, or the FBI’s domestic security functions – was not respectable. Criticizing affirmative action was also okay, but criticism of unconstitutional civil rights legislation, the civil rights movement, or Martin Luther King Jr. was not respectable. Old conservative heroes like Joseph McCarthy, Douglas MacArthur, Charles Lindbergh, Robert Taft, and even Barry Goldwater tended to disappear or earn scorn in neoconservative journals, while Harry Truman, George Marshall, Hubert Humphrey, and Henry Jackson developed into idols before which conservatives were supposed to bend the knee. Almost none of the neoconservatives showed any interest in American constitutional principles or federalist and states’ rights issues and arguments based on constitutionalism were muted in favor of the “empirical” arguments drawn from disciplines like sociology and political science in which neoconservative academics tended to concentrate.

Positions of Power

The tendencies of neoconservatives to dictate to older conservatives what they could and could not say, write, and argue might not have been taken very seriously had the neoconservatives not succeeded in insinuating themselves into powerful positions within conservative organizations and publications. Midge Decter, wife of the neoconservative editor of Commentary magazine Norman Podhoretz and a leading neoconservative writer herself, was appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Heritage Foundation, and neoconservative writers and editors began popping up in the pages and on the mastheads of mainstream conservative publications. By the end of the Reagan administration, neoconservatives had become dominant or extremely influential in a number of such conservative groups. Not only at Commentary and The Public Interest, but also at National Review, The American Spectator, and the Wall Street Journal editorial pages, as well as at the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute, and other leading conservative think-tanks, neoconservative influence became routine.

Neoconservatives also began taking over the tax-exempt foundations that had provided funding for most of the conservative organizations. These foundations, smaller than the Establishment liberal giants like the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations, had been established by wealthy conservative families to serve philanthropic goals. But in the 1980s neoconservatives succeeded in taking over many of their administrative functions, using their positions to re-direct the funds which the foundations dispensed – turning off the spigot to conservative groups they deemed not “credible” and turning it on for those they favored.

One mechanism for neoconservative control of conservative funding was an organization called the Philanthropic Roundtable, established in 1987 by neoconservative Leslie Lenkowsky. Lenkowsky explained that the Roundtable sought to “encourage foundations to think more about how they can achieve their objectives and to look more closely at what the groups they support really are accomplishing.” He warned that that meant not automatically funding “any organization with the word ‘liberty’ or ‘conservative’ in its name.”

The real purpose of the Philanthropic Roundtable seems to be to “police” the funding of conservative groups by foundations under neoconservative influence, to make certain that conservative groups of which the neoconservatives disapprove do not receive donations, and to direct funds to those groups they favor, usually those controlled by their own allies. Old conservative activists have privately complained of being denied funding or having their funds cut if they did not meet with neoconservative approbation, and donations awarded by foundations under neoconservative influence seem to reflect this pattern.

In his book The Conservative Movement, paleoconservative historian Paul Gottfried notes, “Neoconservative activists have largely succeeded in centralizing both the collection and distribution of funding from right-of-center philanthropies.” Neoconservatives like Lenkowsky and Michael Joyce, executive director of the Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation and chairman of the Philanthropic Roundtable, “have been gaining control over the form and content of movement conservatism.” Gottfried quotes another Old Rightist, James Taylor, president of the World Youth Crusade for Freedom, as one who “believes the Philanthropic Roundtable was never intended as a mere ‘clearinghouse.’ It was, from the outset, an ‘attempt by neocons to search out all conservative funds and direct them toward their own friends.'” Gottfried cites several Old Right organizations that “have all either been deemed unfit for funding at Roundtable discussions or repeatedly discouraged from applying for grants.”

The National Journal has called the Bradley Foundation, with $420 million in assets, “the nation’s largest underwriter of conservative intellectual activity,” and Michael Joyce as its head exercises immense influence in directing the activities of the conservative movement. In 1987 Joyce remarked, “The terms ‘conservative’ and ‘liberal’ are not very precise, and if they have any contemporary meaning, it seems to me that they refer only to general and very relative political dispositions.” In 1993, he remarked, “I’m … not ready to repeal the welfare state. I want to ameliorate the problems of the welfare state,” thus reflecting Irving Kristol’s endorsement of a “conservative welfare state” as “perfectly consistent with the neoconservative perspective.”

Perhaps the most notorious instance of a neoconservative effort to bend an Old Right organization to alter its positions was the virtual cut-off of funds to the Rockford Institute, which has remained one of the flagships of Old Right conservatism. In 1989, Richard John Neuhaus, a Rockford employee who had been a speech writer for Martin Luther King, Jr. and had later developed into a neoconservative, was fired by Rockford after an internal struggle. Though Rockford had been the recipient of large donations from neoconservative foundations, the institute soon found its money being cut off. Neuhaus and other neoconservatives falsely accused Rockford and its monthly journal, Chronicles, of “anti-Semitism” and “bigotry,” charges that neoconservatives are well known for lodging and which resemble similar accusations hurled against conservatism by the Left in the 1950s and ’60s. Rockford has survived and has continued to support an undiluted old conservatism, but it has had to develop new funding sources. It is interesting that similar smears of the John Birch Society as “anti-Semitic” were launched by the left in the 1960s and then repeated by conservative enemies of the Society.

An Earlier Attack

The smear campaign against Rockford resembled earlier campaigns directed against Old Right figures who had challenged or threatened neoconservative interests. One of those early campaigns was against the late M.E. Bradford, professor of English at the University of Dallas and a leading exponent of Old Right thought. In 1981, Bradford and his supporters sought his appointment as chairman of the National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) in the Reagan administration. As a widely published scholar and thinker, Bradford had eminent credentials for the post, which controls the flow of federal money to scholarships in the humanities, and as a lifelong conservative he had materially assisted the Reagan campaign in Texas.

One of his rivals for the NEH chairmanship was a virtually unknown academic named William J. Bennett, then the director of the National Humanities Center at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Bennett held a Ph.D. in philosophy from the University of Texas, but was not a distinguished scholar, had published virtually nothing in his field, and had a liberal background in politics. Nevertheless, Bennett won the support of the neoconservatives for the position at the NEH.

Since Bennett lacked adequate academic and political credentials to win the post, his neoconservative supporters resorted to a smear campaign against Bradford, falsely claiming that he advocated slavery, had praised Adolf Hitler, and was a virulent racist. An anonymous document repeating these unfounded charges circulated in the White House for the purpose of frightening the administration into denying Bradford the appointment. Bradford had written several scholarly critiques of Abraham Lincoln, and these were dredged up, quoted out of context, and used to “discredit” him as an “extremist.” Eventually, despite the endorsement of Bradford by some 18 U.S. senators, including Senators Jesse Helms and John East from Bennett’s own state of North Carolina, Bennett received the NEH nomination and was later confirmed.

Bennett’s appointment was the beginning of a long career as a neoconservative spokesman that continues to this day. He would later serve as education secretary under Reagan and “drug czar” under George Bush. In both positions Bennett pushed anti-conservative policies. At the Education Department, which Reagan had vowed to abolish, Bennett expanded the size and cost of the department and set the stage for further federal intrusion into education policy. As drug czar, Bennett proposed an ambitious and dubiously constitutional plan that would have given him virtually monolithic power over almost every area of federal – and much state and local – authority. President Bush wisely rejected much of the Bennett plan, but the incompetent, brutal, and unconstitutional federal intrusion into local law enforcement of recent years originated under Bennett.

The smears conducted against Bradford were perhaps the first occasion in which neoconservatives had actually attacked a conservative, but a follow-up occurred in 1986 when a similar crusade was launched against National Review editor and syndicated columnist Joseph Sobran. Sobran had written several articles critical of the Israeli government and the leftist proclivities of the American Jewish community. The neoconservative response came in the form of a letter from Midge Decter to Sobran accusing him of being “little more than a crude and naked anti-Semite.” The letter was disseminated to several of the editors of the magazines and newspapers for which Sobran wrote, with the clear intention of intimidating the editors into ceasing to publish Sobran at all. Eventually, William F. Buckley, Jr. demoted Sobran as an editor of National Review, and to this day the smears continue against one of the country’s most talented and courageous conservative writers.

Much the same kind of attack was also mounted against the late Russell Kirk, one of the country’s most respected conservative thinkers, after he remarked in a speech at the Heritage Foundation in 1988 that “not seldom it has seemed as if some eminent neoconservatives mistook Tel Aviv for the capital of the United States,” a wisecrack about the slavishly pro-Israel sympathies among neoconservatives. Again, Decter responded with a vitriolic denunciation of Kirk as an “anti-Semite.” In the 1980s and several times since, Commentary has published articles denouncing Old Right conservatives (including some who are Jewish) for their alleged “anti-Semitism.” The lodging of such reckless and serious accusations against conservatives by other purported conservatives always plays into the hands of the Left, which is then able to repeat the charges and claim conservative endorsement of them.

The Neocon Standard

It was no surprise, therefore, to Old Right conservatives to notice the kind of attacks directed against Pat Buchanan as his campaign gained strength in the Republican primaries this year. Norman Podhoretz published an article in the new neoconservative magazine The Weekly Standard, claiming once again that Buchanan is an “anti-Semite,” and neocon columnists Charles Krauthammer and George Will regurgitated similar charges.

The Standard itself is the most recent testimony to the neoconservatives’ seemingly invincible talent for attracting funding and support for their peculiar “conservatism.” Funded by publisher Rupert Murdoch to the tune $10 million, the Standard is published and edited by William Kristol, son of Irving, who in the first issue endorsed “Rockefeller Republican” Colin Powell for president.

The executive editor of the Standard is Fred Barnes, formerly a senior editor of The New Republic, one of the nation’s major liberal journals. In 1990 Barnes coined the term “Big Government Conservative” as an approbative label for such Republicans as Newt Gingrich, Jack Kemp, Dan Quayle, and William Bennett, whose support for federal activism and centralization is “consistent with the neo-conservative perspective.”

In 1994, Kristol and Barnes supported an effort to remove language from the Republican Party platform condemning abortion, with Barnes arguing in The New Republic that the removal would “bring the party nearer to the public’s view.” Although the proposal was strongly opposed by grassroots pro-life activists, it won (at the time, at least) the support of several leaders of the Christian Right, including Ralph Reed of the Christian Coalition. Reed has pushed the Christian Coalition much closer to the neoconservatives than most of the Coalition’s membership would probably like. According to a recent article in The New Yorker by liberal neocon watcher Sidney Blumenthal, Irving Kristol has invited Reed to attend editorial meetings at The Public Interest, a neocon domestic policy journal. Recently, the Christian Coalition officially opposed language in congressional immigration legislation that would have restricted “family reunification,” a policy which allows recent immigrants to import relatives and which is one of the main sources of mass legal immigration into the United States. Despite the makeup of the Christian Coalition’s membership, neoconservatives have largely succeeded in co-opting that organization too, via its national leadership, moving the Coalition’s orientation to the left.

Moving conservatism to the left and bringing it closer to prevalent (mainly liberal) public views is a vital element of the neoconservative agenda, replacing the Old Right’s objective of changing the prevalent view to one consistent with traditional American, constitutionalist views. John Podhoretz, deputy editor of The Weekly Standard and son of Norman and Midge, wrote in the Washington Times in 1987, “To be conservative in the 1970s [as a neoconservative] meant to conserve not only basic moral and political views, but also programs like the New Deal that had become part of the American political fabric. The conservative decision to stop warring against the New Deal was one of the most important developments in the mass acceptance of Ronald Reagan.” In other words, the fundamental aim of the neoconservatives is to work for “conservative” goals within the framework of the New Deal arrangement, to push for a conservatism that brings us “nearer to the public view” and which can gain “mass acceptance,” without challenging the basic framework or assumptions of the liberal regime.

These aims reflect what James Burnham meant when he referred to the neoconservatives’ retaining “the emotional gestalt of liberalism, the liberal sensitivity and temperament.” Any form of conservatism that does challenge the boundaries of established liberalism and its power structure is, in the neoconservative mind, “extremism” and shouldn’t be permitted. Obviously, what is wrong with this view of “conservatism” is that it leaves the entire liberal apparatus in place and refuses to challenge it or the ideology that justifies it. A “conservatism” that is content with these goals can never succeed in dismantling the oppressive, socially destructive, unconstitutional, and anti-American liberal power structure.

Survival of the Old Right

The current line of the neoconservatives is that their creed has actually become American conservatism, replacing what the Old Right has been defending throughout American history – especially since the New Deal era. But the Old Right still lives – at the Rockford Institute, the Ludwig von Mises Institute, the John Birch Society, and in the pages of such publications as Chronicles, Southern Partisan, and The New American.

The conservative cause also survives in the hearts and minds of the millions of Americans who supported Pat Buchanan this year. The real lesson of the 1996 Republican primaries is not that Pat Buchanan failed in his Old Right presidential campaign, but that he consistently came in second and that all of the candidates or prospective candidates whom the neoconservatives favored or supported – Jack Kemp, Bill Bennett, Dan Quayle, Phil Gramm, Lamar Alexander, Steve Forbes – either were unable to mobilize enough support to enter the race or wound up winning fewer votes than Buchanan. So much for “bringing the party nearer to the public’s view” and gaining “mass acceptance” for conservatism.

Whatever false or fashionable idols the neoconservatives may succeed in setting up, it seems unlikely that many Americans worship them now or will be disposed to worship them in the future, any more than most Americans have ever worshiped the false gods of liberalism from which the neoconservatives claim to have defected. 

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Gramsci's Grand Plan

0

One of the most interesting aspects of the study of history is that very often men born in the most humble of circumstances nevertheless rise up to affect the course of human history dramatically. They may be men of action or men of thought, yet in either case their activities can father tremendous changes across the years. Antonio Gramsci was both a man of action and thought and, whatever the outcome of the events of the next several decades, he will almost certainly be reckoned by future historians to have been a remarkable figure.

Born in obscurity on the island of Sardinia in 1891, Gramsci would not have been considered a prime candidate to impact significantly the 20th century. Gramsci studied philosophy and history at the University of Turin, and soon became a dedicated Marxist, joining the Italian Socialist Party. Immediately after the First World War, he established his own radical newspaper, The New Order, and shortly afterwards helped in the founding of the Italian Communist Party.

Disillusioned Marxist

The fascist “March on Rome” and the appointment of Benito Mussolini to the prime ministry impelled the young Marxist theorist to depart Italy. Casting about for a new home, he chose the most logical place for a Communist, Lenin’s newly fashioned USSR. However, Soviet Russia was not what he had expected. His powers of observation wakened immediately to the distance that so often separates theory from reality. A fanatical Marxist insofar as political, economic, and historical theories were concerned, Gramsci was profoundly disturbed that life in Communist Russia exhibited little evidence of any deeply felt love on the part of the workers for the “paradise” that Lenin had constructed for them. Even less was there any deep attachment to such concepts as the “proletarian revolution” or “dictatorship of the proletariat,” apart from the obligatory rhetoric.

On the contrary, it was obvious to Gramsci that the “paradise” of the working class maintained its hold over workers and peasants only by sheer terror, by mass murder on a gargantuan scale, and by the ubiquitous, gnawing fear of midnight knocks on the door and of forced-labor camps in the Siberian wilderness. Also crucial to Lenin’s state was a continuous drumbeat of propaganda, slogans, and outright lies. It was all very disillusioning for Gramsci. While other men might have reassessed their entire ideological outlook after such experiences, Gramsci’s subtle, analytical mind worked on the seeming paradox differently.

The death of Lenin and the seizure of power by Stalin caused Gramsci immediately to reconsider his choice of residence. Building upon Lenin’s achievements in terror and tyranny, Stalin began to transform agrarian Russia into an industrial giant that would then turn all of its energies to military conquest. It was Stalin’s design to build the greatest military machine in history, crush the “forces of reaction,” and impose Communism on Europe and Asia – and later on the whole world – by brute force.

In the meantime, however, to consolidate and assure his power, Stalin systematically commenced the extermination of potential foes within his own camp. That, as it turned out, became an ongoing process, one that lasted until his own demise. In particular, men suspected of even the slightest ideological heresy in relation to Stalin’s own interpretation of Marxism-Leninism were sent straight to torture chambers or death camps, or were hurried before firing squads.

Prison “Prophet”

His days obviously numbered in Stalinist Russia, Gramsci decided to return home and take up the struggle against Mussolini. Seen as both a serious threat to the safety of the fascist regime and a likely agent of a hostile foreign power, after a relatively short time Gramsci was arrested and sentenced to a lengthy term of imprisonment, and there, in his prison cell, he devoted the nine years that were left to him to writing. Before his death from tuberculosis in 1937, Gramsci produced nine volumes of observations on history, sociology, Marxist theory, and, most importantly, Marxist strategy. Those volumes, known as the Prison Notebooks, have since been published in many languages and distributed throughout the world. Their significance comes from the fact that they form the foundation for a dramatic new Marxist strategy, one that makes the “spontaneous revolution” of Lenin as obsolete as hoop skirts and high button shoes, one that promises to win the world voluntarily to Marxism, and one based on a realistic appraisal of historical fact and human psychology, rather than on empty wishes and illusions.

As we shall see, Gramsci’s shrewd assessment of the true essence of Marxism and of mankind makes his writings among the most powerful in this century. While Gramsci himself would die an ignominious and lonely death in a fascist prison, his thoughts would attain a life of their own and rise up to menace the world. What are these ideas?

Essence of the Red Revolution

Gramsci’s signal contribution was to liberate the Marxist project from the prison of economic dogma, thereby dramatically enhancing its ability to subvert Christian society.

If we were to take the ideological pronouncements of Marx and Lenin at face value, we would believe – as have millions of their deluded disciples – that the uprising of the workers was inevitable, and that all that was to be done was to mobilize the underclass through propaganda, thereby sparking universal revolution. Of course, this premise is invalid, yet it remained inflexible doctrine among Communists – at least, for public consumption.

However, the hard core of the Communist movement consisted of ruthless criminals, clear-eyed in their understanding of the intellectual errors of Marxism, who were willing to employ any necessary means to obtain the power they sought. For such hardened, hate-intoxicated conspirators, ideology is a tactic, a means of mobilizing supporters and rationalizing criminal actions.

Those who accept uncritically the idea that “Communism is dead” fail to understand the true nature of the enemy. Communism is not an ideology in which one believes. Rather, it is a criminal conspiracy in which one enlists. Although Lenin professed to revere Marx’s scribblings as sacred writ, once his Bolsheviks had seized power in Russia, Lenin freely modified Marxism to suit his needs. The same was true of Stalin. The Bolsheviks did not come to power in Russia by any uprising of the workers and peasants, but by a coup d’etat, orchestrated by a tightly disciplined Marxist cadre and ultimately consolidated by civil war. They also received – lest it be forgotten – critical help from Western political and banking elites.

In similar fashion, Communism did not come to power in Eastern Europe by revolution, but rather through the imposition of that system by a conquering Red Army – and, once again, through the corrupt connivance of conspirators in the West. In China, Communism came to power through civil war, aided by the Soviets and by traitorous elements in the West.

In no single instance has Communism ever achieved power by means of any popular revolutionary upheaval, but always by force or subterfuge. The only popular revolutionary upheavals recorded in the 20th century have been anti-Marxist “counter-revolutions,” such as the revolt in Berlin in 1954 and the Hungarian uprising of 1956.

Looking back on the 20th century, it is clear that Marx was wrong in his assumption that most workers and peasants were dissatisfied with their places in, and alienated from, their societies, that they were seething with resentment against the middle and upper classes, or that they in any way were predisposed to revolution. Moreover, wherever Communism achieved power, its use of unprecedented levels of violence, coercion, and repression have generated underground opposition at home and militant opposition abroad, making endless killing and repression endemic to Marxism and essential for Communist survival. All of these undeniable facts, when examined honestly, posed insurmountable difficulties insofar as further extensions of Communist power were concerned, and assured some kind of ultimate crisis for Marxism.

While the foregoing is obvious to perceptive observers now, looking back from the vantage point of our time and after more than eight decades of experience with the reality of Communism in power, we begin to understand something of the insightfulness of Antonio Gramsci when we realize that what is evident now, at the close of the millennium, was evident to him when the Soviet regime was in its infancy and Communism still largely untried conjecture.

Gramsci was a brilliant student of philosophy, history, and languages. This education imparted to him an excellent grasp of the character of his fellow men and of the character of the societies that made up the civilized community of nations in the early decades of this century. As we have already seen, one of the foundational insights given him by this education was that Communist hopes for a spontaneous revolution, brought about by some process of historical inevitability, were illusory. Marxist ideologues were, he asserted, beguiling themselves. In the Gramscian view workers and peasants were not, by and large, revolutionary-minded and they harbored no desire for the destruction of the existing order. Most had loyalties beyond, and far more powerful than, class considerations, even in those instances where their lives were less than ideal. More meaningful to ordinary people than class solidarity and class warfare were such things as faith in God and love of family and country. These were foremost among their overriding allegiances.

Such attractiveness as Communist promises might possess among the working classes was, moreover, diminished by Communist brutalities and by heavy-handed totalitarian methods. Stirring the aristocratic and bourgeois classes to action, these negative attributes were so terrifying and sobering that militant anti-Marxist organizations and movements sprang up everywhere, effectively putting a halt to plans for Communist expansion. With all of this easily apparent to him, and, blessed in a way with the seemingly endless leisure afforded by prison life, Gramsci turned his excellent mind to saving Marxism by analyzing and solving these questions.

Subverting Christian Faith

The civilized world, Gramsci deduced, had been thoroughly saturated with Christianity for 2,000 years and Christianity remains the dominant philosophical and moral system in Europe and North America. Practically speaking, civilization and Christianity were inextricably bound together. Christianity had become so thoroughly integrated into the daily lives of nearly everyone, including non-Christians living in Christian lands, it was so pervasive, that it formed an almost impenetrable barrier to the new, revolutionary civilization Marxists wish to create. Attempting to batter down that barrier proved unproductive, since it only generated powerful counter-revolutionary forces, consolidating them and making them potentially deadly. Therefore, in place of the frontal attack, how much more advantageous and less hazardous it would be to attack the enemy’s society subtly, with the aim of transforming the society’s collective mind gradually, over a period of a few generations, from its former Christian worldview into one more harmonious to Marxism. And there was more.

Whereas conventional Marxist-Leninists were hostile towards the non-Communist Left, Gramsci argued that alliances with a broad spectrum of leftist groups would prove essential to Communist victory. In Gramsci’s time these included, among others, various “anti-fascist” organizations, trade unions, and socialist political groups. In our time, alliances with the Left would include radical feminists, extremist environmentalists, “civil rights” movements, anti-police associations, internationalists, ultra-liberal church groups, and so forth. These organizations, along with open Communists, together create a united front working for the transformation of the old Christian culture.

What Gramsci proposed, in short, was a renovation of Communist methodology and a streamlining and updating of Marx’s antiquated strategies. Let there be no doubt that Gramsci’s vision of the future was entirely Marxist and that he accepted the validity of Marxism’s overall worldview. Where he differed was in the process for achieving the victory of that worldview. Gramsci wrote that “there can and must be a ‘political hegemony’ even before assuming government power, and in order to exercise political leadership or hegemony one must not count solely on the power and material force that are given by government.” What he meant is that it is incumbent upon Marxists to win the hearts and minds of the people, and not to rest hopes for the future solely on force or power.

Furthermore, Communists were enjoined to put aside some of their class prejudice in the struggle for power, seeking to win even elements within the bourgeois classes, a process which Gramsci described as “the absorption of the elites of the enemy classes.” Not only would this strengthen Marxism with new blood, but it would deprive the enemy of this lost talent. Winning the bright young sons and daughters of the bourgeoisie to the red banner, wrote Gramsci, “results in [the anti-Marxist forces’] decapitation and renders them impotent.” In short, violence and force will not by themselves genuinely transform the world. Rather it is through winning hegemony over the minds of the people and in robbing enemy classes of their most gifted men that Marxism will triumph over all.

Free-will Slaves

Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, a classic study of modern totalitarianism, contains a line that epitomizes the concept that Gramsci tried to convey to his party comrades: “A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who do not have to be coerced, because they love their servitude.” While it is improbable that Huxley was familiar with Gramsci’s theories, the idea he conveys of free persons marching willingly into bondage is nevertheless precisely what Gramsci had in mind.

Gramsci believed that if Communism achieved “mastery of human consciousness,” then labor camps and mass murder would be unnecessary. How does an ideology gain such mastery over patterns of thought inculcated by cultures for hundreds of years? Mastery over the consciousness of the great mass of people would be attained, Gramsci contended, if Communists or their sympathizers gained control of the organs of culture – churches, education, newspapers, magazines, the electronic media, serious literature, music, the visual arts, and so on. By winning “cultural hegemony,” to use Gramsci’s own term, Communism would control the deepest wellsprings of human thought and imagination. One need not even control all of the information itself if one can gain control over the minds that assimilate that information. Under such conditions, serious opposition disappears since men are no longer capable of grasping the arguments of Marxism’s opponents. Men will indeed “love their servitude,” and will not even realize that it is servitude.

Steps in the Process

The first phase in achieving “cultural hegemony” over a nation is the undermining of all elements of traditional culture. Churches are thus transformed into ideology-driven political clubs, with the stress on “social justice” and egalitarianism, with worship reduced to trivialized entertainment, and with age-old doctrinal and moral teachings “modernized” or diminished to the point of irrelevancy. Genuine education is replaced by “dumbed-down” and “politically correct” curricula, and standards are reduced dramatically. The mass media are fashioned into instruments for mass manipulation and for harassing and discrediting traditional institutions and their spokesmen. Morality, decency, and old virtues are ridiculed without respite. Tradition-minded clergymen are portrayed as hypocrites and virtuous men and women as prudish, stuffy, and unenlightened.

Culture is no longer a buttress supporting the integrity of the national heritage and a vehicle for imparting that heritage to future generations, but becomes a means for “destroying ideals and … presenting the young not with heroic examples but with deliberately and aggressively degenerate ones,” as theologian Harold O.J. Brown writes. We see this in contemporary American life, in which the great historical symbols of our nation’s past, including great presidents, soldiers, explorers, and thinkers, are shown to have been unforgivably flawed with “racism” and “sexism” and therefore basically evil. Their place has been taken by pro-Marxist charlatans, pseudo-intellectuals, rock stars, leftist movie celebrities, and the like. At another level, traditional Christian culture is condemned as repressive, “Eurocentric,” and “racist” and, thus, unworthy of our continued devotion. In its place, unalloyed primitivism in the guise of “multiculturalism” is held as the new model.

Marriage and family, the very building blocks of our society, are perpetually attacked and subverted. Marriage is portrayed as a plot by men to perpetuate an evil system of domination over women and children. The family is depicted as a dangerous institution epitomized by violence and exploitation. Patriarchally oriented families are, according to the Gramscians, the precursors of fascism, Nazism, and every organized form of racial persecution.

The Frankfurt School

With respect to the subject of the undermining of the American family, and to many other aspects of the Gramscian technique, let us explore briefly the story of the Frankfurt School. This organization of leftist intellectuals, also known as the Frankfurt Institute for Social Research, was founded in the 1920s in Frankfurt am Main, Germany. There it flourished amidst the decadence of the Weimar period, both compounding and feeding off the decadence, and extending its influence throughout the country.

With Hitler’s acquisition of the chancellorship in 1933, the leftist stalwarts of the Frankfurt School fled Germany for the United States, where they soon established a new institute at Columbia University. As is characteristic of such men, they repaid their debt to the United States for sheltering them from Nazi brutality by turning their attention to what they regarded as the injustices and social deficiencies inherent to our system and society. Immediately they set about devising a program of revolutionary reform for America.

Max Horkheimer, one of the notables of the Frankfurt School, determined that America’s profound allegiance to the traditional family was a mark of our national inclination towards the same fascist system from which he had fled. Explaining this connection between fascism and the American family, he declared: “When the child respects in his father’s strength a moral relationship and thus learns to love what his reason recognizes to be a fact, he is experiencing his first training for the bourgeois authority relationship.”

Commenting critically on Horkheimer’s theory, Arthur Herman writes in The Idea of Decline in Western History: “The typical modern family, then, involves ‘sado-masochistic resolution of the Oedipus complex,’ producing a psychological cripple, the ‘authoritarian personality.’ The individual’s hatred of the father is suspended and remains unresolved, becoming instead an attraction for strong authority figures whom he obeys unquestioningly.” The traditional patriarchal family is thus a breeding ground for fascism, according to Horkheimer, and charismatic authority figures – men like Hitler and Mussolini – are the ultimate beneficiaries of the “authoritarian personality” instilled by the traditional family and culture.

Theodor W. Adorno, another notable of the Frankfurt School, underscored Horkheimer’s theory with his own study, published in book form as The Authoritarian Personality, which he authored together with Else Frenkel-Brunswik, Daniel J. Levinson, and R. Nevitt Sanford. Upon closer examination, it became apparent to critics that the research on which The Authoritarian Personality was based was pseudo-sociological, flawed in its methodology, and skewed in its conclusions. But, the critics were ignored.

America, Adorno and his research team pronounced, was ripe for its own, home-grown fascist takeover. Not only was the American population hopelessly racist and anti-Semitic, but it had far too acquiescent an attitude towards authority figures such as fathers, policemen, clergy, military leaders, and so forth. It was also far too obsessed with such “fascist” notions as efficiency, cleanliness, and success, for these qualities revealed an inward “pessimistic and contemptuous view of humanity,” a view that leads, Adorno held, to fascism.

Through such unmitigated balderdash as one finds in the writings of Horkheimer, Adorno, and the other luminaries of the Frankfurt School, the structures of the traditional family and traditional virtue have been called seriously into question and confidence in them blunted. Elected government officials and bureaucrats have contributed to this problem through government taxation policies, which mulct the traditional family while subsidizing anti-traditional modes of life.

Additionally, these officials are inclined more and more towards the elevation of abominations such as homosexual and illicit heterosexual unions to the same level as marriage. Already, in many localities throughout the country and in numerous private corporations, benefits previously reserved to married couples are now granted to unmarried sexual “partners.” Even the word “family” is slowly being superseded by the vague euphemism “household.”

A Lawless Land

Americans have long boasted that their nation is a government of law, not of men. American law is derived directly from English common law and from the biblical and Christian principles that are at the root of English common law. One would therefore expect law to constitute one of the chief barriers against the subversion of our society. Instead, in the field of law, revolutionary change has become the order of the day, change so astounding that it could not have been imagined by Americans of 50 years ago. None would have dreamed of the outlawing of prayer and any expression of religious conviction on public property, the legalization of abortion as a constitutionally guaranteed “right,” and the legalization of pornography, to mention but three.

Clearly expressed principles embraced by the Founding Fathers and set forth in our Constitution are now routinely reinterpreted and distorted. Those that cannot be reinterpreted and distorted, such as the Tenth Amendment, are simply ignored. Worse yet, the ideological agenda underpinning the radicalization of American law is blithely accepted by millions of Americans, who have themselves been radicalized without ever realizing it.

Crucial to the Gramscians’ success is the disappearance of all memory of the old civilization and way of life. The older America of unregulated lives, honest government, clean cities, crime-free streets, morally edifying entertainment, and a family-oriented way of life is no longer vivid in the minds of many Americans. Once it is gone completely, nothing will stand in the way of the new Marxist civilization, which demonstrates as nothing else that through the Gramscian method it is indeed possible to “Marxize the inner man,” as Malachi Martin wrote in The Keys of This Blood. Then and only then, writes Fr. Martin, “could you successfully dangle the utopia of the ‘Workers’ Paradise’ before his eyes, to be accepted in a peaceful and humanely agreeable manner, without revolution or violence or bloodshed.”

It must be evident to all but the most simple souls that after the passage of a generation or two, such ceaseless social conditioning is bound to alter the consciousness and inner-substance of a society, and it is bound to produce significant structural crises within that society, crises that manifest themselves in numberless ways in virtually every community throughout the country.

The Good Fight

It may seem to some that the situation in our nation is hopeless and that no force or agency can possibly put a halt to the insidious strategies working to destroy us. Despite the grim chronicle of the past 60 or 70 years, however, there is still much that may be done and much reason for hope. Families and individual men and women still possess, to a large extent, the freedom to avoid and escape the mind-altering social conditioning of the Gramscians. They have the power to shield themselves from these influences and especially to shield their young. There are alternatives to public schools, television, trashy movies, and strident “rock” music, and those alternatives must be embraced. The propaganda and cultural strychnine must be excluded from our lives.

Those in charge of young people have an especially weighty responsibility. Despite all of the efforts of the radical left and of their sympathizers in the schools and media to transmute young Americans into savages, they must not be allowed to succeed, because disorganized minds – mental vortices of anarchism and nihilism – have no powers of resistance. Savages soon become slaves. Children and youths should be introduced to such bedrock concepts as honesty, decency, virtue, duty, and love of God and country through the lives of authentic national heroes – men like George Washington, Nathan Hale, John Paul Jones, and Robert E. Lee.

Similarly, they will better be able to retain civilized values and maintain healthy minds if they are encouraged to learn to love their cultural inheritance through great literature, poetry, music, and art. Parents must demand from their children the upholding of the morals, manners, and standards of their ancestors.

In school, the young must be required to adhere to high standards of scholarship. Most importantly, traditional religion must be an integral part of daily living.

We as citizens must also exercise our persuasive powers over our elected representatives. In doing this our mindset must be one of demanding absolute non-compromise from politicians. Likewise, in choosing elected representatives at every level, we must look to men and women who refuse to compromise.

Just as importantly, the honorable, uncompromising men and women we elect to represent us must be made aware of the Gramscian strategy of cultural subversion; they must be able to recognize the tactics and strategies being used to undermine the institutions upon which our liberties depend. Building that understanding will, in turn, require the creation of an educated and principled electorate that will impart this wisdom to our representatives – and hold them accountable once they have been entrusted with elective office.

We should never allow ourselves to be stampeded, herd like, into forming opinions and judgments stimulated and orchestrated by the sensationalism of the press and the other media masters. Instead, we must calmly resist their mind-control techniques. We must strive to be independent thinkers. Realizing that we are not alone, we should turn to tradition-minded churches, schools, and political and educational organizations, and there lend our voices and support to the creation of bastions of resistance to the Gramscian onslaught.

Finally, we must never give up our faith in the future and our hope for a better America and world. God, with His infinite power and boundless love for us, will never forsake us but will answer our prayers and reward our efforts, as long as we do not lose our faith. Marxism – and whatever other flags the total state parades under these days – are not inevitable and are not the wave of the future. As long as we think and act in the indomitable spirit of our forefathers, we cannot fail.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Judge in Trayvon Martin Case Rules Some Evidence Off Limits

0

In refusing to delay the June 10 trial of George Zimmerman charged with the second-degree murder of black teenager Trayvon Martin a year ago February, Circuit Judge Debra Nelson also put limits on what evidence the defense may present in its efforts to keep Zimmerman out of jail.

Nelson ruled that Zimmerman’s lawyers can’t say anything about Martin’s school records, his past history of fighting, his use of marijuana, his gold teeth, or any photos or text messages that were found on his cellphone following the shooting. This means that his three school suspensions for tardiness, for his use of marijuana, or for defacing school property using a spray can to write “WTF” on its walls are all inadmissible. It also means that evidence that his mother forced him to move out because of his bad behavior is also inadmissible. And any suggestion that that he had “an attitude” shown in a photograph described by the Huffington Post as “extending his middle finger[s] to the camera” is also inadmissible. The judge also ruled as inadmissible evidence from a toxicology test showing Martin had marijuana in his system the night of his killing.

In addition, the judge approved a motion by the prosecution that would keep Zimmerman from testifying about his lack of prior felony convictions. Such testimony would be helpful in limiting, under Florida law, any sentencing he might receive if he is found guilty.

However, despite these limitations, to be successful the prosecution of Zimmerman by the State of Florida has a big hill to climb. Under Florida law, to prove that Zimmerman committed second-degree murder, as he was charged in the Affidavit of Probable Cause filed by Florida State Attorney Angela Corey two months after the incident, the prosecution “must show that the defendant acted according to a ‘depraved mind’ without regard for human life.” It must defend against the claim that Zimmerman was justified in using deadly force to keep from being seriously injured or killed himself during the incident.

Florida state law rules that, if convicted, Zimmerman could spend up to 30 years in jail.

The affidavit clearly overreached in charging Zimmerman with second-degree murder, according to a number of legal experts. For instance, Corey claimed that Martin was peacefully walking back to the townhouse where he was staying “when he was profiled by George Zimmerman” and that “Martin was unarmed and was not committing a crime.” The affidavit further claimed that “Zimmerman … assumed Martin was a criminal [who] felt that Martin did not belong in the gated community.”

Corey claimed that Zimmerman was stalking Martin and that “Martin was scared because he was being followed through the complex by an unknown male and didn’t know why.” She added:

Martin attempted to run home but was followed by Zimmerman who didn’t want the person he falsely assumed was going to commit a crime to get away before the police arrived….

Zimmerman confronted Martin and a struggle ensued….

Zimmerman shot Martin in the chest….

Assistant Medical Examiner Dr. Bao performed an autopsy and determined that Martin died from the gunshot wound.

The facts … are presented for the determination of Probable Cause for Second Degree Murder.

Corey’s problem is that most of these “facts” have been soundly disproved as the details of what happened that night have come to light. Zimmerman, acting as a volunteer security guard for the complex, called the Sanford, Florida, police department when he noted Martin’s behavior, stating, “This guy looks like he’s up to no good, or he’s on drugs or something…. He’s just walking around … looking at all the houses.” Zimmerman left his vehicle briefly and, upon returning to it, was confronted by Martin, who used abusive language, asking, “Have you got a … problem?” When Zimmerman responded “No,” Martin said, “Well you do now!” and knocked him to the ground and punched him in the face, breaking his nose and causing severe lacerations on the back of his head.

Following five hours of interrogation by the Sanford police, Zimmerman was released, as they had no grounds or evidence to contradict his story and his claim of self-defense. He even passed a lie detector test, which validated his story.

Despite the fact that much evidence in the case supporting Zimmerman’s claim of innocence by self-defense is being ruled inadmissible by the judge (including the results of the lie detector test, which is inadmissible under Florida law), there remains so much evidence to support his claim that the only thing standing in the way of a vote of innocence from the jury in the case will be the political reality that if Zimmerman goes free, Sanford, Florida, is likely to erupt in flames.

Photo is of the gated community where the shooting took place

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

NRA Leads Recall Efforts Against Anti-Gun Lawmakers in Colorado

0

Anti-gun Democratic lawmakers in Colorado are facing recall bids from angry voters in what is believed to be the first phase in a number of fallouts over efforts to restrict gun rights expected to be seen across the country. New revelations indicate that the National Rifle Association has assumed a major role in the recall initiatives, focusing on Colorado State Senate President John Morse.

CNN reports of Morse,

He is facing a petition drive to initiate an election to recall him because of legislation passed this year in Colorado requiring universal background checks on sales of all firearms in the state, as well as a ban on the sale of ammunition magazines greater than 15 rounds.

An NRA mailer obtained by CNN asks members to sign a petition for a recall election to vote Senator Morse out of office, with a deadline of June 3 for 7,178 signatures to be obtained.

The NRA wrote that Morse “led the charge to pass extreme and onerous anti-gun state legislation in Denver,” adding that “responsible gun owners and sportsmen will be forever burdened by his misguided leadership in the Colorado Senate.”

Earlier this year, Colorado state legislators passed historic and sweeping gun control legislation. It is the only state outside the East Coast to have adopted significant gun control regulations in the past year.

The strict regulations came even as the state of Colorado has witnessed significant increases in gun sales over the last year. Following the tragic Aurora, Colorado, movie theater shooting last year, the state saw a major spike in gun sales. The abduction and murder of Westminster, Colorado, pre-teen Jessica Ridgeway caused another surge in sales, reported the Colorado Bureau of Investigation. Last year, on Black Friday, a new state record was set with over 4,000 background checks on people purchasing firearms, nearly 1,000 more than the previous year. In fact, the flood of purchases caused the system to crash twice.

Another spike in gun sales in Colorado was seen after the Sandy Hook massacre, with Fox31 reporting that the AR-15 used in that shooting was sold out in Colorado shops immediately following the news of the elementary school deaths.

From January through November of 2012, there were nearly 35,000 more background checks submitted than in the previous year.

The Huffington Post observed that Colorado is a microcosm of what is seen nationwide, with fears of increased gun restrictions often resulting in spikes of gun sales:

Nationally, a gun sales bump was observed close to President Barack Obama’s election in 2008 due to a fear that he would take people’s guns away, as Newser reported. And gun sales spiked again following Obama’s reelection in November 2012.

Similarly, The Associated Press reported that there were nearly twice as many background checks performed for gun purchases between November and December 2012 than during the same two months in 2011. Increases in the checks have continued into 2013, with the FBI noting a historically high number at the start of this year.

“I should put Obama’s picture on the wall up there,” an anonymous New Jersey gun salesman told CNBC. “I’d name him salesman of the month!”

Despite these figures, however, Colorado lawmakers such as state Senate President John Morse have pointed to the tragedies in Sandy Hook and Aurora as a reason to restrict gun rights. As a result, gun rights supporters in the state are seeking to recall Senator Morse along with three other state lawmakers.

Fox News reports, “The Colorado efforts will serve as the first test of gun rights groups’ ability to punish elected officials who expanded gun control laws after last year’s Aurora, Colo., and Newtown, Conn., shooting massacres.”

The organizers of the recall efforts are well aware of the impact such efforts could have nationwide.

“Colorado seems to be the testing ground for some of the gun measures, so this has national implications,” said Victor Head, a plumber from Pueblo who is organizing a recall attempt against a Democratic senator.

While two of the four recall efforts have suffered from lack of support, the opposition to Morse continues to grow in Colorado Springs. The Huffington Post reports, “Morse opponents are piling up signatures in gun shops and outside libraries and grocery stores.” Thus far, the recall campaign has received $14,000 in contributions from a nonprofit group run by local conservative consultant Laura Carno, who indicates that she has received generous donations from out of state donors as well.

“People in other states that are further down this road, like New York and Massachusetts, are calling up and saying `What can we do to help?'” Carno said. “This isn’t what Colorado stands for.”

Christy Le Lait, the campaign manager for Morse, told CNN that the “NRA is investing in these recall races to send a message to every other local official to not pass any other gun safety measures or else the NRA will come after you as well.”

Senator Morse has initiated a $20,000 campaign funded by the national progressive group America Votes to urge voters against signing the petitions. He seems fully prepared to face a recall vote, believing that the gun rights advocates will garner the necessary signatures. He contends that the gun rights groups are hoping to make a political statement by targeting him.

“That’s what’s going on here. They want to take out the Senate president,” Morse said.

Anthony Garcia, another recall organizer, declared, “It’s as much about saying Colorado is angry as it is about getting one guy out. Legislators need to know when citizens are outraged that they can’t ignore the people.”

Other members of the recall campaign recognize the move as an effective tool to show lawmakers that they remain accountable to their constituents.

“I believe in gun rights. And he didn’t listen. He’s supposed to represent the people, and when he doesn’t do that, what are we supposed to do? Nothing?” asked Bianca McCarl, a 40-year-old merchandiser who is supporting Morse’s recall.

According to Joshua Spivak of the Hugh L. Carey Institute for Government Reform at Wagner College in New York, recall efforts have been on the rise across the country. Last year, 169 officials faced recalls, an increase from 151 the previous year, and Spivak believes that the number could rise again this year.

Typically, though recall efforts have low success rates, that does not diminish their power as a political tool. Spivak points out that 108 recalled officials lost or left office after a recall last year.

If Colorado’s recall of any of the four Democratic Colorado lawmakers do make it to the ballot, an election will be held later this summer.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Texas Governor Vetoes Bill That Would Have Expanded Political Reporting

0

Texas Governor Rick Perry vetoed SB 436, a bill that would have greatly increased the number of organizations that would have had to make regular reports to the Texas Ethics Commission as being involved in political activities. In a statement posted on the governor’s website, Perry explained:

Freedom of association and freedom of speech are two of our most important rights enshrined in the Constitution. My fear is that SB 346 would have a chilling effect on both of those rights in our democratic political process.…  At a time when our federal government is assaulting the rights of Americans by using the tools of government to squelch dissent it is unconscionable to expose more Texans to the risk of such harassment, regardless of political, organizational or party affiliation. I therefore veto SB 346.

Michael Quinn Sullivan, president of Texans for Fiscal Responsibility, released a statement announcing the veto over the weekend. Sullivan said his organization was not the only one that would have been adversely affected by the expanded reporting requirements if the bill had been signed into law:

But make no mistake: the legislation would have injured every homeschooler, pro-life group, and tea party organization. More broadly: anyone daring to challenge the myths created by the ruling elite.

Sullivan’s statement criticized legislators whose voting records are not consistent with their political images as fiscal conservatives. Sullivan described them as people who:

Don’t like being challenged. More importantly, they don’t like sunlight being shined on legislative records running counter to the political pictures they paint of themselves back home. Rather than reform, they try to apply political or regulatory pressure on those who oppose them by speaking the truth. With SB 346, they tried to undermine the constitutional privacy protections afforded to those who donate to non-profit organizations. 

The veto of SB 346 is one of the few legislative victories for coalitions of traditional conservatives, Tea Party groups, and liberty advocates in this year’s session of the Texas Legislature.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Israelis damage Palestinian properties

0

This file photo shows a mosque vandalized by Israeli settlers in the West Bank village of Jaba near Ramallah.

Israeli settlers have vandalized the properties of Palestinians in East al-Quds (Jerusalem) and in two villages in the occupied West Bank.

According to reports on Wednesday, 14 Palestinian cars were set ablaze in the East al-Quds areas of Shu’afat and Sheikh Jarrah.

The attackers also inflicted damage on houses and agricultural machinery in the West Bank villages of Zbeidat and Marj Naja.

In April, Israeli settlers desecrated two Palestinian mosques on the outskirts of the city of Bethlehem in the West Bank.

In recent years, extremist Israeli settlers in the West Bank have often assaulted Palestinians and vandalized their property under the so-called Å“price tag” policy. However, the Tel Aviv regime rarely detains the assailants.

The Israeli regime maintains a defiant stand on the issue of its illegal settlements on Palestinian land as it refuses to freeze settlement expansion. Tel Aviv has come under repeated and widespread international condemnation over the issue.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since the 1967 Israeli occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Kissinger Confronted As “Mass Murderer”

0

“You coward! You self-serving coward! Get lost!”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 29, 2013

Former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger was confronted and labeled a “mass murderer” by We Are Change’s Luke Rudkowski during an event at which Kissinger was awarded a medal for his role in promoting “freedom and democracy.”

The confrontation took place after Kissinger gave a speech at the “Salute To Freedom” event which took place last week at the Intrepid Sea, Air & Space Museum in New York.

Filming the exchange via a spectacle-mounted camera while Kissinger sat down to dinner, Rudkowski asked Kissinger what he meant by the quote, “The illegal we do immediately, the unconstitutional takes a little longer,” which emerged recently via a Wikileaks data dump.

After a garbled response, Kissinger remarked, “What are you doing this for?”

Rudkowski then asked, “We want to know what the agenda of the Bilderberg Group meeting’s going to be,” to which Kissinger responded, “Oh come on, get lost please, I said get lost!”

Rudkowski continued, “How does it feel winning the freedom award when you’re wanted as a mass murderer and wanted in many countries and butchered millions of people?”

“You coward! You self-serving coward — get lost!” Kissinger responded.

“You know this freedom award’s a lie and you’re wanted for mass murder in different countries — you know it’s a lie,” remarked Rudkowski.

Kissinger’s involvement in war crimes was best documented in Christopher Hitchens’ 2001 book The Trial of Henry Kissinger. After examining the evidence of Kissinger’s involvement in directing massacres in Vietnam, Bangladesh and Timor, as well as assassinations in Chile, Cyprus, and Washington, D.C., Hitchens concludes that Kissinger should be prosecuted “for war crimes, for crimes against humanity, and for offenses against common or customary or international law, including conspiracy to commit murder, kidnap, and torture.”

Hitchens also asserted that Kissinger is “a stupendous liar with a remarkable memory.”

A number of countries in South America and Europe have sought to question Kissinger about his actions during the Nixon and Ford administrations and several individuals have also attempted to make a citizens arrest.

This is the third time that We Are Change have confronted Henry Kissinger. Watch the first two videos below, including Kissinger’s response to himself being quoted by Bob Woodward as saying, “Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, May 29, 2013 at 6:04 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Larry King joins RT with brand new politics show

0



Published time: May 29, 2013 10:59

Larry King.

Download video (4.29 MB)
Embed

Code

Award-winning interviewer Larry King will host a mold-breaking political talk show on RT from next month, speaking to both leading establishment figures, and those who are not afraid to go against the grain.

RT will air the new show
‘Politics with Larry King’, produced by Ora.tv in June as well as
‘Larry King Now’, which was launched on Hulu and Ora.TV in July
2012. The programs will be recorded in RT America’s Washington,
DC, studios and Ora TV’s studio in Los Angeles. RT America will
be the exclusive US broadcaster for both programs, which will
continue to stream online at
Hulu.com and Ora.tv
and also be available online
on
rt.com.

“I have always been passionate about government and issues
that impact the public, and I’m thrilled at the opportunity to
talk politics with some of the most influential people in
Washington and around the country,”
says King.

King’s career has spanned 56 years and more than 50,000
interviews, but he says the show will break new ground. The
veteran broadcaster will not shy away from causing controversy,
or using his authority to give a chance to hear voices other
media ignore.

“I have interviewed every US president since Nixon, and lest
people forget, I helped usher Ross Perot into the national
conversation during the 1992 presidential contest. I appreciate
the importance of providing a platform to those with real
alternative visions for our country’s future,”
said the host.

President Clinton (C) and Vice President Gore (R) talk to television talk show host Larry King (L) on CNN's Larry King Live in the White House library late 05 June, 1995. (AFP Photo)

Larry King has retained his trademark suspenders worn through his
25 years on CNN (he quit the news network in 2010), but has not
been afraid to show a more opinionated and frank side, which he
says is a must for the new media age.

King also moderated the third-party presidential debate, broadcast live on
RT in October last year.

Christina Tobin and former CNN talk-show host Larry King host a debate presented by the Free and Equal Elections Foundation on October 23, 2012 in Chicago, Illinois. (AFP Photo / Scott Olson)

“Whether a president or an activist or a rock star was sitting
across from him, Larry King never shied away from asking the
tough questions, which makes him a terrific fit for our
network,”
says RT’s Editor-in-Chief Margarita Simonyan.

The show will be produced by Ora TV, the upstart online news
network owned by Mexican magnate Carlos Slim, where King has
hosted his Larry King Now interview show since last year.

Carlos Slim, President of the Carlos Slim Foundation and the Telmex Foundation, speaks as he is interviewed by Larry King. (Reuters / Fred Prouser)

“Larry King has entertained and informed millions of viewers
over the years, and millions of digital viewers over just the
past year,”
adds Ora TV’s CEO, Jon Housman.

“We’re thrilled to bring Larry King’s insights and
one-of-a-kind discussions, from celebrities to world leaders, to
RT America’s television and online audiences.”
In the United
States, Politics with Larry King and Larry King Now will be
broadcast exclusively on RT America. Larry King Now, which will
air four times a week, sees the broadcaster sit across the table
from some of the most talked about celebrities in the world
(recent guests have included Seth McFarlane, Snoop Lion, and
Floyd Mayweather) and take them beyond the standard soundbites.

Image from facebook.com

Image from facebook.com

This article originally appeared on: RT

7 killed, 11 injured in Iraq bomb attack

0

File photo shows the scene of a car bomb explosion in Iraq.

A bomb blast has killed at least seven people and injured eleven others in the city of Baquba, north of Baghdad.

The blast occurred on Wednesday in the city, situated some 50 kilometers north of the Iraqi capital.

Iraq has been the scene of deadly violence in recent days.

On May 27, a series of bomb blasts left more than 70 people dead in the capital Baghdad. Scores more were injured in the attacks.

Nearly 500 people have been killed across Iraq since the start of May.

On May 21, at least 42 people were killed and many others injured in a series of terrorist attacks across Iraq. A day earlier, nearly 100 people were killed in multiple attacks.

Iraqi Premier Nouri al-Maliki has blamed militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime for the recent wave of violence. He has also accused some regional countries of fueling the violence in his country in a bid to topple the Iraqi government.

Violence has increased in Iraq since December 2011, when an arrest warrant was issued for the fugitive former Vice President Tariq al-Hashemi, who has been charged with running a death squad targeting Iraqi officials and Shia Muslims.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Suspect confesses to French soldier stabbing, probably acted on ‘religious ideology’

0


French police on Wednesday arrested a suspect in the weekend stabbing of a French soldier in Paris, Paris prosecutor Xavier Molins said.

Molins said
the man, named Alexandre, who turns 22 on Thursday, had converted
to Islam. He was known to police after undergoing an identity
check in 2007 for praying on the street.

It is believed the man committed the assault due to his his
“religious ideology.”

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Swiss banks forced to disclose US client names in tax evasion dispute

0

The Swiss government may have to cave in to US demands and disclose its banks’ client names in a bid to resolve the long-standing tax-evasion dispute between the two countries. Zurich would have to pay a multibillion-dollar fine or face court action.

According to Reuters’ industry insider sources, a
government-brokered settlement has nearly been reached, but the
Swiss finance minister has to find a way to dish out the deal
without ruining the country’s reputation for keeping bank
secrecy; a tradition which helped build the Alpine nation a $2
trillion offshore financial industry.

On Tuesday, the Swiss government ordered its third largest
private bank, Julius Baer, to hand over data on US clients.
Confidential information is due to be passed on to US tax
authorities under the terms of an existing double taxation treaty
between the two countries. Julius Baer replied it would provide
the necessary data, though it didn’t reveal how many clients were
involved.

At the end of April 2013, Julius Baer Group’s assets under
management amounted to 220 billion Swiss francs ($207.7 million).
The 16 per cent increase from the end of 2012 was in many ways
thanks to its acquisition of Bank of America Corp.’s (BAC)
Merrill Lynch wealth-management business outside of the US. Total
client assets grew by 12 per cent to 309 billion Swiss francs.

Reuters / Miro Kuzmanovic

Over a dozen Swiss banks are said to be under the US
investigation, according to Reuters, with the authorities
searching for funds hidden in bank accounts of giants like
Switzerland’s second largest-bank Credit Suisse. The US
Attorney’s Office has been reportedly investigating Credit Suisse
AG over mortgage-backed securities sold by the bank. In November,
the bank settled the case without admitting wrongdoing and it
agreed to a $120-million settlement with the US Securities and
Exchange Commission over civil charges stemming from the bank’s
sale of risky mortgage bonds to investors before the
crisis. 

In January Switzerland’s oldest private bank, Wegelin & Co,
said it would close down for good after over 250 years of
service, following its guilty plea to charges of helping
prosperous Americans hide more than $1.2 billion from the
Internal Revenue Service through secret accounts.

A managing partner at the bank, Otto Bruderer, confirmed in court
that “from about 2002 through about 2010, Wegelin agreed with
certain US taxpayers to evade the US tax obligations of these US
taxpayer clients, who filed false tax returns with the IRS.”

While it was unclear whether the bank was required to expose the
names of the American clients who held secret Swiss bank
accounts, “what is clear is that the Justice Department is
aggressively pursuing foreign banks who [sic] have helped
Americans commit overseas tax evasion,”
a former federal
prosecutor involved in other Swiss bank investigations, Jeffrey
Neiman, told Reuters.

The US authorities’ biggest success so far came in 2009 when
Switzerland’s largest bank, UBS, agreed to give away some 4,450
client names and paid a $780 million settlement after admitting
to selling tax-evasion services to Americans.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Ecuador accuses UK of ‘violating Assange’s human rights’

0

Ecuador has accused the UK of violating Julian Assange’s human rights by refusing to allow the WikiLeaks founder to take shelter in South America, which granted him political asylum nearly a year ago.

“By not granting him safe passage they are violating the human
rights of a citizen, and every day that passes the effects of
that violation hurt the person more and more,”
Foreign
Minister Ricardo Patino told Reuters.

The Australian has been stranded at Ecuadorian embassy in London
for almost 12 months. It was reported that Assange had developed
a chronic lung condition “which could get worse at any moment.”
In November Assange’s lawyer warned that the 41-year-old’s health
could deteriorate if he remains confined much longer. He requires
constant medical attention at his refuge in the embassy.

“It’s a whole year that this gentleman has spent without
feeling the sun and that’s really serious … because this
decision has been taken by a state that says it protects human
rights.”



According to Patino, Ecuador is working on a document which
allegedly proves that the UK is legally ‘obliged’ to allow
Assange to leave the embassy and travel to South America, Reuters
reported. Patino hopes to broker an agreement over Assange’s fate
with the UK Foreign Secretary William Hague in “a matter of weeks
or months.”

A British court ordered that Assange be extradited to Sweden,
where authorities want to question him on sex-related
allegations. The whistleblower has refused to travel there unless
Sweden guarantees that it won’t extradite him to the US, where he
faces espionage charges over confidential data released by
WikiLeaks.

Ecuador has given Assange asylum and houses him in a small
basement room in its London embassy as UK law enforcement keeps a
close eye on the embassy, keen to arrest Assange the minute he
leaves the diplomatically-protected building.

The cost of the surveillance, which reportedly involves two
police vehicles and eight officers on duty 24/7 is said to be
over $16,500 a day, Scotland Yard reported. Surveillance
operation has already cost British taxpayers over $5 million
since Assange took refuge on June 19, 2012. By the time of the
one-year anniversary, the sum is expected to reach over $6.3
million.

Ecuador fears that Assange’s deportation to Sweden is part of the
US government plan to extradite the WikiLeaks founder to America,
where he would be charged over the website’s release of secret
diplomatic files.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israelis damage Palestinian property

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Israeli settlers have vandalized the property of Palestinians in East al-Quds (Jerusalem) and two villages in the occupied West Bank.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US irked by ‘theft’ of key weapons data

0

A confidential US military report has again accused China of stealing the designs for some of the nationâ„¢s most sensitive and sophisticated weapons systems through cyber attacks, raising major worries on weakened US military advantage in a future conflict.

Among the Å“more than two dozen major weapons systems whose designs were breached were programs critical to US missile defenses and combat aircraft and ships,” The Washington Post reported Tuesday, citing Å“a previously undisclosed section of a confidential report” specifically prepared for American military leaders by the Defense Science Board (DSB).

The DSB is a senior advisory group made up of government and civilian military experts, according to the daily.

Some of the compromised weapons system designs, the report insists, Å“form the backbone of the Pentagonâ„¢s regional missile defense” for the Persian Gulf, Asia and Europe, including those of the Å“advanced Patriot missile system, known as PAC-3; an Army system for shooting down ballistic missiles, known as the Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, or THAAD; and the Navyâ„¢s Aegis ballistic-missile defense system.”

Other key weapons cited in the report are Å“vital combat aircraft and ships, including the F/A-18 fighter jet, the V-22 Osprey, the Black Hawk helicopter and the Navyâ„¢s new Littoral Combat Ship,” designed for sea patrols near the shore.

The list further includes what the daily describes as Å“the most expensive weapons system ever built” in the US – the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, which will cost an estimated USD1.4 trillion.

This is while US experts have warned that the alleged Chinese cyber intrusions have provided the East Asian nation access to Å“advanced technology that could accelerate the development of its weapons systems” while undermining the American military advantage in a future war, according to the report.

The DSB report further pointed to a list of broad US military technologies that have been breached, Å“such as drone video systems, nanotechnology, tactical data links and electronic warfare systems,” all areas where both the Pentagon and Chinese military Å“are investing heavily,” it notes.

The DSB, however, did not accuse the Chinese of stealing American weapon designs in its report, though senior military and industry officials Å“with knowledge of the breaches” insisted that Å“the vast majority” were part of a growing Chinese cyber espionage campaign against US military contractors and government agencies, the daily adds.

The development comes amid persisting exchange of allegations between US and China of cyber intrusions against each otherâ„¢s computer networks and nearly a week before the presidents of the two countries hold a joint summit in California.

The confidential list of compromised weapons system designs and technologies, the daily adds, represents Å“the clearest look at what the Chinese are suspected of targeting.”

Å“When the list was read to independent defense experts, they said they were shocked by the extent of the cyber-espionage and the potential for compromising US defenses.”

According to the Post article, the public version of the DSB report further noted that the alleged cyber espionage and cyber sabotage campaign waged against the United States by the Chinese could impose Å“severe consequences for US forces engaged in combat,” including Å“severed communication links critical to the operation of US forces.”

Å“Data corruption could misdirect US operations. Weapons could fail to operate as intended. Planes, satellites or drones could crash,” the report added.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US Senate resolution worthless: Iran

0

Iranâ„¢s defense minister says a resolution passed by the US Senate to support a possible Israeli attack against Iran is legally invalid and in breach of international regulations.

Brigadier General Ahmad Vahidi said on Wednesday that the resolution approved by the US Senate was of no value to the Islamic Republic.

Å“There is no doubt that the Israeli regime has survived so far because of the US support, but [the fact] that the US Senate publicly approves such issues in violation of all international law and principles encourages the [acts of] aggression by the occupiers of al-Quds,” Iranâ„¢s defense minister added.

On May 23, the US Senate passed a resolution, urging Washington to support Israel should the Tel Aviv regime launch an attack against Iran.

According to the resolution, if Israel strikes Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy facilities, Å“The United States Government should stand with Israel and provide, in accordance with United States law and the constitutional responsibility of Congress to authorize the use of military force, diplomatic, military, and economic support to” the Israeli regime.

The so-called Senate Resolution 65 had been initially approved by the US Senate Foreign Relations Committee on April 16.

Following the adoption of the resolution by the single Senate committee, the American Israel Public Affairs Committee (AIPAC) said in a statement that, Å“The Senate Foreign Relations Committee has sent a very clear and enormously important message of solidarity with Israel.”

The resolution must be approved by the US House of Representatives and must later be signed by President Barack Obama before becoming law.

The United States, Israel and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, with the Israeli regime repeatedly threatening to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities based on the unfounded allegation.

Iran rejects the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

The Islamic Republic has also promised a crushing response to any act of aggression against the country.

MYA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Germany’s jobless jumps by 21,000 in May

0

Germans stand in line to visit a job center of the Federal Employment Agency.

Official data show the number of Germans without work has climbed by 21,000 in May, which was four times more than economists forecast.

The Federal Labor Office revealed on Wednesday its seasonally adjusted unemployment data, which showed that 2.96 million Germans are without work.

This comes while the analysts had predicted 5,000 more job losses by May.

May was the fourth straight month of gains for Germany. In April, the seasonally adjusted level rose by 4,000 to 2.84 million.

This comes as Moodyâ„¢s Investors Service said in April that it expected the Germanyâ„¢s gross domestic product (GDP) to grow a mere 0.4 percent in 2013.

The rating agency continued by saying the reasons for the country’s small GDP increase was a lower net export contribution in light of the weak euro area outlook and rising imports as well as only a moderate recovery in investment growth.

Germanyâ„¢s economic growth declined to 0.7 percent in 2012 from 3.0 percent registered in 2011 as the country started to feel the pinch of the eurozone debt crisis, which has severely affected the European Union since 2009.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russia slams anti-Syria draft resolution

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has criticized a US-backed anti-Syria draft resolution at the UN Human Rights Council.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Leader urges candidates to be precise

0

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei during a meeting with members of Iran’s Majlis on Wednesday, May 29, 2013

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei has called on all presidential candidates to be sincere and provide accurate information in their campaigns.

Å“The words of the [presidential] candidates should be real, friendly, [and] based on accurate and true information,” Ayatollah Khamenei said in a meeting with members of Iran’s Majlis on Wednesday.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14.

To be continued.

NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria slams EU decision to lift arms ban

0

Top commander of foreign-backed militants in Syria, Brigadier General Salim Idris. (File Photo)

The Syrian government has slammed the EU decision to lift the arms embargo on foreign-backed militants in Syria.

On Wednesday, Syria’s state television reported that the Syrian government has censured the EU decision and said the move will harm peace efforts.

“The recent EU decision proves they are hindering the international efforts aimed at achieving a political settlement to the crisis in Syria based on national dialogue among Syrians,” the unnamed foreign ministry official said.

On Monday, British Foreign Secretary William Hague said that European Union foreign ministers meeting in Brussels have reached an agreement to lift the arms embargo on militants in Syria, while maintaining other sanctions on the country.

However, Hague stressed that Britain had “no immediate” plans to provide weapons to the militants.

Britain and France had backed the proposal to send weapons to the militants, while other countries, such as Austria, Sweden, Finland, and the Czech Republic, had opposed the move.

EU Foreign Policy Chief Catherine Ashton said, “Member states will not proceed at this stage with the delivery” of equipment that has until now been subject to the ban.

The Syria crisis began in mid-March 2011. Many people, including large numbers of security personnel, have been killed in the violence, and several international human rights organizations say the foreign-sponsored militants have committed war crimes.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russian retailer Magnit gets higher weighting in key market index

0

The Magnit retail chain has become one of the ‘heavyweight’ stocks in the MSCI Russia 10/40 index — a yardstick for many foreign investors. The company now has weighting in the index on a par with Gazprom and Sberbank.

After a revision of the MSCI Russia 10/40 index the weighting of
Russia’s

Magnit retail chain has more than doubled — to 9%. This makes its
share of the

index almost the same as the country’s gas major Gazprom and is a
little

greater than Sberbank, Vedomosti quoted Ilya Pitersky, a strategy
analyst at

VTB Capital as saying.

Such a reshuffle within the MSCI Russia 10/40 index could make
Magnit

shares the best performing in Russia this year, with a correction
likely to come

in 2014, says Sergey Suvorov from the Russian Standard management
company.

Magnit shares have added 121% in the last 12 months and
skyrocketed more than

20 times since the start of the crisis in 2008. This growth was
one of the main

reasons for Magnit receiving more weight in the index.

Magnit’s better position in the MSCI Russia 10/40 index is set to

significantly increase the company’s capitalization. On Tuesday
trade volumes

of Magnit shares in the RTS-MICEX floor were up almost 3.5% to
reach $45.1

million, compared to the ordinary daily results of the past
month.

Magnit shop assistants in the cookery department. (RIA Novosti / Konstantin Chalabov)
Being a part of Russia’s emerging retail market, Magnit has great
growth

potential. The retailer doubled its profit in 2012, while Gazprom
saw its

bottom line fall by 9.5%, says Vyatcheslav Smolyaninov, a chief
strategist at

Uralsib Capital.

The MSCI Russia 10/40 index is calculated by Morgan Stanley and
embraces 27

Russian companies and covers about 85% of the free float —
adjusted market

capitalization. Prior to the revision such Russia’s commodity
giants as Lukoil

and Gazprom, as well as the country’s biggest lender Sberbank
were the most

weighted stocks in the index.

The whole MSCI ‘family’ of indices serves as a guidepost of the
Russian

share market for such global funds as JPMorgan Russia, BNP
Paribas and L1

Equity Russia.

MSCI membership makes a company’s shares easier to trade, thus
increasing

its attractiveness to investors.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syrian army launches attack on militants

0

The Syrian army has conducted successful operations against the militant groups over the past several days. (File photo)

The Syrian army has launched an attack against foreign-backed militants to clear them out from the suburbs of the capital, Damascus.

Heavy clashes are reported in Beit Sahm and Sidi Meqdad in the suburbs of Damascus, where Syrian forces attacked foreign-backed militants.

This comes while the army has recently secured important advances and victories in different areas and inflicted major losses on the foreign-backed militants in the strategic city of Qusayr.

A source close to the Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah said the Syrian soldiers – backed by a group of Hezbollah forces – now control 80 percent of the town, a former militant stronghold in the central province of Homs.

Syrian troops have retaken the control of Qusayrâ„¢s military airport as well as several key districts and buildings, including the headquarters of the Baâ„¢ath Party.

The Syrian army entered Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

President Assad said on May 18 that militants from 29 different countries were fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Arming Syria militants stokes tension’

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has criticized certain countries for arming the militants in Syria, saying their support for the extremist groups will intensify the tension and conflict in the Arab country.

Salehi made the remarks in a Tuesday meeting with Indonesian Deputy Foreign Minister Yuri Octavian Thamrin in Tehran, where both officials discussed bilateral ties as well as regional and international developments.

The top Iranian diplomat described the crisis in Syria as a pressing international issue, and underlined the necessity for national dialog between the Syrian government and the opposition to help settle the ongoing conflict in the country.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Iranian foreign minister assessed as significant the role and position of Indonesia both in the Muslim world and the region, urging Jakarta to play an active role in resolving the crisis in Syria.

Salehi also expressed satisfaction with the current level of Tehran-Jakarta relations, calling on both sides to fully tap into the existing potentials to further enhance mutual cooperation on various political, economic and cultural fronts.

The Indonesian official, for his part, lauded Iranâ„¢s regional and international status, welcoming the further expansion of ties with the Islamic Republic.

In a separate meeting with Ecuadorâ„¢s Deputy Foreign Minister Angel Enrique Arias, Salehi praised the friendly relations between Tehran and Quito, expressing hope for the reinforcement of reciprocal ties, particularly in economic and cultural areas.

Salehi referred to Iranâ„¢s potentials in the fields of economy and industry, and voiced Tehranâ„¢s readiness to share its experiences with Ecuador.

He attached importance to the position and presence of Latin American countries on the international scene, expressing hope that these states would help settle the crisis in Syria.

The Ecuadorian official, for his part, described the adoption of a logical and fair approach by the countries of the world as a solution to the unrest in Syria, adding that his country would like to see peace and tranquility make a comeback to the crisis-hit Arab state.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Walmart found guilty of dumping hazardous waste nationwide

0

America’s largest retailer and employer has been fined over $100 million for violating environmental regulations by disposing of fertilizer, pesticide and bleach in sewage systems across the country, among other violations.

Walmart pleaded guilty to six counts of violating the Clean Water
Act by disposing of hazardous chemicals in garbage receptacles
and sewage systems at over 4,000 retail outlets across the United
States in court cases filed by the cities of Los Angeles and San
Francisco.

The US Justice Department said Walmart was also found guilty of
violating federal law by mixing together pesticides at a Missouri
recycling facility and then reselling them in a process that
violated the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act
(FIFRA).

The state of California opened an investigation into the
Bentonville, Arkansas-based company in 2005 when a San Diego
County Health Department inspector witnessed a Walmart employee
discarding bleach down a sewer drain.

In another instance, investigators said a boy was found playing
in a mound of fertilizer near a Walmart garden section. The
product contained ammonium sulfate, a chemical compound that
causes irritation to people’s skin, eyes and respiratory tract,
USA Today reported.

“As one of the largest retailers in the United States, Walmart
is responsible not only for the stock on its shelves but also for
the significant amount of hazardous materials that result from
damaged products returned by customers,”
said Melinda Haag,
US Attorney for the Northern District of California. “The
crimes in these cases stem from Walmart’s failure to comply with
the regulations designed to ensure the proper handling, storage,
and disposal of those hazardous materials and waste.”

Court records show the illegal dumping happened in 16 California
counties between 2003 and 2005. Federal prosecutors said Walmart
failed to train its employees on how to handle and dispose of
hazardous waste material at its outlets.

Walmart agreed to pay more than $110 million in penalties to end
the decades-long investigation, the Department of Justice said.

Ignacia Moreno, assistant attorney general for the Justice
Department’s Environment and Natural Resources Division,
suggested the retail giant’s gross violation of environmental
regulations may have helped its performance against the
competition.

“By improperly handling hazardous waste, pesticides and other
materials in violation of federal laws, Walmart put the public
and the environment at risk and gained an unfair economic
advantage over other companies,”
Moreno said.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) also weighed in on the
court case.

“The FBI holds all companies, regardless of size, to the same
standards,”
FBI Special Agent in Charge David J. Johnson of
the San Francisco Field Office said, in a statement released by
the Department of Justice. “We will continue to work closely
with our law enforcement partners to ensure there is a level
playing field for all businesses and that everyone follows the
rules.”

Walmart defended itself, saying it has cleaned up its
environmental standards.

“Walmart has a comprehensive and industry-leading hazardous
waste program,”
Phyllis Harris, senior vice-president and
chief compliance officer, said in a statement on Walmart’s
webpage. “The program was built around training, policies and
procedures on how to safely handle consumer products that become
hazardous waste, and we continue to run the same program in every
store and club that was deployed years ago.”



This month, Walmart surprised analysts by reporting a 1.4 per
cent quarterly decline in sales across the United States.

According to the Walmart website, the retailer operates more than
10,800 retail units under 69 banners in 27 countries. It employs
2.2 million associates around the world – 1.4 million in the
United States alone.

Robert Bridge is the author of the book, Midnight in the American Empire, which deals
with the consequences of excessive corporate power in the United
States.

This article originally appeared on: RT

China to test ‘digitized’ troops in massive drills

0

China is to test its modern ‘digitized’ military units in an exercise next month. The Chinese military says developing such units is among its priorities for modernizing the armed forces.

‘Digitized’ troops are taking advantage of modern information
technology to succeed on the battlefield. Integrated computerized
systems are used to gather intelligence, assess the combat
situation, provide communications and control the status of a
unit. China sees upgrading its People’s Liberation Army (PLA)
with such systems as crucial for making it a smaller, yet more
capable force.

In late June, two combined corps of the Beijing Military Area
Command will be conducting drills at the Zhurihe training base in
north China’s Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region, reports Xinhua
news agency.

The general staff said the exercise will focus “on combat forces
including digitalized units, special operations forces, army
aviation and electronic counter forces.” It would be the first
publicly-announced field training of the IT-enhanced troops by
China.

While military experts have long said that digitizing its
soldiers is likely to be high on China’s priorities, the PLA
first admitted it to be true in April in its white paper entitled
‘The Diversified Employment of China’s Armed Forces’. The
document provides an overview of the country’s military
capabilities and Beijing’s policies regarding their use.

Beijing is investing heavily into upgrading its military, buying
or developing new types of hardware, including aircraft carriers,
strategic missile submarines and advanced aircraft. The
modernization is part of China’s building up political clout
corresponding to its economic development.

China is also accused by some nations, including the US, of
conducting hacker operations to steal military technology. The
Pentagon recently pointed fingers to Beijing, reporting that it
acquired blueprints for some of America’s most sophisticated
weaponry. The classified report was leaked to the media.

Beijing denies the allegations, saying that PLA’s cyber-warfare
unit created in 2011 is purely defensive in nature.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Israel carries out incursion into Gaza

0

Israeli tanks and bulldozers have once again carried out an incursion into central besieged Gaza Strip, Press TV reports.

An area bordering the Palestinian Bureij refugee camp was the target of Israeli forces. No injuries have been reported so far.

The Israelis reportedly fired machineguns and destroyed Palestinian farmland.

Reports say Israelis in the area also threw smoke bombs.

On May 13, an Israeli incursion was carried into the Palestinian-owned lands in the town of Beit Hanoun in northeastern Gaza Strip.

Israel has carried out a number of incursions into Gaza in the past weeks, including three airstrikes on the southern town of Khan Younis and near the town of Rafah in southern Gaza in late April.

Last November, Israel launched the so-called Operation Pillar of Defense I against Gaza. Over 160 Palestinians, including women and children, were killed and about 1,200 others were injured and more than 1,500 targets were hit across the Palestinian enclave during the eight-day war.

In retaliation, Palestinian resistance fighters fired rockets and missiles into Israeli cities, killing at least five Israelis. The offensive ended after Egypt brokered a truce between Hamas and Israel.

According to a Hamas spokesman, Israel’s eight-day aggression against the Gaza Strip caused more than USD 1.2 billion in direct and indirect damages.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Full speed ahead: Rosneft partners with Japan’s largest energy explorer

0

Russia’s Rosneft has signed a cooperation agreement with INPEX, Japan’s largest energy explorer, to jointly explore oil and gas in the Sea of Okhotsk, a possible game changer in the Far East oil race.

INPEX released an official statement on Wednesday detailing the
preliminary agreement, which gives INPEX exclusive rights to
negotiate the final development and discovery activities.
Once the final agreement is acted on, INPEX and

Rosneft with both establish joint venture companies, and INPEX
will hold a 33.33 percent stake in the oil and gas blocks. The
agreement was signed by Rosneft President Igor Sechin and
Toshiaki Kitamura, President and CEO of INPEX.


“Partnership between Rosneft and INPEX will contribute
significantly not only to the development of the Russian Far
East, but also to the development of economic relations between
Russia and Japan, and will strengthen energy security of our
partners,”
Sechin said in Rosneft’s press release on their
website.

Image from neftegaz.ru

The venture will explore the Magadan-2 and Magadan-3 offshore
blocks near Magadan, a city first used as a Gulag in Soviet times
and now an isolated port city with a steadily declining
population.

The blocks, located in the northern part of the Sea of Okhotsk,
have a depth of 120 meters to 180 meters, and are estimated to
contain roughly 1,577 million metric tons of oil, the Rosneft statement said.

Exploration will begin in 2017 and drilling is expected to start
in in the mid-2020s. Initial costs will be footed by Japan Oil,
Gas and Metals National Corp, which will subsidize 50 to 57
percent of explorations costs. The Japan Bank for International
Cooperation is also expected to contribute to funding.

INPEX spokesman Kaisuke Yano said the company was not the source
of the report, Bloomberg reported.

The agreement is timely for Japan, which has been in an energy
pinch ever since the Fukushima crisis wreaked havoc on Japan’s
nuclear power industry. Japan is heavily dependent on gas imports
and consumes over 100 billion cubic meters a year while only
producing 4 billion domestically. Since the Fukushima disaster in
2011, Japan has had an increasing demand for alternative heating,
especially gas. Presently, Japan imports gas from the Middle
East.

When Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe visited Moscow in late April, he
and Russian officials agreed to prioritize investment in Russia’s
Far East. The Director General of the Russian Direct Investment
Fund announced he expected Russian-Japanese ventures could
increase 10 times over the next three years.

Japan has recorded its longest trade deficit in 30 years, due to increased
energy demands and lack of domestic supply. Japan currently
consumes a third of global LNG shipments, with Russia providing
10%, Reuters reported.

A year after taking over at Rosneft, Sechin’s expansion drive has
expanded rapidly, most notably with the TNK-BP acquisition, which
not situates Rosneft as the world’s largest publicy traded oil
producer.

Sechin has also taken target to Gazprom, Russia’s current
reigning oil monopoly, which is confronted by falling sales in
Europe and decreases in export margins, which generate nearly 60%
of its gas revenues.

Gazprom has also been closely eyeing an opportunity to gain an edge in the
robust Japanese market.

This article originally appeared on: RT

China baby rescued from sewer pipe

0

Footage received on May 28, 2013 shows rescue workers breaking away bits of a pipe to remove a newborn baby boy stuck inside in the city of Jinhua.

Chinese firefighters have rescued a newborn baby who was lodged inside a sewage pipe below a squat toilet in an apartment building.

The abandoned baby boy was found in Jinhua city in the eastern province of Zhejiang after residents of the building called rescuers reporting the sound of infantâ„¢s cries in the fourth-floor squat lavatory.

The rescuers failed to pull the two-day-old baby out of the pipe and sawed away a section of the pipe with the baby inside.

They transferred the pipe to a hospital and pulled it apart to free the baby after nearly an hour. The whole rescue operation lasted for two hours.

The baby, whose 22-year-old mother could be charged over attempted homicide, was reportedly in stable condition.

The 2.3 kilogram boy, named Baby No 59 after the number of his hospital incubator, suffered from bruising to his face and limbs.

According to Chinaâ„¢s Dushikuaibao newspaper, the mother of the boy has admitted to giving birth to the child after police found baby toys and blood-stained toilet paper in her room.

The woman reportedly told police that she could not afford an abortion and had to deliver the child secretly in the toilet. She said she tried to catch the baby but he slipped into the sewer line.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russia blasts US double standards over Syrian peace progress

0


The US-Russian initiative for a comprehensive peace conference to resolve the Syrian crisis needs honest effort of those involved. But some nations apparently try to undermine the effort to call the meeting, says the Russia’s foreign minister.

DETAILS TO FOLLOW

This article originally appeared on: RT

Parents of missing journalist hopeful

0

Parents of the missing American journalist, Austin Tice, have expressed hope the conflict in Syria would end soon.

The American freelance journalist, who has been writing regularly for the Washington Post and other US media, has gone missing in Syria since mid-August 2012.

Austinâ„¢s parents are hopeful that Geneva 2 talks would be successful and that a solution would end the suffering and impact of the conflict in Syria.

Å“Well one thing that is clear or is at least clear to us is that the situation in Syria is extremely fluid, changing from day to day and one of our hopes and I guess maybe itâ„¢s just a parentâ„¢s hope is that with changes and with movements the opportunity for Austin to be found is greater,” Austinâ„¢s parents told Press TV.

Å“It would be our desire that hostilities and violence stop and we hope the international community can find a way for that to happen,” they added.

Å“But at the same time we are very hopeful that someone that sees this interview or hears our speaking and knows something about our son where Austin is would contact us.”

On Monday, Yara Abbas, working with Syria’s private al-Ikhbariya TV, was killed by sniper fire near al-Daba’a military airport, just outside Qusayr, as she was covering an army assault on the airport.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said on May 23, Å“Syria is determined to tackle terrorism and those who support it regionally and globally, and to find a political solution to the crisis.”

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK trampling Assange HR: Ecuador

0

Ecuador’s foreign minister says the British government has trampled on the human rights of WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange by refusing to allow him to travel to Ecuador, where he has secured a political asylum.

Assange has taken refuge in Ecuador’s embassy in London since last June to avoid extradition to Sweden by the British authorities.

The embassy is under 24-hour watch by the British police to ensure Assange is arrested if he leaves the missionâ„¢s building.

Å“By not granting him safe passage they are violating the human rights of a citizen, and every day that passes the effects of that violation hurt the person more and more,” Ecuadorâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino told Reuters on Tuesday.

Å“Itâ„¢s a whole year that this gentleman has spent without feeling the sun and that’s really serious … because this decision has been taken by a state that says it protects human rights,” he added.

Ecuador’s government said late last year said that Assange was suffering from lung problems.

Patino said the Ecuadorean government believes Britain is legally “obliged” to give Assange permission to leave the embassy and travel to South America.

He further stressed a legal document is being prepared in line with that argument stressing he hopes to discuss the issue with British Foreign Minister William Hague in “a matter of weeks or months.”

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

German national rail testing drones

0

File photo shows a similar model of the drone to be used in testing by Deutsche Bahn.

German national rail provider is set to begin using drones to patrol its areas during a test period, as critics say the company is going too far in its surveillance measures.

A spokesman for Deutsche Bahn said it is going to conduct drone flights at large rail depots in the coming weeks in an attempt to prevent vandalism.

The almost silent drones, which are worth about 60,000 euros each, are equipped with infrared camera and GPS tracking to record evidence for criminal prosecution.

Critics say Deutsche Bahn is going too, adding that security guards, motion detectors and patrols are currently used by local and state police to protect the idle rail cars.

Last year, the company recorded 14,000 separate incidents of spray-painting, which is considered as the main and most expensive cause of damage for the rail provider.

Lawyer Patrick Gau told a German newspaper that the measure of using drones was equivalent to Å“shooting a cannon at birds.”

This comes as Germanyâ„¢s defense ministry cancelled on May 14 plans to purchase and modify US-made Global Hawk drones for 1 billion euros.

The cancellation came after it was emerged that the countryâ„¢s air traffic authorities were not going to allow drones to take off and land over the countryâ„¢s airspace because of the risks it would pose to civilian aircrafts.

In addition last month, a German regulator issued a USD 190,000 fine to the internet company Google for its Street View option within its web mapping service.

The regulator said Google had collected personal and confidential data from wireless local area networks through the program.

The German government adopted laws in 2012 to regulate the usage of drones and the police are already using them to patrol large sporting events and street protests.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Tunisians rally in support of Syria

0

Tunisians have held a demonstration in the capital, Tunis, in protest against the presence of foreign-backed militants in Syria, Press TV reports.

Politicians, students and human rights activists as well as the family members of young men recruited by foreign-sponsored armed groups in Syria gathered in front of the foreign affairs ministry building to voice support for Damascus.

The protesters slammed foreign countries for Å“interfering” in Syriaâ„¢s internal affairs.

Å“Qatar is the base for this Zionist project. It is financing terrorists while Saudi Arabia is arming them. They are killing innocent civilians in order to empower Israel and its allies,” a protester said.

The demonstrators also called for the resumption of diplomatic ties between Tunisia and Syria.

Å“The Zionist imperialistic project is clear. Israel and its allies want to divide the Muslim world and to occupy Syria, but this scenario will never happen. We call for the return of the Syrian ambassador to Tunisia,” the Popular Committee to Support Syriaâ„¢s Khadija Belhaj said.

Another demonstrator asked the Syrian government to release his mentally-retarded son who was recruited by militants in the Arab country.

Demonstrators also expressed their support for resistance against Israel.

Å“Iran, Hezbollah, and Syria are the last line of resistance against the Zionist enemies. Israeli conspiracy will not break the will of freedom fighters…,” Tunisian scholar Mohamed Abdel Adhim said.

On May 28, Tel Aviv said it was willing to use force to prevent the delivery of Russian S-300 air-defense missiles to Syria.

This came a day after European Union foreign ministers reached an agreement to lift an arms embargo on militants in Syria.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US kid’s park cleared after bomb blast

0

Scene of the Toontown section of Disneyland amusement park in Anaheim, California

A dry ice Å“bomb” explosion at a popular amusement park in the US state of California has forced police authorities to evacuate an area frequented by young children and the parents.

Police authorities in city of Anaheim, near Los Angeles, said the dry-ice device used in the Tuesday explosion inside Disneylandâ„¢s Toontown section appeared similar to other instruments that have exploded in neighborhoods around the city in recent months, The Los Angeles Times reported.

“Unfortunately, it’s an all too-common experience,” said a police official cited in the report.

The law enforcement officials further stated that police was looking into a possible link between the blasts around the city and the explosion at the popular tourist attraction.

The Toontown area of the amusement park was reportedly evacuated at 5:30 p.m. local time, immediately following the blast inside a garbage bin. Visitors, however, were allowed back to the area about 7:30 p.m.

No injuries were reported as the result of the blast, according to police officials, who were also trying to determine a motive for targeting a section of the park mostly visited by young children and their parents.

The development comes amid persisting incidents of shootings across the United State, in which innocent people, including children, are increasingly targeted.

One of the worst recent cases occurred in the State of Connecticut last December, during which 20 young children and seven adults were massacred in an elementary school by a 20-year-old gunman.

Despite the carnage, American lawmakers have refused to consider legislation to enforce stricter background checks for firearm buyers.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Daily anti-Gitmo protests to hit London

0

British anti-war campaigners will hold daily protests in Londonâ„¢s Parliament Square beginning from June 3 in solidarity with the striking inmates in the notorious US detention center at Guantanamo Bay.

The protesters will Å“demand urgent action” from the British government to bring back Shaker Aamer, the last British inmate at Guantanamo.

Aamer has been on hunger strike for some 100 days now and experts have warned that he is probably beyond what is known to cause Å“irreversible cognitive impairment” for lack of food.

American officials have admitted that some 100 of the 166 Guantanamo inmates are on hunger strike, while their lawyers have made estimates of up to 144, with 21 prisoners being force-fed.

The prisoners have gone on hunger strikes in protest to detention conditions and their endless imprisonment without charge or trial.

The daily protests have been organized by Save Shaker Aamer campaign group, which gathered 117,000 signatures for a petition launched in April to call for his release.

Earlier on May 9, activists staged a protest outside the British parliament to call for governmentâ„¢s action to ensure Aamerâ„¢s release.

The Save Shaker Aamer campaign group also held related daily vigils outside the House of Commons between May 9 and 21.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

How Obama Can Escape the Quagmire of the Marijuana War

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Luis Carlos Jimenez del rio

May 23, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

More than three million people have been arrested on marijuana charges, at a rate of 90 per hour, during the Obama era.

Marijuana was first made illegal by the federal government in 1937, 76 years ago.  This year when the National Drug Control Strategy was released, the only thing President Obama wrote in the introduction about marijuana was: “we continue to see elevated rates of marijuana use among young people, likely driven by declines in perceptions of risk.” That one-sentence shows the failure of marijuana prohibition: after decades of a “war on marijuana” use is increasing and perceived risk declining. Indeed, according to federal research marijuana is the most widely used illegal drug; and adolescents use marijuana at higher levels than tobacco and find it easier to purchase than alcohol or prescription drugs.

The United States is stuck in a marijuana war quagmire.  The more the marijuana war fails, the more funding, the more destruction of individual rights, the more arrests, the more incarceration — the more ruined lives.  The result: more failure at greater costs.

The people are showing the path out of the marijuana war quagmire. The Justice Branch of the Green Shadow Cabinet issued a report this week that shows how the Obama administration can respect democracy and federalism and allow the implementation of laws that would regulate and tax marijuana in Colorado and Washington State, as well as in the 18 states and District of Columbia that allow its medical use.

Such action would be consistent with the Controlled Substances Act which directs that the attorney general ‘shall cooperate’ with the states on drugs. Section 873 of the CSA also provides a method for working with the states by allowing legally binding contractual agreements between federal and state governments. These ‘Section 873 Contracts’ should be negotiated with each state to allow the laws to be implemented while allowing federal law to remain effective.

In the report we specifically limited our recommendations to actions President Obama can take without any legislation from Congress.  The 32 page report, “ The Voters of Colorado and Washington Provide a Path to End the War-on-Marijuana Quagmire,” reviews the extent of marijuana use, impact of arrest and incarceration, reports of national commissions and legal issues around federalism.

The report makes four specific recommendations:

  1. Respect the will of the voters in Washington and Colorado, as well as public opinion in the United States that wants the federal government to refrain from interfering with implementation of these states laws.

  2. Recognize that there is no conflict between federal law and these state laws and enter into Section 873 contracts with the states to control marijuana, i.e. implement state laws, prevent sales to adolescents, ensure potency and purity labeling and apply taxes that raise money for government programs and discourage marijuana abuse. Colorado’s law allows personal cultivation of marijuana, which should be recognized in the Section 873 contract. And, in respect for federal law, states should agree to work to prevent marijuana from being diverted into states that have not reformed their laws. In return the federal government will not enforce laws against marijuana in states when the actions are consistent with state law and the 873 contract.

  3. With regard to regulation, licensing and taxation, these are alternative methods of control that are not in conflict with federal law which the US Supreme Court has said is to “conquer drug abuse” and “control the legitimate and illegitimate traffic in controlled substances.” Both the federal and state government want to protect public health and safety and can work together to achieve those goals.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Do CEOs have any shame? They're Firing Workers and Giving Themselves Raises

0

May 27, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Of all the compliments I’m inclined to pay to George Packer’s new book, “The Unwinding: An Inner History of the New America,” the one worth paying first is that it’s a pleasure to read, though not in the way I anticipated.

Packer is intelligent, explicitly analytical and happy to give himself plenty of word count to interrogate his subject from every angle. It’s a style he brings to his reporting in the New Yorker and to books like “The Assassin’s Gate: America in Iraq.”

“The Unwinding” is complex and intelligent, but these qualities are coalescent rather than explicit. And the narrative space of the book is highly pressurized. The chapters are short. The sentences shoot forward. The descriptors come quick and sharp and loaded for bear. The perspective jumps from one protagonist to the next rapidly, with nothing connecting the many characters – knowns like Newt Gingrich, unknowns like struggling biofuels entrepreneur Dean Price – except for Packer’s masterful location of them within the larger drama of the “unwinding.”

“If you were born around 1960 or afterwards, you spent your adult life in the vertigo of that unwinding,” writes Packer in his prologue. “You watched structures that had been in place before your birth collapse like pillars of salt across the vast visible landscape – the farms of the Carolina Piedmont, the factories of the Mahoning Valley, Florida subdivisions, California schools. And other things, harder to see but no less vital in supporting the order of everyday life, changed beyond recognition – ways and means in Washington caucus rooms, taboos on New York trading desks, manners and morals everywhere. When the norms that made the old institutions useful began to unwind, and the leaders abandoned their posts, the Roosevelt Republic that had reigned for almost half a century came undone. The void was filled by the default force in American life, organized money.”

I spoke to Packer by phone for about an hour, primarily about two things. One was the challenge of finding a way to tell this huge story in a way that felt intimate and narratively compelling. The other was about what I sensed was a fierce moral indignation at the core of the book. Packer wasn’t just acting the reporter, telling all these stories about how America had changed. He was saying that something has gone very wrong in this country. People are suffering. And there are people to blame.

Describe the genesis of the book for me.

It began from the events of the financial crisis and the recession. I had the sense that America was going through a wrenching transformation and then the transformation didn’t really happen. A lot of the same problems persisted after 2008, and a lot of the same ways of thinking about the problems. So I began to think that we were in a longer period of decline. Not necessarily permanent decline, but decline over a longer period than we normally think.

Many books have been written about this, and many of them are good books. I didn’t feel that I had much to add to the policy debates about problems like inequality, polarization, the hollowing out of the middle class, institutional decay. Instead what I wanted to do was describe what it’s been like to live in America over the past generation, from the late 1970s to the present, which has basically been the period of my adult life. And how to do that? I wanted to do it in a way that was both panoramic and intimate. It would look at many different parts of the country, many different sectors of society, at people who had made it, people who had not made it, people who were struggling, celebrities, obscure people. I wanted to do it with a bias toward the human voice and the human face rather than the big historical trends and events.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Obese From the Womb? The Shocking New Trend in America’s Weight Epidemic

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Can obesity start in the womb? According to recent work by scientists in Germany, the answer may be yes. Researchers at the Charite Hospital in Berlin found that babies with a high weight (over 8 pounds) had double the chances of suffering obesity as their normal-weight counterparts.

This insight is shifting previous beliefs that emphasized genetic causes such as overweight parents or other family members. Specifically, the new view claims that child obesity is primarily the result of the mother’s weight and food preferences during pregnancy. Dietician Bonnie Modungo, a specialist in weight management, notes an increasing trend in which “ pregnant women are heavier, have higher blood glucose levels, and grow bigger babies.” Modugno adds that the issue is the amount of fat stores the baby has in her organs and tissue.

What’s happening in the womb?

Over the past 10 years, scientists in New Zealand, Canada, the U.S. and the U.K. have studied obesity and epigenetics to attempt to understand the connection between prenatal nutrition and obesity. They have found that what a mother eats during pregnancy directly correlates to the infant’s food preferences throughout the course of his or her life. Simon Langley-Evans of the University of Nottingham studied the fetal hypothalamus, which is developed during the first trimester of pregnancy. In his study, pregnant rats were fed either a controlled diet of rat chow or a combination of rat chow and junk foods (e.g., doughnuts, cakes, pies, potato chips, fried foods). The offspring of the rats fed unhealthy foods ate excessively more junk foods, while both groups ate the same amount of rat chow. He then did research to see if these same results applied to humans. They did.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), a person’s appetite appears to be set before and directly after birth. When the mother ingests food, the fetus detects the flavors through a sense of smell in the amniotic fluid in which it floats.

Although these senses are minimal, the fetus forms preferences in the hypothalamus. This phenomenon creates a set point of satiety, meaning that as a child and adult the offspring will not feel satisfied until these preferences are met. When pregnant women eat a diet high in fat and sugar and low in protein, the theory goes, infants are born at higher birth weights and are pre-wired to have higher energy needs, to hoard calories and to crave high fat and high sugar foods. What follows is obesity in childhood and adulthood.

It has also been shown that high levels of energy consumption during pregnancy can alter the genetic code in children, causing them to have increased energy needs into adulthood. This makes it difficult for children to control weight gain and ultimately leads to obesity. These studies also cover the case of breast milk: Infants can taste the foods consumed by the mother through the breast milk, once again reinforcing a preference to what their mother eats and drinks.

Mothers confused, low-income babies at risk

For a pregnant woman, knowing what to eat and drink during pregnancy is a challenge. There a thousand different views on what is acceptable, and a simple Google search can throw you in 20 different directions. For example, pregnant mothers are often warned about alcohol consumption, and even refused a glass of wine in restaurants, and yet a report in Scientific American shows that a glass of wine a day does no harm. Then there’s the question of fish. How much mercury is safe? And how many grams of fat per day is optimal? To strive for perfection with prenatal nutrition is near enough impossible, but the issue behind obesity in the womb is often traced back to the fact that many mothers in America do not have adequate healthcare or not enough access to healthy foods.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Meet Obama's Anti-Labor, Subprime-Lending, Housekeeper-Mistreating Billionaire Nominee for Commerce Secretary

0

The following was originally published by Democracy Now! View the original transcript on the Democracy Now! website.

Billionaire business tycoon and former Obama fundraiser Penny Pritzker appears headed for confirmation as commerce secretary, despite concerns about her business dealings. Pritzker and her family owned Superior Bank, a Chicago-based firm that collapsed after the Pritzkers expanded subprime lending. With net worth of more than $1.5 billion, Pritzker stands to be one of the wealthiest Cabinet secretaries in history. Her family started the Hyatt Hotel chain, which has come under scrutiny for her clashes with labor unions. The AFL-CIO says Hyatt has exhibited a broad pattern of labor abuses, including aggressive outsourcing, low wages and the mistreatment of housekeepers. We’re joined by David Moberg, senior editor of In These Times magazine. His recent article is “3 Troubling Things To Know About Billionaire Penny Pritzker.”

Transcript

This is a rush transcript. Copy may not be in its final form.

Aaron Mate´: We turn now from the Chicago school closings to a former Chicago Board of Education member: the billionaire business tycoon Penny Pritzker. She appears headed for confirmation as commerce secretary. Pritzker’s family started the Hyatt Hotel chain, and she is a close friend of President Obama. In 2008, she served as the national finance chair of his presidential campaign.

At Pritzker’s confirmation hearing Thursday, Republican Senator John Thune of South Dakota asked her about her ties to Superior Bank, a Chicago-based bank owned by her family. Superior failed after Pritzker and her family expanded subprime lending.

Sen. John Thune: Ultimately, there were a number of the banks, uninsured depositors that had claims that they lost over $100,000 worth of savings, including one who reportedly deposited her entire retirement account with Superior a month before it failed. What do you have to say to those depositors who lost significant sums of money because of this venture?

Penny Pritzker: Well, Senator, I regret the failure of Superior Bank. It’s a–it was not an outcome or a situation that I’m–you know, I feel very badly about that.

Aaron Mate´: If confirmed, Penny Pritzker, with a net worth of over $1.5 billion, would be by far the wealthiest member of the current Cabinet and one of the wealthiest Cabinet secretaries in history. Bloomberg News reported Pritzker recently inadvertently understated a portion of her income by at least $80 million in a form required for her nomination. Last year, she received over $53 million in consulting fees from her family’s offshore trust in the Bahamas.

Amy Goodman: As an heir of the Hyatt Hotel chain and former head of the Chicago Board of Education, Pritzker has also come under scrutiny for her clashes with labor unions. According to the AFL-CIO, the Hyatt has exhibited a broad pattern of labor abuses, including aggressive outsourcing, low wages and the mistreatment of housekeepers. Both the hotel workers’ union UNITE HERE and the Chicago Teachers Union have opposed Pritzker’s nomination. Chicago Teachers Union President Karen Lewis said, quote, “As a member of the board of education, she has worked to close schools, destabilize neighborhoods and disrupt the economic lives of thousands of public school employees.”

Well, for more, we’re joined by David Moberg, senior editor of In These Times . His recent article is headlined “3 Troubling Things To Know About Billionaire Penny Pritzker.”

David Moberg, welcome to Democracy Now! What are those three troubling things?

David Moberg: Well, one of the things has to do with that anti-labor record. And it’s a record not simply of attacking labor unions, although there are two prominent examples. One is this battle withUNITE HERE, where Hyatt has refused to reach an agreement with the hotel union that’s based on the pattern that other major hotel chains have already adopted, and it has pursued a pattern of subcontracting of work and a general harsh treatment of its workforce at the hotels. In terms of another prominent labor clash, the–Penny Pritzker was one of the prime instigators of passage of a law in the state of Illinois that took away many of the rights from the Chicago Teachers Union and provoked a long strike here in Chicago. So, first of all, there’s been this specific kind of anti-labor record, but more broadly, there’s been a pattern of policies the Pritzkers have promoted that work to the disadvantage of working-class people in Chicago and around the country.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Get Apocalyptic – The Case for the New Radical

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/grynold

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Feeling anxious about life in a broken-down society on a stressed-out planet? That’s hardly surprising: Life as we know it is almost over. While the dominant culture encourages dysfunctional denial–pop a pill, go shopping, find your bliss–there’s a more sensible approach: Accept the anxiety, embrace the deeper anguish–and then get apocalyptic.

We are staring down multiple cascading ecological crises, struggling with political and economic institutions that are unable even to acknowledge, let alone cope with, the threats to the human family and the larger living world. We are intensifying an assault on the ecosystems in which we live, undermining the ability of that living world to sustain a large-scale human presence into the future. When all the world darkens, looking on the bright side is not a virtue but a sign of irrationality.

In these circumstances, anxiety is rational and anguish is healthy, signs not of weakness but of courage. A deep grief over what we are losing–and have already lost, perhaps never to be recovered–is appropriate. Instead of repressing these emotions we can confront them, not as isolated individuals but collectively, not only for our own mental health but to increase the effectiveness of our organizing for the social justice and ecological sustainability still within our grasp. Once we’ve sorted through those reactions, we can get apocalyptic and get down to our real work.

Perhaps that sounds odd, since we are routinely advised to overcome our fears and not give in to despair. Endorsing apocalypticism seems even stranger, given associations with “end-timer” religious reactionaries and “doomer” secular survivalists. People with critical sensibilities, those concerned about justice and sustainability, think of ourselves as realistic and less likely to fall for either theological or science-fiction fantasies.

Many associate “apocalypse” with the rapture-ranting that grows out of some interpretations of the Christian Book of Revelation (aka, the Apocalypse of John), but it’s helpful to remember that the word’s original meaning is not “end of the world.” “Revelation” from Latin and “apocalypse” from Greek both mean a lifting of the veil, a disclosure of something hidden, a coming to clarity. Speaking apocalyptically, in this sense, can deepen our understanding of the crises and help us see through the many illusions that powerful people and institutions create.

But there is an ending we have to confront. Once we’ve honestly faced the crises, then we can deal with what is ending–not all the world, but the systems that currently structure our lives. Life as we know it is, indeed, coming to an end.

Let’s start with the illusions: Some stories we have told ourselves–claims by white people, men, or U.S. citizens that domination is natural and appropriate–are relatively easy to debunk (though many cling to them). Other delusional assertions–such as the claim that capitalism is compatible with basic moral principles, meaningful democracy, and ecological sustainability–require more effort to take apart (perhaps because there seems to be no alternative).

But toughest to dislodge may be the central illusion of the industrial world’s extractive economy: that we can maintain indefinitely a large-scale human presence on the earth at something like current First-World levels of consumption. The task for those with critical sensibilities is not just to resist oppressive social norms and illegitimate authority, but to speak a simple truth that almost no one wants to acknowledge: The high-energy/high-technology life of affluent societies is a dead end. We can’t predict with precision how resource competition and ecological degradation will play out in the coming decades, but it is ecocidal to treat the planet as nothing more than a mine from which we extract and a landfill into which we dump.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Beware of Economic Nonsense Trotted Out by Profit-Seeking Corporations and Their Stooges

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ nito

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Forbes Magazine likes to call itself a “capitalist tool,” and routinely offers tool-like justifications for whatever it is that profit-seeking corporations want to do. Recently it has deployed its small army of corporate defenders and apologists in the multi-billion dollar fight to keep the effective tax rates of global corporations low.

One of its contributors, Tim Worstall, recently took me to task for suggesting that a way for citizens to gain some countervailing power over large global corporations is for governments to threaten denial of market access unless corporations act responsibly.

He argues that the benefits to consumers of global corporations are so large that denial of market access would hurt citizens more than it would help them. The “value to U.S. consumers of Apple is they can buy Apple products,” Worstall writes. “Why would you want to punish U.S. consumers, by banning them from buying Apple products, just because Apple obeys the current tax laws?”

Wortstall thereby begs the central question. If global corporations obeyed all national laws – the spirit of the laws as well as the letter of them — and didn’t use their inordinate power to dictate the laws in the first place by otherwise threatening to take their jobs and investments elsewhere, there’d be no issue.

It’s the fact of their power to manipulate laws by playing nations off against one another — determining how much they pay in taxes, as well as how much they get in corporate welfare subsidies, how much regulation they’re subject to, and so on — that raises the question of how citizens can countermand this power.

Consumer benefits may sometimes exceed such costs. But, as we’ve painfully learned over the years (the Wall Street meltdown, the BP oil spill in the Gulf, consumer injuries and deaths from unsafe products, worker injuries and deaths from unsafe working conditions, climate change brought on by carbon dioxide emissions, and, yes, manipulation of the tax laws — need I go on?), the social costs may also exceed consumer benefits.

Why would an economics writer for a seemingly sophisticated national publication such as  Forbes deny the existence of corporate power to circumvent or create favorable laws, or dismiss the social costs that corporations bent solely on maximizing profits routinely disregard? I’ll get back to this in a moment.

Worstall then goes on to criticize me for suggesting that governments also condition market access on receiving some of the social benefits that corporations now wield to play countries off against one another, such as good jobs or investments in research and development. In his eyes, I’m committing the mortal sin of denying the economics of comparative advantage.

On what planet have Forbes’ capitalist tools been living? Many of the world’s most successful economies — among them, China and Singapore — owe their successes in part to their conditioning market access on certain kinds of jobs and investments, including research and development. That’s the way they have come to use global corporations, rather than be used by them. It’s the same approach Alexander Hamilton advocated more than two centuries ago in proposing how the United States develop its manufacturing industries.

Comparative advantage is nice in theory, but in a world where powerful global corporations are using every strategy imaginable to maximize their profits and powerful governments are strategically employing market access to develop their economies, it’s just theory.

Economics writers like those affiliated with Forbes Magazine surely are sophisticated enough to know this as well. So why are they so eager to trot out such economic nonsense?

Perhaps because so much profit is at stake that those who pay their salaries — and who have also put many academic economists on retainers — prefer that they mislead the public with simplistic economic theory that appears to justify these profits rather than to tell the truth.

My modest suggestion that governments become the agents of their citizens in bargaining with global capital should hardly raise an eyebrow. But the capitalist tools at Forbes, and elsewhere, must be worried that average citizens may be starting to see what’s really going on, and might therefore take such a suggestion seriously.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Inside the Historic Genocide Trial of a Guatemalan Dictator

0

Rios Montt was convicted of perpetrating a genocide in Guatemala, though the verdict was overturned in May 2013.
Photo Credit: Kenneth F. Wales

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On May 10, 2013, history was made in Guatemala. For the first time ever, a former head of state was found guilty of genocide in a national court. And the prosecution of former de facto head of state José Efraín Ríos Montt and his chief of intelligence José Mauricio Rodríguez Sánchez was itself an historic first.

The milestones achieved by the prosecution significantly elevated Guatemala and its system of justice in the eyes of the international human rights community. This trial did not come easily to the Guatemalan courts, and did not proceed smoothly once it got there. Nevertheless, the successful prosecution was hailed by international observers and human rights groups as a major victory for justice — until the guilty verdict was overturned by the Constitutional Court in a 3-2 decision only 10 days after it was delivered.

The case against Ríos Montt began almost 15 years ago, when victims groups in Guatemala filed the first complaints in Guatemala alleging that Ríos Montt committed human rights abuses. Until the appointment of Attorney General Claudia Paz y Paz, however, there was no political will in the country to prosecute high-level leaders for human rights abuses. It was in this context that in 1999, Rigoberta Menchú, a Guatemalan Nobel Peace Prize laureate, initiated a human rights prosecution in Spain against the former general Ríos Montt — along with four other former generals — for torture, genocide and state-sponsored terrorism.

Ríos Montt became de facto president in a military coup d’etat on March 23, 1982, and the genocide and war crimes for which he was convicted took place over the nearly 17 months he was in power. Menchú, a Quiché indigenous woman, lost most of her family and community to the military’s attacks on indigenous communities, and has long been an advocate for indigenous peoples’ rights. From the beginning, the defendants maintained that the deaths of indigenous people occurred as a result of civil war and were a necessary consequence of the insurgents’ guerilla tactics.

The Center for Justice & Accountability (CJA) joined the prosecution in Spain in 2006 as a popular prosecutor and coordinated an international legal team to work on the case. From 2008 through 2011 the CJA-led legal team brought more than 30 indigenous Guatemalans and a dozen expert witnesses to testify before the Spanish National Court and introduce evidence of genocide and other war crimes. Much of this testimony would later be introduced by the Guatemalan prosecution.

Building in part on the evidence developed in the case in Spain, Guatemalan Attorney General Claudia Paz y Paz issued an indictment for Ríos Montt and Rodríguez Sánchez for genocide and crimes against humanity on Jan. 26, 2012. Two days later, Judge Miguel Angel Gálvez, magistrate of the High Risk Crimes Court, ordered Montt and Sánchez to stand trial on allegations that they ordered 15 massacres against Maya Ixil in three municipalities in the department of Quiché, killing 1,771 people and displacing 29,000. Crimes against humanity is defined in the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court as a number of specific acts including but not limited to murder, torture, extermination, rape, and enforced disappearance “when committed as part of a widespread or systematic attack directed against any civilian population, with knowledge of the attack.”

Judge Gálvez established that there was legal justification for a trial. Galvez’s reasoning was based on both domestic and international law and factual evidence that pointed to the military’s identification of the whole Ixil population as subversive, as well as the military’s systematic methods of attack on Ixil communities. Presentation of the evidence began on Jan. 31, 2013. Key pieces of evidence in the trial included one of documentary filmmaker Pamela Yates’ outtakes, in which Ríos Montt states, “If I can’t control the army, what am I doing here?” Other important evidence included witness testimony of systematic rapes and killings, as well as forensic anthropological evidence supporting their testimony.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Obama Vows to Ratchet Down the War on Terror — Will He Follow Through?

0

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In his speech at the National Defense University on Thursday, President Obama made one of the most sensible, realistic, thorough and truthful statements about terrorism and counterterrorism from any senior official, let alone a president.

The speech was not a piece of oratorical artwork, and it probably will not have the popular resonance of many of his other utterances. But in the sheer quality of its substance, the speech was one of his best.

The welcome and needed main message was that the United States must and should get off the track of waging a “boundless ‘global war on terror.’” Accompanying that message was an accurate description of the terrorist threats that do and do not endanger U.S. interests.

The President explained how the main problem is not what is left of the core al-Qaeda group but instead some parts of an assortment of foreign offshoots as well as radicalized individuals in the United States. Many of the foreign groups, including some that have adopted the al-Qaeda brand name, are primarily focused on local matters and do not pose any significant threat to U.S. interests.

Mr. Obama was candid in what can and cannot be done in countering terrorism. We “cannot erase” violent extremism. He talked of some of the vulnerabilities that are unavoidable, including the dangers faced by U.S. diplomats serving in trouble-prone places such as Libya.

The President, in multiple ways, made clear the inherent trade-offs involved in many aspects of counterterrorist policy. This included his discussion of the pros and cons of establishing either a special court or an oversight board to pass judgment on proposed drone strikes against terrorist suspects, while evidently remaining open-minded himself about the different options.

It also included his reference to the need to strike a balance between security and “preserving those freedoms that make us who we are.” This aspect of the speech was a needed antidote to the tendency to think about counterterrorism in absolute terms and doing whatever is necessary to provide security.

A needed antidote to the tendency to think of a “war” on terrorism involving military force as a first-choice tool was Mr. Obama’s reference to the many different instruments of statecraft that contribute to counterterrorism even if they are not labeled expressly as such.

Especially welcome was his forthright discussion of the need to address “underlying grievances and conflicts that feed extremism.” He included under this category the promotion of democracy, foreign assistance, and – of particular note – the establishment of an Israeli-Palestinian peace.

What the President said about the detention facility at Guantanamo was admirably blunt and indicated a welcome use of what executive authorities he has to get closer to the goal of closure. He discussed how the original purpose of the facility was to keep detainees beyond the reach of any law and how this ignoble objective has hurt U.S. foreign relations by fostering a perception of U.S. disregard for law. He also correctly said that the congressional restrictions on movement from detainees out of Guantanamo “make no sense.”

The speech serves also as another refutation of the myth that Mr. Obama claims to have dealt a fatal blow to international terrorism. The myth seems to have been born during last year’s election campaign amid subliminal fears of Mr. Obama’s opponents that whatever successes his administration has had against terrorism might win him votes.

The myth has underlain the silliness about talking points on the Benghazi incident, allegedly doctored so as not to contradict the mythical claim about having defeated terrorism. It also underlies some more recent silliness about the White House supposedly wanting to “punish” the Associated Press for stories that indicate there is still a terrorist threat out there.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Noam Chomsky: The Kind of Anarchism I Believe in, and What's Wrong with Libertarians

0

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following is the adapted text of an interview that first appeared in Modern Success magazine.

So many things have been written about, and discussed by, Professor Chomsky, it was a challenge to think of anything new to ask him:  like the grandparent you can’t think of what to get for Christmas because they already have everything.

So I chose to be a bit selfish and ask him what I’ve always wanted to ask him. As an out-spoken, actual, live-and-breathing anarchist, I wanted to know how he could align himself with such a controversial and marginal position.

Michael S. Wilson: You are, among many other things, a self-described anarchist – an anarcho-syndicalist, specifically. Most people think of anarchists as disenfranchised punks throwing rocks at store windows, or masked men tossing ball-shaped bombs at fat industrialists. Is this an accurate view? What is anarchy to you?

Noam Chomsky: Well, anarchism is, in my view, basically a kind of tendency in human thought which shows up in different forms in different circumstances, and has some leading characteristics. Primarily it is a tendency that is suspicious and skeptical of domination, authority, and hierarchy. It seeks structures of hierarchy and domination in human life over the whole range, extending from, say, patriarchal families to, say, imperial systems, and it asks whether those systems are justified. It assumes that the burden of proof for anyone in a position of power and authority lies on them. Their authority is not self-justifying. They have to give a reason for it, a justification. And if they can’t justify that authority and power and control, which is the usual case, then the authority ought to be dismantled and replaced by something more free and just. And, as I understand it, anarchy is just that tendency. It takes different forms at different times. Anarcho-syndicalism is a particular variety of anarchism which was concerned primarily, though not solely, but primarily with control over work, over the work place, over production. It took for granted that working people ought to control their own work, its conditions, [that] they ought to control the enterprises in which they work, along with communities, so they should be associated with one another in free associations, and … democracy of that kind should be the foundational elements of a more general free society. And then, you know, ideas are worked out about how exactly that should manifest itself, but I think that is the core of anarcho-syndicalist thinking. I mean it’s not at all the general image that you described – people running around the streets, you know, breaking store windows – but [anarcho-syndicalism] is a conception of a very organized society, but organized from below by direct participation at every level, with as little control and domination as is feasible, maybe none. Wilson: With the apparent ongoing demise of the capitalist state, many people are looking at other ways to be successful, to run their lives, and I’m wondering what you would say anarchy and syndicalism have to offer, things that others ideas – say, for example, state-run socialism – have failed to offer? Why should we choose anarchy, as opposed to, say, libertarianism? Chomsky: Well what’s called libertarian in the United States, which is a special U. S. phenomenon, it doesn’t really exist anywhere else – a little bit in England – permits a very high level of authority and domination but in the hands of private power: so private power should be unleashed to do whatever it likes. The assumption is that by some kind of magic, concentrated private power will lead to a more free and just society. Actually that has been believed in the past. Adam Smith for example, one of his main arguments for markets was the claim that under conditions of perfect liberty, markets would lead to perfect equality. Well, we don’t have to talk about that! That kind of – Wilson: It seems to be a continuing contention today … Chomsky: Yes, and so well that kind of libertarianism, in my view, in the current world, is just a call for some of the worst kinds of tyranny, namely unaccountable private tyranny. Anarchism is quite different from that. It calls for an elimination to tyranny, all kinds of tyranny. Including the kind of tyranny that’s internal to private power concentrations. So why should we prefer it? Well I think because freedom is better than subordination. It’s better to be free than to be a slave. Its’ better to be able to make your own decisions than to have someone else make decisions and force you to observe them. I mean, I don’t think you really need an argument for that. It seems like … transparent. The thing you need an argument for, and should give an argument for, is, How can we best proceed in that direction? And there are lots of ways within the current society. One way, incidentally, is through use of the state, to the extent that it is democratically controlled. I mean in the long run, anarchists would like to see the state eliminated. But it exists, alongside of private power, and the state is, at least to a certain extent, under public influence and control – could be much more so. And it provides devices to constrain the much more dangerous forces of private power. Rules for safety and health in the workplace for example. Or insuring that people have decent health care, let’s say. Many other things like that. They’re not going to come about through private power. Quite the contrary. But they can come about through the use of the state system under limited democratic control … to carry forward reformist measures. I think those are fine things to do. they should be looking forward to something much more, much beyond, – namely actual, much larger-scale democratization. And that’s possible to not only think about, but to work on. So one of the leading anarchist thinkers, Bakunin in the 19th cent, pointed out that it’s quite possible to build the institutions of a future society within the present one. And he was thinking about far more autocratic societies than ours. And that’s being done. So for example, worker- and community- controlled enterprises are germs of a future society within the present one. And those not only can be developed, but are being developed. There’s some important work on this by Gar Alperovitz who’s involved in the enterprise systems around the Cleveland area which are worker and community controlled. There’s a lot of theoretical discussion of how it might work out, from various sources. Some of the most worked out ideas are in what’s called the “parecon” – participatory economics – literature and discussions. And there are others. These are at the planning and thinking level. And at the practical implementation level, there are steps that can be taken, while also pressing to overcome the worst … the major harms … caused by … concentration of private power through the use of state system, as long as the current system exists. So there’s no shortage of means to pursue. As for state socialism, depends what one means by the term. If it’s tyranny of the Bolshevik variety (and its descendants), we need not tarry on it. If it’s a more expanded social democratic state, then the comments above apply. If something else, then what? Will it place decision-making in the hands of working people and communities, or in hands of some authority? If the latter, then – once again – freedom is better than subjugation, and the latter carries a very heavy burden of justification. Wilson:: Many people know you because of your and Edward Herman’s development of the Propaganda Model. Could you briefly describe that model and why it might be important to [college] students? Chomsky: Well first look back a bit – a little historical framework – back in the late 19th-, early 20th century, a good deal of freedom had been won in some societies. At the peak of this were in fact the United States and Britain. By no means free societies, but by comparative standards quite advanced in this respect. In fact so advanced, that power systems – state and private – began to recognize that things were getting to a point where they can’t control the population by force as easily as before, so they are going to have to turn to other means of control. And the other means of control are control of beliefs and attitudes. And out of that grew the public relations industry, which in those days described itself honestly as an industry of propaganda. The guru of the PR industry, Edward Bernays – incidentally, not a reactionary, but a Wilson-Roosevelt-Kennedy liberal – the maiden handbook of the PR industry which he wrote back in the 1920s was calledPropaganda. And in it he described, correctly, the goal of the industry. He said our goal is to insure that the “intelligent minority” – and of course anyone who writes about these things is part of that intelligent minority by definition, by stipulation, so we, the intelligent minority, are the only people capable of running things, and there’s that great population out there, the “unwashed masses,” who, if they’re left alone will just get into trouble: so we have to, as he put it, “engineer their consent,” figure out ways to insure they consent to our rule and domination. And that’s the goal of the PR industry. And it works in many ways. It’s primary commitment is commercial advertising. In fact, Bernays made his name right at that time – late 20s – by running an advertising campaign to convince women to smoke cigarettes: women weren’t smoking cigarettes, this big group of people who the tobacco industry isn’t able to kill, so we’ve got to do something about that. And he very successfully ran campaigns that induced women to smoke cigarettes: that would be, in modern terms, the cool thing to do, you know, that’s the way you get to be a modern, liberated woman. It was very successful – Wilson: Is there a correlation between that campaign and what’s happening with the big oil industry right now and climate change? Chomsky: These are just a few examples. These are the origins of what became a huge industry of controlling attitudes and opinions. Now the oil industry today, and in fact the business world generally, are engaged in comparable campaigns to try to undermine efforts to deal with a problem that’s even greater than the mass murder that was caused by the tobacco industry; and it was mass murder. We are facing a threat, a serious threat, of catastrophic climate change. And it’s no joke. And [the oil industry is] trying to impede measures to deal with it for their own short-term profit interests. And that includes not only the petroleum industry, but the American Chamber of Commerce – the leading business lobby – and others, who’ve stated quite openly that they’re conducting … they don’t call it propaganda … but what would amount to propaganda campaigns to convince people that there’s no real danger and we shouldn’t really do much about it, and that we should concentrate on really important things like the deficit and economic growth – what they call ‘growth’ – and not worry about the fact that the human species is marching over a cliff which could be something like [human] species destruction; or at least the destruction of the possibility of a decent life for huge numbers of people. And there are many other correlations. In fact quite generally, commercial advertising is fundamentally an effort to undermine markets. We should recognize that. If you’ve taken an economics course, you know that markets are supposed to be based on informed consumers making rational choices. You take a look at the first ad you see on television and ask yourself … is that it’s purpose? No it’s not. It’s to create uninformed consumers making irrational choices. And these same institutions run political campaigns. It’s pretty much the same: you have to undermine democracy by trying to get uninformed people to make irrational choices. And so this is only one aspect of the PR industry. What Herman and I were discussing was another aspect of the whole propaganda system that developed roughly at that period, and that’s “manufacture of consent,” as it was called, [consent] to the decisions of our political leaders, or the leaders of the private economy, to try to insure that people have the right beliefs and don’t try to comprehend the way decisions are being made that may not only harm them, but harm many others. That’s propaganda in the normal sense. And so we were talking about mass media, and the intellectual community of the world in general, which is to a large extent dedicated to this. Not that people see themselves as propagandists, but … that they are themselves deeply indoctrinated into the principles of the system, which prevent them from perceiving many things that are really right on the surface, [things] that would be subversive to power if understood. We give plenty of examples there and there’s plenty more you can mention up to the present moment, crucial ones in fact. That’s a large part of a general system of indoctrination and control that runs parallel to controlling attitudes and … consumeristic commitments, and other devices to control people. You mentioned students before. Well one of the main problems for students today – a huge problem – is sky-rocketing tuitions. Why do we have tuitions that are completely out-of-line with other countries, even with our own history? In the 1950s the United States was a much poorer country than it is today, and yet higher education was … pretty much free, or low fees or no fees for huge numbers of people. There hasn’t been an economic change that’s made it necessary, now, to have very high tuitions, far more than when we were a poor country. And to drive the point home even more clearly, if we look just across the borders, Mexico is a poor country yet has a good educational system with free tuition. There was an effort by the Mexican state to raise tuition, maybe some 15 years ago or so, and there was a national student strike which had a lot of popular support, and the government backed down. Now that’s just happened recently in Quebec, on our other border. Go across the ocean: Germany is a rich country. Free tuition. Finland has the highest-ranked education system in the world. Free … virtually free. So I don’t think you can give an argument that there are economic necessities behind the incredibly high increase in tuition. I think these are social and economic decisions made by the people who set policy. And [these hikes] are part of, in my view, part of a backlash that developed in the 1970s against the liberatory tendencies of the 1960s. Students became much freer, more open, they were pressing for opposition to the war, for civil rights, women’s rights … and the country just got too free. In fact, liberal intellectuals condemned this, called it a “crisis of democracy:” we’ve got to have more moderation of democracy.  They called, literally, for more commitment to indoctrination of the young, their phrase … we have to make sure that the institutions responsible for the indoctrination of the young do their work, so we don’t have all this freedom and independence. And many developments took place after that. I don’t think we have enough direct documentation to prove causal relations, but you can see what happened. One of the things that happened was controlling students – in fact, controlling students for the rest of their lives, by simply trapping them in debt. That’s a very effective technique of control and indoctrination. And I suspect – I can’t prove – but I suspect that that’s a large part of the reason behind [high tuitions]. Many other parallel things happened. The whole economy changed in significant ways to concentrate power, to undermine workers’ rights and freedom. In fact the economist who chaired the Federal Reserve around the Clinton years, Alan Greenspan – St. Alan as he was called then, the great genius of the economics profession who was running the economy, highly honored – he testified proudly before congress that the basis for the great economy that he was running was what he called “growing worker insecurity.” If workers are more insecure, they won’t do things, like asking for better wages and better benefits. And that’s healthy for the economy from a certain point of view, a point of view that says workers ought to be oppressed and controlled, and that wealth ought to be concentrated in a very few pockets. So yeah, that’s a healthy economy, and we need growing worker insecurity, and we need growing student insecurity, for similar reasons. I think all of these things line up together as part of a general reaction – a bipartisan reaction, incidentally – against liberatory tendencies which manifested themselves in the 60s and have continued since. Wilson:  [Finally, ]I’m wondering if you could [end with some advice for today’s college students]. Chomsky: There are plenty of problems in the world today, and students face a number of them, including the ones I mentioned – the joblessness, insecurity and so on. Yet on the other hand, there has been progress. In a lot of respects things are a lot more free and advanced than they were … not many years ago. So many things that were really matters of struggle, in fact even some barely even mentionable, say, in the 1960s, are now … partially resolved. Things like women’s rights. Gay rights. Opposition to aggression. Concern for the environment – which is nowhere near where it ought to be, but far beyond the 1960s. These victories for freedom didn’t come from gifts from above. They came from people struggling under conditions that are harsher than they are now.  There is state repression now. But it doesn’t begin to compare with, say, Cointelpro in the 1960s. People that don’t know about that ought to read and think to find out. And that leaves lots of opportunities. Students, you know, are relatively privileged as compared with the rest of the population. They are also in a period of their lives where they are relatively free. Well that provides for all sorts of opportunities. In the past, such opportunities have been taken by students who have often been in the forefront of progressive change, and they have many more opportunities now. It’s never going to be easy. There’s going to be repression. There’s going to be backlash. But that’s the way society moves forward.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

6 killed, 11 injured in Iraq bomb attack

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A bomb blast has killed at least six people and injured eleven others in the city of Baquba, north of Baghdad.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Anonymous vows revenge on EDL

0

The hackers group Anonymous says they will make the far-right English Defense League pay for their taking advantage of the murder of a British soldier in London to spread hatred and animosity toward Muslims.

Anonymous said the EDL have unleashed a wave of some 200 racist attacks against mosques and Muslims since the killing of Lee Rigby last Wednesday.

The hacktivists said they will soon release the phone numbers of EDL members in a newly launched Å“Operation EDL”.

Anonymous said in a Twitter post in a reference to EDL that Å“you have angered us considerably, and summoned our wrath irrevocably”.

Å“We have been patiently observing your organization, as you have inflated, indoctrinating our young with your criminal mindset … You have capitalized on the misfortunes of our peoples … to spread hatred and animosity towards your fellow man. Your constant belligerence, like a pack of raving ignoramuses, furthering only bigotry and segregation,” Anonymous said in its statement.

œUnder the guise of national pride you have instigated crimes against the innocent and incited the subjugation of Muslims. We will not allow your injustices, your lies, and your stupidity, to further radicalize our youth into fearing and despising their fellow man, it added.

Anonymous also promised Å“with complete confidence” that the EDL will Å“fall” adding they will expose the Å“cult” and what they try to keep secret.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bahraini regime attacks funeral

0

A Bahraini man covers his face in a cloud of tear gas fired by police. (File photo)

Bahraini regime forces have attacked the funeral procession of a man who died after inhaling tear gas in the village of Karzakan.

Bahraini regime forces fired tear gas and stun grenades to disperse mourners who were holding a funeral for Omran al-Seyed on Tuesday.

Omran al-Seyed, 31-year-old, lost his life on Tuesday after inhaling toxic tear gas, which had been used by Bahraini regime forces in crackdown on protesters in the village of Karzakan.

Also, on Monday, Jafar Jassem Ali al-Taweal died when Bahraini forces fired toxic gas to disperse protesters during an anti-regime demonstration in Sitra.

In January, Qasim Habib Jaâ„¢far, an eight-year-old child, and another Bahraini man, Haj Habib Ibrahim Abdullah, died in the same way near the capital, Manama.

Scores of Bahraini civilians, mostly senior citizens and kids, have died due to the misuse of tear gas against protesters by regime forces.

Last year, Amnesty International warned about the Manama regimeâ„¢s misuse of tear gas against protesters, calling for an investigation into the tear gas-related deaths.

Bahrainis have been staging demonstrations since mid-February 2011, demanding political reform and a constitutional monarchy, a demand that later changed to an outright call for the ouster of the ruling Al Khalifa family following its brutal crackdown on popular protests.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Israel carries out incursion into Gaza

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Reports say Israeli tanks and bulldozers have carried out an incursion into the central besieged Gaza Strip.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Market Buzz: Cheered by resumed trade in US and UK

0

Waiting for the macroeconomic news to follow later on Wednesday from the West, Russian floors have opened neutrally, slightly up.

Tuesday ended with the Russian
stock market on positive ground, thanks to growing oil prices and
optimistic exterior outlook. The MICEX ended the session 1.4
percent higher at 1398, while the RTS advanced 1 percent to close
at 1399.

European floors posted strong gains on May 28, as the UK and the
US stocks reopened after the long holiday weekend.  

The benchmark Stoxx 600 index advanced 1.3 percent to 308.23.
London’s FTSE 100 index closed 1.62 percent higher at 6,762.01
points, while the DAX 30 index in Frankfurt added 1.16 percent to
8,480.87 points. In Paris, the CAC 40 climbed 1.39 percent to end
the session at 4,050.56.

Italy’s stock exchange in Milan ended up 2.10 percent at 17,520
points, while the Spanish IBEX 35 added 1.77 percent to end at
8,511.3.

US stocks are back on track with the upward tendency, which has
prevailed on the US floors this year bringing record highs to
major indicators. Market was cheered by the US home prices, which
rose the most in seven years, while consumer confidence reached a
five-year high. As stock prices rose investors sold bonds,
sending interest rates higher.

The Dow Jones industrial average rose set another record Tuesday,
bouncing back from last week’s loss to close 0.69 percent higher
at 15,409.39. The S&P 500 index also gained to close 0.63
percent higher at 1,660.06, while the NASDAQ Composite Index
added 0.86 percent, ending at 3,488.89. 

The US stock market is recovering from last week’s losses, when
both the Dow and the S&P 500 went through their first losing
streak in a month. Investors are still worried that the Federal
Reserve might pull out of its economic stimulus program, which
has supported the gains on the stock market.

On Wednesday investors will be eyeing news from the West for
drivers on May 29. Among the major updates is the upcoming
Germany’s release of preliminary data on consumer price
inflation, which accounts for the majority of overall inflation,
as well as fresh unemployment figures. Spain is to hold an
auction of 10-year government bonds. UK will release industry
data on retail sales, an important economic indicator.

Elsewhere in the world, Japan is to release government data on
retail sales, the government measure of consumer spending, which
accounts for the majority of overall economic activity. Australia
is to publish official data on completed construction work, an
important economic indicator.

The Bank of Canada is to announce its benchmark interest rate and
publish its rate statement, which outlines economic conditions
and the factors affecting the monetary policy decision.

Most Asian markets rose Wednesday following the new record of the
Dow Jones in the US. Investors in the region, however, also
remain concerned that the Federal Reserve may taper its bond
purchasing.

Mainland China’s Shanghai Composite climbed 0.5 percent. In South
Korea Kospi gained rose 0.5 percent, Taiwan’s Taiex added 0.7
percent. 

Hong Kong’s Hang Seng however was down 0.6 percent after a
two-day rally, while the S&P/ASX 200 in Australia slipped 0.1
percent.

In Japan the yen strengthened on Wednesday as Japanese stocks
fell. The dollar lost 0.1 percent to 102.26 yen. The Nikkei
struggled to stay up following recent major losses and gained 0.1
percent to 14,326.46.

Oil is currently slightly down, with Brent trading 0.1 percent
lower at $104, while WTI is 0.2 percent lower, trading at $94.70.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Radical Remaking of the Economy is Taking Root

0

It is time for the economy to work for the people, not the elites; it is time for economic democracy.

As the school year ends, college students are coming home to a paucity of summer jobs and young adults are graduating into an economy with 27% underemployment and unemployment for them. This generation has inherited a failed economy. Not only do they graduate to lousy job prospects, but they also graduate with record high debts.

There are solutions to the economic crisis they face — and it is a crisis. In fact, a coalition of students and the Roosevelt Institute developed  a “New Deal” for youth to address the student debt crisis. We support free college or trade school education for high school grads, but, as Stiglitz says, we should at least be giving students very low cost loans.

The slightly older Generation X is not doing well either. Members of GenX suffered losses amounting to 45% of median net worth between 2007 and 2010. As a result, they are facing a genuine chance of downward mobility and may never be able to retire.

The older generations may have dodged a bullet, thanks to the fraud of austerity being exposed. Once again Obama’s constant attempts at a “Grand Bargain” that would cut Social Security and Medicare seem unlikely — for now. But, people need to remain vigilant because these cuts are really about privatization of both programs and a massive wealth transfer to Wall Street — an agenda of both parties, albeit using different rhetoric.

The young graduates and those still of working age will be suffering with significantly increased costs of health care, with much less coverage. The average cost for a family of four is already over $22,000 annually. Obama’s attack on the kind of healthcare all Americans should have, falsely labeling decent healthcare “Cadillac Plans,” is causing them to disappear and resulting in increased premiums, increased co-pays and less coverage. U.S. healthcare is now in a race to the bottom with new “bare bones” plans that will put many more Americans at risk for serious health problems as well as health-related bankruptcy.

And, while Americans earn low wages and work without adequate healthcare, they also live in the only wealthy country in the world that does not guarantee paid vacation. According to a report by the Center for Economic and Policy Research, even the average vacation time given in private employment — a total of 16 days — does not meet the minimum requirement in Europe, 19 days. On top of that Europeans get 5 to 13 paid national holidays, while there are none in the U.S.

Why is the United States so abusive to its people? At the root, it is because of deeply embedded corruption. Both the government and the economy are corrupted by the power of big business money. This was on display in the week’s news. United Republic published an excellent infographic that shows the pay-off for investing in “buying” the government. The Return on Investment is an extraordinary 77,500 percent for pharmaceutical companies. Oil companies had a return on investment of 5,900 percent, and multinational companies, 22,000 percent.

Mother Jones exposed how Citigroup was able to write a law that allowed tax-payer funded banks to engage in risky trading practices. The law passed the House with the exact words drafted by Citi. And, the banks’ constant pressure on the Commodities Futures Trading Commission resulted in weak regulation of the derivatives market that puts the economy at risk.

At the Department of Justice, it has become evident that the decision that banks were too big to jail was based on no research, no evidence, nothing except a corrupt agency headed by a former corporate lawyer, Eric Holder, with the chief of enforcement, Lanny Breuer, leaving the DoJ in March and now earning $4 million a year at the same law firm where Holder was a partner before becoming attorney general.

If big business can’t get what they want through Congress or the regulatory agencies, they fight on another playing field: trade policy and globalization. It is becoming evident that the Trans-Pacific Partnership is a forum for transnational corporations to do an end run around governments. And as Joseph Stiglitz points out, globalization is also about hiding profits through manipulation of tax laws and hiding money in tax havens.

What has all this deep corruption of government and the economy created? According to the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, in all developing countries, “inequality has increased by more over the past three years to the end of 2010 than in the previous twelve.” Now in the United States, the average executive of a publicly traded company’s income has risen to $9.7 million annually.  And, corporate bullies like the CEO of Caterpillar are admired for keeping workers’ pay so low that many workers are on food stamps despite $66 billion in sales, generating $5.7 billion in profits last year. The CEO of Caterpillar, Doug Oberhelman, who pays himself $22 million, has been chosen to chair the National Association of Manufacturers. Shouldn’t these kinds of people be shunned rather than applauded?

On top of this, over the last 60 years there has been a dramatic change in the tax system to a more regressive tax. Payroll taxes now make up 35 percent of all federal government tax receipts, up from 11 percent in 1950. Corporate income taxes, meanwhile, now make up less than 10 percent of federal revenue, down from about 26 percent in 1950. Again, the corruption of government by concentrated corporate power is the root cause.

But, there are obvious lessons from around the world and people are waking up to them. Economist Jeffrey Sachs points to an example of success, Turkey; a country in a very challenging region of the world, close to the economic disasters in Greece and Cyprus. Turkey has created a steadily growing economy by remaking their finance system and investing in their country, especially with infrastructure improvements.

This past week, Fed Chair Ben Bernanke once again advised Congress that creating jobs will be better for the economy and reduce the debt better than austerity.

Maybe the reality of a bridge falling in Washington State will wake Congress up to the inexcusable neglect of infrastructure. Infrastructure spending has declined in the Obama era despite the jobs it would create and the urgent need. In Washington State alone there are 759 bridges worse off than the one that collapsed and nationally there are thousands of bridges at risk of collapse. The economy could get moving again if Washington, DC just solved the infrastructure problem.

Economist Mark Weisbrot says another lesson can be learned from Europe. As bad as U.S. economic policy has been, Europe has handled the crisis worse. They instituted austerity measures and are still in a long recession. Why? Weisbrot points to the lack of democracy in economic planning in Europe, with the European Central Bank, European Commission and IMF in charge. This Troika has less accountability to the people than the Federal Reserve in the United States, which is inadequately accountable in our view.

The solution is more democracy. In fact, if there was more real democracy in the US, the country would be doing better, which is why we urge economic democracy. Mark your calendar for the Democracy Convention in Madison, WI this August 7 to 11. We are organizing the economic democracy track with the goal of giving you the information you need to create change in your community.

People are fed up and are taking action. That is the antidote that is needed. We saw it at the ballot box in the Los Angeles election where people voted for a constitutional amendment to end corporate personhood by 76.6 percent, joining 175 cities in calling for an end to the rule of money. People know a root problem is the corruption of government by giving human rights and the power to control elections to big business.

The best news of the week was people standing up and insisting that the government and big business respond to their needs. We’ve seen a series of major protests that have garnered little corporate media attention, but show a growing popular resistance. Low wage workers have been striking across the country. They went on strike in DC last week and this week there was a massive Wal-Mart strike with a major “Ride for Respect” planned for their annual shareholders meeting on June 7. And, we are seeing labor and communities working together, a powerful combination. Unions are also getting involved in creating worker-owned cooperatives, so workers can build wealth.

Also last week, homeowners who lost their homes protested the failure of the Department of Justice to prosecute the big banks and urged a housing policy that rewrote mortgages to the real value of homes. They organized days of inspiring protests at the DOJ and corporate law firms that protect the banks.

One other major protest is the worldwide protests against Monsanto. Two million people participated in protests in 436 cities in 52 countries. People are learning how to avoid Monsanto and their genetically modified products — essentially by buying organic and non-processed foods.

These really are only a few among many protests that have been bubbling up throughout the country on many issues, for week after week. (We summarize the resistance movement every week, if you want to receive that newsletter sign up here.) There is a popular resistance brewing and we all need to be part of it.

Finally, generations have been taught to love capitalism through the game Monopoly, but now there is an alternative — Co-opoly — that teaches people how cooperatives and working together is the most effective way to build an economy.

More and more people are understanding that the government and the economy do not work for them, that we have to build a mass popular resistance that not only challenges what we oppose, but also builds an alternative economy and new systems of governance. The fact that people are waking up and taking action gives us hope based not in the rhetoric of phony politicians but in the actions of the people. That is where the real power resides, if we exercise it.

Kevin Zeese JD and Margaret Flowers MD co-host ClearingtheFOGRadio.org on We Act Radio 1480 AM Washington, DC and onEconomic Democracy Media, co-direct It’s Our Economy and are organizers of the Occupation of Washington, DC. Their twitters are @KBZeese and @MFlowers8.

This article is based on the weekly newsletter of October2011/OccupyWashingtonDC.org.  You can sign up to receive this free newsletter here. NOTE: We will be transitioning to PopularResistance in the coming weeks.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Yahoo’s Tumblr, Google’s Makani and Noah Cross’s Future

0

Toward the end of Roman Polanski’s masterpiece “Chinatown” an exchange takes place between “hero” Jake Gittes and the super-rich Noah Cross when Gittes finally realizes that Cross has seized control of Los Angeles’ water supply.

“I just wanna know what you’re worth,” Gittes explains. “More than 10 million?

“Oh my, yes!” Cross says with a laugh.

“Why are you doing it?” Gittes asks incredulously. “How much better can you eat? What could you buy that you can’t already afford?”

Cross’s answer: “The future, Mr. Gittes! The future.”

The “buzz” of the moment in tech circles is the purchase, by Internet colossus Yahoo, of a service called “Tumblr”. There’s also a bit of “burr” about Google buying a company that is trying to make wings that generate power.

Both acquisitions left pundits and analysts scratching their heads but, when probed under the surface, these moves give us a glimpse into these corporate giants’ intent and their thinking about our “future”.

The $1.2 billion Tumblr purchase was announced by Yahoo’s Exec Marissa Meyer last week and the reaction from the tech media reflected curiousity and confusion more than anything else. Try as she did through press briefings and public fanfare, Meyer didn’t really answer the question in most analysts’ minds: Why in the world would Yahoo purchase something like Tumblr?

For those unfamiliar with the service – if you think its name is a typo – Tumblr is one of the smaller siblings in the family of prominent “Social Networking” services. Founded by a 26-year-old enterprising and now wealthy techie named David Karp, Tumblr calls itself a “micro-blogging and social networking service”. Essentially, it’s a cross between Facebook and Twitter. People establish a “blog” and post anything they want – text, photos, graphics or videos. Through a “dashboard”, you can repost, link to, comment on or “like” anything anybody else has posted.

It’s dizzyingly busy, colorfully designed and virtually without censorship. Its average user is young – between 18 and 26 – and there are over 108 million blogs and about 50 billion posts on it right now. It’s not as large or age-diverse as Facebook or Twitter but of credible size and, most importantly, very concentrated demographics. The Tumblr experience is not unlike a public park the day after final exams; everybody gathered is capable of real thinking and pround discussion but few are interested in doing that right now. In fact, Tumblr is to a real blog what an erector set is to a construction company. The “blog” is just a space on which to post things under your name. The “dashboard” is nothing more than a few links to interact with others. The culture is quick, short, and irreverent.

There is absolutely nothing wrong with that in and of itself. Young people are, after all, young and they have a culture that reflects that time of life and the way our society treats it. In a world where young people are constantly being chased and chastised, a welcoming Internet place for them is a great thing. But a company like Yahoo doesn’t spend $1.3 billion for something because young people need it. It’s got to yield a profit and that’s the issue the tech media can’t figure out.

Groping for some logic, some writers speculated that Tumblr’s fairly loyal user base may give Yahoo some new options [1]. It can link Tumblr to its many services, build advertising revenue and make a stride toward “cornering” a lucrative demographic. Meyer herself stressed these possibilities in her “media conference call” – one of those “invitation only” events executives use to bless certain media as “important”. She explained that, while Yahoo intends to leave Tumblr’s functionality (and its management team) intact, there are lots of “cross-over opportunities” like charging more for a Yahoo ad that’s also displayed on Tumblr.

In polite terms, that’s highly questionable [1]. Although Tumblr is brilliant technologically, it doesn’t come close to making enough to cover the huge investment Yahoo has made; its design doesn’t allow room for much advertising. What’s more, Tumblr users don’t spend much money because, at this life stage (and in these times), they don’t have that much to spend. Finally, although having a Facebook-like offering is good for Yahoo, Tumblr has about 10 percent of the users Facebook has. So Meyer is saying that she intends to cover her purchase by offering advertising from a site that doesn’t have room for it, catering to a demographic that doesn’t spend much money and linking Yahoo’s services to a Social Networking site that is a small compared to the leading sites of that type.

That nonsense led some analysts to question whether Meyer has gobbled too gluttonishly. After all, they reason, Yahoo’s history is littered with remarkably dumb acquisitions [2] whose history is written in red ink. It spent $3.6 billion to purchase Geocities, the first service to let people develop and maintain their own website for free, just as web technology caught up, surpassed and buried it. It made a $5.7 billion investment in Broadcast.com, a start-up on-line radio system that never really started up. The list of goofs is long, expensive and humiliating. It’s one reason why Yahoo hired Meyer and that’s the problem with the suspicions that she goofed. Meyer was hired because she doesn’t.

She definitely has a plan. It may not be one of those plans corporate executives announce to share-holders with very specific goals and carefully measured “outcomes”. Meyer doesn’t think that way. She believes a successful technology company finds a way to lock onto a market and then follows that market through its life, changing technologies being offered and carefully managing its customers’ use of Internet technology.

In short, Marissa Meyer wants to grow old with you, to accompany you on your life journey as your technological companion. It sounds almost New Age in its “touchy-feely” goodwill but Meyer probably gives the quality and depth of your life little thought. She wants your business: every single penny you spend on the Internet and the money paid for the advertising you see there.

The problem is that marketing strategies often have a social impact, a path toward a particular kind of society and Yahoo’s actions represent yet another step along the path of control.

From the moment of our birth, we are involved in the process of developing our culture and that process involves choices. While there are a plethora of definitions of culture, one useful one is that culture comprises the forces that define our relationship and interaction with each other. In that sense, the battle over culture rages from the moment we’re born. We live in a society that urges and pressures us to ignore the power everyone else has over our life. We are urged to believe that ideas can be original, our lives are outcomes of our individual efforts and achievement is the product of our individual abilities and work. None of which is true. All of which alters our understanding of how we live and how we need to live.

In reality, we get our thinking from the rest of the world and, as we process what we’re getting, we give it back. That’s the way we survive and acknowledging that is the “push-back” against social pressures toward individualism. The Internet is the technological embodiment of that process and it demonstrates the untruth in all those “accepted” individualistic perceptions of our lives. Not only does it provide a living example of how collaborative our intelligence is, it teaches us to use that intelligence, to openly show our thinking with confidence that our thinking can be important to others, to become the analysts and intellectuals we have been taught to admire from afar.

But to get to that point, to fully avail ourselves of the Internet’s potential and power, we need to be exposed to it and services like Tumblr train users, through superficial communication and controlled interaction, to limit communications to what occurs in the moment. Its hidden message is that profound communication is still restricted to a few “intellectuals” and, to boot, it’s pretty boring. The very culture of the service reduces self-expression to a series of pictures and paragraph-long statements. The creativity young people may have during their teen and early adult years is literally squished into quick impressions and one-liner comments with fan-like reactions that aren’t much more revealing.

The Internet’s potential, among others, is to show us how strong our thinking can be, how applicable our experiences are to others and how much our lives have in common (both positive and negative) with everyone else on earth. It’s supposed to be an argument for saving the human race.

Tumblr’s picture of the human race is what we can see on the surface in others and ourselves and its design and technology doesn’t really let users go much deeper. It claims to be the most democratic of services; it’s actually a viciously elitist experience allowing most of us only superficial relationships and product consumption. The user that pops out of that experience is tailor-made for introduction to the rest of Yahoo’s services and that’s what Meyer’s Yahoo has in store. Yahoo doesn’t want Tumblr users to do anything more than what they’re doing. Some of us see young people, who are taking over this world, as critical to its survival; Yahoo sees them as slowly growing dollar signs. For a company like Yahoo, truly productive use of the Internet is not only irrelevant, it’s disruptive.

What Yahoo is doing with this purchase is acquiring a kind of “training” program, teaching young people to scale down their use of the Internet and the value it places upon their thinking. It’s a developmental strategy, a shrinking of expectations and its brilliance, in that sense, is dazzling and frightening. Marissa Meyer sees the future and it’s not the one most people reading this want to see.

Meanwhile, Meyer’s former employer, Google, released a bit of startling news this past week [3]. It purchased a company called Makani Power that is building a power generation system based on flapping wings. The wings flap rapidly and, when they reach a certain speed (and height), they begin generating power. The brilliance, and potential, of this technology is astounding because it can bring power generation to private homes, farms, businesses and all kinds of local and personal existence.

The question that pops into any mind: Why is an Internet company, famous for searching the web for just about anything that enters your mind, investing millions of dollars in flapping wings?

The answer can be found in a place called Google (x), a highly secretive research facility [4] occupying two buildings about a half mile from Google’s main campus in Mountainview, California. Its role is to work on technology of all types and that means virtually anything. On occasion, the facility lets us know what it’s working on. We know it’s developing a car that drives itself and, of course, those Google glasses that allow the bespectacled person to see the entire Internet (literally) before his or her very eyes.

But we have no idea what else is being cooked up there because most of the over 100 projects the place is working on are, like the staff and offices, kept under the tightest security.

Few would say that a company as rich as Google should not be working on future technology. It is, after all, a great way to use those spectacular profits being collected through Google’s ever-expanding businesses. What’s more, Google CEO Eric Schmidt has a great interest in alternative power so the acquisition of Makani (in which Google has been investing for a while) makes a lot of sense.

The real question is why do it so secretly and possessively. If you’re going to do research for the future, after all, wouldn’t the right thing be to do your research in an open environment allowing everyone else capable of doing that research to collaborate? That is, after all, how the Internet itself developed.

Over the years, those of us who have publicly voiced suspicions that Google’s intent is to control human communications were often criticized as “paranoid”. Recent developments show that our paranoia was, if anything, restrained. But Google X ups the ante. It appears that Google isn’t satisfied with controlling communications; it wants to control human culture. And “control” is the appropriate word. Why else would it adopt the “top-secret” culture of a spy agency?

“For every person online, there are two who are not,” Google CEO Eric Schmidt tweeted in April [5]. “By the end of the decade, everyone on Earth will be connected.” And who, many of the tweeting responders asked, will do the connecting and control it?

Not to say that Google’s executives want to control culture just for the sake of controlling the future. Again, like Yahoo, they probably don’t think that way. Like Cross, they want to explore the possibilities, seize the most critical technologies (like power-generation), brilliantly expand them and then sell them to us. Or maybe, given Google’s uncomfortably cozy relationship with our government and the role of some its top executives as Obama Administration advisors, they are doing some things under government contract.

One can only speculate about the nature of the rest of Google X’s projects but we know this company is investing huge amounts of money into this research and Google makes investments only when they jibe with a larger set of corporate “goals” that can be summarized in two words: make money.

Google and Yahoo, locked in a battle for your heart, mind and bank account, certainly view their war as a normal competition for business, an ever-present function of capitalism. But such functioning goes beyond that. Corporations aren’t just businesses, they are institutions that try to form our culture, affect our thinking and define our relationships. Google and Yahoo have already limited the average user’s vision of what the Internet is, how we can benefit from it and how it benefits from what we do with it. The purchases made this week reveal those patterns as intentional and aggressive. Corporations, in seeking to control markets, become the custodians and designers of our culture and our future.

For them, the future is a communication limited to outbursts and pithy comments, a data-base that includes all our personal information available to governments who request it or advertisers who pay for it and lives that are, in large part, directed toward consumption.

Noah Cross would be proud.

ALFREDO LOPEZ is a member of ThisCantBeHappening!, the new independent three-time Project Censored Award-winning online alternative newspaper.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Jalili meets with top cleric in Qom

0

Iranâ„¢s presidential candidate Saeed Jalili (R) meets with top cleric Ayatollah Mohammad-Taqi Mesbah-Yazdi in Qom, May 28, 2013.

Iranian presidential candidate Saeed Jalili has met with top cleric Ayatollah Mohammad-Taqi Mesbah-Yazdi during a visit to the holy city of Qom in central Iran.

Jalili, who is serving as secretary of Iran’s Supreme National Security Council (SNSC), described the Tuesday meeting as a great honor, adding he had benefited from Ayatollah Yazdi’s advice and guidelines.

The presidential candidate also met with some other senior religious figures at the Seminary of Qom later during his stay.

Iran’s Principlist Perseverance Front threw its weight behind Jalili after the frontâ„¢s main hopeful former Health Minister Kamran Baqeri-Lankarani quit the presidential race.

Jalili is facing seven rivals in the June 14 presidential election, namely former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pakistan slams US killer drone strike

0

A Pakistani boy holds a banner at a demonstration against US-led assassination drone strikes. (File photo)

Pakistan has condemned a recent US assassination drone strike, which claimed the lives of four people, saying that the drone attacks by the US violate Pakistani territorial integrity.

The deadly attack, which was the first of such strikes since the countryâ„¢s May 11 general elections, took place on Wednesday, after US drones fired two missiles at a house in Chashma village, near North Waziristanâ„¢s Miranshah.

“Any drone strike is against the territorial integrity and sovereignty of Pakistan and we condemn it,” a Pakistani Foreign Ministry official said on condition of anonymity.

On Friday, Pakistanâ„¢s Foreign Ministry voiced opposition to ongoing CIA-operated drone strikes. The ministry said the attacks claim the lives of civilians and are in breach of international law, Pakistanâ„¢s sovereignty, and territorial integrity.

On May 21, the Brussels-based International Crisis Group (ICG) published a report entitled Å“Drones: Myths and Reality in Pakistan.”

The report accused Washington of refusing to acknowledge that the CIA-led drone campaign Å“undermines efforts to assess the programâ„¢s legality.”

In the report, the ICG called on the US to establish Å“clearer lines of authority and accountability, including greater congressional and judicial oversight.”

Over the past several years, Washington has been launching drone attacks on Muslim countries, including Pakistan, Somalia, and Yemen, claiming that militants are the targets. However, casualty figures clearly indicate that civilians are the main victims.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

N Irish police escape deadly attack

0

Two police officers have been targeted by pipe bombs in the Northern Irish capital of Belfast in a serious attack that officials said could have killed them.

The pair were apparently lured to the scene of attack by a 999 call in the early hours of Tuesday.

The police said they were lucky to escape without injuries as the bombs exploded just meters away from their armored vehicle just after they got out of the car.

“This was a blatant attempt to murder our police officers … It is just sheer good fortune that they were not killed or seriously injured,” Chief Inspector Andy Freeburn, Area Commander for north Belfast, said.

Freeburn described the devices as large, home-made grenade-type explosives.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

FBI seized, ran child pornography site

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The US Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) has run an online child pornography service, continuing to distribute indecent material to customers after seizing the site following an investigation into such activity in 2012.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria confab to open in Tehran shortly

0

The Tehran Consultative Meeting on Syria, attended by officials and representatives from nearly 30 countries, was held in the Iranian capital in August 2012.

The Friends of Syria Conference is due to begin shortly in the Iranian capital, Tehran, with the participation of representatives from 40 countries.

The event, which is to be held on Wednesday under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability,” seeks to find a political solution to the crisis in Syria.

Officials from 40 countries as well as heads of regional and international organizations are expected to attend the conference.

According to reports, Iraqi Foreign Minister Hoshyar Zebari, Algerian Foreign Minister Mourad Medelci, Omanâ„¢s Deputy Foreign Minister Youssef Al-Harthi, Former Lebanese President Emile Lahoud and Minister for Defense and National Service of Tanzania Shamsi Vuai Nahodha are among the officials attending the event.

Iran has already held two other meetings on the crisis in the Arab country.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign intervention in Syria’s internal affairs, stressing that inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections are the keys to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The meeting in Tehran comes as Russia and the United States have also agreed to convene an international conference on Syria in Geneva. However, no date has been set for the meeting yet.

On Tuesday, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov reiterated the necessity of Iranâ„¢s presence in the forthcoming Geneva conference, saying, Å“The issue of Iran is key for us. Iran, without question, is one of the most important nations.”

MYA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Toxic tear gas kills man in Bahrain

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A man has died in Bahrain after inhaling toxic tear gas, which had been used by Bahraini regime forces in crackdown on protesters in the village of Karzakan.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

More violence against Myanmar Muslims

0

A man stands in the courtyard of a partially-destroyed mosque following attacks by extremist Buddhists in Myanmar, March 28, 2013.

Buddhist extremists have burned down a mosque, an orphanage and several shops in northeastern Myanmar in new violent attacks against minority Muslims in the Southeast Asian country.

The attacks occurred in the town of Lashio in northeastern Shah State on Tuesday night.

A Lashio police officer said on the condition of anonymity that the townâ„¢s largest mosque and a Muslim orphanage were among the places set ablaze.

A group of 150 extremists rampaged through the town destroying Muslim properties.

Myanmarâ„¢s government refuses to recognize Rohingya Muslims as citizens.

More than 100,000 Rohingyas have been displaced since the sectarian violence broke out in June, according to the UN.

Myanmar army forces have allegedly provided the extremist Buddhists with containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers.

In several other towns also in central Myanmar, the Buddhist extremists torched Muslim business centers and mosques.

SAB/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Australian coal loader workers strike to defend conditions

0

 

By
Terry Cook

29 May 2013

More than 200 coal loading workers at terminals in Newcastle, 160 kilometres north of Sydney, are continuing to impose rolling strikes and work bans in opposition to demands they accept greater workplace “flexibility” and eroded conditions. Port Waratah Coal Services, a subsidiary of mining giant Rio Tinto, is attempting to push through a regressive new enterprise bargaining agreement at its Carrington and Kooragang terminals in the coal loading facility that is the largest in the world.

The workers are covered by five different unions, the Australian Manufacturing Workers Union, Maritime Union of Australia (MUA), the Transport Workers Union (TWU), the Australian Workers Union and the Communications, Electrical and Plumbing Union.

Negotiations for a new industrial agreement have dragged on for more than eight months. The unions are seeking a 5 percent wage increase, while the company has offered only 3.5 percent on the base rate. The central sticking point, however, is the company’s refusal to budge on its demands for greater productivity and “flexibility”, including ending limitations on the exploitation of contract labour, ending the need for management to consult with the unions on changes to work hours and shifts, and the jettisoning of a longstanding disputes settling procedure.

The workforce must now be provided with advanced notice regarding work changes, including the use of contractors. If any of these changes are challenged, the status quo remains while a lengthy dispute resolution process is initiated. This can end up in arbitration. The same conditions apply in cases of disciplinary action taken by management against workers.

The previous setup cemented the unions’ privileged role within the Port Waratah Coal Services (PWCS) terminals. They worked with management to ensure there was no resistance among workers to the company’s restructuring. The unions have boasted that there has not been any serious industrial action at the terminals for around 15 years, despite widespread job cuts and productivity hikes. At least 20 workers have been laid off in the last twelve months. One worker told the World Socialist Web Site that he estimated that in the last 20 years, the terminal workforce had been cut by nearly two thirds. He explained that manning on his shift had been slashed from 28 to just 11 over that period.

The unions are pleading with the company to maintain their services. An MUA spokesman told the Associated Press: “We’ve enjoyed a mutually beneficial relationship for many years. We just don’t understand why after 30 years of a good relationship they’ve decided to reduce conditions of employment.”

The shift is part of a wider restructuring within the Australian coal industry, triggered by falling demand in Asia. PWCS, whose two terminals exports mostly thermal coal to Japan, China, South Korea and Taiwan, has recently accepted voluntary reductions in contract tonnages from the majority of Hunter Valley coal producers. The Rio Tinto subsidiary has also put on hold the construction of a new fourth coal terminal in Newcastle that it pursued in peak of the mining boom.

Australian coal companies’ profits are being hit by falling demand and plummeting prices, under conditions of increasingly aggressive competition for the Chinese and Asian export markets, from rival producers in Mozambique, Colombia and Indonesia. The Australian Coal Association has reported that 9,000 jobs have been eliminated in the industry in the last 15 months, with over 600 of these going across the Hunter region. The Coal Association also commissioned research released this month that estimated that more than half of all coal exported through Newcastle is being sold at a loss.

Like many of the major mining companies, PWCS now regards the previous consultation mechanisms with the trade unions as an unacceptable overhead cost, impeding the instantaneous workplace changes it deems necessary to respond to the far-reaching shifts now underway in the global economy.

Last year, BHP Billiton chairman Jac Nasser claimed that operating costs in the Australia mining industry “were among the highest in the world”, and he insisted the company’s “operational decision making” was being threatened by the “constant threat of veto” by the unions. Similar sentiments have been expressed by executives at Rio Tinto and Xstrata, which own a combined 67 percent stake in PWCS. The Hunter Valley coal producers are looking to not only slash costs in the mines, but across the transport and port services that they claim adds $US10 per tonne to coal production costs.

The Labor government of Prime Minister Julia Gillard, in collaboration with the trade unions, is spearheading the pro-business restructuring drive. It previously intervened in the Qantas dispute, outlawing any industrial action by the workforce after the airline was provocatively grounded in November 2011, in support of Qantas management’s so-called “right to manage.” Like the mining companies now, the airline refused to permit the unions any veto power over the use of contract labour and introduction of “flexible” shift changes. In the mining industry, the Gillard government has repeatedly warned the unions that wages must be lowered in order to maintain profits and investment.

The union bureaucracy is making every effort to comply. At PWCS, the five unions involved in the dispute have isolated the workers and limited the industrial action taken, in order to minimise the impact on the company’s operations. The unions have not called for industrial action by mine workers in the Hunter Valley to back the PWCS workers, and have specifically ruled out instructing TWU drivers to stop delivering coal to the terminals when it is loaded by managerial staff and scab labour during strikes.

In order to defend their interests, PWCS workers need to take the dispute out of the hands of the unions and construct new organisations of struggle, a rank and file committee, to turn out to other workers who are facing similar attacks, in the first instance other mining workers, and mobilise a broad industrial and political campaign against the mining companies and their Labor backers. This requires a new political perspective, based on a fight for a workers government and a socialist program.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

French consumer confidence falls

0

French consumer confidence fell sharply in the month of May.

French national statistics bureau Insee says the countryâ„¢s consumersâ„¢ confidence has fallen sharply, hitting the lowest level since the height of the financial crisis in 2008.

Insee revealed on Tuesday that the index fell four points in May to 79, staying well below its long-term average of 100 and lower than economistsâ„¢ forecast of 85.

The level is also equal to the lowest level reached in 1987.

The statistic agency, which conducted the survey earlier this month, said French households were worried about the outlook of their living standards as well as the current state of the economy.

Regarding the countryâ„¢s unemployment rate, the report also showed that more people believe the current jobless level of 11 percent will continue to increase in the future.

On May 15, France hit recession as its gross domestic product (GDP) fell 0.2 percent in the first quarter of 2013.

Analysts say a recession in the eurozoneâ„¢s second-largest economy is likely to only worsen problems in the already crisis-hit region with slow growth plaguing in many member states after the implementation of austerity measures.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pakistan condemns US drone strike

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Pakistan has condemned a recent US assassination drone strike, which claimed the lives of four people, saying that the drone attcks by the US violate Pakistani territorial integrity.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran must partake in Geneva talks’

0

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov has reiterated the necessity of Iranâ„¢s presence in a forthcoming international conference on the ongoing crisis in Syria due to be held in Geneva.

Å“The issue of Iran is key for us. Iran, without question, is one of the most important nations,” Lavrov said on Tuesday during a trip to the French capital, Paris.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

Syrian Foreign Minister Walid Muallem said in a news conference in the Iraqi capital, Baghdad, on May 26 that Damascus had agreed Å“in principle” to take part in the Geneva conference in June.

Syria’s foreign-backed opposition group, the so-called Syrian National Coalition (SNC), however, has yet to announce whether or not it will participate in the upcoming talks. The divided SNC has been holding meetings in the Turkish city of Istanbul since May 23 to work out its stance on the conference.

Meanwhile, Iran is to host the Friends of Syria Conference on May 29 which will be held under the banner of Å“Political Solution – Regional Stability.”

Iran has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign intervention in Syria’s internal affairs, stressing that inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections are the keys to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

MYA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US drone raid kills 4 in Pakistan

0

This file photo shows a US Predator drone at a military airport.

At least four people have been killed in an attack by a US assassination drone in Pakistanâ„¢s northwestern tribal region, local officials say.

The incident took place early Wednesday after the US drone fired two missiles at a house in Chashma village near Miranshah, a town in the North Waziristan district.

Å“At least four people have been killed and four injured. US drones are still flying over the area even after the attack,” said a local security official.

The strike was the first such move since Pakistanâ„¢s recent general elections won by former Prime Minister Nawaz Sharif’s Pakistan Muslim League.

Sharif, who is expected to take office for a third term in the first week of June, has described US drone strikes as a Å“challenge” to the sovereignty of Pakistan.

On Friday, the Pakistani government reiterated its strong opposition to the ongoing deadly US drone strikes inside the country.

Pakistanâ„¢s Foreign Ministry said in a statement that US drone attacks cause civilian casualties and are in breach of international law as well as Pakistanâ„¢s sovereignty and territorial integrity.

The reaction came after US President Barack Obama defended the use of the controversial drones as Å“self-defense.”

Over the past several years, Washington has been launching drone attacks on Muslim countries, including Pakistan, Somalia, and Yemen, claiming that militants are the targets. However, casualty figures clearly indicate that civilians are the main victims.

The killing of Pakistani civilians, including women and children, has strained relations between Islamabad and Washington. The strikes have also triggered massive protests in Pakistan.

SAB/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

French police detain judge, lawyer

0

File photo shows lawyer Maurice Lantourne (L) talking to Bernard Tapie (R).

French police have detained a judge and a lawyer for questioning in connection with a corruption case linked to International Monetary Fund (IMF) chief Christine Lagarde.

The judge, magistrate Pierre Estoup, was arrested on Monday by investigators probing Lagardeâ„¢s role in a 400-million-euro payout scandal.

Estoup was one of the three judges who led the arbitration panel, which granted the payment to disgraced Minister of City Affairs Bernard Tapie.

The panel supported Tapieâ„¢s accusation that Credit Lyonnais, which was state-owned at that time, had defrauded him after it resold his stake in sports group Adidas for a much higher sum and argued that the state should compensate him.

The detained lawyer, Maurice Lantourne, was one of Tapie’s lawyers in the case.

Prosecutors are investigating whether Tapie received favorable treatment in return for giving support to Nicolas Sarkozy in the 2007 presidential election.

The arrests came after Lagarde was questioned for two days last week regarding the payout. The IMF chief avoided formal investigations, however, she was named an Å“assisted witness” meaning that she could face future questioning and even charges.

Largarde is the second IMF chief to appear before court as her predecessor and compatriot Dominique Strauss-Kahn resigned as head in 2011 over an alleged sexual assault.

CAH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Texas could set new standard on email privacy laws

0

Texas could soon end up leading the US in email privacy regulations, assuming Governor Rick Perry allows a new bill compelling law enforcement agencies to obtain a warrant prior to accessing online correspondence to become law.

The new bill (HB 2268) has been sent to the governor, and looks
to provide a roadmap to updating the 1986 Electronic
Communications Privacy Act (ECPA) which requires federal law
enforcement to obtain warrants only when accessing recent emails,
before they are accessed by recipients.

Online privacy activists such as the Electronic Frontier
Foundation and the ACLU have long argued that ECPA, which
essentially allows unopened emails over 180 days old to be
accessed without a warrant, is woefully outdated.

Considering the current prevalence of electronic mail, it seems
that the Department of Justice also agrees that ECPA should be
modernized to better reflect current privacy concerns.

In a written testimony presented to the House in March of 2013,
Acting Assistant Attorney General Elana Tyrangiel outlined the
legislation as it exists today:

“We agree, for example, that there is no principled basis to
treat e-mail less than 180 days old differently than e-mail more
than 180 days old. Similarly, it makes sense that the statute not
accord lesser protection to opened e-mails than it gives to
e-mails that are unopened. Acknowledging that the so-called
‘180-day rule’ and other distinctions in the [Stored
Communications Act, a sub-section of ECPA] no longer make sense
is an important first step. The harder question is how to update
those outdated rules and the statute in light of new and changing
technologies while maintaining protections for privacy and
adequately providing for public safety and other law enforcement
imperatives.”

The Texas governor now has until June 16, 2013 to either sign the
new law, which passed both chambers of the state legislature
without a single dissenting vote and is slated to take effect on
September 1, 2013 – or veto.

According to the Texas Electronic Privacy Coalition, one of the
main backers of the new law, at the time that ECPA was introduced
no one conceived that data would be stored for more than six
months. Based on technology at that time, data older than this
was considered “abandoned.”

Texas Governor Rick Perry (AFP Photo / Frederic J. Brown)

“Most people are shocked when
they learn that law enforcement or government agencies like the
Department of Insurance can get the contents of email or find out
everywhere you’ve been for the past two months by going directly
to your service provider,”
said Greg Foster, of EFF
Austin.

As Ars Technica notes, however, the new Texas bill would not
protect individuals from federal investigations, though the
precedent set by the legislation could well set the standard for
other states around the US, and trickle its way to federal reform
of ECPA.

In addition to making all private email access subject to a
warrant request, the new state law would also pertain to detailed
cell-phone location data, another key issue in the current debate
over modernizing online privacy laws.

In April, US District Judge David Campbell ruled in United States v. Rigmaiden that
federal investigators could present evidence gathered via the use
of a wireless access card purchased by a plaintiff, which had at
the request of the FBI been reprogrammed by the provider,
Verizon, to provide location data to a “spoofed cell tower.”

Modifications to state law could well mean that local law
enforcement would need to go through additional legal motions
before obtaining a suspect’s wireless geo-location data. It
might, ultimately, also call into question the use of technology
like Stingray (or IMSI catcher) which allows law enforcement
agencies to “spoof” real
cell towers in order to collect data from all nearby mobile
devices and sift through to find a suspect.

Just how powerful the new Texas privacy bill may ultimately be if
signed into law by Governor Perry remains to be seen, though
backers like the ACLU believe that even a symbolic step could be
key in securing federal Congressional support.

“It’s always good to see states
passing pro-privacy legislation because it sends a signal to
Congress. It sends a signal to conservative members who might not
yet be on board that this is something being supported in their
own states and it helps the courts to see that this is a safe
space to venture into. When cities and states start protecting
e-mail, then judges may feel like there is a reasonable
expectation of privacy,”
said Chris Soghoian, an ACLU
senior policy analyst who spoke to Ars Technica.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Washington steps up hacking allegations against China

0

 

By
Niles Williamson

29 May 2013

On Monday the Washington Post published a classified list compiled by the Pentagon’s Defense Science Board of military systems and technologies allegedly compromised by Chinese hacking. Though the previously undisclosed report does not present any evidence for these claims, it is being used to escalate charges against China that it is hacking US secrets.

The allegations expanded on accusations published earlier this month that the Chinese government and its military, the People’s Liberation Army (PLA), were engaged in a campaign of cyber-espionage against the United States. (See: Washington’s hacking charges escalate pressure on China )

The Washington Post ’s report suggested that the Chinese government was utilizing cyber-espionage to steal information from military contractors in order to modernize its military and overcome the United States’ military advantage. Defense contractors whose military systems have apparently been breached include Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, and Northrop Grumman.

Amongst the compromised defense systems and technologies are the Patriot missile system, THAAD (Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, a system designed to shoot down ballistic missiles), and the Navy’s Aegis ballistic-missile defense system. Key combat aircraft and ships including the F-35 fighter jet, Global Hawk surveillance drone, and the Navy’s new Littoral combat ship are also included on the list. Purportedly compromised technologies include drone video and electronic warfare systems.

Oddly, while the Pentagon is claiming the Chinese hackers have compromised many of the American military’s most advanced and sensitive weapons systems, it is not alleging that any designs have been stolen. Nor does it provide any substantial evidence as to the extent or timing of the supposed compromise of military defense designs. As such, it remains unclear as to how exactly this information has been compromised.

Some reports suggest that unidentified hackers may have targeted smaller subcontractors working for major US defense contractors. The 2013 National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) requires defense contractors that hold classified clearance to report breaches of their networks and allow government investigators access to analyze the attacks. Attempts to require companies to secure their computer networks or lose Pentagon contracts failed last year, however.

This week’s allegations against China build on unsubstantiated reports released earlier this month that the Chinese government and the PLA have engaged in direct cyber-attacks against the United States government and its military contractors. Cyber-attacks are notoriously difficult to trace, however, as it is easy for a hacker to launch an attack from another computer that he has taken over.

The Chinese government insists that it does not engage in cyber-espionage against the United States and often raises complaints that US targets China for cyber-attacks.

The US government’s allegations against the Chinese government and PLA reek of hypocrisy. It is well established that the United States has engaged in its own systematic campaign of cyber-sabotage.

As part of Operation Olympic Games, the United States and Israel created the Stuxnet computer worm to attack Iran’s nuclear facilities. The cyber-war operation was created under former President George W. Bush and expanded under President Obama. The Stuxnet worm caused centrifuges at the Natanz nuclear facility to destroy themselves by spinning out of control, temporarily setting back Iran’s nuclear program. This campaign of cyber-sabotage occurred in conjunction with a US-backed assassination campaign carried out inside Iran against Iranian nuclear scientists.

The Pentagon is raising concerns about cyber-espionage and cyber-war as the United States escalates its moves to contain China as part of the Obama administration’s “pivot to Asia,” and its bid to maintain US geo-strategic hegemony worldwide. China has emerged as a major obstacle to US ambitions of enforcing economic hegemony in the Middle East. China, along with Russia, has repeatedly blocked UN Security Council votes that would have allowed direct intervention into the war in Syria.

Charges of cyber-espionage aim to place pressure on the newly instated regime of President Xi Jinping to get the Chinese government to shift its foreign policy broadly in line with US interests.

There are concerns that cyber-espionage by the PLA will undermine Washington’s technological advantage, should it start a war with China. The Pentagon also fears that China could use cyber-attacks to disrupt the critical communication networks the military relies on to coordinate and engage in attacks across the globe. According to the Washington Post, this threatens catastrophic results, including severed communication links critical to the operation of U.S. forces. Data corruption could misdirect U.S. operations. Weapons could fail to operate as intended. Planes, satellites or drones could crash.”

In tandem with the Washington Post ’s report, Australia’s ABC reported that the Australian government has also been subject to apparent Chinese cyber-attacks.

ABC reported that the plans for the Australian Security Intelligence Organization’s new $608 million headquarters were stolen in a cyber-attack on a building contractor. Security experts feared that China might use the blueprints to bug the building, which is currently under construction in the Australian capital of Canberra.

This case is a further example of the unreliability of cyber-espionage allegations, however, as the allegations were repudiated by the Australian government. Australia officials described the ABC report as unsubstantiated and Prime Minister Julia Gillard said that the report was “inaccurate.”

Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Hong Lei responded skeptically to the unsubstantiated allegations, saying, “Since it is technically untraceable, it is very difficult to find the source and identify the hacker. Therefore we have no idea what is the evidence for their report in which they make the claim with such certainty. Groundless accusations won’t solve the problem.”

The Pentagon’s accusations regarding Chinese cyber-espionage come ahead of the first meeting between President Obama and Chinese President Xi Jinping scheduled for June 7- 8 at the Annenberg Retreat in Rancho Mirage, California. Billed as a casual “get-to-know-you” retreat, it will be the first meeting between the two leaders since Xi became President in March. According to White House spokesman Jay Carney, Obama plans to raise the issue of cyber security with President Xi during the retreat.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Visiting Europe, Chinese premier demands Japan return “stolen” territories

0

 

By
John Chan

29 May 2013

In an unprecedented move to challenge Japanese claims over the Diaoyu islands (known as Senkaku in Japan) in the East China Sea, Chinese Premier Li Keqiang brought the issue with him to Potsdam during his first visit to Germany.

In Potsdam, after the defeat of Nazi Germany in World War II, the Allied leaders held a conference in July—August 1945 to define the post-war settlement and discuss the final war effort against Imperial Japan.

In a speech at the site of the Potsdam Conference on Sunday, Li declared that 20 days after the Allies issued an ultimatum to the “Japanese fascists”, they surrendered and it “was a victory to Chinese people and the people of the world.”

He went on to stress Clause No. 8 of the Potsdam Declaration, implementing the 1943 Cairo Declaration issued by America, UK and China, which stated that territory Japan had seized by force after the World War I had to be taken back, the “stolen” territories of Manchuria, Taiwan and the Penghu Islands restored to China, and Tokyo’s territory limited to the Japanese archipelago.

“We must at all times safeguard the peace and post-war order, which are achieved at the price of tens of millions of lives,” Li said.

Despite the cynical invocation of “peace,” this amounts to an open challenge to Japanese claims not only to Diaoyu/Senkaku islands, but even to Okinawa. This will only further inflame Sino-Japanese tensions.

Li’s argument echoes the position that two Chinese academics recently put forward in the People’s Daily , the mouthpiece of the Chinese Communist Party, questioning Japanese sovereignty over Okinawa. (See: “China challenges Japanese sovereignty over Okinawa”)

At the time, the Chinese government brushed aside Tokyo’s protests, arguing that these were academic studies. Now, however, Li has openly stated that this is China’s official position.

China’s state-run Xinhua news agency immediately reported Li’s speech under the headline “Premier Li Keqiang demands Japan return stolen territories.” Newspapers in Germany and Austria, also interpreted the message in similar manner, i.e., that the Beijing now demands that Japan return these islands.

Li also criticised Japanese leaders, without naming Prime Minister Shinzo Abe, for denying the Japanese war crimes. Li said: “Any attempt to deny or glorify wartime aggression during those years is nothing but a challenge to international justice, which will not be tolerated by the Chinese people and will be condemned by people all over the world.”

The Japanese government reacted angrily. Chief Cabinet Secretary Yoshihida Suga declared that Li’s comment “completely ignored history.”

He insisted, “The Senkaku islands are our territory in terms of history and international law and we have administrative control over them.”

The dispute over the rocky Senkaku islets has been brewing over the past decade, at first due to the demarcation of the sea borders between China and Japan. These have direct implications over how to divide the large undersea oil and gas reserves in the highly strategic East China Sea.

The Obama administration decided to make it a new flashpoint in Asia, as part of its “pivot” strategy to exert diplomatic and strategic pressure on China. The row escalated in 2010 between the two countries after Japanese Coast Guards captured a Chinese fishing captain.

The Obama White House has repeatedly stressed that while it did not take sides on the ultimate sovereignty over the Diaoyu/Senkaku islands, it would be obliged to follow the US-Japan Security Treaty and become militarily involved against China, if a war broke out over the three rocky islets.

The US encouraged Tokyo to produce a new “defence guideline” in 2010 to redefine its strategic focus away from Hokkaido in the north, to the “South Western islands chains”–including the Diaoyu/Senkaku islands and Okinawa.

With such US backing, last September, Japanese Democrat Prime Minister Yoshihiko Noda took a provocative step by “purchasing” the islands from its private owners last year–a campaign initially advanced by ultra-nationalist forces led by former Tokyo Governor Shintaro Ishihara.

China reacted by repeatedly sending maritime policing vessels and even warplanes to challenge the Japanese control of the islands, while incited anti-Japanese protests at home.

Just as Li made his demands in Potsdam, a physical confrontation occurred in the Diaoyu/Senkaku islands. Despite warning from Japanese Coast Guard ships, three Chinese maritime surveillance ships sailed within the 12 nautical miles of the territorial waters of Senkakus to “expel” a group of right-wing Japanese activists seeking to land on the islands. Tokyo issued a “strong protest” to the Chinese embassy in Japan.

In another front, China is in a fresh standoff with Philippines over the Second Thomas Shoal in the South China Sea’s Spratly Islands, by blocking off Manila’s attempt to supply food to 12 Filipino marines stationed there.

The US has reportedly dispatched the nuclear-powered USS Nimitz aircraft carrier battle group to the region to carry out “reef defending” drills to demonstrate US backing for the Philippines. In response, China held a rare joint exercise involving its three fleets, including surface ships, submarines and warplanes–the first since the US deployed USS George Washington to the Yellow Sea in 2010.

Behind’s Li’s hard-line stance towards Japan and Philippines, is the fact that all sides in these territorial disputes are using them to incite chauvinism and divide the working class.

The Chinese regime announced a full-scale free market restructuring ahead of Li’s visit to Europe, aiming to open up state-dominated sectors of the economy to private capital. Li is whipping up Chinese nationalism, with Japan denounced as the No.1 “foreign aggressor”, to divert attention from the implications of the lowering of living standards and the destruction of jobs.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US military bases in Australia: The role of Pine Gap

0

 

By
James Cogan–SEP candidate for the Senate in South Australia

29 May 2013

The Socialist Equality Party is centrally raising in its 2013 election campaign the necessity for the working class in Australia and internationally to oppose the preparations being made by US imperialism, with the backing of the Gillard Labor government, for war against China. Behind the backs of the population, Labor has offered up Darwin as a base for a US Marine task force, airfields and training ranges in northern Australia for more extensive use by American long-range bombers, and ports in Perth and elsewhere for expanded visits by US warships and nuclear-armed submarines. The Australian armed forces are being structured at every level to function as a direct adjunct of US operations in the region.

The purpose of the stepped-up military activity and basing arrangements are surrounded in secrecy, misinformation and outright lies–including the claim by Defence Minister Stephen Smith that “there are no US bases in Australia.” In fact, the new facilities being opened up represent an expansion of the US military’s longstanding use of Australia, facilitated by successive Labor and Liberal-led governments since World War II, for some of its most critical bases in the world.

Chief among them is what is known as Joint Defence Facility Pine Gap, which was established in central Australia near the town of Alice Springs in 1970. Pine Gap is one of three major satellite tracking stations operated by US intelligence agencies and military. The others are located in Colorado and Britain.

The tightly-secured base consists of 14 large satellite radomes–popularly known as “the golf balls”–which shield satellite receiving antennas, as well as 12 external antennas. It has a staff of between 800 and 1,000, the majority of whom are American.

Every day, agents of the US National Security Agency, the Central Intelligence Agency, the intelligence branches of the US Air Force, Army, Navy and Marine Corp, as well as Australia’s intelligence agencies, process vast amounts of data that is transmitted to Pine Gap by US spy satellites as they pass over the Middle East, Central Asia, the Indian Ocean, China and South East Asia and the Pacific Ocean.

Under legislation enacted by the Labor government in 2009, in response to court challenges to existing laws banning public access to the facility, it is a crime punishable by up to seven years’ imprisonment to enter its perimeters, or to acquire “a photograph, sketch, plan, model, article, note or other document of, or relating to” Pine Gap. The base is the only part of Australian air space subjected to a Flight 180 prohibition, meaning it is a criminal offence to fly an aircraft above it below 18,000 feet.

Pine Gap’s primary functions include intercepting an array of communications signals, including the transmissions sent to non-US satellites, and monitoring for missile launches and nuclear activity. According to David Rosenberg, a NSA officer who worked there from 1990 to 2008 and wrote a carefully vetted book, Inside Pine Gap, about his experiences, the base focuses its attention on “various ‘hot spots’ of military interest.” He described its critical role in the planning and conduct of the 1991 Gulf War on Iraq. He worked as part of teams trying to identify Somali insurgents fighting against the US invasion in 1993, monitoring the communications of the Yugoslav government and military before and during the 1999 US-led war in the Balkans, and operations to locate Osama bin Laden.

Rosenberg’s book leaves little doubt that Pine Gap was vital in the illegal US invasions and occupations of Afghanistan and Iraq in 2001 and 2003. It would have served as a key facility identifying targets to be bombed and people to be assassinated by ground-based death squads. It would also be pivotal to ongoing operations against Afghan insurgents and identifying the targets for US drone missile strikes in Afghanistan, Pakistan and Yemen.

Given its location in Asia, Pine Gap is certainly central to the new “hot spot” of US military interest–the communications of China’s government and military, and the locations of its nuclear and conventional armed forces and command centres. The Obama administration’s pivot to Asia is bound up with preparations for a confrontation and war with China to prevent Beijing emerging as a potential challenge to US dominance in the region. More and more recklessly, the US is seeking to reverse its historic decline by using its military might to maintain is global dominance.

The US military’s AirSea Battle strategy involves planning and deploying forces in readiness for devastating strikes against Chinese command and communications centres, alongside a blockade of China’s critical trade routes by naval and air forces, including those operating from northern Australia. The result is the steady build-up of tensions between the US and China. Any outbreak of open hostilities would not remain at a conventional level, but would almost certainly escalate into the catastrophic use of nuclear weapons, including against key US military targets in Australia.

Pine Gap is strategically located to receive US spy satellite information on China. In late 2009, as US military strategy was shifting to a focus on China, a short statement was released by the Australian Defence department announcing that the base’s “antenna farm” was going to be “upgraded.” The upgrade is scheduled to be completed in 2014. The purpose and cost of the expansion has never been made public.

The working class has the right to know: is the US government and military, aided by the Australian state and intelligence agencies, using the base at Pine Gap to prepare target lists for both conventional and nuclear strikes in China? What role in US war preparations are the other US bases and training facilities in Australia playing?

The US war preparations against China will not be stopped through protests and appeals to the Obama administration or the Gillard government, but through the development of a broad, international anti-war movement of the working class fighting to abolish the root cause of militarism and war–the capitalist profit system. The truth about Pine Gap will be revealed through the establishment of a workers’ government based on socialist policies that repudiates the US alliance, closes down the US military bases and dismantles the entire military apparatus of the Australian state.

I urge workers and youth across Australia and around the world to support the SEP election campaign, which is part of the fight by the International Committee of the Fourth International to give the widespread opposition internationally to the growing dangers of war a powerful voice and win the working class to the perspective of world socialism.

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne , VIC 3051



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Thousands of New York City school bus workers face job cuts in June

0

 

By
Sandy English

29 May 2013

The New York City Department of Education’s (DOE) Panel on Educational Policy (PEP) voted last week to hire school bus contractors for about 1,100 of its routes–one sixth of the total–that do not include long-standing job guarantees for experienced drivers and escorts. The move means that some 2,000 out of the 9,000 school bus employees will lose their jobs when school ends next month, with thousands more facing the same fate over the next two years.

The Employee Protection Provision (EPP), in place since the 1960s and defended in a bitter strike in 1979, allowed drivers, escorts and mechanics to follow their jobs and retain their current wages and benefits even if the city awarded bus routes to another contractor.

School bus workers conducted a month-long strike between January 15 and February 15 to defend the EPP, after Mayor Michael Bloomberg announced the DOE would award routes to the lowest bidders and ended the requirement that contracts include the EPP. The strike was betrayed by Amalgamated Transit Union Local 1181 and other city unions, which isolated the struggle and ended the walkout on Bloomberg’s terms.

Now thousands of drivers and escorts will lose their jobs or be forced to accept sub-standard wages that have been unilaterally imposed by the bus companies since the union ended the strike without even reaching a new labor agreement. Some companies are reportedly advertising for van drivers who are paid as little as $11.50 an hour. Before the strike, the average income of bus workers in New York City was about $34,000 a year with the top pay capped at around $52,000 a year.

It is likely that most bus workers will not be hired by the new contractors and will be replaced by lower paid drivers and escorts. The new hires will have little experience or training in meeting the complex needs of children with a wide range of disabilities.

Drivers and escorts at a number of bus companies, including most at Logan Bus Company, some at Lorissa Bus Service, and some at Grandpa and Bobby’s Bus Company, have already received letters telling them their runs are being taken away by lower bidding companies.

During the strike workers showed enormous determination and sacrifice, subsisting on as little as $150 a week in strike pay in the most expensive city in the United States, and picketing in windy and isolated bus barns in sub-zero winter weather for hours each day.

In spite of this, the vast majority of the strikers were ready to escalate their struggle. Workers organized spontaneous demonstrations, and sought to approach other workers, particularly teachers, about the issues in the strike.

Many city workers understood instinctively that the attack on school bus workers by the city’s multibillionaire mayor was only a test run for a broader assault on the working population of New York City.

There was nothing more that the Amalgamated Transit Union Local 1181 and the New York City unions feared and opposed more than a unified struggle of the working class that would upset their deep seated relations with the city’s corporate and political establishment. Top officials from the United Federation of Teachers union, for example, sit on Democratic Governor Andrew Cuomo’s school “reform” committee, which explicitly recommended cutting costs for student transportation and special education.

On February 15, the ATU called off the strike without even a membership meeting, instead ordering strikers back to work in a teleconference call. ATU officials cited as justification for ending the walkout, a letter by five Democratic Party mayoral candidates promising to “revisit” the issue of job protections if they were elected.

So-called education reform–the privatization of public schools and drastic reductions in government education spending–is the mantra of Democrats, from Obama on down, as well as Republicans. Rather than opposing this attack, the unions have offered their services as partners in the destruction of public education, seeking only to preserve their dues income and other institutional interests.

The betrayal of the New York City school bus strike–like the sellout of the Chicago teachers strike that preceded it–has opened the floodgates for an escalation of school closings, attacks on school employees and the expansion of for-profit charter schools.

In the immediate aftermath of the school bus strike, hundreds of workers lost their jobs, and the bus companies unilaterally imposed concessions, including the loss of vacation pay for the Easter break and wage cuts averaging 7.5 percent. Drivers now only get paid overtime after they work 40 hours, as opposed to after ten hours in a single workday, effectively abolishing overtime payments for most school bus workers.

In a formal objection to the bids let out by the DOE for the 1,100 routes awarded on Thursday, a number of bus companies with existing contracts charged they were at a disadvantage because they still have to honor the EPP until their contracts run out in 2014 and 2015.

The result of a vote by the PEP was a foregone conclusion. The mayor appoints most members and the panel has closed thousands of public schools in recent years in spite of angry demonstrations by tens of thousands of parents, teachers and students.

Local 1181 organized an impotent protest stunt at the meeting, which involved only a handful of workers. It has also filed a toothless unfair labor practices complaint with the National Labor Relations Board over the unilateral wage cuts imposed by the companies. At the same time, ATU Local 1181 President Michael Cordiello has floated the idea of calling another strike, which is more of a threat against the workers themselves who know the union would only leave them isolated, subjected to being replaced by strikebreakers and sold out again.

After the PEP meeting, a driver from Staten Island with seven years of experience, told the World Socialist Web Site, “They gave out jobs to people who are inexperienced. They bid out children’s safety to whoever pays the least amount of money. They put a price tag on the head of children.

“I drive autistic children every day. Are the new workers who get paid so much less going to do what I do? I blow their nose and calm them down. I have three of my own kids who are school age and one is autistic. How am I going to be able to take care of them at lower wages or with no job?”

The next day the union called a meeting, which, unsurprisingly, was sparsely attended. Workers who attended told the WSWS the union supplied no new information about the state of the contract negotiations, and had no response to the wage cutting by the companies except to reiterate that there was a complaint in front of the NLRB.

Shortly after the strike, workers who were opposed to the union sellout organized themselves into a rank-and-file committee–the Drivers and Escorts Action Committee–(DEAC) that began to organize independent of the ATU and sought to turn to the whole working class of the city to fight the attack on jobs and public education by both big business parties.

Throughout the strike, the WSWS and the Socialist Equality Party (SEP) provided a perspective for workers, insisting that a successful battle was possible only if workers took the conduct of the struggle out of the hands of the unions and fought to develop a political movement of the working class against the profit system and the Democratic and Republican parties that defend it.

Drivers, escorts, and mechanics seeking to draw the lessons of the strike and its aftermath should contact the Socialist Equality Party.

The author also recommends:

Chicago officials release final list of 49 school closures

[23 May 2013]

Lessons of the New York City school bus strike

[18 February 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

The threat to sell off the works in the Detroit Institute of Arts

0

 

29 May 2013

The threat by Detroit’s unelected financial tsar, Kevyn Orr, to sell off the collection of the Detroit Institute of Arts, or major pieces from it, to help pay the city’s creditors has provoked widespread anger and revulsion.

The DIA is a beautiful museum, from its 1920s’ beaux-arts building to the breathtaking courtyard of Diego Rivera murals and its collection of more than 65,000 works. It is a source of legitimate pride to Detroit’s population.

If Orr has his way, works by Van Gogh, Delacroix, Degas, Monet, Hals, Rubens, Correggio, Hogarth, Rembrandt, Courbet, Bellini, Titian, Velasquez, Bruegel, Cassatt, Whistler, Homer, Eakins and many others could go on the auction block to satisfy the greed of Detroit’s wealthy bondholders.

No doubt, investors are already salivating over the possibilities in the present inflated art market for making fortunes over the priceless art collection.

The claim by Kenneth Buckfire, the investment banker hired to oversee the plundering of Detroit, that “the cultural and emotional value of the DIA’s treasures must be weighed against the needs of 700,000 largely poor residents of Detroit who desperately need safe streets and a capable city government not drowning in debt” is cynical and contemptible.

If the modern-day Vandals in business suits have their way, Detroit residents will have neither “safe streets,” public services and jobs nor a significant art museum, while asset-stripping creditors, lawyers, politicians and consultants will walk away with their pockets bulging.

What the US and the world have witnessed in recent years is the return of the aristocratic principle. According to our present-day rulers, in Detroit, Greece (where the Acropolis was briefly up for sale in 2011) and elsewhere, all important social policy and official decision-making should be subordinated to making sure that a handful of individuals go on accumulating immense wealth. Turning Jean-Jacques Rousseau’s phrase upside down, the present motto is “The very rich constitute the human race.”

The working population, in the eyes of the financial aristocracy, are riff-raff who have no rights. Art is for the super-rich to buy, sell, view or dispense with at their leisure.

According to this logic, whether the people have hospitals, libraries, schools or museums will increasingly depend on the whim of this or that multi-billionaire. While the population waits, cap in hand, society’s great ones–the Warren Buffetts, Bill Gateses, Mark Zuckerbergs and others–will consider bestowing, or not bestowing, favors and gifts as they see fit.

Theorists of the “social contract,” like Rousseau and John Locke, who influenced the American and French Revolutions of the late 18th century, argued that only the will of the people gave legitimacy to government. The modern museum or gallery, accessible to the public, emerged as a product of these democratic revolutions.

The first major public art museum, the Louvre in Paris, came into being as an event of the great French Revolution. The imprisonment of Louis XVI in 1792 meant that the royal art collection became national property. French revolutionaries viewed the museum’s opening in 1793 as a demonstration of the superiority of republican government over “the administration of despotism.”

Museums proliferated after the Russian Revolution of 1917, which made the collections of the old nobility accessible to the population to enjoy for the first time. The Bolshevik regime also decentralized and democratized art collections and took them out into working class neighborhoods and provincial cities.

In the US, the emergence of public museums in the first half of the 19th century was bound up with the struggle for public education and other progressive causes, conceived of by their advocates as the best defense against European-style tyranny. “The late 1800s,” following the Civil War and the destruction of the slavocracy, “were a boom time for American museums,” one commentator notes.

The Detroit Institute of Arts, founded in 1885, has come under attack by reactionary forces more than once before. Rivera’s murals, “Detroit Industry,” which illustrate automobile production and place the workers at the forefront, came under attack in 1933 from reactionary Catholic priest Father Coughlin as blasphemous, materialistic, communistic, etc. Workers mobilized to defend the murals, and 10,000 people visited the DIA on a single Sunday.

In recent years, the DIA has found itself at the mercy of state and city budget crises. The politicians declare “there is no money” for education, health care and culture, even as the financial markets are awash with cash and corporations hoard tens of billions.

The American ruling elite is crude, predatory and criminal. Whatever does not funnel money into its bank accounts is reckoned useless. In any event, the powers that be have every interest in desensitizing the populations and inuring it to violence at home and abroad. Art always represents a danger from that point of view. Better, all in all, to lock it away or sell it off!

That goes for all sections of the elite, not simply the hedge fund managers and the like. The Democratic Party, the trade unions and the desiccated remains of American liberalism will not lift a finger to defend culture. In Detroit, black Democrats are leading the charge.

The popular feeling aroused by the threat against the DIA already points to the fact that the only constituency for art, as for democratic rights, is the working class. Many Detroit residents, although they may not realize the full implications of the situation, sense they are being deprived of something by the rich and powerful. And they are right.

In its program, the Socialist Equality Party includes “The Right to Culture” as one of the basic social rights of the working class: “Access to art and culture is a basic component of a healthy society. Yet, like everything else, it is under relentless attack. … The subordination of culture to the profit motive has led to an immense degeneration.”

The threat to sell off the art works of the DIA, whether it is carried through or not, is a declaration by the powers-that-be of their determination to steal everything from the people, to reduce it to a benumbed mass without rights or knowledge, to ruin the country and its institutions in order to protect their vast wealth. The rich will have to be dealt with, through the building of a mass movement consciously aimed at doing away with their selfish, irrational and destructive system.

David Walsh



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Syria escalation poses growing risk of regional war

0

 

By
Bill Van Auken

29 May 2013

In the wake of the European Union’s vote late Monday to lift a ban on directly arming Western-backed “rebels,” there is a mounting danger of wider war. Growing military tensions in the region are likewise threatening to turn a Syrian peace conference, ostensibly backed by both Washington and Moscow, into a dead letter. Dubbed “Geneva II,” the conference is tentatively set to convene in mid-June.

On Tuesday, the Russian government condemned the EU for throwing “throwing fuel on the fire” of Syria’s sectarian civil war and announced that it is going ahead with the delivery of S-300 air defense systems to Syria.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov told a press conference in Moscow that the deployment of the advanced air defense batteries would serve as a “stabilizing factor” in the Syrian crisis by dissuading Western powers from launching direct military intervention.

The mobile, surface-to-air missile systems have been compared to the US Patriot and are capable of bringing down rockets as well as planes.

“We consider that such steps will restrain some hotheads from the possibility of giving this conflict, or from considering a scenario that would give this conflict, an international character with the participation of external forces,” he said.

While the deployment of the missiles would complicate any imposition of a “no-fly zone,” the action that began the US-NATO war for regime change in Libya, it is also directed against Israel, which has repeatedly carried out air strikes against Syria in the course of the two-year-old crisis. The latest of three known air strikes took place earlier this month and provoked an angry denunciation from Moscow, which is Syria’s long-standing ally and biggest arms supplier.

The Israeli government condemned the decision to deliver the Russian missile systems to Syria, claiming that the anti-aircraft batteries were not defense weapons, as Moscow has claimed, but rather “offensive” because their range made them capable of bringing down planes flying in Israeli airspace. Israeli officials also claimed that the weapons could fall into the hands of Hezbollah, the Lebanese Shiite mass political movement and militia, which has resisted Israeli incursions into Lebanon.

Tel Aviv’s principal concern is that the missile systems could rob the Israeli military of its ability to carry out military aggression against Syria as well as Lebanon with impunity.

Israel’s Defense Minister Moshe Yaalon threatened that the country’s military “will know what to do” if the missile systems reach Syria, an implicit threat of renewed air strikes that could draw Russia more directly into the conflict.

Meanwhile, the White House acknowledged Tuesday that it had been informed in advance of a provocative stunt staged by Senator John McCain, the Arizona Republican and former opponent of Barack Obama in the 2008 presidential race, who made a brief foray just inside Syria’s border with Turkey to meet with the so-called rebels Monday.

The area that McCain visited is largely under the control of Islamist militias, including the Al Nusra Front, which has formally aligned itself with Al Qaeda. His host, the former Syrian general and defector Salem Idris, is the leader of the Supreme Military Council of the Free Syrian Army. While it is by no means clear that Idris exerts any real control over the various militias and gangs that have taken up arms against the government, the ex-general used McCain’s visit to press Washington for more arms and direct military intervention.

“We need American help to have change on the ground; we are now in a very critical situation,” Idris told the Daily Beast, which first reported McCain’s two-hour trip to Syria. “What we want from the US government is to take the decision to support the Syrian revolution with weapons and ammunition, anti-tank missiles and anti-aircraft weapons,” the ex-general continued. “Of course we want a no-fly zone and we ask for strategic strikes against Hezbollah both inside Lebanon and inside Syria.”

The “rebels’” demand for US imperialist intervention in both Syria and Lebanon apparently dovetails with preparations being made by the Pentagon and the Obama administration. The White House has asked the US Joint Chiefs of Staff to draft plans for the imposition of a no-fly zone to be enforced by Washington and its key NATO allies, the former Middle East colonial powers, Britain and France.

The Daily Beast quoted two unnamed administration officials Tuesday as saying that the request came “shortly before Secretary of State John Kerry toured the Middle East last week to try and finalize plans for an early June conference between the Syrian regime and rebel leaders in Geneva.”

“The White House is still in contemplation mode but the planning is moving forward and it’s more advanced than it’s ever been,” one of the administration officials said.

The online publication reported that the White House had requested that US agencies consider a shift in policy toward directly arming the anti-Assad militias and recognizing the “rebels” as Syria’s legitimate government. It also noted that upcoming “Eager Lion” military exercises bringing 15,000 US and NATO troops, along with those of other US-aligned countries, to Jordan would provide the means of pre-positioning US military hardware for a Syrian intervention.

These preparations give the lie to the pretense that Secretary of State John Kerry is working with his Russian counterpart, Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, to ensure a successful peace conference next month in Geneva.

While the Syrian regime has indicated its willingness to attend a meeting aimed at reaching a political settlement of the two-year-old war, there is no indication that the “rebels” are prepared to do likewise, nor for that matter that they have any coherent leadership capable of negotiating such an agreement.

The Syrian National Coalition, the rebel front backed by Washington, has spent the last five days holding a fractious conference in Istanbul. Attempts by the Western powers to lend the body a more acceptable veneer by incorporating a handful of secular opponents of the Assad regime have been repeatedly rejected by the opposition’s Muslim Brotherhood-dominated leadership.

While the Obama administration and its allies are prepared to recognize the coalition as the “legitimate representative” of the Syrian people and even the country’s provisional government, it has become increasingly obvious that it has no significant popular support.

As the Abu Dhabi daily The National noted recently, the coalition’s secretary general, Saudi Arabian-based businessman Mustafa Al Sabbagh, was given his post after appearing at the group’s founding in Doha last November with 16 people he claimed were representatives of regional councils from across Syria.

“In fact many of them were his employees in Saudi Arabia, or his relatives,” the paper reported.

The crisis of the so-called rebels and the reversals the Islamist militias have suffered recently in combat with the Syrian army have only served to escalate the US and Western European preparations for direct intervention. Washington and its allies are determined to pursue their war for regime change as part of a broader strategy for redrawing the map of the entire region to serve their own predatory interests.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

More questions about MI5’s relations with Woolwich killers

0

 

By
Julie Hyland

29 May 2013

Questions continue to pile up over the security services’ familiarity and contact with the two killers of Drummer Lee Rigby in Woolwich, southeast London.

Rigby was hacked to death on a public high road, near Woolwich army barracks. His killers, Michael Adebolajo and Michael Adebowale, made no attempt to flee the scene, instead talking to members of the public and giving video statements justifying their savage assault as revenge for the killings of Muslims by the British army in Iraq and Afghanistan.

For days the media and political elite sought to deny that their gruesome assault has any connection with British foreign policy. Initially they also denied that the two were known to the security services, portraying them as “clean skins.”

This quickly unravelled. It been confirmed that both were under surveillance for years–in Adebolajo’s case, since at least 2005. In addition, at the weekend, the Kenyan authorities finally admitted they had detained Adebolajo in November 2010 as part of a group attempting to cross the border into Somalia to join the Al Qaeda-aligned al-Shabaab.

In a statement, the Kenyan government confirmed his arrest under the name of Michael Olemindis Ndemolajo. He appeared in court and was handed over to British authorities, after which “he seems to have found his way to London. The Kenyan government cannot be held responsible for what happened to him after we handed him to British authorities.”

Details of Adebolajo’s arrest first came to light in an interview with the BBC’s Newsnight programme last week by Adebolajo’s close friend, Abu Nusaybah. He reported that Adebolajo had been detained, and physically and sexually tortured in Kenya, before being deported to the UK. He also reported that MI5 had made repeated approaches to Adebolajo on his return, attempting to recruit him to infiltrate jihadist groups in the UK.

In extraordinary development, Nusaybah was arrested by intelligence officers at the studio immediately following his recorded interview, and remains in detention on unspecified charges.

Speaking to ITV news, Nusaybah’s account was confirmed by Adebolajo’s brother-in-law. Immediately on hearing of his arrest in Kenya, the family “contacted the British government and essentially, they refused to do anything and the Kenyans were saying they were going to kill him, behead him,” he said. “We had clear proof that he was being tortured … violently and sexually.”

On his return, Adebolajo had changed and become “a lot quieter and quite bitter towards the fact that he wasn’t getting any help from anyone,” his brother-in-law continued. “They [the British authorities] did the opposite of what they were doing really. If they wanted help [with information on jihadists], surely they would have given him some support first?”

The security services had approached Adebolajo to work for them, his brother-in-law continued. “They obviously asked him would he be a spy for them … You’d expect maybe they’d say ‘Can you tell us about Kenya, can we do anything for you?’ But instead you know, they basically pestered him for years, when he was trying to recover from something psychologically damaging.”

Allegations that MI5 “pestered” Adebolajo are backed up by the Guardian, which disclosed that he had seen lawyers last year to complain of harassment by the security services.

According to the Independent, however, Britain’s security services “sought to recruit” Adebolajo while he was being held by the Kenyan authorities. The Foreign Office would only confirm that he had received “consular assistance … as is normal for British nationals detained.”

Adebolajo was held in custody for several days in Mombasa. When he appeared in court he complained of severe mistreatment, including being denied food for days. If the accounts by family members and the Independent are true, it would mean that the British authorities were aware of his abuse and did nothing to stop it. Given allegations that the security services were trying to recruit him, this can only be because they hoped such mistreatment would break him and make him amenable to approaches.

Adebolajo returned to the UK without any reported follow-up investigation, let alone charges, as to his suspected activities in Kenya. This was despite the fact, again according to the Independent citing “Whitehall sources”, that Adebolajo “also made a second attempt to travel to Somalia last year but was stopped by MI5 and warned he would be detained once more by the Kenyans.”

These accounts refute claims that, despite eight years of surveillance and two occasions in which he had presented himself as someone actively seeking to engage in terrorist-related activities, Adebolajo was considered a “peripheral” figure, or a “non-risk”. This claim is made all the more suspect because the ruling elite has continuously cited terrorist activities in Somalia as a major threat, warranting British involvement in the impoverished African country.

It was only on May 7 that Prime Minister David Cameron hosted the second “UK-Somalia Conference” in London, where he warned that Somalia mattered “because when young minds are poisoned by radicalism and they go on to export terrorism and extremism, the security of the whole world is at stake.”

As regards Adebowale, Sky News revealed that he had recently been reported to police by a local shopkeeper for “grooming” a 12-year old schoolboy into jihadi politics. The shopkeeper, who spoke anonymously, said that he was told Adebowale “was being monitored by security services and his movements were being monitored.”

While the extent of MI5’s involvement with the Woolwich killers is concealed, public revulsion generated by the horrible death is being used to further attack civil liberties.

In what amounts to a form of collective punishment, this assault targets Muslims–although its broader aim is to undermine the democratic rights of all working people.

Home Secretary Theresa May has set out new measures to prevent the “radicalisation of British Muslims”, including “pre-emptive” censorship of the Internet, banning radical Muslim groups even if they disavow terrorism and violence, and a further crackdown on freedom of speech, especially on university campuses.

Exact details have yet to be announced, but indicating the open-ended character of the intended measures, May argued, “There is no doubt that people are able to watch things through the Internet which can lead to radicalisation.”

May made clear that she intends to revive the Communications Data Bill, dubbed the “snoopers’ charter” because of the wide-ranging powers it seeks to give to police, security services and the authorities to intercept all electronic communications.

The Conservative Party had been forced to retreat from the bill after protests by civil liberty organisations and sections of the Liberal Democrats, with which it is in coalition. But two former Labour home secretaries, Lord Reid and Alan Johnson, have backed the measures, while former Conservative Home Secretary Lord Howard called on Cameron and May to form a bloc with Labour to get the measures through Parliament.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Job seekers camp out for applications in New York

0

 

By
Dan Brennan

29 May 2013

A tent city sprang up in the New York City borough of Queens last week as hundreds camped out in order to secure an application for elevator apprenticeships. The job seekers waited as long as six days for IBEW Local 3 to distribute the 750 applications, with just 75 openings guaranteed. Hundreds of late arrivals left empty-handed.

The elevator service and repair apprenticeships offer an increasingly rare opportunity for young workers to get jobs at decent pay. Wages start at $17 an hour, but upon completing the four-year training program, workers can earn between $35 and $40 an hour plus benefits, as a journeyman.

No special qualifications were required to apply, only a high school diploma and the ability to lift 50 pounds. A written test and physical exam will follow for successful applicants.

The scene last week was nearly identical to one in April 2010, the last time applications were handed out. Then as now hundreds of workers set up makeshift residences on the sidewalk in hopes of landing a job. The union brought in half a dozen portable toilets and hired a security guard to keep watch 24 hours a day.

An IBEW official explained to the New York Times the reasoning behind this method of first-come, first-served in-person distribution of applications for apprenticeships. “If we did it online or we did it like a mail-in,” he said, “we’d have to go through 10,000 applications.”

This is by no means an exaggeration. Unemployment remains at crisis levels throughout the country, and particularly in New York City. The latest data peg the official rate at 8.4 percent, nearly one point above the national average, but these figures do not include millions who have given up looking for work or who are working part-time or at low-wage jobs and are desperate to secure work that pays enough to support a family.

While the official unemployment statistics have improved recently, the real conditions have not. Over the past year roughly half of the drop in New York is due to a shrinking labor pool, i.e., workers giving up on finding jobs. Long-term unemployment has become so endemic that nearly 60 percent of unemployed New Yorkers no longer receive jobless benefits.

To the extent that new jobs have been created, the vast majority have been at or near poverty-level wages. The latest report from the Center for an Urban Future reveals a tremendous increase since the start of the economic crisis. In New York City as a whole, the number of workers in low-wage jobs climbed to 35 percent last year, up from an already shocking 31 percent.

In Brooklyn, where rents are now almost as exorbitant as in Manhattan, approximately 40 percent of workers have low-wage jobs, an 8 percent increase since 2008. In the Bronx, the city’s poorest borough, the percentage of such jobs is even higher, at just under half.

This situation is replicated in city after city around the US, where low wages have become the norm for a huge section of the workforce.

Charles Keen, a 25-year-old from Maryland, traveled for hours to wait in line for an elevator apprenticeship application. “This is my first time in New York,” he explained. “I am trying to get ahead in life. There are no jobs, no work and no money to be made. I make $9.50 per hour with no benefits as a chef. My job is seasonal and I have to go on unemployment from about Halloween until April 1st. This whole economy is going to shit, with so many jobs having been lost and so much unemployment.”

“I don’t pay any attention to the politicians,” he continued. “I don’t like what they are doing. They keep passing tax increases on the ordinary people while the prices for everything you need keeps going up. It seems like the politicians want to help the rich people and not the middle and lower classes.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Indian state to intensify counter-insurgency war after Maoist ambush

0

 

By
Deepal Jayasekera

29 May 2013

Maoist guerrillas ambushed a Congress Party convoy in the central Indian state of Chhattisgarh last Saturday evening, dealing a major setback to the Congress-led central government’s anti-Maoist counter-insurgency campaign, Operation Green Hunt.

Twenty-seven people, including much of the Congress leadership in Chhattisgarh, were killed in the attack, and another 32 injured. State Congress Party chief Nandakumar Patel, his son, and Mahendra Karma, a former state minister and leader of the official opposition in the Chhattisgarh State Legislature, were all killed. V.C. Shukla, a veteran congressman who has held more than half-a-dozen ministries in the national government, is among the seriously wounded.

The Maoists ambushed the convoy on a jungle road, as it returned from a Congress Party rally in Sukma, in the southern Chhattisgarh region of Bastar. The two dozen security personnel accompanying the convoy were pinned down by more than a hundred guerrillas and eventually ran out of ammunition.

The ambush is the most deadly attack launched by the Maoists in some time. But it is the successful targeting of senior political figures identified with Operation Green Hunt that has most shaken Indian authorities.

The Maoists, also known as Naxalites, clearly knew who was in the convoy and what route it would take.

The Hindustan Times reports that “security and intelligence officials” have told it that the ambush “could only have been possible with precise information which only an insider could have provided.” Congress Party officials have accused Chhattisgarh’s Bharatiya Janatha Party (BJP) government of abetting the attack by failing to provide proper security for the Congress convoy. Some have even suggested that their BJP opponents leaked crucial information about the convoy to the Maoists.

India’s Congress Party-led United Progressive Alliance (UPA) is seeking to use Saturday’s attack to intensify Operation Green Hunt–the nationally-coordinated, multi-state counter-insurgency war it launched in late 2009. On Monday more than 1,000 troops in the Bastar region were ordered to initiate offensive operations against the Naxalites and the government is planning to send additional Central Reserve Police Force paramilitaries to join the 30,000 central government security forces already deployed in the state.

Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has vowed that “firm action (will be taken) against the perpetrators” of Saturday’s attack. Speaking yesterday, the UPA’s Minister of State for Home, R.P.N. Singh, pledged “more active operations” to suppress the Maoists, whom he claimed “have no respect for human rights.” R.P.N. Singh added that the government would not talk with the Maoists “unless they abjure violence.” In 2010, security forces assassinated a Communist Party of India (Maoist) “peace envoy” who was charged with exploring the possibility of entering into “peace talks” with New Delhi. (See: Indian state murdered Maoist peace envoy )

India’s main Stalinist parliamentary party, the Communist Party of India (Marxist), or CPM, has joined the other parties of the political establishment in demanding “firm action … be taken to stop these Maoists depredations.” The CPM Politburo statement urged “all democratic forces to fight the [Maoists’] politics of violence,” signalling the Stalinists’ readiness to work with the Congress-led government and the state apparatus in suppressing an insurgency that has drawn support from significant sections of India’s tribal peoples. Until it fell from office in May 2011, West Bengal’s CPM-led Left Front enthusiastically collaborated with the Congress-led central government in the mounting of Operation Green Hunt.

The corporate media is baying for blood. Describing the ambush as “one of the most daring and vicious attacks” ever mounted by the Maoists in India’s tribal belt, the Indian Express demanded the state “establish its presence in the dense wilds of Bastar and Dantewada, which have been virtually left to the Maoists.” The Hindustan Times, in an editorial titled “Act tough on red terror,” said, “By attacking the political class in this manner the Maoists have made it clear that they will give no quarter and that the war will not stop until they are decimated.”

Karma had long been a target of the Maoists because of his role in creating the Salwa Judum (Purification hunt), a local anti-Naxalite militia responsible for numerous atrocities against tribal and other rural people suspected of supporting the Maoist insurgency. From an affluent land-owning family in Bastar, Karma started his political career as a student leader and legislator for the Stalinist Communist Party of India (CPI). After becoming a prominent Congress politician, he launched the Salwa Judum in 2005 and soon received strong backing from the state BJP government, which provided militia members with a monthly stipend, subsidized rations and other privileges, and made them Special Police Officers (SPOs). The Congress-led central government praised the BJP state government for using the Salwa Judum to counter the Maoists, with Home Minister Palaniappan Chidambaram advocating that SPOs “should be appointed wherever required.”

The Salwa Judum routinely used torture, rape and murder, acting as a terror squad in joint operations with state security forces. Local and international human rights organisations exposed its responsibility for numerous gross violations of human rights. Recognizing that Salwa Judum’s actions were discrediting the state and feeding the Maoist-led insurgency, India’s Supreme Court felt obliged in 2011 to declare the militia illegal and unconstitutional and to order it disbanded.

Claiming responsibility for Saturday’s ambush, a spokesman for the Communist Party of India (Maoist) said, “Through this attack, we have taken revenge on behalf of people who were made to suffer in the name of Salwa Judum.”

Since 2009 Prime Minister Manmohan Singh has repeatedly characterized the Maoist insurgency as India’s “greatest internal security threat.” On occasion Singh has shed light on Operation Green Hunt’s true motivation by directly tying suppression of the Maoists to the Indian elite’s plans for capitalist development. The bourgeoisie covets the land, forest, and mineral wealth of the remote highland, predominantly tribal areas that the Maoists have long made the base for their activities.

While the Maoists offer no progressive alternative to the failure of bourgeois rule, under conditions where the working class has been prevented by the Stalinist parliamentary parties from advancing a socialist program, their insurgency has attracted support from tribal peoples angered at the neglect and abuse to which they have been subjected by the Indian bourgeoisie and its national and state governments.

Saturday’s ambush has given new life to a longstanding debate within the Indian elite over whether the army should be deployed on the frontlines of the anti-Maoist counter-insurgency war. Under Operation Green Hunt, the army’s role in fighting the Maoists has already been greatly expanded. India’s military provides training and logistical support (including extensive use of helicopter transport) to central and state government paramilitaries. It is also reportedly playing a major role in the formulation of their strategy.

However, the military has opposed calls for it to lead the war on the ground. It argues such a role would impede its implementation of modernization plans aimed at giving India’s armed forces the capacity to project power across the region and globally. Also–and this fear is shared by the current government–it believes that the military’s image and public support for its expansion would be damaged if is directly involved in a dirty war against tribal and rural youth.

On Monday Indian Defence Minister A.K. Antony again ruled out the possibility of tasking the Army with mounting anti-Maoist operations. “There is no proposal like that,” said Antony. “We extend our support without direct involvement. The real answer is to strengthen the local police and para-military forces.”

Whatever their claims to be “Marxists” or “Communists,” the Maoists have nothing to do with and are opposed to a genuine revolutionary movement to overthrow capitalism. Like the Stalinist CPI and CPM from which they emerged, they advocate that India’s toilers join the “progressive” and “patriotic” sections of the national bourgeoisie to complete the democratic–that is capitalist–revolution, consigning the struggle for socialism to another historical epoch. While they criticize the CPI and CPM, the Maoists, ever since they emerged as a distinct current in the late 1960s, have refused to challenge the Stalinists parliamentary parties’ and unions’ political control over the working class. Instead they have devoted their energies to fomenting peasant rebellions against local landlords and increasingly focused almost all their activities on mobilizing tribal groups in India’s hinterlands to wage an isolated and politically futile armed rebellion against the Indian state.

Rural guerrilla war goes hand in hand with appeals for negotiations with the Indian state and crass opportunist manoeuvring with the parties of the Indian establishment. In the east Indian state of West Bengal, the Maoists assisted the anti-communist demagogue Mamata Banerjee’s and her Trinamool Congress in seizing the leadership of the peasant movement that erupted in 2007 against the West Bengal Left Front’s pro-big business land expropriation policy. The Maoists continued this collaboration until the very eve of the 2011 state elections, including publicly endorsing Banerjee’s candidacy for Chief Minister in January 2011.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Armed stand-off, mounting tensions, in the South China Sea

0

 

By
Joseph Santolan

29 May 2013

A tense stand-off is unfolding in the South China Sea between a group of Philippine marines and several Chinese naval vessels. The confrontation occurs around a shoal, which has been occupied by the Philippines, in the disputed Spratly Islands. This confrontation in the South China Sea takes place as tensions continue to simmer between Taiwan and the Philippines over the latter’s killing of a Taiwanese fisherman.

The Philippine marines are occupying a former US tank-landing vessel, the BRP Sierra Madre, which was deliberately scuttled by the Philippine Navy on the shoal in 1999 an attempt to construct a small naval outpost on the cheap. The shoal, alternately known as Ayungin, Second Thomas, or Ren’ai in China, is located 105 nautical miles from the nearest island of the Philippines, Palawan.

The Spratly Islands, of which Ayungin shoal is part, are claimed by China, Taiwan, Vietnam and the Philippines. The Spratlys are at the center of one of the busiest and most vital sea-lanes in the world.

The rusted hull of the Sierra Madre has been occupied by Philippine marines for over a decade now. On average, 10 soldiers, armed with machine guns are stationed on the make-shift base, rotated out occasionally. The station exists for the sole purpose of staking the claim by the Philippines to the oil-rich and strategically-vital surrounding waters.

Over the course of ten years, the Sierra Madre has been gradually wasting away and if it is not shored up will sink into the South China Sea. The Philippine Armed Forces, at President Aquino’s instructions have begun carrying fresh construction supplies to the location, building a fresh platform over the decrepit framework.

On May 9, the Philippine navy announced that it had spotted Chinese vessels in the vicinity of Ayungin shoal and sent its own ships to investigate. On May 18, they announced that they were sending three patrol ships to the area to prevent the Chinese vessels from returning. Subsequent reports indicated that armed Chinese naval ships had surrounded the shoal.

The Philippine navy has been for the past week unable to resupply the small group of Marines on Ayungin shoal. No account of a successful visit by a Philippine ship has yet been reported in the press.

This could evolve into another sharp standoff between Beijing and Manila, following last year’s over Scarborough Shoal, in which China claimed to have brought it under its “effective control” by deploying maritime policing vessels to keep Philippines government and fishing ships out of the reefs. Beijing is employing the same tactic to “retake” the Second Thomas.

President Aquino issued a statement asserting that this spit of coral in the Spratly Islands was an “integral part” of the Philippines. Hong Lei, spokesman for the Chinese foreign ministry, responded, declaring that Beijing has “indisputable sovereignty” over the shoal. He added that “Chinese ships are entitled to regularly patrol there.”

Washington stepped very strongly into the midst of the tense armed stand-off by dispatching the USS Nimitz, a massive nuclear-powered aircraft carrier to the South China Sea, sailing from South Korea, to Phuket in Thailand. The intervention of Washington was a calculated provocation, a display of military might pointedly targeted at China.

The US intervention underscores the fact that the Philippines, is only able to engage in these dangerous confrontations with Beijing, because of Washington’s backing and encouragement. During last year’s standoff over Scarborough Shoal, the Obama administration indicated its support to Manila under the 1951 US-Philippines mutual defense treaty.

Backing Philippines against China is part of Obama’s “pivot” to Asia aimed at containing China diplomatically, economically and strategically. South East Asia is a vital component of the Pentagon’s war plans, which include a potential blockade of China by cutting off its main shipping routes for raw materials and oil from the Middle East and Africa.

China responded to the US navy presence with its own display of force. The Chinese People’s Liberation Army (PLA) announced a joint exercise of its three naval–North, East, and South Sea–fleets. The drill was held in the South China Sea and included warships, submarines and warplanes. Retired PLA Colonel Yue Gang told the hard-line government-owned paper, Global Times, “The joint military drill also meant to tell the Philippines that Beijing’s tough stance towards them will continue.”

The Philippine government responded with bluster. A Department of Foreign Affairs spokesperson, Raul Hernandez, announced that China was in “violation of international law.” The Philippine Defense Secretary, Voltaire Gazmin, stated, “To the last soldier standing, we will fight for what is ours.”

President Aquino announced that the Philippines would be spending $US1.82 billion to modernize its military to defend the Philippines against what he termed “bullies entering our backyard.” This comment is directly referencing China, and to a lesser degree, Taiwan.

The stand-off in the Spratly Islands between the Philippines and China occur s at the same time as ongoing tensions between the Philippines and Taiwan. Taiwan has placed an embargo on granting visas to any Filipino workers attempting to enter the country, in response to a Taiwanese fisherman, shot dead in disputed waters by the Philippine coast guard earlier this month . (See: “Taiwan stages naval drills as tensions mount with Manila”)

Relations between the Philippines and Taiwan have greatly soured as a result of these events and Beijing sees in this rift an opportunity to establish closer ties with Taipei. Washington did not want to see any deterioration of relations between Taiwan and Philippines that would strengthen China’s position in the South China Sea.

With calls from the US State Department and members of the Congress for two US allies to settle the disputes, both countries are currently investigating the affair. Official investigation teams from Taipei and Manila have exchanged visits, and there is reportedly footage of the shooting which the Philippine government has supplied to the Taiwanese government.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

‘UK govt lining up with Islamist radicals in Syria’

0



Published time: May 29, 2013 04:24

Reuters / Muzaffar Salman

Embed

Code

UK and France’s compulsion to lift the EU arms embargo will only lead to further bloodshed, and any weapons exports may fall into the hands of extremists, British journalist Neil Clark tells RT.

The more weapons they send to Syria, the greater the danger they
will be used to strike against their own citizens and across the
world, he explains.

Britain and France’s lone push to end the arms embargo on Syria
is not conducive to a peaceful resolution of the Syrian conflict
and preparations for negotiations cannot come with the condition
of Assad’s resignation. A drive for peace in the region shouldn’t
be decided based on an immediate change of government, especially
one which still has a strong support base within the country.

RT: All diplomatic efforts to bring peace to Syria have
failed so far. Would arming the rebels help them take down
Damascus and eventually end the conflict?

NC: Not at all. This position of Britain and France — to
sort of aggressively push the EU to end its arms embargo — only
means more death and destruction in Syria. It’s very important to
understand that the UK and the US and France, they don’t want a
peaceful solution to this conflict. They’re hell-bent on
one thing and one thing alone, and that is the violent overthrow
of President Assad, and the Ba’ath government in Syria. They
don’t want peace. We’ve had ample opportunities for peace in the
last two years, and every time rebel groups have said that they
might want to negotiate it’s been the US or Britain that
have held them back. So it’s very important to understand that
what they want is regime change —they don’t want peace.

RT: As we can see there are different positions on this
— on the one hand we have Russia and the US that will be holding
a peace conference later, and on the other there’s Britain and
France. But the US has been reluctant to arm the rebels because
(NC: ‘directly, yes’) of past incidents when weapons sent to
Afghanistan and Libya were eventually turned on westerners. Now
shouldn’t France and Britain be worried about those
prospects?

British Foreign secretary Willaim Hague (L) and Swedish Foreign Affairs minister Carl Bildt talk prior to the Foreign Affairs Council on May 27, 2013 at the EU Headquarters in Brussels (AFP Photo / Georges Gobet)

NC: Well, absolutely. I mean, you said that the US hasn’t
wanted to arm the rebels. They have been indirectly,
through proxy. Through countries like Qatar and Turkey for
example — they’re the countries that they’ve been sending the
weapons through. And I think there will be a massive blowback
from this because there’s no doubt it’s 100 per cent sure that
if Britain and France send more weapons into this
arena they will end up in the hands of groups like the Al-Nusra
Front and Al Qaeda-created groups. And these will come back to be
used against British citizens in Britain perhaps and across the
world. And so, we’ve got a real problem here. We’ve got a British
neo-conservative government that’s actually lining up on the same
side as Al Qaeda and Islamic extremists in Syria, just a few days
after the horrific terror attack in London, when a British
soldier was killed by a radical Islamist — and so people ought to
wake up to the fact that the British government is actually
siding with these radical groups, I’m afraid.

RT: Speaking of the EU’s move – we have an interesting
situation here: On the one hand EU officials have stressed they
won’t send arms to Syria until at least August but on the other
rebels want them now. So why the delay?

NC: Yesterday we had just two countries —Britain and
France – who wanted this embargo to be lifted. We had 25 who did
not. The UK and France are trying to bully their way through the
EU, and so we’ve got this kind of compromise situation —this sort
of stay of execution- until August. And I think what will happen
is that Britain and France are hell-bent on sending more arms
into this conflict, they are obsessed about overthrowing
President Assad no matter how many Syrians are killed, no matter
how much bloodshed is caused by this, and the rest of the
European countries are taking a more sensible line I think.
Austria in particular has denounced the British mood on this, and
I think it’s up now for other countries of Europe to stand up a
bit more to the bully boys of Britain and France on this issue.

RT: We of course have the peace conference in Syria
next month, but the rebels still haven’t agreed to attend this
conference without preconditions, so what can we even expect from
this gathering?

NC: Well, I’m not very optimistic to say the least,
because for this to work, it would mean people going in with good
faith, to try to honestly, peacefully solve this conflict. But
I’m afraid the western powers — the US, the UK and France — they
want regime change, and they’re already saying — John Kerry’s
already said that the Syrians can have any government they like
so long as President Assad is not involved in it, and there’s no
recognition of the fact that Assad has sizeable support within
Syria, if not majority support. So you can’t say on the one hand
that the Syrian people should decide who their government is but
then say on the other hand that they can’t have President Assad
of the Ba’ath party. There has to be an acknowledgement that
President Assad has sizeable support within Syria and the rebels
shouldn’t come with preconditions saying that he’s got to go —
it’s up to the Syrian people. The Syrian people can vote in
elections who their government should be, and it’s not up to
Britain or America or France to say who should or shouldn’t be
the leader of Syria.

RT: One more question – can Russian air defense systems
really help prevent foreign intervention in Syria?

NC: I think they can, and I’m very pleased about this news
today, because I think that we’ve already had Israeli attacks on
Syria, we’ve had two bombing attacks dropped from Israel onto
Syria, and having these air defence systems is very important to
deter aggression from NATO powers to bomb Syria — we’ve seen
these NATO powers bomb Libya, we saw them bomb Yugoslavia, we saw
them attack and destroy Iraq, and I think the Russian line is a
good rule for peace – they’re defensive weapons, they’re
not attack weapons and the only people who will be concerned
about the weapons being deployed are those who want to attack
Syria.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Teacher facing discipline for reminding students of Constitutional rights

0

An Illinois community is rallying around a teacher who is reportedly up against disciplinary action for informing his students of their rights guaranteed by the Fifth Amendment before the high-schoolers answered a survey regarding their personal behavior.

John Dryden, a social studies teacher at Batavia High School, not
far from Chicago, Illinois, told the Kane County Chronicle he was
docked a day’s pay for reminding his students they have the right
to not incriminate themselves before administering a
drug-screening survey to the class. 

The exact contents of the survey were not disclosed, but Dryden
said each form was printed with a student’s name and had
questions relating to drug use, alcohol consumption, and
emotional tendencies. The results were to be reviewed by school
officials, social workers, counselors and psychologists,
according to the Chicago Daily Herald. 

For advising the students of their rights guaranteed by the
Constitution, Dryden was scheduled to face a closed-door meeting
with school board officials on Tuesday night. He was charged with
the vague count of “unprofessional conduct” and could be
disciplined with a “letter of remedy” that would remain on
his 20-year employment record, along with the docked pay. 

Dryden said it was “dumb luck” that he examined the
contents in the survey before handing them out. He said that if
he had been notified about the questions, he would have consulted
a school administrator over the issue. 

“Somebody needs to remind them they have the ability not to
incriminate themselves
,” Dryden said. “I made a judgment
call. There was no time to ask anyone
.” 

School Superintendent Jack Barshinger told the Daily Herald the
survey was meant to determine which students were emotionally
unstable and considering self-harm. 

“We can’t help them if we aren’t aware of their needs,” he
said. 

A letter mailed to parents did not specify whether the survey was
mandatory or optional. A petition of support, which described
Dryden as an “uncharacteristically engaging educator,”
attracted 4,000 signatures and pleaded with administrators to not
discipline him. 

“It is Mr. Dryden’s task as an educator to impart his students
with the knowledge and ability to make informed choices, even if
these lead to conscientious objection
,” the letter read.
“For the administration of Batavia High School to pursue
disciplinary action against a dedicated educator, whose
instruction is solely student centered is, in our opinion, an
extreme lapse of professional competence
.” 

Through the scrutiny and media attention Dryden has maintained
that the survey’s legality, not he, should be the focus of the
story. 

“I have asked people to talk about the survey. I think I am a
sideshow
,” he said. “I’m not a martyr. I’m trying to
refocus people’s attentions. Calm down
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Gramsci's Grand Plan

0

One of the most interesting aspects of the study of history is that very often men born in the most humble of circumstances nevertheless rise up to affect the course of human history dramatically. They may be men of action or men of thought, yet in either case their activities can father tremendous changes across the years. Antonio Gramsci was both a man of action and thought and, whatever the outcome of the events of the next several decades, he will almost certainly be reckoned by future historians to have been a remarkable figure.

Born in obscurity on the island of Sardinia in 1891, Gramsci would not have been considered a prime candidate to impact significantly the 20th century. Gramsci studied philosophy and history at the University of Turin, and soon became a dedicated Marxist, joining the Italian Socialist Party. Immediately after the First World War, he established his own radical newspaper, The New Order, and shortly afterwards helped in the founding of the Italian Communist Party.

Disillusioned Marxist

The fascist “March on Rome” and the appointment of Benito Mussolini to the prime ministry impelled the young Marxist theorist to depart Italy. Casting about for a new home, he chose the most logical place for a Communist, Lenin’s newly fashioned USSR. However, Soviet Russia was not what he had expected. His powers of observation wakened immediately to the distance that so often separates theory from reality. A fanatical Marxist insofar as political, economic, and historical theories were concerned, Gramsci was profoundly disturbed that life in Communist Russia exhibited little evidence of any deeply felt love on the part of the workers for the “paradise” that Lenin had constructed for them. Even less was there any deep attachment to such concepts as the “proletarian revolution” or “dictatorship of the proletariat,” apart from the obligatory rhetoric.

On the contrary, it was obvious to Gramsci that the “paradise” of the working class maintained its hold over workers and peasants only by sheer terror, by mass murder on a gargantuan scale, and by the ubiquitous, gnawing fear of midnight knocks on the door and of forced-labor camps in the Siberian wilderness. Also crucial to Lenin’s state was a continuous drumbeat of propaganda, slogans, and outright lies. It was all very disillusioning for Gramsci. While other men might have reassessed their entire ideological outlook after such experiences, Gramsci’s subtle, analytical mind worked on the seeming paradox differently.

The death of Lenin and the seizure of power by Stalin caused Gramsci immediately to reconsider his choice of residence. Building upon Lenin’s achievements in terror and tyranny, Stalin began to transform agrarian Russia into an industrial giant that would then turn all of its energies to military conquest. It was Stalin’s design to build the greatest military machine in history, crush the “forces of reaction,” and impose Communism on Europe and Asia – and later on the whole world – by brute force.

In the meantime, however, to consolidate and assure his power, Stalin systematically commenced the extermination of potential foes within his own camp. That, as it turned out, became an ongoing process, one that lasted until his own demise. In particular, men suspected of even the slightest ideological heresy in relation to Stalin’s own interpretation of Marxism-Leninism were sent straight to torture chambers or death camps, or were hurried before firing squads.

Prison “Prophet”

His days obviously numbered in Stalinist Russia, Gramsci decided to return home and take up the struggle against Mussolini. Seen as both a serious threat to the safety of the fascist regime and a likely agent of a hostile foreign power, after a relatively short time Gramsci was arrested and sentenced to a lengthy term of imprisonment, and there, in his prison cell, he devoted the nine years that were left to him to writing. Before his death from tuberculosis in 1937, Gramsci produced nine volumes of observations on history, sociology, Marxist theory, and, most importantly, Marxist strategy. Those volumes, known as the Prison Notebooks, have since been published in many languages and distributed throughout the world. Their significance comes from the fact that they form the foundation for a dramatic new Marxist strategy, one that makes the “spontaneous revolution” of Lenin as obsolete as hoop skirts and high button shoes, one that promises to win the world voluntarily to Marxism, and one based on a realistic appraisal of historical fact and human psychology, rather than on empty wishes and illusions.

As we shall see, Gramsci’s shrewd assessment of the true essence of Marxism and of mankind makes his writings among the most powerful in this century. While Gramsci himself would die an ignominious and lonely death in a fascist prison, his thoughts would attain a life of their own and rise up to menace the world. What are these ideas?

Essence of the Red Revolution

Gramsci’s signal contribution was to liberate the Marxist project from the prison of economic dogma, thereby dramatically enhancing its ability to subvert Christian society.

If we were to take the ideological pronouncements of Marx and Lenin at face value, we would believe – as have millions of their deluded disciples – that the uprising of the workers was inevitable, and that all that was to be done was to mobilize the underclass through propaganda, thereby sparking universal revolution. Of course, this premise is invalid, yet it remained inflexible doctrine among Communists – at least, for public consumption.

However, the hard core of the Communist movement consisted of ruthless criminals, clear-eyed in their understanding of the intellectual errors of Marxism, who were willing to employ any necessary means to obtain the power they sought. For such hardened, hate-intoxicated conspirators, ideology is a tactic, a means of mobilizing supporters and rationalizing criminal actions.

Those who accept uncritically the idea that “Communism is dead” fail to understand the true nature of the enemy. Communism is not an ideology in which one believes. Rather, it is a criminal conspiracy in which one enlists. Although Lenin professed to revere Marx’s scribblings as sacred writ, once his Bolsheviks had seized power in Russia, Lenin freely modified Marxism to suit his needs. The same was true of Stalin. The Bolsheviks did not come to power in Russia by any uprising of the workers and peasants, but by a coup d’etat, orchestrated by a tightly disciplined Marxist cadre and ultimately consolidated by civil war. They also received – lest it be forgotten – critical help from Western political and banking elites.

In similar fashion, Communism did not come to power in Eastern Europe by revolution, but rather through the imposition of that system by a conquering Red Army – and, once again, through the corrupt connivance of conspirators in the West. In China, Communism came to power through civil war, aided by the Soviets and by traitorous elements in the West.

In no single instance has Communism ever achieved power by means of any popular revolutionary upheaval, but always by force or subterfuge. The only popular revolutionary upheavals recorded in the 20th century have been anti-Marxist “counter-revolutions,” such as the revolt in Berlin in 1954 and the Hungarian uprising of 1956.

Looking back on the 20th century, it is clear that Marx was wrong in his assumption that most workers and peasants were dissatisfied with their places in, and alienated from, their societies, that they were seething with resentment against the middle and upper classes, or that they in any way were predisposed to revolution. Moreover, wherever Communism achieved power, its use of unprecedented levels of violence, coercion, and repression have generated underground opposition at home and militant opposition abroad, making endless killing and repression endemic to Marxism and essential for Communist survival. All of these undeniable facts, when examined honestly, posed insurmountable difficulties insofar as further extensions of Communist power were concerned, and assured some kind of ultimate crisis for Marxism.

While the foregoing is obvious to perceptive observers now, looking back from the vantage point of our time and after more than eight decades of experience with the reality of Communism in power, we begin to understand something of the insightfulness of Antonio Gramsci when we realize that what is evident now, at the close of the millennium, was evident to him when the Soviet regime was in its infancy and Communism still largely untried conjecture.

Gramsci was a brilliant student of philosophy, history, and languages. This education imparted to him an excellent grasp of the character of his fellow men and of the character of the societies that made up the civilized community of nations in the early decades of this century. As we have already seen, one of the foundational insights given him by this education was that Communist hopes for a spontaneous revolution, brought about by some process of historical inevitability, were illusory. Marxist ideologues were, he asserted, beguiling themselves. In the Gramscian view workers and peasants were not, by and large, revolutionary-minded and they harbored no desire for the destruction of the existing order. Most had loyalties beyond, and far more powerful than, class considerations, even in those instances where their lives were less than ideal. More meaningful to ordinary people than class solidarity and class warfare were such things as faith in God and love of family and country. These were foremost among their overriding allegiances.

Such attractiveness as Communist promises might possess among the working classes was, moreover, diminished by Communist brutalities and by heavy-handed totalitarian methods. Stirring the aristocratic and bourgeois classes to action, these negative attributes were so terrifying and sobering that militant anti-Marxist organizations and movements sprang up everywhere, effectively putting a halt to plans for Communist expansion. With all of this easily apparent to him, and, blessed in a way with the seemingly endless leisure afforded by prison life, Gramsci turned his excellent mind to saving Marxism by analyzing and solving these questions.

Subverting Christian Faith

The civilized world, Gramsci deduced, had been thoroughly saturated with Christianity for 2,000 years and Christianity remains the dominant philosophical and moral system in Europe and North America. Practically speaking, civilization and Christianity were inextricably bound together. Christianity had become so thoroughly integrated into the daily lives of nearly everyone, including non-Christians living in Christian lands, it was so pervasive, that it formed an almost impenetrable barrier to the new, revolutionary civilization Marxists wish to create. Attempting to batter down that barrier proved unproductive, since it only generated powerful counter-revolutionary forces, consolidating them and making them potentially deadly. Therefore, in place of the frontal attack, how much more advantageous and less hazardous it would be to attack the enemy’s society subtly, with the aim of transforming the society’s collective mind gradually, over a period of a few generations, from its former Christian worldview into one more harmonious to Marxism. And there was more.

Whereas conventional Marxist-Leninists were hostile towards the non-Communist Left, Gramsci argued that alliances with a broad spectrum of leftist groups would prove essential to Communist victory. In Gramsci’s time these included, among others, various “anti-fascist” organizations, trade unions, and socialist political groups. In our time, alliances with the Left would include radical feminists, extremist environmentalists, “civil rights” movements, anti-police associations, internationalists, ultra-liberal church groups, and so forth. These organizations, along with open Communists, together create a united front working for the transformation of the old Christian culture.

What Gramsci proposed, in short, was a renovation of Communist methodology and a streamlining and updating of Marx’s antiquated strategies. Let there be no doubt that Gramsci’s vision of the future was entirely Marxist and that he accepted the validity of Marxism’s overall worldview. Where he differed was in the process for achieving the victory of that worldview. Gramsci wrote that “there can and must be a ‘political hegemony’ even before assuming government power, and in order to exercise political leadership or hegemony one must not count solely on the power and material force that are given by government.” What he meant is that it is incumbent upon Marxists to win the hearts and minds of the people, and not to rest hopes for the future solely on force or power.

Furthermore, Communists were enjoined to put aside some of their class prejudice in the struggle for power, seeking to win even elements within the bourgeois classes, a process which Gramsci described as “the absorption of the elites of the enemy classes.” Not only would this strengthen Marxism with new blood, but it would deprive the enemy of this lost talent. Winning the bright young sons and daughters of the bourgeoisie to the red banner, wrote Gramsci, “results in [the anti-Marxist forces’] decapitation and renders them impotent.” In short, violence and force will not by themselves genuinely transform the world. Rather it is through winning hegemony over the minds of the people and in robbing enemy classes of their most gifted men that Marxism will triumph over all.

Free-will Slaves

Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World, a classic study of modern totalitarianism, contains a line that epitomizes the concept that Gramsci tried to convey to his party comrades: “A really efficient totalitarian state would be one in which the all-powerful executive of political bosses and their army of managers control a population of slaves who do not have to be coerced, because they love their servitude.” While it is improbable that Huxley was familiar with Gramsci’s theories, the idea he conveys of free persons marching willingly into bondage is nevertheless precisely what Gramsci had in mind.

Gramsci believed that if Communism achieved “mastery of human consciousness,” then labor camps and mass murder would be unnecessary. How does an ideology gain such mastery over patterns of thought inculcated by cultures for hundreds of years? Mastery over the consciousness of the great mass of people would be attained, Gramsci contended, if Communists or their sympathizers gained control of the organs of culture – churches, education, newspapers, magazines, the electronic media, serious literature, music, the visual arts, and so on. By winning “cultural hegemony,” to use Gramsci’s own term, Communism would control the deepest wellsprings of human thought and imagination. One need not even control all of the information itself if one can gain control over the minds that assimilate that information. Under such conditions, serious opposition disappears since men are no longer capable of grasping the arguments of Marxism’s opponents. Men will indeed “love their servitude,” and will not even realize that it is servitude.

Steps in the Process

The first phase in achieving “cultural hegemony” over a nation is the undermining of all elements of traditional culture. Churches are thus transformed into ideology-driven political clubs, with the stress on “social justice” and egalitarianism, with worship reduced to trivialized entertainment, and with age-old doctrinal and moral teachings “modernized” or diminished to the point of irrelevancy. Genuine education is replaced by “dumbed-down” and “politically correct” curricula, and standards are reduced dramatically. The mass media are fashioned into instruments for mass manipulation and for harassing and discrediting traditional institutions and their spokesmen. Morality, decency, and old virtues are ridiculed without respite. Tradition-minded clergymen are portrayed as hypocrites and virtuous men and women as prudish, stuffy, and unenlightened.

Culture is no longer a buttress supporting the integrity of the national heritage and a vehicle for imparting that heritage to future generations, but becomes a means for “destroying ideals and … presenting the young not with heroic examples but with deliberately and aggressively degenerate ones,” as theologian Harold O.J. Brown writes. We see this in contemporary American life, in which the great historical symbols of our nation’s past, including great presidents, soldiers, explorers, and thinkers, are shown to have been unforgivably flawed with “racism” and “sexism” and therefore basically evil. Their place has been taken by pro-Marxist charlatans, pseudo-intellectuals, rock stars, leftist movie celebrities, and the like. At another level, traditional Christian culture is condemned as repressive, “Eurocentric,” and “racist” and, thus, unworthy of our continued devotion. In its place, unalloyed primitivism in the guise of “multiculturalism” is held as the new model.

Marriage and family, the very building blocks of our society, are perpetually attacked and subverted. Marriage is portrayed as a plot by men to perpetuate an evil system of domination over women and children. The family is depicted as a dangerous institution epitomized by violence and exploitation. Patriarchally oriented families are, according to the Gramscians, the precursors of fascism, Nazism, and every organized form of racial persecution.

The Frankfurt School

With respect to the subject of the undermining of the American family, and to many other aspects of the Gramscian technique, let us explore briefly the story of the Frankfurt School. This organization of leftist intellectuals, also known as the Frankfurt Institute for Social Research, was founded in the 1920s in Frankfurt am Main, Germany. There it flourished amidst the decadence of the Weimar period, both compounding and feeding off the decadence, and extending its influence throughout the country.

With Hitler’s acquisition of the chancellorship in 1933, the leftist stalwarts of the Frankfurt School fled Germany for the United States, where they soon established a new institute at Columbia University. As is characteristic of such men, they repaid their debt to the United States for sheltering them from Nazi brutality by turning their attention to what they regarded as the injustices and social deficiencies inherent to our system and society. Immediately they set about devising a program of revolutionary reform for America.

Max Horkheimer, one of the notables of the Frankfurt School, determined that America’s profound allegiance to the traditional family was a mark of our national inclination towards the same fascist system from which he had fled. Explaining this connection between fascism and the American family, he declared: “When the child respects in his father’s strength a moral relationship and thus learns to love what his reason recognizes to be a fact, he is experiencing his first training for the bourgeois authority relationship.”

Commenting critically on Horkheimer’s theory, Arthur Herman writes in The Idea of Decline in Western History: “The typical modern family, then, involves ‘sado-masochistic resolution of the Oedipus complex,’ producing a psychological cripple, the ‘authoritarian personality.’ The individual’s hatred of the father is suspended and remains unresolved, becoming instead an attraction for strong authority figures whom he obeys unquestioningly.” The traditional patriarchal family is thus a breeding ground for fascism, according to Horkheimer, and charismatic authority figures – men like Hitler and Mussolini – are the ultimate beneficiaries of the “authoritarian personality” instilled by the traditional family and culture.

Theodor W. Adorno, another notable of the Frankfurt School, underscored Horkheimer’s theory with his own study, published in book form as The Authoritarian Personality, which he authored together with Else Frenkel-Brunswik, Daniel J. Levinson, and R. Nevitt Sanford. Upon closer examination, it became apparent to critics that the research on which The Authoritarian Personality was based was pseudo-sociological, flawed in its methodology, and skewed in its conclusions. But, the critics were ignored.

America, Adorno and his research team pronounced, was ripe for its own, home-grown fascist takeover. Not only was the American population hopelessly racist and anti-Semitic, but it had far too acquiescent an attitude towards authority figures such as fathers, policemen, clergy, military leaders, and so forth. It was also far too obsessed with such “fascist” notions as efficiency, cleanliness, and success, for these qualities revealed an inward “pessimistic and contemptuous view of humanity,” a view that leads, Adorno held, to fascism.

Through such unmitigated balderdash as one finds in the writings of Horkheimer, Adorno, and the other luminaries of the Frankfurt School, the structures of the traditional family and traditional virtue have been called seriously into question and confidence in them blunted. Elected government officials and bureaucrats have contributed to this problem through government taxation policies, which mulct the traditional family while subsidizing anti-traditional modes of life.

Additionally, these officials are inclined more and more towards the elevation of abominations such as homosexual and illicit heterosexual unions to the same level as marriage. Already, in many localities throughout the country and in numerous private corporations, benefits previously reserved to married couples are now granted to unmarried sexual “partners.” Even the word “family” is slowly being superseded by the vague euphemism “household.”

A Lawless Land

Americans have long boasted that their nation is a government of law, not of men. American law is derived directly from English common law and from the biblical and Christian principles that are at the root of English common law. One would therefore expect law to constitute one of the chief barriers against the subversion of our society. Instead, in the field of law, revolutionary change has become the order of the day, change so astounding that it could not have been imagined by Americans of 50 years ago. None would have dreamed of the outlawing of prayer and any expression of religious conviction on public property, the legalization of abortion as a constitutionally guaranteed “right,” and the legalization of pornography, to mention but three.

Clearly expressed principles embraced by the Founding Fathers and set forth in our Constitution are now routinely reinterpreted and distorted. Those that cannot be reinterpreted and distorted, such as the Tenth Amendment, are simply ignored. Worse yet, the ideological agenda underpinning the radicalization of American law is blithely accepted by millions of Americans, who have themselves been radicalized without ever realizing it.

Crucial to the Gramscians’ success is the disappearance of all memory of the old civilization and way of life. The older America of unregulated lives, honest government, clean cities, crime-free streets, morally edifying entertainment, and a family-oriented way of life is no longer vivid in the minds of many Americans. Once it is gone completely, nothing will stand in the way of the new Marxist civilization, which demonstrates as nothing else that through the Gramscian method it is indeed possible to “Marxize the inner man,” as Malachi Martin wrote in The Keys of This Blood. Then and only then, writes Fr. Martin, “could you successfully dangle the utopia of the ‘Workers’ Paradise’ before his eyes, to be accepted in a peaceful and humanely agreeable manner, without revolution or violence or bloodshed.”

It must be evident to all but the most simple souls that after the passage of a generation or two, such ceaseless social conditioning is bound to alter the consciousness and inner-substance of a society, and it is bound to produce significant structural crises within that society, crises that manifest themselves in numberless ways in virtually every community throughout the country.

The Good Fight

It may seem to some that the situation in our nation is hopeless and that no force or agency can possibly put a halt to the insidious strategies working to destroy us. Despite the grim chronicle of the past 60 or 70 years, however, there is still much that may be done and much reason for hope. Families and individual men and women still possess, to a large extent, the freedom to avoid and escape the mind-altering social conditioning of the Gramscians. They have the power to shield themselves from these influences and especially to shield their young. There are alternatives to public schools, television, trashy movies, and strident “rock” music, and those alternatives must be embraced. The propaganda and cultural strychnine must be excluded from our lives.

Those in charge of young people have an especially weighty responsibility. Despite all of the efforts of the radical left and of their sympathizers in the schools and media to transmute young Americans into savages, they must not be allowed to succeed, because disorganized minds – mental vortices of anarchism and nihilism – have no powers of resistance. Savages soon become slaves. Children and youths should be introduced to such bedrock concepts as honesty, decency, virtue, duty, and love of God and country through the lives of authentic national heroes – men like George Washington, Nathan Hale, John Paul Jones, and Robert E. Lee.

Similarly, they will better be able to retain civilized values and maintain healthy minds if they are encouraged to learn to love their cultural inheritance through great literature, poetry, music, and art. Parents must demand from their children the upholding of the morals, manners, and standards of their ancestors.

In school, the young must be required to adhere to high standards of scholarship. Most importantly, traditional religion must be an integral part of daily living.

We as citizens must also exercise our persuasive powers over our elected representatives. In doing this our mindset must be one of demanding absolute non-compromise from politicians. Likewise, in choosing elected representatives at every level, we must look to men and women who refuse to compromise.

Just as importantly, the honorable, uncompromising men and women we elect to represent us must be made aware of the Gramscian strategy of cultural subversion; they must be able to recognize the tactics and strategies being used to undermine the institutions upon which our liberties depend. Building that understanding will, in turn, require the creation of an educated and principled electorate that will impart this wisdom to our representatives – and hold them accountable once they have been entrusted with elective office.

We should never allow ourselves to be stampeded, herd like, into forming opinions and judgments stimulated and orchestrated by the sensationalism of the press and the other media masters. Instead, we must calmly resist their mind-control techniques. We must strive to be independent thinkers. Realizing that we are not alone, we should turn to tradition-minded churches, schools, and political and educational organizations, and there lend our voices and support to the creation of bastions of resistance to the Gramscian onslaught.

Finally, we must never give up our faith in the future and our hope for a better America and world. God, with His infinite power and boundless love for us, will never forsake us but will answer our prayers and reward our efforts, as long as we do not lose our faith. Marxism – and whatever other flags the total state parades under these days – are not inevitable and are not the wave of the future. As long as we think and act in the indomitable spirit of our forefathers, we cannot fail.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Mammoth find: Preserved Ice Age giant found with flowing blood in Siberia

0

Russian scientists discovered a fully-grown female mammoth with blood and well-preserved muscle tissue trapped in ice in Siberia. The findings come amid debates on whether the extinct species should be resurrected using DNA.

Scientists say they have managed to find mammoth blood during the
excavation of a grown female animal on the Lyakhovsky Islands,
the southernmost group of the New Siberian Islands in the Arctic
seas of northeastern Russia.

The dark blood was found in ice cavities below the belly of the
animal. When researchers broke the cavities with a poll pick, the
blood came flowing out. The fact surprised them because the
temperature was 10C below zero.

“It can be assumed that the blood of mammoths had some
cryo-protective properties,
” said Semyon Grigoriev, head of
the Museum of Mammoths of the Institute of Applied Ecology of the
North at the North Eastern Federal University as cited by
Interfax news agency.

The blood was placed in a test tube and a bacteriological
analysis of the sample is expected soon.

The muscle tissue of the animal was also well-preserved and had a
natural red color of fresh meat, added the scientist. Such
preservation can be explained by the fact that the lower part of
the mammoth’s body was trapped in pure ice, while the upper part
was discovered in the middle of the tundra. The trunk was found
separately from the carcass.

The researchers established that the female mammoth was between
50 and 60 years old when it died. Grigoriev noted that this was a
unique find likely to prompt international intrigue.

The carcass of the baby mammoth, named Lyuba, found in 2007 / RIA Novosti

“We are the first in the world to find the carcass of an adult
female mammoth. Now she, along with the bones and some ice,
weighs about one ton. We assume that during life she weighed
about three tons
,” he acknowledged.

The head of the museum also suggested that the mammoth lived from
10,000 to 15,000 years ago.

Scientists have suggested that perhaps the animal fell through
the ice, escaping from predators. However, its thought the
predators still feasted on part of trapped mammoth.

Foreign experts are expected to see the unique mammoth material
in July, according to reports.

Three adult mammoth carcasses, including the latest discovery of
the Yakut scientists, have been found in the history of
paleontology. However, despite such a good state of preservation,
the scientists have not yet found enough living cells for cloning
the species. Grigoriev noted that the repair of DNA is a very
complex process that can take years.

The latest discovery and its research heralds the possibility of
bringing the animal back to life in the future, though there is a
lot of controversy around the issue of cloning.

A team of researchers from Russia and South Korea in September
2012 said they had discovered mammoth tissue fragments buried
under meters of permafrost in eastern Siberia that could contain
living cells. However the number of cells was too few to achieve
successful cloning and the issue was treated with skepticism by
many stem cell scientists. 

Mammoths are believed to have died off around 4,000 years ago.
There is dispute among scientists about the exact cause of the
extinction – climate change and hunting by man are frequently
cited as causes.

This article originally appeared on: RT

No S-300s for Syria, Israel tells Russia

0

Israel has issued a veiled threat to Russia over its plan to sell S-300 air-defense missiles to Syria, implying that it is ready to use force to prevent the delivery of the missiles.

On Tuesday, Russia said that it would go ahead with the delivery of S-300 missiles to Syria, noting that the deal would help deter foreign intervention in the country.

Later in the day, Israeli Minister for Military Affairs Moshe Ya’alon commented on the plan, saying, “Clearly this move is a threat to us.”

“At this stage I can’t say there is an escalation. The shipments have not been sent on their way yet. And I hope that they will not be sent,” he said. But “if God forbid they do reach Syria, we will know what to do.”

The S-300 anti-aircraft system is designed to defend large industrial and administrative centers, army bases, and similar facilities and is capable of destroying ballistic missiles. The most recent modifications of the system can shoot down hostile missiles or aircraft up to 200 kilometers (125 miles) away.

Israel has repeatedly asked Russia to scrap the contract to sell Syria the truck-mounted S-300 missile system.

However, Russia has insisted that it will deliver the S-300 missile system to Syria.

Earlier this month, Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu traveled to Russia to try to dissuade Moscow from delivering the S-300s to Syria.

In Moscow, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov insisted that Russia would not cancel the deal despite strong Western and Israeli opposition.

“We understand the concerns and signals sent to us from different capitals. We realize that many of our partners are concerned about the issue,” Ryabkov said. “We have no reason to revise our stance.”

“We believe that such steps to a large extent help restrain some hotheads considering a scenario to give an international dimension to this conflict,” he added.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Let the States Decide

0

The Eighth Amendment to the Constitution forbids “cruel and unusual punishments.” In capital punishment cases, Supreme Court Justices William Brennan and Thurgood Marshall, the surviving relics of the Earl Warren Court, routinely declare that “the death penalty is in all circumstances cruel and unusual punishment forbidden” by the Eighth Amendment. Their position, however, is in direct conflict with the express terms of the Fifth Amendment, which three times explicitly recognizes that penalty:

No person shall be held to answer for a capital or otherwise infamous crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a Grand Jury … nor shall any person be subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or limb … nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without due process of law. [Emphasis added.]

No rational judge could read the Eighth Amendment to bar as “cruel and unusual” the death penalty specifically recognized in the fifth, unless that judge considered himself free from any duty to follow the clear meaning of the text of the Constitution. Nevertheless, for the past 15 years the status of the death penalty was clouded by Supreme Court interpretations. This year, however, the Court removed much of the uncertainty and went a long way toward reestablishing that penalty as a legitimate option for the states.

In 1972, in Furman v. Georgia, the Supreme Court held the death penalty laws of all the states and federal government unconstitutional as a violation of the Eighth Amendment’s prohibition on “cruel and unusual punishments.” The Court did not hold that the death penalty was inherently unconstitutional; rather, the statues were struck down because of the arbitrary and discriminatory manner in which, in the Court’s view, the penalty was applied. After Furman many states conformed their laws to that decision, and, in Gregg v. Georgia in 1976, the Court upheld such laws, in which guilt or innocence is determined in a separate proceeding from the determination of the sentence. Except for murders committed during aircraft hijackings, however, there is no federal death penalty.

Since executions were resumed by the states in 1977, the Supreme Court has removed several procedural obstacles to its imposition. Two of the most significant cases were decided by 5-4 votes in April of this year. In Tison v. Arizona, Ricky and Raymond Tison helped their father, Gary Tison, escape from prison. In the escape they kidnapped John Lyons, his wife, Donnella, their two-year-old son, and their 15-year-old niece. Gary Tison shotgunned the entire Lyons family to death as his sons watched without attempting to interfere. The sons were sentenced to death and the Supreme Court upheld the sentences. Although the sons did not intend to kill, they were armed and “could have foreseen that lethal force might be used, particularly since [they] knew that [their] father’s previous escape attempt had resulted in murder…. [They] participated fully in the kidnapping and robbery and watched the killing after which [they] chose to aid those whom [they] had placed in the position to kill rather than their victims.” Their “reckless or extreme indifference to human life” made them subject to death for the murders that occurred during the commission of the escape and kidnapping even though they had no direct intent to kill.

On the following day, in McCleskey v. Kemp, the Court held that evidence that in Georgia killers of whites, especially black killers, are far more likely to be executed than are killers of blacks, did not show unconstitutional discrimination against a black man sentenced to death for killing a white policeman during a robbery. McCleskey could prove neither that the Georgia legislature enacted capital punishment with a racially discriminatory purpose nor that “the decision-makers in his case acted with discriminatory purpose.” [Emphasis in original.] Mere statistical disparity in sentencing does not prove a constitutional violation.

The Tison and McCleskey cases resolved procedural uncertainties that have delayed numerous executions. Other issues still must be decided by the Court, including the constitutionality of executing persons who were under 18 years of age when they committed the crime. But the McCleskey case is especially significant because it laid to rest the statistical argument on racial discrimination that has been a staple of death penalty appeals for decades.

George C. Smith, director of litigation of the Washington Legal Foundation noted: “The vast majority of actual executions in the post-Furman era have involved white convicts.” To the extent that statistics show that killers of whites are more likely to be sentenced to death than are killers of blacks, Smith claims that “any apparent disparity is explained by the fact that whites are disproportionately the victims of the kinds of aggravated murders which alone qualify for the death penalty. Felony murders – those committed in the course of a rape or robbery – are the chief crimes eligible for capital punishment under the post-Furman statutes. The available data demonstrate that whites constitute between 77 percent and 89 percent of rape and robbery victims. It follows inescapably that whites would represent a comparable percentage of murder victims killed during a rape or robbery.”

The Supreme Court in McCleskey noted: “McCleskey’s arguments are best presented to the legislative bodies. It is not the responsibility – or indeed even the right – of this Court to determine the appropriate punishment for particular crimes…. Capital punishment is now the law in more than two thirds of our States. It is the ultimate duty of courts to determine on a case-by-case basis whether these laws are applied consistently with the Constitution.”

Tison and McCleskey do not decide whether the death penalty is good or bad. Rather, in accord with the intent of the framers, they recognize that the policy choice is up to the state legislatures rather than the unelected judiciary.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Surgical Effect of Death Penalty

0

There are more than 2,000 prison inmates on death row in America. These individuals have been tried for serious crimes, convicted, and sentenced to death. While appealing their convictions, some have lived with the death sentence hanging over them for as much as ten years.

After having outlawed the practice for many years, the Supreme Court restored the death penalty as a state option in 1976. Since then, only 13 states have permitted executions; another 24 have enacted but not used legislation allowing capital punishment. In 13 other states, the death penalty is still not permitted.

During the more than 13 years that capital punishment has been restored, there have been only 120 executions in the entire nation. In 1935, when there were far fewer homicides and a much smaller population, 199 persons were executed. Today’s attitude toward the life of a convict is hardly as callous as some would insist.

Just Retribution

But what about capital punishment? Is it just for the state to take a person’s life? Should the practice be outlawed once again? Is the power to execute someone more power than is proper?

The only defense of the use of capital punishment is an appeal to justice. The earliest known moral code, the Mosaic Laws, mandated the death penalty not only for murder but for several other offenses that would never earn it today. Those who object to capital punishment on religious grounds ignore God’s command to Moses (Leviticus 24:17), “He that striketh and killeth a man, dying let him die.” And the Apostle Paul told the Romans that the state indeed had authority to punish serious crimes with death.

Among the great moral teachers of history, Augustine defended the use of the death penalty in his City of God. Thomas Aquinas likened the taking of a criminal’s life to the amputation of a diseased limb in order to save the rest of the body. Others have persuasively held that crime demands not only punishment but retribution. While a thief may be able to restore what he has stolen, a murderer cannot. But, if justice demands retribution for thievery, it demands the same for murder. The taking of the life of a murderer, therefore, is a just act of retribution.

Too often, only the deterrent effect of capital punishment is pointed to as justification for its use. And there is no doubt that it does deter. But to punish one man in order to deter another can never be justified of itself. The deterrent effect, as powerful as it may be, can only be the by product of an act that is itself just.

Refusal to administer capital punishment likely leads to additional violent deaths. During his term as New York City’s Mayor, the liberal Edward Koch pleaded: “One Lemuel Smith was convicted last year in Dutchess County for murder. He had already been convicted in Schenectady for a kidnapping and rape, for which he received two 25-years-to-life sentences. He had also already been convicted of murder in Albany, for which he received another 25-years-to-life sentence. While serving these three life sentences in Green Haven Prison, he lured a woman corrections officer … into the Catholic chaplain’s office and there strangled her to death and mutilated her body …. A fourth life sentence is meaningless. The status of the law in New York has given him a license to kill.”

Capital punishment, in careful use, is both just and necessary.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Cure of Bloody Souls

0

Remember the moment from your high school English class. The play is Shakespeare’s Macbeth, the scene that of a woman mad with evil and guilt. Lady Macbeth wanders around the castle attempting to wash the blood off her hands. Nothing can clean her spotted palms or cleanse her memory but her own death. The solution to real guilt is real punishment. Only death will bring her peace. She needs justice.

Imagine, however, if Lady Macbeth were to be arrested today. Her defense would be that it wasn’t her fault: Society made her what she is. Competitive peer pressure forced her to push her husband to the bloody deed. Maybe she had an enzyme imbalance. From the stand she’d ramble on about her bloody hand. Having plea-bargained, she might be convicted of a lesser crime and assigned to a short stay in a rehab center. Her delusory sightings of Banquo’s ghost and obsessive hand-washing would be cured through psychotherapy. From inside the loony bin, she’d author a book entitled Blood Lust – The trials and Tribulations of a Female Politician. She’d be championed by the press, labeled a misunderstood feminist, and interviewed on Oprah. Her life story would be turned into a TV mini-series. In America, crime pays.

Measure for Measure

The murderer violates the central contract of a civil society; he steals what cannot be paid back. Standing above his fellows, he leers at them in anger and malevolence, daring us to give him proper payment for his actions. Let us take him seriously.

The basis of capital punishment is equity. In business, we would call it the just price. Having taken a victim’s life, we search for a proper payment for this crime. What can a man give for another’s life? We find there is only one payment of equal value: the murderer’s own blood.

This principle of equity springs from nature and is reiterated in the Scripture: “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, life for life.” If capital punishment is “barbaric” – then all justice is barbaric.

The Bible makes it clear that the execution of murderers is the duty of the civil authority. God gave to Noah a foundational principle of human government that included the supreme sanction: “Whoever sheds the blood of man, by man shall his blood be shed; for in the image of God has God made man.” (Genesis 9:6) This authority was reiterated in the New Testament by the Apostle Paul, who said that government is to bear the “sword” to “execute wrath upon the wrongdoer.” (Romans 13)

Biblical revisionists try to argue that the Bible opposes capital punishment. God may have banished the first murderer, Cain, but it was for His own purpose; and no rabbi ever took this episode as a general prohibition against capital justice. Christ may have showed sovereign mercy to the woman caught in adultery, who was guilty of a capital offense according to Mosaic law, but none of his disciples took this solitary act of divine forgiveness to be an abrogation of the punishing power of the civil government. These are indeed exceptions that prove the rule – for such mercy is meaningless outside the framework of justice.

The Judeo-Christian tradition does not disparage the utilitarian aspect of executing murderers. The principle of punishment, like the rod of correction, acts through fear and reason to restrain evil. Capital punishment, therefore, is an unarguable deterrent for murder, violence, and crime.

Regardless of what wizardry the pundits of statistical liberalism trump up to refute this claim, two things can be said: First, we all know in our hearts that the threat of punishment repels people just as the promise of reward beckons. If you want more murder, subsidize it; if you want less, create a disincentive. Second, we know that any murderer who is executed will not murder again. Execution has a definite “chilling” effect on repeaters. That cannot be said for the present system of “rehabilitation.”

The Quality of Mercy

Capital punishment is not only an act of justice; it is also, paradoxically, a method of mercy. Russell Kirk, in his book Reclaiming a Patriarchy, points out three ways in which capital punishment can be considered compassionate.

First, “capital punishment possesses certain merciful aspects. It may be merciful … in that it may relieve a depraved criminal of the horror of being what he is.” Gary Gilmore wanted to die; he was a moral zombie. Ted Bundy lived with the images of tortured children running through his memory: Letting him live was no mercy. For such men, existence is a closed circuit rerun of internal depravity, memories that gnaw the soul like demons. Even if such a man could repent, he is but a cold shell of a human being. Put the damned fellow out of his misery. Show true mercy. Give him justice. And let God have mercy on his soul.

Second, “it may be merciful … in that it can help to protect the less guilty from the more guilty.” By designing a criminal justice system that denies justice to murderers, we punish non-violent criminals with terror, rape, and death at the hands of moral savages. Our refusal to give equity and justice to the murderer results in bestowing inordinate punishment on others in our prison system.

Third, “capital punishment may mercifully protect the guiltless from the more extreme forms of violence.” Why should innocent people bear the “punishment” for a murderer’s crime? Why should decent folk live in terror? Open your eyes: The newspaper is full of men, women, and children who are dead today because a murderer walked free. They deserve mercy.

A Tragedy of Errors

Liberalism is a moral inversion. It grants life to the guilty, and remembers the victim no more. In the name of mercy, it gives the murderer freedom. But a life sentence is not merciful; it is merely putting someone to death slowly over 50 years instead of immediately. It is incarceration, in fact, that is cruel and unusual, not the swift jolt of a hangman’s rope. Every moment a murderer continues to breathe is an offense against justice. When liberal judges give outlandish sentences of 850 years to convicted murderers, this does not uphold the “life sentence” position, but undermines it. They must go to absurd lengths to seek justice – because they have denied the justice of the noose.

Liberalism is a form of irrationality that confuses the central terms of human society: justice, injustice, and mercy. It is what Malcolm Muggeridge called the death wish of the West. In the name of mercy, it punishes the victims of crime; in the name of justice, it releases the guilty. Misapplying both terms, it renders injustice to all.

As We Like It

People want to live in peace. That is what we want; that is how we like it. The terrorist interrupts peace with mayhem. He slaughters the innocent. The moral equilibrium is upset. Capital punishment is both the least and the most we can do to provide justice. It doesn’t bring back the dead, but it satisfies the divine balance. It balances the human equation.

Shakespeare recognized the demands of this moral order. Justice cannot be bent to the whim of emotions. If justice is not satisfied, then it is not justice. In Henry VI, Gloucester banished his own wife, saying, “Eleanor, the law, thou seest, hath judged thee: I cannot justify whom the law condemns.” Shakespeare’s Gloucester is right. No one but God should try to justify a man. No one but God can.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Anti-Iran sanctions illegal: Rohani

0

Presidential candidate Hassan Rohani says the US-engineered sanctions against Iran are illegal, because the West acknowledged the peaceful nature of Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program almost nine years ago.

In a televised speech on Monday, Rohani said Å“the Board of Governors [of the International Atomic Energy Agency] unanimously confirmed the peaceful nature of Iran’s nuclear energy program in November 2004.”

Å“We did not allow the nuclear dossier to be referred to the Security Council. In the course of one year, we proved the peaceful nature of our nuclear energy program,” the presidential candidate stated.

Rohani said that from October 2003 to August 2005 — his term as Iranâ„¢s top nuclear negotiator — the countryâ„¢s policy, under the supervision of Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei, was to repel threats and Å“to convert them to opportunities” in order to disprove Western allegations that Iran is pursuing military objectives in its nuclear energy program, and to foil Washingtonâ„¢s plots against the Islamic Republic.

Å“The US wanted to say that Iran is after a [nuclear] bomb. We wanted to prove that the US was lying. Iran was not pursuing a bomb, nor is it today or will it be tomorrow, because the Leader has said it is a grave sin,” the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council said.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program and have used the unfounded accusation as a pretext to impose illegal sanctions on the Islamic Republic.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iranâ„¢s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Iranâ„¢s civilian nuclear program has been diverted to nuclear weapons production.

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Rohani will be competing against Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

MHB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US makes plans of Syria no-fly zones’

0

The administration of US President Barack Obama has called on the Pentagon to draw up plans to impose no-fly zones over Syria, a report says.

Two unidentified Obama administration officials told The Daily Beast in a report published on Tuesday that the White House request was made just before US Secretary of State John Kerry started his Middle East tour last week.

The officials, who spoke on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to speak to reporters, said that Obama is pursuing a “dual-track strategy” of making efforts towards a political solution to the two-year crisis in Syria while simultaneously preparing plans for military intervention.

Å“The White House is still in contemplation mode but the planning is moving forward and itâ„¢s more advanced than itâ„¢s ever been,” said one official.

All this meant to find a political solution, stated the official, adding Å“but what happens if Geneva fails? Itâ„¢s only prudent to plan for other options.”

On Sunday, Syrian Foreign Minister Walid al-Moallem said the government of President Bashar al-Assad will participate in an international peace conference on the Syrian crisis that is likely to take place in Geneva in June.

At a meeting in Moscow on May 7, Russia and the United States reached an agreement to convene an international conference on Syria, which would serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Assad said on May 23, Å“Syria is determined to tackle terrorism and those who support it regionally and globally, and to find a political solution to the crisis.”

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Osama bin Laden Responsible for the 9/11 Attacks? Where is the Evidence?

0

The idea that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the 9/11 attacks has been an article of faith for public officials and the mainstream media. Calling it an “article of faith” points to two features of this idea. On the one hand, no one in these circles publicly challenges this idea.

On the other hand, as I pointed out at length in two of my books — 9/11 Contradictions1 and The New Pearl Harbor Revisited,2 no good evidence has ever been publicly presented to support it.

Colin Powell’s Withdrawn Promise Two weeks after 9/11, Secretary of State Colin Powell, speaking to Tim Russert on Meet the Press, said that he expected “in the near future . . . to put out . . . a document that will describe quite clearly the evidence that we have linking [bin Laden] to this attack.”3

Powell reversed himself, however, at a press conference with President Bush in the White House Rose Garden the next morning, saying that, although the government had information that left no question of bin Laden’s responsibility, “most of it is classified.”4 According to Seymour Hersh, citing officials from both the CIA and the Department of Justice, the real reason for the reversal was a “lack of solid information.”5

This was the week that Bush, after demanding that the Taliban turn over bin Laden, refused their request for evidence that bin Laden had been behind the attacks.6 A senior Taliban official, after the US attack on Afghanistan had begun, said: “We have asked for proof of Osama’s involvement, but they have refused. Why?”7 Hersh’s answer was that they had no proof.

Tony Blair’s Weak Document

The task of providing such proof was taken up by Bush’s chief ally in the “war on terror,” British Prime Minister Tony Blair. On October 4, 2001, Blair made public a document entitled: “Responsibility for the Terrorist Atrocities in the United States.” Listing “clear conclusions reached by the government,” it stated: “Osama Bin Laden and al-Qaeda, the terrorist network which he heads, planned and carried out the atrocities on 11 September 2001.” Blair’s report, however, began by saying: “This document does not purport to provide a prosecutable case against Osama Bin Laden in a court of law.”8 Although the case was not good enough to go to court, Blair seemed to be saying, it was good enough to go to war.

The weakness in Blair’s report, in any event, was noted the next day by the BBC, which said: “There is no direct evidence in the public domain linking Osama Bin Laden to the 11 September attacks. At best the evidence is circumstantial.”9

The FBI’s Surprising Statement

What does our own FBI say? Here is a surprising but little-known fact, because it has scarcely been reported in the mainstream media: The FBI’s “Most Wanted Terrorist” webpage on “Usama bin Laden” does not list the 9/11 attacks as one of the crimes for which he is wanted. It does list bombings in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, and Nairobi as terrorist acts for which he is wanted. But it makes no mention of 9/11.10 In 2006, Rex Tomb, then the FBI’s chief of investigative publicity, was asked why not. He replied: “The reason why 9/11 is not mentioned on Usama Bin Laden’s Most Wanted page is because the FBI has no hard evidence connecting Bin Laden to 9/11.”11

After this story started flying around the Internet and was even covered by a TV station in Louisiana,12 Dan Eggen tried to downplay its significance in an August 2006 Washington Post article entitled “Bin Laden, Most Wanted For Embassy Bombings?”13 Complaining about “conspiracy theorists” who claimed that “the lack of a Sept. 11 reference [on the FBI’s “Most Wanted” webpage for bin Laden] suggests that the connection to al-Qaeda is uncertain,” Eggen quoted the explanation offered by a former US attorney, who said that the FBI could not appropriately “put up a wanted picture where no formal charges had been filed.”

But that explanation, while true, simply pushes the issue back a step to this question: Why have such charges not been filed? Rex Tomb’s fuller statement, which Eggen failed to mention, had answered this question the previous June, saying:

The FBI gathers evidence. Once evidence is gathered, it is turned over to the Department of Justice. The Department of Justice then decides whether it has enough evidence to present to a federal grand jury. In the case of the 1998 United States Embassies being bombed, Bin Laden has been formally indicted and charged by a grand jury. He has not been formally indicted and charged in connection with 9/11 because the FBI has no hard evidence connecting Bin Laden to 9/11.14

The 9/11 Commission

What about the 9/11 Commission? Its report gave the impression that it was in possession of solid evidence of bin Laden’s guilt. But the Commission’s co-chairs, Thomas Kean and Lee Hamilton, undermined this impression in their follow-up book, which they subtitled: “The Inside Story of the 9/11 Commission.”15 (I discussed this book at length in Chapter 2 of my 2007 book, Debunking 9/11 Debunking.16)

As the endnotes for The 9/11 Commission Report reveal, whenever the Commission referred to evidence of bin Ladin’s responsibility for the 9/11 attacks, the Commission was always referring to CIA-provided information, which had (presumably) been elicited during interrogations of al-Qaeda operatives. By far the most important of these operatives was Khalid Sheikh Mohammed, generally called simply “KSM,” who has been called the mastermind of the 9/11 attacks. The Commission, for example, wrote:

Bin Ladin . . . finally decided to give the green light for the 9/11 operation sometime in late 1998 or early 1999. . . . Bin Ladin also soon selected four individuals to serve as suicide operatives. . . . Atta — whom Bin Ladin chose to lead the group — met with Bin Ladin several times to receive additional instructions, including a preliminary list of approved targets: the World Trade Center, the Pentagon, and the U.S. Capitol.17

The note for each of these statements says: “interrogation of KSM.”18

Kean and Hamilton, however, reported that they had no success in “obtaining access to star witnesses in custody . . . , most notably Khalid Sheikh Mohammed.”19 Besides not being allowed to interview these witnesses, Commission members were not even permitted to observe the interrogations through one-way glass or to talk to the interrogators.20 Therefore, Kean and Hamilton complained: “We . . . had no way of evaluating the credibility of detainee information. How could we tell if someone such as Khalid Sheikh Mohammed . . . was telling us the truth?”21

An NBC “deep background” report in 2008 pointed out an additional problem: KSM and the other al-Qaeda leaders had been subjected to “enhanced interrogation techniques,” i.e., torture, and it is now widely acknowledged that statements elicited by torture lack credibility. “At least four of the operatives whose interrogation figured in the 9/11 Commission Report,” NBC pointed out, “have claimed that they told interrogators critical information as a way to stop being ‘tortured.’” NBC then quoted Michael Ratner, president of the Center for Constitutional Rights, as saying: “Most people look at the 9/11 Commission Report as a trusted historical document. If their conclusions were supported by information gained from torture, . . . their conclusions are suspect.”22

The “Bin Laden Confession Tapes”

As we have seen, neither the 9/11 Commission, the Bush-Cheney White House, the FBI, the British government, nor the 9/11 Commission provided good evidence that Osama bin Laden was responsible for the 9/11 attacks. Many people, however, have assumed that the question of his responsibility was settled by the existence of videotapes and audiotapes in which he himself confessed to the attacks. There are, however, good reasons to believe that these so-called confession tapes are fakes. I will illustrate this point in terms of the two best-known videotapes of this nature.

The “Jalalabad Video” Released December 13, 2001: The first and most famous of the “Osama bin Laden confession video tapes” was released by the Pentagon on December 13, 2001. It had purportedly been made on November 9, 2001, after which it was allegedly found by US forces in a private home in Jalalabad, Afghanistan. In this video, an Osama bin Laden figure is seen talking about the 9/11 attacks with a visiting sheikh. During the course of the conversation, the bin Laden figure boasts about the success of the attacks, saying that he had planned them.23 Both US and British officials claimed that this tape left no doubt about bin Laden’s guilt.24

Stories in both the Canadian and British media, however, raised questions about the tape’s authenticity. These stories, besides pointing out the existence of the technical ability to create fake video tapes, also mentioned the suspicion of some people that the bin Laden figure was not Osama bin Laden himself.

A BBC News report said: “Washington calls it the ‘smoking gun’ that puts Bin Laden’s guilt beyond doubt, but many in the Arab world believe the home video of the al-Qaeda chief is a fake.”25 This report was, in fact, entitled, “Could the Bin Laden Video Be a Fake?”

This question was also raised in Canada by CBC News, which pointed out that some people had “suggested the Americans hired someone to pretend to be the exiled Saudi.”26

This question was raised even more insistently in a Guardian story with the title, “US Urged to Detail Origin of Tape.” Reporting “growing doubt in the Muslim world about the authenticity of the film,” writer Steven Morris said:

The White House yesterday came under pressure to give more details of the video which purports to show Osama bin Laden admitting his part in the September 11 attacks.27

Morris, pointing out that the White House had provided no details about how the Pentagon came to be in possession of the tape, added:

According to US officials the tape was found in a house in Jalalabad, eastern Afghanistan, and handed to the Pentagon by an unnamed person or group. . . . But for many the explanation is too convenient. Some opponents of the war theorise that the Bin Laden in the film was a look-alike.

Morris then quoted one such opponent in Pakistan, who said: “This videotape is not authentic. The Americans made it up after failing to get any evidence against Osama.”

Morris also cited Bob Crabtree, the editor of Computer Video magazine, who explained that it was impossible to determine whether the video was authentic without more details of its source, adding: “The US seems simply to have asked the world to trust them that it is genuine.”28

This skepticism about the authenticity of this “Jalalabad video” was based on sound reasons. For one thing, this video’s bin Laden figure appeared too heavy and healthy, compared with the bin Laden who made the last of the undoubtedly authentic bin Laden videos, which was made sometime in 2001 between November 16 (on which occurred an event mentioned on the tape) and December 27 (the date on which the tape was released). In this post-November 16 video, bin Laden’s beard was white, he had a “gaunt, frail appearance,” and his “left arm hung limply by his side while he gesticulated with his right.”29 This immobile left arm, Dr. Sanjay Gupta observed on CNN, suggested that bin Laden had suffered a stroke, adding that this plus a “frosting of the appearance” suggested that bin Laden was in the final stages of kidney failure.30

But in the “Jalalabad video,” which was reportedly made at about the same time (being dated November 9 and released December 13), the bin Laden figure was heavier and also darker, in both skin and beard color; his nose had a different shape;31 and his hands were shorter and heavier than those of Osama bin Laden as seen in undoubtedly authentic videos.32

Still another problem is that, whereas bin Laden was left-handed, the man in the “Jalalabad video” wrote with his right hand. Although it might be thought that this was because his left arm was immobile, the bin Laden figure in this video was easily able to lift his left arm above his head.33

If this video was made on November 9, as claimed, then it would have been made at most only a few weeks before the post-November 16 video. It is very hard to believe that the heavy, dark-skinned, healthy-looking man with a dark beard could have, within two or three weeks, turned into the pale, gaunt, white-bearded, man seen in the post-November 16 video.

If one accepts the Jalalabad video as authentic, one not only has to accept these radical changes in bin Laden’s physical appearance; one must also accept a complete change in his statements about 9/11. In the previous weeks, he had repeatedly — on September 12, 16, 17, and 28 — stated that he had had nothing to do with the attacks.34 In the September 28 statement, he had even declared:

I have already said that I am not involved in the 11 September attacks in the United States. As a Muslim, I try my best to avoid telling a lie. I had no knowledge of these attacks, nor do I consider the killing of innocent women, children and other humans as an appreciable act. Islam strictly forbids causing harm to innocent women, children and other people. Such a practice is forbidden even in the course of a battle. . . . [W]e are against the American system, not against its people, whereas in these attacks, the common American people have been killed.35

Is it likely that he would have made such statements if he himself had authorized the attacks and thereby the killing of innocents?

Whatever be one’s opinion about that, the bin Laden figure in the “Jalalabad video” made other statements that Osama bin Laden himself would surely not have made. For example, he said:

[W]e calculated in advance the number of casualties from the enemy who would be killed based on the position of the tower. . . . [D]ue to my experience in this field, I was thinking that the fire from the gas in the plane would melt the iron structure of the building and collapse the area where the plane hit and all the floors above it only. This is all that we had hoped for.36

But in light of the real bin Laden’s “experience in the field” as a building contractor, he would have known that high-rise buildings are framed with steel, not iron. Even more important, he would have known that the buildings’ support columns — whether made of steel or iron — would not have been melted by the “fire from the gas in the plane.” Why? Because he would have known, on the one hand, that a building fire, even if fed by jet-fuel (which is essentially kerosene), could not, even under the most ideal conditions, have risen above 1,800 degrees Fahrenheit (1,000 degrees Celsius). And he would have known, on the other hand, that iron and steel do not begin to melt until they are heated to a temperature far higher than that: to almost 2,800 degrees Fahrenheit (1,540 degrees Celsius). The real bin Laden, therefore, would not have expected any iron or steel to melt.

A final reason to consider the “Jalalabad video” a fake is that bin Laden experts have declared it to such. When Dr. Bruce Lawrence, a Duke University history professor widely considered the country’s leading academic bin Laden expert,37 was asked what he thought about this video, he said, bluntly: “It’s bogus.” Some friends of his in the US Department of Homeland Security assigned to work “on the 24/7 bin Laden clock,” he added, “also know it’s bogus.”38

General Hamid Gul, former head of Pakistan’s ISI (Inter-Services Intelligence), suggested that the man in the video was an “Osama bin Laden lookalike.”39

Former Foreign Service officer Angelo Codevilla, after saying “[t]he guy just does not look like Osama,” added: “The fact that the video had been made for no self-evident purpose except perhaps to be found by the Americans should have raised suspicion.”40

A fourth expert opinion has been issued implicitly, it would seem, by the Department of Justice and its FBI. If they considered this “confession video” authentic, would they not consider it “hard evidence” of bin Laden’s responsibility for 9/11? They say, however, that they have no such evidence, so they must not consider this video authentic.

The “October Surprise Video of 2004: The other most famous of the “bin Laden confession tapes” is the video tape that was released on October 29, 2004, just before the presidential election between George W. Bush and John Kerry, leading to its being called “the October Surprise video.” In this one, for the first time, a bin Laden figure directly addressed the American people. The Associated Press, focusing on the most important aspect of the speaker’s message, entitled its story: “Bin Laden, in Statement to U.S. People, Says He Ordered Sept. 11 Attacks.”41 However, although the AP accepted the authenticity of the tape, there are serious reasons to doubt it.

A reason to be at least suspicious is the very fact that it appeared just four days before the presidential election and seemed designed to help Bush’s reelection — an assessment that was made even by CIA analysts.42 The video, moreover, evidently did help: Bush’s lead over Kerry in national polls increased right after it appeared,43 and both Bush and Kerry said that this tape was significantly responsible for Bush’s victory.44 Given the fact that this video would quite predictably help Bush win reelection, it would seem to have been issued by his friends, not his enemies.

There are also substantive reasons to doubt this tape’s authenticity, one of which is the speaker’s language. The clearly authentic bin Laden messages were filled with religious language. A bin Laden video released October 7, 2001, for example, began thus:

Praise be to God and we beseech Him for help and forgiveness. We seek refuge with the Lord of our bad and evildoing. He whom God guides is rightly guided . . . . I witness that there is no God but God and Mohammed is His slave and Prophet.45

Even though this talk as a whole had only 725 words, bin Laden referred to God (Allah) 20 times and to the prophet Mohammed 3 times. Likewise, his message of November 3, 2001, which contained 2,333 words, referred to God 35 times and to the prophet Mohammed 8 times.46 By contrast, the 2004 October Surprise video, which had almost the same number of words as the November 3 video, referred to God only 12 times. The only “Mohammad” mentioned, moreover, was Mohamed Atta.

Another substantive difference involved the type of causal analysis provided. Bin Laden’s clearly authentic messages had portrayed historical events as occurring only because they were caused, or at least allowed, by God. In his message of October 7, 2001, for example, he said: “God Almighty hit the United States. . . . He destroyed its greatest buildings.” Human agents were involved, to be sure, but they were successful only because “Almighty God . . . allowed them to destroy the United States.”47 In his message of November 3, likewise, bin Laden said that, if people are helped or harmed, it is always by “something that God has already preordained for [them].”48

The message on the 2004 confession video, however, reflected a worldview in which events can be understood through a causal analysis based on secular rationalism. “One of the most important things rational people do when calamities occur,” the lecturer asserted, “is to look for their causes so as to avoid them.” He himself, in analyzing “the [Iraq] war, its causes and consequences,” provided a causal analysis involving purely human actors: Bush, al-Qaeda, and the American people. Far from suggesting that everything is finally in the hands of God, he said to the American people: “Your security is in your own hands” — a statement that a devout Wahabi Muslim such as Osama bin Laden would surely have considered blasphemous.

Still another reason to doubt the authenticity of this 2004 video is that, although the speaker was addressing the American public, he spoke Arabic rather than English. This is strange, because Osama bin Laden was reportedly fluent in English, which he had started studying when he was 11 years old.49 A British journalist reported that, when he and bin Laden met in 1989, they conversed in English for 45 minutes.50 General Hamid Gul, speaking to United Press International in 2001, said: “I know bin Laden and his associates. They are graduates of the best universities and . . . speak impeccable English.51 If bin Laden spoke impeccable English, would he not have used it when speaking directly to the American people?52

Accordingly, this video does not, any more than the “Jalalabad video,” provide evidence that Osama bin Laden himself confessed to planning the 9/11 attacks.

Conclusion

I showed in a previous essay that, according to the best evidence presently available, Osama bin Laden has been dead for many years.53 In the present essay, I have shown that there is not even any good evidence for the claim that bin Laden was responsible for the 9/11 attacks. Accordingly, insofar as the justification for the continuation of the AfPak war is based on the fact that bin Laden in the region both before and after the 9/11 attacks, that justification would seem to be doubly baseless.

David Ray Griffin is the author of 36 books, nine of which are about 9/11. His most recent book is The Mysterious Collapse of World Trade Center 7: Why the Final Official Report about 9/11 Is Unscientific and False (Olive Branch, 2009). In 2008, he put out two books: The New Pearl Harbor: 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé (which was named a “Pick of the Week” by Publishers Weekly) and Osama bin Laden: Dead Or Alive? (which has generated considerable media coverage in England).

David Ray Griffin is professor emeritus at Claremont School of Theology and Claremont Graduate University. He is the author of The New Pearl Harbor — Disturbing Questions about the Bush Administration and 9/11 ,  The 9/11 Commission Report: Omissions and Distortions – A Critique of the Kean-Zelikow Report as well as Osama Bin Laden: Dead or Alive?

Notes

  1. 9/11 Contradictions: An Open Letter to Congress and the Press (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008), Chap. 18, “Does the Government Have Hard Evidence of Bin Laden’s Responsibility?”
  2. The New Pearl Harbor Revisited: 9/11, the Cover-Up, and the Exposé (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2008). This book was named Publishers Weekly’s “Pick of the Week” on November 24, 2008 (http://www.publishersweekly.com/article/CA6617001.html?industryid=47159).
  3. “Meet the Press,” NBC, September 23, 2001 (http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-srv/nation/specials/attacked/transcripts/nbctext092301.html).
  4. “Remarks by the President, Secretary of the Treasury O’Neill and Secretary of State Powell on Executive Order,” White House, September 24, 2001 (http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2001/09/20010924-4.html).
  5. Seymour M. Hersh, “What Went Wrong: The C.I.A. and the Failure of American Intelligence,” New Yorker, October 1, 2001 (http://cicentre.com/Documents/DOC_Hersch_OCT_01.htm).
  6. “White House Warns Taliban: ‘We Will Defeat You,’” CNN, September 21, 2001 (http://archives.cnn.com/2001/WORLD/asiapcf/central/09/21/ret.afghan.taliban).
  7. Kathy Gannon, “Taliban Willing to Talk, But Wants U.S. Respect,” Associated Press, November 1, 2001 (http://nucnews.net/nucnews/2001nn/0111nn/011101nn.htm#300).
  8. Office of the Prime Minister, “Responsibility for the Terrorist Atrocities in the United States,” BBC News, October 4, 2001 (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/politics/1579043.stm).
  9. “The Investigation and the Evidence,” BBC News, October 5, 2001 (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/1581063.stm).
  10. Federal Bureau of Investigation, “Most Wanted Terrorists: Usama bin Laden” (http://www.fbi.gov/wanted/terrorists/terbinladen.htm).
  11. Ed Haas, “FBI says, ‘No Hard Evidence Connecting Bin Laden to 9/11′” Muckraker Report, June 6, 2006 (http://www.teamliberty.net/id267.html).
  12. “Bin Laden’s FBI Poster Omits Any 9/11 Connection,” KSLA 12 in Shreveport, Louisiana
    (http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-6443576002087829136).
  13. “Bin Laden, Most Wanted For Embassy Bombings?” Washington Post, August 28, 2006 (http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn/content/article/2006/08/27/AR2006082700687.html)
  14. Haas, “FBI says, ‘No Hard Evidence Connecting Bin Laden to 9/11.’” 
  15. Thomas H. Kean and Lee H. Hamilton, with Benjamin Rhodes, Without Precedent: The Inside Story of the 9/11 Commission (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2006).
  16. David Ray Griffin, Debunking 9/11 Debunking: An Answer to Popular Mechanics and Other Defenders of the Official Conspiracy Theory, revised and updated edition (Northampton: Olive Branch, 2007). This book won a bronze medal in the 2008 Independent Publishers Book Awards.
  17. The 9/11 Commission Report: Final Report of the National Commission on Terrorist Attacks upon the United States, authorized edition (New York: W. W. Norton, 2004), 149, 155, 166; henceforth 9/11CR.
  18. See 9/11CR Ch. 5, notes 16, 41, and 92.
  19. Kean and Hamilton, Without Precedent, 118.
  20. Ibid., 122-24.
  21. Ibid., 119. I have discussed this issue at greater length in Ch. 8, “9/11 Commission Falsehoods about Bin Laden, al-Qaeda, Pakistanis, and Saudis,” of The New Pearl Harbor Revisited.
  22. Robert Windrem and Victor Limjoco, “The 9/11 Commission Controversy,” Deep Background: NBC News Investigations, January 30, 2008 http://deepbackground.msnbc.msn.com/archive/2008/01/30/624314.aspx).
  23. “U.S. Releases Videotape of Osama bin Laden,” Department of Defense, December 13, 2001 (http://www.defenselink.mil/releases/release.aspx?releaseid=3184); “Pentagon Releases Bin Laden Videotape: U.S. Officials Say Tape Links Him to Sept. 11 Attacks,” National Public Radio, December 13, 2001 http://www.npr.org/news/specials/response/investigation/011213.binladen.tape.html). The entire video can be viewed at this NPR Web page.
  24. See my book Osama bin Laden: Dead or Alive? (Northampton: Olive Branch [Interlink Books], 2009), 23-26.
  25. “Could the Bin Laden Video Be a Fake?” BBC News, December 14, 2001 (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/1711288.stm).
  26. “‘Feeble’ to Claim Bin Laden Tape Fake: Bush,” CBC, December 14, 2001 (http://www.cbc.ca/world/story/2001/12/14/bush_osama011214.html).
  27. Steven Morris, “US Urged to Detail Origin of Tape,” Guardian, December 15, 2001 (http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2001/dec/15/september11.afghanistan).
  28. Ibid.
  29. Toby Harnden, “US Casts Doubt on Bin Laden’s Latest Message,” Telegraph, December 27, 2001
  30. “Dr. Sanjay Gupta: Bin Laden Would Need Help if on Dialysis,” CNN, January 21, 2002
    (http://www.cnn.com/2002/HEALTH/01/21/gupta.otsc/index.html). For the tape, see “”Osama Bin Laden Tape Dezember [sic] 2001″ (http://www.myvideo.de/watch/3760193/Osama_Bin_Laden_Tape_Dezember_2001).
  31. For a nose comparison, see “Osama bin Laden Gets a Nose Job” (http://www.awitness.org/news/december_2001/osama_nose_job.html),
    or “Bruce Lawrence,” Radio Du Jour (http://www.radiodujour.com/people/lawrence_bruce).  
  32. Compare his hands with bin Laden’s hand as shown in the post-November 16 video (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/middle_east/1729882.stm).
  33. This can be seen in a portion of the Jalalabad video placed on YouTube (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x0FVeqCX6z8).
  34. For documentation and discussion, see Osama bin Laden: Dead or Alive? 27-29.
  35. “Interview with Usama bin Laden,” Ummat (Karachi), September 28, 2001
    http://www.robert-fisk.com/usama_interview_ummat.htm).
    Bin Laden’s statement about innocents repeated what he had said in an interview with John Miller of ABC News in 1998: “Our religion forbids us from killing innocent people such as women and children”
  36. “Transcript of Usama bin Laden Video Tape,” Department of Defense, December 13, 2001 (http://www.defenselink.mil/news/Dec2001/d20011213ubl.pdf).
  37. Bruce Lawrence is the editor of Messages to the World: The Statements of Osama Bin Laden (London and New York: Verso, 2005).
  38. Lawrence made these statements on February 16, 2007, during a radio interview conducted by Kevin Barrett of the University of Wisconsin at Madison. It can be heard at Radio Du Jour (http://www.radiodujour.com/people/lawrence_bruce).
  39. BBC News, “Tape ‘Proves Bin Laden’s Guilt,’” December 14, 2001 (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/1708091.stm).
  40. Angelo M. Codevilla, “Osama bin Elvis,” American Spectator, March 2009 (http://spectator.org/archives/2009/03/13/osama-bin-elvis/print).
  41. Maggie Michael, “Bin Laden, in Statement to U.S. People, Says He Ordered Sept. 11 Attacks,” Associated Press, October 29, 2004 (http://www.signonsandiego.com/news/nation/terror/20041029-1423-binladentape.html).
  42. Ron Suskind, The One Percent Doctrine: Deep Inside America’s Pursuit of Its Enemies Since 9/11 (New York: Simon & Schuster, 2006), 336.
  43. Philip Sherwell, “Bush Takes a Six-Point Lead After New Bin Laden Tape,” Telegraph, November 1, 2004 (http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/northamerica/usa/1475515/Bush-takes-a-six-point-lead-after-new-bin-Laden-tape.html).
  44. “Kerry Blames Defeat on Bin Laden,” BBC News, January 31, 2005 http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/americas/4222647.stm); “Bush Says Bin Laden Tape Aided Re-Election: Report,” Reuters, February 28, 2006 http://www.redorbit.com/news/politics/408991/bush_says_bin_laden_tape_aided_reelection_report/).
  45. “Bin Laden’s Warning: Full Text,” BBC News, October 7, 2001 (http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/south_asia/1585636.stm).
  46. “BBC Transcript Of Osama Bin Laden Statement,” November 7, 2001 (http://www.scoop.co.nz/stories/WO0111/S00049.htm).
  47. “Bin Laden’s Warning: Full Text.”
  48. “BBC Transcript Of Osama Bin Laden Statement.”
  49. See “In the Footsteps of Bin Laden,” CNN, August 23, 2006 http://transcripts.cnn.com/TRANSCRIPTS/0608/23/cp.01.html), and Steve Coll, “Young Osama,” New Yorker, December 12, 2005 http://www.newyorker.com/archive/2005/12/12/051212fa_fact).
  50. “In the Footsteps of Bin Laden.”
  51. “Arnaud de Borchgrave Interviews Hameed Gul, Former Chief of Pakistan’s Inter Services Intelligence,” UPI, September 26, 2001 (http://www.strategypage.com/militaryforums/594-499.aspx; also available at(http://www.robert-fisk.com/hamid_gul_interview_sept26_2001.htm).
  52. I have given a more thorough analysis of the problems in these two “confession videos” in my book Osama bin Laden: Dead or Alive? (Northampton: Olive Branch [Interlink Books, 2009).
  53. “Osama Bin Laden: Dead or Alive?” Veterans Today, October 22, 2009 (http://www.veteranstoday.com/modules.php?name=News&file=article&sid=9079).

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

“Battle of the Bees”: EU High Court rules on GMO Contamination; Opens Door to Biotech Liability

0

In Sept. 2011, the European Union’s top court paved the way for farmers and beekeepers to recoup losses when their crops or honey become genetically contaminated from neighboring GM fields.

The European Court of Justice ruled that all food products containing GMOs — whether intentional or not — must undergo an approval process.

This marks a much stricter view than that being pushed by European Union Commissioner for health and consumer affairs, John Dalli, who wants no regulation of foods genetically contaminated “by accident,” a ludicrous idea given that coexistence ensures genetic contamination.

At the center of the dispute is Bavarian beekeeper Karl Heinz Bablok who joined with several others in suing the state when its research plots of Monsanto’s GM corn, MON 810, contaminated his honey.

In 2008, an administrative court banned Bablok from selling or giving away that honey. But in a bizarre turn, the Augsburg court also ruled that beekeepers have no claim to protection against the growing of GM crops. They immediately filed a new lawsuit. [1]

Discussing today’s ruling, attorneys for the beekeepers noted that they may now have “a claim for damages against a farmer if MON 810 pollen from his cultivation gets into their honey.” [2]

Attorneys Dr Achim Willand and Dr Georg Buchholz explained:

“If the beekeeper can no longer sell his honey, this is considered a major impairment causing a claim for damage. If the beekeeper moves his bees in order to prevent this impairment, it is also possible that the cultivator is liable for the additional work and expense of the beekeeper.”

They added that the “decision is important not only for beekeeping, but in general for the production of food and feed, as well as for trade.”

The new ruling will also apply to “imports containing traces of material from genetically modified crops that don’t have sufficient approval within the EU,” they said.

The European Court of Justice only “interprets EU law and does not settle the dispute itself,” notes Inf’OGM, a French group that maintains a neutral position on GMOs. Member states like Germany, France and Spain can apply the ruling however they deem fit in particular cases of genetic contamination. [3]

In describing the questions before the court, Inf’OGM explained that Monsanto failed to seek approval for genetically modified pollen. Instead, MON 810 approval only covers flour, gluten, semolina, starch, glucose and corn oil.

MON 810 approval is currently under reconsideration. It has been linked to organ damage in test animals [4] and its approval may be withdrawn. Until last year, it was the only GM crop approved for cultivation in the EU, although a total of 40 GMO food and feed products have been approved for sale. [5]

One of Commissioner Dalli’s first acts after taking office in 2010 was to lift the 13-year ban on BASF’s GM potato, Amflora. Sweden, Germany and the Czech Republic took the bait and immediately suffered from 47 contamination events. [6]

Today’s ruling also overturns the court’s Advocate General recommendation this February which found that genetic material inadvertently transferred from GM corn to other living organisms “is no longer viable and is thus infertile, is not a living organism and, therefore, cannot be regarded as a GMO.” [7]

In that same recommendation, however, the AG maintained that any products containing GMOs should be regulated.

Thijs Etty, a transnational environmental lawyer specializing in biotechnology and EU law, told Food Freedom, “The Court’s ruling underscores the EU’s zero-tolerance stance towards non-authorized GMOs, and signals a sensitive loss for Monsanto and the EU Commission.”

Etty explained that the EU Commission “has been working hard to loosen if not abandon the zero-tolerance policy,” citing a recent regulation “allowing ‘low level presence’ of non-authorized GMOs in feed imports.”

Today’s ruling puts that new regulation into question.

GMO opponents won a brief reprieve last year when Commissioner Dalli’s initial proposal to radically overhaul existing GM approval rules was later rebuked. The controversial proposal was dropped after the European Commission’s legal counsel determined the new rules violated EU and international trade laws. [8]

Of note, the European Food Safety Authority, which rules on GMO safety, has been under fire for hiring members with financial interests in the biotech industry. EFSA chair Diana Banati resigned last year after it was revealed she served as a consultant to biotech corporations including Monsanto, Bayer and BASF. [9]

Four other EFSA board members also have substantial ties to the food industry. One has financial interests in the GM seed industry (Piet Vanthemsche) and another is a chief lobbyist for the German food industry (Matthias Horst). Milan Kovác and Jirí Ruprich both have links to food industry bodies, EFSA admitted. [10]

“Today’s decision is an important victory for beekeepers, but also GMO-opponents and environmental NGOs,” concluded Etty.

But it’s not a complete victory. Though not as bad as in the U.S., GMO label laws still leave European consumers in the dark since meat, milk and eggs from animals fed GM feed are exempt, which bulldozes consumers into supporting the biotech industry.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

“Beat the Propaganda” Challenge! 15 Cents a Day Keeps the Propaganda Away!

0

Ever wonder why all news sound the same in the mainstream media? A quick look at media ownership answers that question and leaves no doubt on the necessity of independent media:

“In 1983, the men and women who headed the fifty mass media corporations that dominated American Audiences could have fit comfortably in a modest hotel ballroom … By 2003, five men controlled all these media once run by the fifty corporations of twenty years earlier. These five, owners of additional digital corporations, could fit in a generous phone booth.” (Ben H. Bagdikian, The New Media Monopoly: A Completely Revised and Updated Edition With Seven New Chapters, Beacon Press, 2004, p.27)

Yes, you read correctly: from 50 owners in 1983, the media ownership went down to 5 in only 20 years. Five sources of information for millions of Americans and the English speaking world who relies on them as well.  In 2011, Frugal Dad published a graphic (see picture below) on the “illusion of choice” showing the dramatic media consolidation in the U.S. Although slight changes have occurred since then, the media landscape has remained pretty much the same. And it is scary: today 90 % of the media in America is owned by only 6 corporations.

Mainstream media concentration is alarming and not only in the U.S. According to a 2012 report, Canada is the worst of all G8 countries in terms of media concentration, reaching a staggering 81,4%:

“Canada has the most concentrated TV industry ownership of any G8 country, and the second most concentrated TV audience … The Analysis Group’s report notes the degree of media concentration is increasing rapidly in Canada … ‘and the level of vertical integration exceeds any other G8 country’ …”

The report lists the degree of media concentration in all G8 Countries:

8. Russia — 0%

7. Germany — 7.1%

6. United States — 23.1%

5. France — 27%

4. United Kingdom — 31%

3. Italy — 33%

2. Japan — 37.5%

1. Canada — 81.4%

“Percentage represents value of TV distribution market (cable companies, satellite dish companies) controlled by companies that also create TV content (broadcasters, production companies)” (Daniel Tencer, Concentration Of Media Ownership In Canada Worst In G8 For TV Industry, Study Says The Huffington Post Canada, August 13, 2012)

Since they are held by corporations, the ultimate goal of the mainstream media is not to inform you, but rather to serve the interest of the corporate world, selling all sorts of propaganda to open new markets. War propaganda is the most common of all.

On the other hand, independent media such as Global Research have one goal: inform their readers, show them the real picture behind the mainstream media myths, smoke screens and manipulation.

In order to achieve that goal, we need your support. While major corporations sell their propaganda, we offer it for free, thanks to the generosity of our readers’ financial help. Global Research does not accept any money from governments, foundations even less from corporations.

Unfortunately, out of over 100 000 daily readers, only a very tiny portion makes donations or subscribes for a membership. Are you a regular Global Research reader? Have you considered making a small donation? How about 15 or 30 cents a day to keep propaganda away?

If each daily Global Research reader made a one time 5$ or 10$ donation in the coming month of June, we could cover our operation costs for a while, improve our content and provide you with a better coverage of world events and still, for free.

Today we call on you to meet the challenge and make a 5$ donation during the month of June. It will have a very small impact on your wallet, but will make a major difference for all of us and our fight against the corporate media propaganda.

Click here to make a one time donation!

Why not make it a monthly commitment? Click here to see your monthly payment options!

Want to become a member? Take a look at our different membership plans and get a free book!

MEDIA CONSOLIDATION: THE ILLUSION OF CHOICE

Infographic from Frugal Dad

Media Consolidation Infographic

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Neocon Invasion

0

In the last two weeks of February this year, American conservatives were shocked to see the vicious onslaught the media mounted against Pat Buchanan and his campaign for the Republican presidential nomination. Even with all the distortion that conservatives have come to expect from the liberal biases of the newspaper and broadcast industries, the attacks on Buchanan seemed to go well beyond what most could remember or imagine. Major newspapers, magazines, and columnists all piled on Buchanan to insinuate or claim outright that he is a “fascist,” an “extremist,” a “Nazi,” a “racist,” an “anti-Semite,” a “xenophobe,” a “sexist,” a “homophobe,” and a “nativist,” not to mention half a dozen other epithets typical of left-wing demonology.

A Closer Look

But, looking more closely at the media blitzkrieg against Buchanan, it became clear that the left was not the only political force involved in the smears. A good deal of the most hostile criticism of Buchanan came not from the left but from the right – or at least from figures who claim to be on the right. While some of Buchanan’s conservative critics expressed legitimate disagreements with some of his positions on foreign trade and economics, much of the most bitter hostility was nearly indistinguishable from what came from the left.

In fact, those on the “right” who led the charge in denouncing Buchanan and leveling some of the most vicious accusations against him emerged from the ranks of what is generally called “neoconservatism.” This is a label that began to appear in the late 1960s for a grouping that is distinct from both the liberal-left side of the political spectrum as well as from the “Old Right” or what is sometimes called the “paleoconservative” side. Buchanan, however, was by no means the first conservative victim of neoconservative attacks, and those on the right who have followed the controversies between “neos” and “paleos” over the last 15 years were not surprised at the leading role the neoconservatives played in the campaign against him. Conservatives who favor Buchanan and the general platform on which he ran need to be informed about what neoconservatives really stand for.

Neoconservatism as a distinct identity began to appear in the late 1960s, when several Establishment liberals and leftists started expressing concern about the radical direction their ideological colleagues were taking over issues such as the Vietnam War, American foreign policy in general, and many domestic matters. The leaders of what soon came to be known as “neoconservatism” regarded themselves as “liberal anti-communists” who favored a policy of containment in Vietnam and who were repelled by the pro-communist apologetics voiced by the New Left. They were also alarmed by what they regarded as the “isolationism” expressed by the New Left as well as by the favor the New Left harbored for many anti-American, anti-Western Third World movements (which often enjoyed Soviet support) such as the Palestine Liberation Organization, the African National Congress, and the Nicaraguan Sandinistas.

Domestically, many of the evolving neoconservatives also expressed reservations about the spreading pornography, homosexuality, drugs, crime, and “permissiveness” that began to flourish with LBJ’s “Great Society,” the legacy of the Warren Court, and the emergence of a drug-and-sex-obsessed “counterculture” in the ’60s, and they generally defended the authority and legitimacy of traditional morality, religion, and American and Western forms of government.

Old Right Acceptance

Centered around such journals as Commentary and The Public Interest under the editorship, respectively, of liberal intellectuals Norman Podhoretz and Irving Kristol, the neoconservatives were welcomed by almost all mainstream conservatives of the Old Right, who for some time had been voicing many of the same thoughts about the direction of the United States and its government and culture in the late 1960s. The neoconservatives had long histories of publishing their articles in prestigious Establishment journals and magazines; some of them had impressive academic credentials and powerful contacts in academic, political, and media circles; and as dissident liberals they were able to express criticisms of the New Left that other liberals would take more seriously than if the same ideas were pronounced by known conservatives. In the 1970s there was every reason to believe that even if the small but growing number of neoconservative intellectuals could not embrace all of the old conservative agenda, they would be valuable allies of the right in resisting the extreme Left.

By the eve of the Reagan administration, neoconservatives were generally welcomed into conservative circles, and their ideas began winning acceptance as “respectable,” “credible,” “results-oriented” expressions of conservatism. But it was not long before old conservatives began to perceive that they would have to pay a price for their new allies.

Despite their dislike of the New Left, their anti-communism, and their concern about destructive cultural and moral trends, the neoconservatives for the most part never quite managed to break completely with many of the underlying liberal assumptions. In one of the earliest exchanges between neoconservatives and paleoconservatives in National Review in 1972, the late James Burnham, himself a former Trotskyite communist who had evolved toward genuine conservatism, remarked that while the intellectuals who espoused neoconservatism might have broken formally with “liberal doctrine,” they nevertheless retained in their thinking “what might be called the emotional gestalt of liberalism, the liberal sensitivity and temperament.” In other words, even though neoconservatives no longer consciously believed in many liberal ideas, they still showed the habits of thought and the emotional reactions to those ideas.

Thus, while neoconservatives despised the New Left, they continued to embrace an unexamined liberal faith in the big government created by liberals from Woodrow Wilson through Franklin Roosevelt to John F. Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson. Several of them – such as Ben Wattenberg, Elliott Abrams, and Penn Kemble – came out of the ranks of democratic socialism and its commitment to organized labor. Even though they criticized various aspects of the welfare state, they continued to believe a welfare state was both legitimate and inevitable. Irving Kristol himself writes in his Reflections of a Neo-Conservative that “a conservative welfare state … is perfectly consistent with the neo-conservative perspective.”

In foreign policy, though the neoconservatives were anti-communist, they focused mainly on the Soviet Union rather than on China or internal domestic subversion, and they continued to regard “McCarthyism” – the legitimate and necessary investigation of domestic subversion – as an evil. They also favored a foreign policy that, while anti-communist, centered around what came to be called “exporting democracy” – that is, using American power to undermine right-wing anti-communist governments that were less than liberal or democratic, and fostering their replacement by “democratic” governments that were often simply democratic socialist in orientation. As the Cold War wound down, “exporting democracy” and opposing “isolationism” became the major neoconservative foreign policy goals, reflected in their almost universal support for NAFTA, the World Trade Organization, and United Nations “peacekeeping” missions.

Old conservatives who welcomed the neocons into their ranks soon found that their new allies often displayed the habit of telling them what was and what was not “permissible” to say and how to say it. Criticism of the New Left and domestic communism was fine, but what the neoconservatives regarded as “McCarthyism” – calling for restoration of the House Committee on Un-American Activities, for example, or the FBI’s domestic security functions – was not respectable. Criticizing affirmative action was also okay, but criticism of unconstitutional civil rights legislation, the civil rights movement, or Martin Luther King Jr. was not respectable. Old conservative heroes like Joseph McCarthy, Douglas MacArthur, Charles Lindbergh, Robert Taft, and even Barry Goldwater tended to disappear or earn scorn in neoconservative journals, while Harry Truman, George Marshall, Hubert Humphrey, and Henry Jackson developed into idols before which conservatives were supposed to bend the knee. Almost none of the neoconservatives showed any interest in American constitutional principles or federalist and states’ rights issues and arguments based on constitutionalism were muted in favor of the “empirical” arguments drawn from disciplines like sociology and political science in which neoconservative academics tended to concentrate.

Positions of Power

The tendencies of neoconservatives to dictate to older conservatives what they could and could not say, write, and argue might not have been taken very seriously had the neoconservatives not succeeded in insinuating themselves into powerful positions within conservative organizations and publications. Midge Decter, wife of the neoconservative editor of Commentary magazine Norman Podhoretz and a leading neoconservative writer herself, was appointed to the Board of Trustees of the Heritage Foundation, and neoconservative writers and editors began popping up in the pages and on the mastheads of mainstream conservative publications. By the end of the Reagan administration, neoconservatives had become dominant or extremely influential in a number of such conservative groups. Not only at Commentary and The Public Interest, but also at National Review, The American Spectator, and the Wall Street Journal editorial pages, as well as at the Heritage Foundation, the American Enterprise Institute, and other leading conservative think-tanks, neoconservative influence became routine.

Neoconservatives also began taking over the tax-exempt foundations that had provided funding for most of the conservative organizations. These foundations, smaller than the Establishment liberal giants like the Ford and Rockefeller Foundations, had been established by wealthy conservative families to serve philanthropic goals. But in the 1980s neoconservatives succeeded in taking over many of their administrative functions, using their positions to re-direct the funds which the foundations dispensed – turning off the spigot to conservative groups they deemed not “credible” and turning it on for those they favored.

One mechanism for neoconservative control of conservative funding was an organization called the Philanthropic Roundtable, established in 1987 by neoconservative Leslie Lenkowsky. Lenkowsky explained that the Roundtable sought to “encourage foundations to think more about how they can achieve their objectives and to look more closely at what the groups they support really are accomplishing.” He warned that that meant not automatically funding “any organization with the word ‘liberty’ or ‘conservative’ in its name.”

The real purpose of the Philanthropic Roundtable seems to be to “police” the funding of conservative groups by foundations under neoconservative influence, to make certain that conservative groups of which the neoconservatives disapprove do not receive donations, and to direct funds to those groups they favor, usually those controlled by their own allies. Old conservative activists have privately complained of being denied funding or having their funds cut if they did not meet with neoconservative approbation, and donations awarded by foundations under neoconservative influence seem to reflect this pattern.

In his book The Conservative Movement, paleoconservative historian Paul Gottfried notes, “Neoconservative activists have largely succeeded in centralizing both the collection and distribution of funding from right-of-center philanthropies.” Neoconservatives like Lenkowsky and Michael Joyce, executive director of the Lynde and Harry Bradley Foundation and chairman of the Philanthropic Roundtable, “have been gaining control over the form and content of movement conservatism.” Gottfried quotes another Old Rightist, James Taylor, president of the World Youth Crusade for Freedom, as one who “believes the Philanthropic Roundtable was never intended as a mere ‘clearinghouse.’ It was, from the outset, an ‘attempt by neocons to search out all conservative funds and direct them toward their own friends.'” Gottfried cites several Old Right organizations that “have all either been deemed unfit for funding at Roundtable discussions or repeatedly discouraged from applying for grants.”

The National Journalhas called the Bradley Foundation, with $420 million in assets, “the nation’s largest underwriter of conservative intellectual activity,” and Michael Joyce as its head exercises immense influence in directing the activities of the conservative movement. In 1987 Joyce remarked, “The terms ‘conservative’ and ‘liberal’ are not very precise, and if they have any contemporary meaning, it seems to me that they refer only to general and very relative political dispositions.” In 1993, he remarked, “I’m … not ready to repeal the welfare state. I want to ameliorate the problems of the welfare state,” thus reflecting Irving Kristol’s endorsement of a “conservative welfare state” as “perfectly consistent with the neoconservative perspective.”

Perhaps the most notorious instance of a neoconservative effort to bend an Old Right organization to alter its positions was the virtual cut-off of funds to the Rockford Institute, which has remained one of the flagships of Old Right conservatism. In 1989, Richard John Neuhaus, a Rockford employee who had been a speech writer for Martin Luther King, Jr. and had later developed into a neoconservative, was fired by Rockford after an internal struggle. Though Rockford had been the recipient of large donations from neoconservative foundations, the institute soon found its money being cut off. Neuhaus and other neoconservatives falsely accused Rockford and its monthly journal, Chronicles, of “anti-Semitism” and “bigotry,” charges that neoconservatives are well known for lodging and which resemble similar accusations hurled against conservatism by the Left in the 1950s and ’60s. Rockford has survived and has continued to support an undiluted old conservatism, but it has had to develop new funding sources. It is interesting that similar smears of the John Birch Society as “anti-Semitic” were launched by the left in the 1960s and then repeated by conservative enemies of the Society.

An Earlier Attack

The smear campaign against Rockford resembled earlier campaigns directed against Old Right figures who had challenged or threatened neoconservative interests. One of those early campaigns was against the late M.E. Bradford, professor of English at the University of Dallas and a leading exponent of Old Right thought. In 1981, Bradford and his supporters sought his appointment as chairman of the National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) in the Reagan administration. As a widely published scholar and thinker, Bradford had eminent credentials for the post, which controls the flow of federal money to scholarships in the humanities, and as a lifelong conservative he had materially assisted the Reagan campaign in Texas.

One of his rivals for the NEH chairmanship was a virtually unknown academic named William J. Bennett, then the director of the National Humanities Center at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Bennett held a Ph.D. in philosophy from the University of Texas, but was not a distinguished scholar, had published virtually nothing in his field, and had a liberal background in politics. Nevertheless, Bennett won the support of the neoconservatives for the position at the NEH.

Since Bennett lacked adequate academic and political credentials to win the post, his neoconservative supporters resorted to a smear campaign against Bradford, falsely claiming that he advocated slavery, had praised Adolf Hitler, and was a virulent racist. An anonymous document repeating these unfounded charges circulated in the White House for the purpose of frightening the administration into denying Bradford the appointment. Bradford had written several scholarly critiques of Abraham Lincoln, and these were dredged up, quoted out of context, and used to “discredit” him as an “extremist.” Eventually, despite the endorsement of Bradford by some 18 U.S. senators, including Senators Jesse Helms and John East from Bennett’s own state of North Carolina, Bennett received the NEH nomination and was later confirmed.

Bennett’s appointment was the beginning of a long career as a neoconservative spokesman that continues to this day. He would later serve as education secretary under Reagan and “drug czar” under George Bush. In both positions Bennett pushed anti-conservative policies. At the Education Department, which Reagan had vowed to abolish, Bennett expanded the size and cost of the department and set the stage for further federal intrusion into education policy. As drug czar, Bennett proposed an ambitious and dubiously constitutional plan that would have given him virtually monolithic power over almost every area of federal – and much state and local – authority. President Bush wisely rejected much of the Bennett plan, but the incompetent, brutal, and unconstitutional federal intrusion into local law enforcement of recent years originated under Bennett.

The smears conducted against Bradford were perhaps the first occasion in which neoconservatives had actually attacked a conservative, but a follow-up occurred in 1986 when a similar crusade was launched against National Review editor and syndicated columnist Joseph Sobran. Sobran had written several articles critical of the Israeli government and the leftist proclivities of the American Jewish community. The neoconservative response came in the form of a letter from Midge Decter to Sobran accusing him of being “little more than a crude and naked anti-Semite.” The letter was disseminated to several of the editors of the magazines and newspapers for which Sobran wrote, with the clear intention of intimidating the editors into ceasing to publish Sobran at all. Eventually, William F. Buckley, Jr. demoted Sobran as an editor of National Review, and to this day the smears continue against one of the country’s most talented and courageous conservative writers.

Much the same kind of attack was also mounted against the late Russell Kirk, one of the country’s most respected conservative thinkers, after he remarked in a speech at the Heritage Foundation in 1988 that “not seldom it has seemed as if some eminent neoconservatives mistook Tel Aviv for the capital of the United States,” a wisecrack about the slavishly pro-Israel sympathies among neoconservatives. Again, Decter responded with a vitriolic denunciation of Kirk as an “anti-Semite.” In the 1980s and several times since, Commentary has published articles denouncing Old Right conservatives (including some who are Jewish) for their alleged “anti-Semitism.” The lodging of such reckless and serious accusations against conservatives by other purported conservatives always plays into the hands of the Left, which is then able to repeat the charges and claim conservative endorsement of them.

The Neocon Standard

It was no surprise, therefore, to Old Right conservatives to notice the kind of attacks directed against Pat Buchanan as his campaign gained strength in the Republican primaries this year. Norman Podhoretz published an article in the new neoconservative magazine The Weekly Standard, claiming once again that Buchanan is an “anti-Semite,” and neocon columnists Charles Krauthammer and George Will regurgitated similar charges.

The Standard itself is the most recent testimony to the neoconservatives’ seemingly invincible talent for attracting funding and support for their peculiar “conservatism.” Funded by publisher Rupert Murdoch to the tune $10 million, the Standard is published and edited by William Kristol, son of Irving, who in the first issue endorsed “Rockefeller Republican” Colin Powell for president.

The executive editor of the Standard is Fred Barnes, formerly a senior editor of The New Republic, one of the nation’s major liberal journals. In 1990 Barnes coined the term “Big Government Conservative” as an approbative label for such Republicans as Newt Gingrich, Jack Kemp, Dan Quayle, and William Bennett, whose support for federal activism and centralization is “consistent with the neo-conservative perspective.”

In 1994, Kristol and Barnes supported an effort to remove language from the Republican Party platform condemning abortion, with Barnes arguing in The New Republic that the removal would “bring the party nearer to the public’s view.” Although the proposal was strongly opposed by grassroots pro-life activists, it won (at the time, at least) the support of several leaders of the Christian Right, including Ralph Reed of the Christian Coalition. Reed has pushed the Christian Coalition much closer to the neoconservatives than most of the Coalition’s membership would probably like. According to a recent article in The New Yorker by liberal neocon watcher Sidney Blumenthal, Irving Kristol has invited Reed to attend editorial meetings at The Public Interest, a neocon domestic policy journal. Recently, the Christian Coalition officially opposed language in congressional immigration legislation that would have restricted “family reunification,” a policy which allows recent immigrants to import relatives and which is one of the main sources of mass legal immigration into the United States. Despite the makeup of the Christian Coalition’s membership, neoconservatives have largely succeeded in co-opting that organization too, via its national leadership, moving the Coalition’s orientation to the left.

Moving conservatism to the left and bringing it closer to prevalent (mainly liberal) public views is a vital element of the neoconservative agenda, replacing the Old Right’s objective of changing the prevalent view to one consistent with traditional American, constitutionalist views. John Podhoretz, deputy editor of The Weekly Standard and son of Norman and Midge, wrote in the Washington Times in 1987, “To be conservative in the 1970s [as a neoconservative] meant to conserve not only basic moral and political views, but also programs like the New Deal that had become part of the American political fabric. The conservative decision to stop warring against the New Deal was one of the most important developments in the mass acceptance of Ronald Reagan.” In other words, the fundamental aim of the neoconservatives is to work for “conservative” goals within the framework of the New Deal arrangement, to push for a conservatism that brings us “nearer to the public view” and which can gain “mass acceptance,” without challenging the basic framework or assumptions of the liberal regime.

These aims reflect what James Burnham meant when he referred to the neoconservatives’ retaining “the emotional gestalt of liberalism, the liberal sensitivity and temperament.” Any form of conservatism that does challenge the boundaries of established liberalism and its power structure is, in the neoconservative mind, “extremism” and shouldn’t be permitted. Obviously, what is wrong with this view of “conservatism” is that it leaves the entire liberal apparatus in place and refuses to challenge it or the ideology that justifies it. A “conservatism” that is content with these goals can never succeed in dismantling the oppressive, socially destructive, unconstitutional, and anti-American liberal power structure.

Survival of the Old Right

The current line of the neoconservatives is that their creed has actually become American conservatism, replacing what the Old Right has been defending throughout American history – especially since the New Deal era. But the Old Right still lives – at the Rockford Institute, the Ludwig von Mises Institute, the John Birch Society, and in the pages of such publications as Chronicles, Southern Partisan, and The New American.

The conservative cause also survives in the hearts and minds of the millions of Americans who supported Pat Buchanan this year. The real lesson of the 1996 Republican primaries is not that Pat Buchanan failed in his Old Right presidential campaign, but that he consistently came in second and that all of the candidates or prospective candidates whom the neoconservatives favored or supported – Jack Kemp, Bill Bennett, Dan Quayle, Phil Gramm, Lamar Alexander, Steve Forbes – either were unable to mobilize enough support to enter the race or wound up winning fewer votes than Buchanan. So much for “bringing the party nearer to the public’s view” and gaining “mass acceptance” for conservatism.

Whatever false or fashionable idols the neoconservatives may succeed in setting up, it seems unlikely that many Americans worship them now or will be disposed to worship them in the future, any more than most Americans have ever worshipped the false gods of liberalism from which the neoconservatives claim to have defected. 

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Colorado set to enact broad set of recreational marijuana laws

0

Colorado has just signed into law sweeping legislation aimed at the legal, recreational use of marijuana, with regulations as to how the drug should be grown and sold in addition to the existing allowance to possess up to an ounce by adults over 21.

State voters approved a constitutional amendment on recreational
marijuana in 2012. That means that, in addition to the one ounce
limit, residents of Colorado can also grow up to six plants, or
buy the drug at retail stores which could open as soon as
January.

The new legislation seeks to normalize both the sale and
consumption of marijuana, with rules on purchasing limits for
out-of-state visitors, a driving limit scaled similarly to blood
alcohol level laws, as well as carry-out requirements geared to
prevent the growth of Amsterdam-style pot cafes.

Under Colorado’s new law drivers will be considered “too stoned to drive” if their blood
stream contains more than 5 nanograms per milliliter of THC,
marijuana’s psychoactive ingredient. That is the same limit
imposed by Washington state, which enacted a series of laws
similar to Colorado last year, though also imposing a ban on the
sale of “concentrated
marijuana,”
or hashish.

“Recreational marijuana is
really a completely new entity,”
Colorado Governor John
Hickenlooper said, calling the new pot rules “commonsense” oversight.

Though Hickenlooper did not support last year’s legalization of
marijuana, the governor signed the new legislation into law on
Tuesday.

Still pending are a series of new taxes that could be enacted on
the sale of the drug, including a 15 per cent tax with proceeds
earmarked for school construction.

According to the Associated Press, there may also be a new
recreational pot sales tax of 10 per cent, in addition to local
and statewide sales tax.

The rollout of recreational marijuana sale is also coupled with
product labeling guidelines, including child-proof, opaque
packaging and consumer warning labels including potency.

Reuters / Amir Cohen

Among Colorado’s new laws, a new requirement that marijuana
magazines be kept behind counters in stores allowing people under
21 will likely be challenged in court. Publications such as High
Times would be subject to essentially the same treatment as
pornography, and according to the AP attorneys for two such
publications have already promised to challenge the new
provision.

As the new laws are phased into effect, initially only stores
already dealing with medical marijuana will be allowed to sell
for recreational purposes. Furthermore, Colorado will grant local
and county governments broad oversight over retail marijuana
sales, including enacting bans, though growing the plants at home
will be permitted statewide.

Another key provision to the state’s new pot laws will be
requirements over stores to operate 24-hour video surveillance
and become part of a “seed-to-sale tracking system.” At
the same time, retail stores will have the opportunity to claim
tax deductions in an apparent attempt to further bolster the
surveillance requirements.

Colorado’s governor believes that the federal government will
inevitably respond to both his state’s and Washington’s new
marijuana laws, as they are in violation of federal drug law
which does not currently allow for recreational sale.

According to the Office of National Drug Policy, which outlines
federal guidelines on marijuana, it is classified as a Schedule I
controlled substance with “high
potential for abuse,” “no currently accepted medical use”

and “a lack of accepted
safety”
even under medical supervision; marijuana is among
drugs like heroin and mescaline on the list.

Current Department of Justice guidelines explicitly make
marijuana illegal under nationwide law, though the prosecution of
medical use is not considered “an efficient use of federal
resources”
within states that currently allow that
exception.

Asked whether Colorado’s new marijuana laws may also go
unchallenged by the Department of Justice, Governor Hickenlooper
thought it would be addressed quickly, though he would not
speculate on any outcome.

“We think that it will be
relatively soon. We are optimistic that they are going to be a
little more specific in their approach on this issue,”

Hickenlooper said.

“They’ve been kind of
busy,”
he added, in an apparent reference to the various
scandals the DOJ is currently dealing with, including requests to
secretly obtain communications from the Associated Press and a
Fox News journalist.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Boko Haram: We’re winning Nigeria war

0

The leader of Boko Haram says the militant group has forced the Nigerian army to retreat and has sustained little damage itself.

“Since we started this ongoing war, which they call state of emergency… in some instances soldiers who faced us turned and ran,” Abubakar Shekau said in a video obtained by AFP on Tuesday.

On May 15, the Nigerian army launched an offensive against the militant group a day after President Goodluck Jonathan declared a state of emergency in the three northeastern states of Borno, Yobe, and Adamawa.

Shekau invited like-minded people in some other countries, including Afghanistan, Pakistan, and Iraq, to join the fight in Nigeria.

“We call to us our brethren in these countries I mentioned. Oh! Our brethren, come to us.”

The Boko Haram leader said the group “will not stop the kidnap of your women and children until you set free our women and children, and our brethren.”

On May 21, the Nigerian Defense Headquarters issued a statement, saying, the president had instructed them to release a number of detainees and “all women under custody.”

Shekauâ„¢s claims that Boko Haram has gained the upper hand in the war are diametrically opposed to the recent statements of the Nigerian government, which says the militants are losing and are retreating in disarray.

Boko Haram has claimed responsibility for a number of deadly gun and bomb attacks in various parts of Nigeria since 2009.

Over the past four years, violence in the north of Africaâ„¢s most populous country has claimed the lives of 3,600 people, including killings by the security forces.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Attorney General Holder under investigation on perjury suspicions

0

The House Committee on the Judiciary is said to be targeting US Attorney General Eric Holder over fears he may have lied to Congress during a May hearing regarding private phone records of AP staff, according to a source close to the congressional probe.

The Daily Mail, which is attributing the new information to a
Republican aide familiar with the ongoing investigation, alleges
that “perjury is on the
table”
regarding the probe, which hinges on whether Holder
was intentionally misleading in claims on the stand that he had
no involvement in the Department of Justice’s spying on some 20
journalists with the Associated Press.

“With regard to the potential
prosecution of the press for the disclosure of material,”

Holder testified on May 16, “that is not something that I’ve ever been
involved in, heard of, or would think would be a wise policy. In
fact, my view is quite the opposite.”

Though the scandal stemming from the Department of Justice’s
alleged surveillance is still developing, early calls for
Holder’s resignation were be skirted by the Attorney General
through his denial of direct involvement with the subpoenas used
in against the AP.

However, only days later an NBC News report confirmed that
another target of a DOJ subpoena for phone records targeting Fox
News Channel’s James Rosen and Holder’s personal signature on
that order undermined Holder’s testimony.

In both cases, neither Fox News nor the Associated Press were
notified by the DOJ that phone records were being examined by
using a legal loophole under the Espionage Act, which waives that
requirement in the interest of US national security.

And in both cases, the DOJ, and by extension the Obama
administration, appears to have been zealously pursuing the
source of leaks, fanning the flames in what critics call a
relentless persecution of whistleblowers that has had a
“chilling effect” on
American freedom of the press.

In their application for secret monitoring of the Associated
Press the Obama administration, in conjunction with the DOJ,
aimed to determine the source of a leak about a CIA operation in
Yemen reported by the news agency in 2012.

Responding to NBC’s investigation on the Rosen case, a statement
provided by the DOJ acknowledged that the search warrant
application was approved “at
the highest levels”
of the agency, including “discussions” with Holder himself.
Even more noteworthy, that affidavit also labeled Rosen as a
“possible
co-conspirator”
in a crime.

U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder speaks during a special naturalization ceremony at the Department of Justice in Washington May 28, 2013 (Reuters / Kevin Lamarque)

Holder’s office would not comment to the Daily Mail regarding any
ongoing probe, though the Attorney General could in theory argue
that his May 15 testimony is not in conflict with the agency’s
access to Rosen’s phone records as the DOJ did not intend to
prosecute him, though that, in turn, would undermine the loophole
used under the Espionage Act.

According to an investigation by The New Yorker, the DOJ
approached three different judges in its bid to gain secret
access to Rosen’s communications. Ultimately, the chief judge in
the Federal District Court for the District of Columbia, Royce C.
Lamberth, agreed to overturn the opinions of the two other
judges, signing off on the DOJ’s request.

In 2009, an article written by Rosen on North Korea sparked an
internal investigation on Stephen Jin-Woo Kim, a former US State
Department employee and the alleged source of leaked classified
information.

According to documents examined by The New Yorker, two judges
separately declared that the Justice Department was required to
notify Rosen of the search warrant over his communications.

“The subscriber therefore will
never know, by being provided a copy of the warrant, for example,
that the government secured a warrant and searched the contents
of her e-mail account,”
Judge John M. Facciola wrote in an
opinion rejecting the Obama administration’s argument.

Ultimately, the DOJ asked the court to order Google not to notify
Rosen that the company had handed over his e-mails to the US
government.

According to Rosen, he only learned that his communications had
been seized once it was reported by the Washington Post earlier
in May.

The DOJ seems to have taken a sizable gamble in exercising the
Espionage Act to keep its surveillance of members of the press a
secret, and the Daily Mail’s source into an ongoing Congressional
probe indicates that the Attorney General may still bear the
brunt of the blame.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Iraqi PM vows to hunt down terrorists

0

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki has vowed to hunt down all the terrorists behind the deadly attacks that have killed hundreds of people across the Arab state since May 14.

“The cabinet has seriously discussed today all the challenges facing the security situation and the steps that the council of ministers should adopt to confront the current crisis,” Maliki said late on Tuesday.

Å“The cabinet has also unanimously agreed to send a message that they have all agreed to shoulder the responsibility to face the outlaws, regardless of their affiliations, doctrines and their political parties,” he added.

The motive behind the bloodshed was to return Iraq to the “dark days” of the past decade, Maliki stated.

“We will chase all kinds of outlawed militias and gangs that want to instigate a wave of sectarian conflict and violence which as far as we are concerned constitute a red line,” he noted.

On Tuesday, a total of 27 people were killed and dozens of others injured in several attacks across Iraq, according to Iraqi security and hospital sources.

The incidents are the latest in a string of attacks that have left about 530 people dead and at least 1,300 wounded this month.

On May 27, nearly 70 people lost their lives in a series of car bombs targeting mainly Shia areas in Baghdad.

On May 21, 42 people were killed and dozens others injured in several attacks across Iraq.

On May 20, attacks across Iraq left 113 people dead in both Shia and Sunni areas.

On May 18, shootings and bombings killed 16 people, including an anti-terrorism police captain and his entire family. On May 17, bombers targeted Sunni neighborhoods in Baghdad and surrounding areas, killing at least 76 people.

On May 16, car bombs hit Shia neighborhoods in Baghdad and attacks elsewhere in Iraq killed 21 people. On May 15, a car bomb in the capital’s main Shia district and attacks in other areas of the country killed 33 people. And on May 14, unidentified gunmen killed 11 people in eastern Baghdad.

Violence has increased in Iraq since December 2011, when an arrest warrant was issued for fugitive Vice President Tariq al-Hashemi, who has been charged with running a death squad targeting Iraqi officials and Shia Muslims.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK’s post office staff set to strike

0

UKâ„¢s post office staff are to stage a strike against closures.

Thousands of workers in Britainâ„¢s biggest Post Offices are to stage a fresh strike in protest against branch closures, jobs and pay.

Members of the Communication Workers Union (CWU) are expected to launch their fifth strike action against the plans that will slash 20 percent of the Crown Post Offices.

Å“It’s time that management responded to workers’ concerns. There is massive public opposition to the closure and franchise plans and Post Office management have had to admit that their figures on our pay claim were wrong,” said Dave Ward, CWU deputy general secretary.

According to CWU officials, up to 4,000 staff working in 373 Crown post offices will take part in the industrial action in a bid to pressure the government to rethink its plans to close or franchise 76 Crown offices, the larger branches usually based in high streets, and dismissing 800 staff.

Crown Post Offices constitute only three percent of the mail network of 11,800 branches across Britain, but handle 20 percent of all transactions and 40 percent of financial services sales.

MOS/SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Health of 1000s at risk in Myanmar’

0

Myanmar governmentâ„¢s restrictions on Muslims put health of thousands at risk: MSF

Restrictions imposed by Myanmar government on Rohingya Muslims prevents tens of thousands from getting health care and basic services in the west of the country, the international group Medecins Sans Frontieres (Doctors Without Borders–MSF) says.

Ronald Kremer, the aid group’s emergency coordinator in Rakhine state, said in a statement published in New York City on Tuesday that the government was confining around 140,000 people to makeshift camps.

He stated that the movement of tens of thousands of others, still living in their homes, was also severely restricted.

“MSF has just returned from areas where whole villages are cut off from basic services,” Kremer said.

“What we have seen shows that current policies such as movement restrictions are having a detrimental impact on people’s health… This includes tuberculosis patients unable to access the treatment they need to stay alive, and pregnant women dying unnecessarily because they have nowhere safe to deliver.”

MSF also quoted an unnamed man saying the restrictions prevent the displaced even from going to the hospital, or school. Also, they are not allowed to fish or to collect firewood. They are only able to go to their farms with military escorts just two or three at a time.

“This fear is so pervasive that even when people were living in the path of Tropical Storm Mahasen, many told us they were too scared to move,” Kremer said, adding, “They did not know where they would be moved to, or what would happen to them.”

MSF called on the Myanmar government to provide the displaced with access to health care and proper shelter.

In June 2012, the government imposed movement restrictions on Muslims in townships around Sittwe, the capital of Rakhine state, after clashes broke out between Muslims and extremist Buddhists.

About 800,000 Rohingyas in Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

The Myanmar government has so far refused to extricate the stateless Rohingyas from their citizenship limbo, despite international pressure to give them a legal status.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists who call themselves Buddhists.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine. Myanmar army forces allegedly provided the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who are then forced to flee.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been accused of failing to protect the Muslim minority.

Myanmar opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi has also come under fire for her stance on the violence. The Nobel Peace laureate has refused to censure the Myanmar military for its persecution of the Rohingyas.

Rohingyas are said to be Muslim descendants of Persian, Turkish, Bengali, and Pathan origin, who migrated to Myanmar as early as the 8th century.

Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have issued separate statements, calling on Myanmar to take action to protect the Rohingya Muslim population against extremists.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Rohani vows to revive econ. shortly’

0

Presidential candidate Hassan Rohani says he will restore stability to Iran’s economy in a short period of time if elected president.

Å“In addition to plans for solving economic, social, and cultural problems as well as the problems in domestic and foreign policies, I have short-term plans [for implementation] in one month and 100 days,” Rohani said in a televised speech on Tuesday.

The reformist candidate said through cooperation and consultation with the countryâ„¢s elite, universities and experts, his future administration will breathe new life into the national economy.

Blaming the current administration and management reshuffles for the economic status quo, Rohani said the Central Bank of Iran will regain its independence to boost domestic production, and that he will revive two dissolved state bodies — the Planning and Budget Organization, and the Management and Planning Organization.

The director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council also stated that the Money and Credit Council, and Å“the Council of Economy, which seemingly convened recently after almost five years, will recover their strength.”

In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Rohani will be competing against Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

MHB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK ‘abandoning’ Afghan interpreters

0

The UK government has been accused of abandoning hundreds of Afghan interpreters, who worked for British forces in the Helmand province of Afghanistan.

The translators accused the British Prime Minister David Cameron of betraying and letting them down.

Å“Even in the presence of British and US troops we donâ„¢t feel safe. Next year, when theyâ„¢re gone, will be much worse. We and our families are all in danger,” said an interpreter.

Å“David Cameron has talked about our safety but all the interpreters are really worried. We feel weâ„¢re being abandoned to the Taliban.”

Meanwhile, a group of campaigners, including MPs, urged the government to extend protection measures to offer a safe haven to all translators, serving in the war-torn country since 2001.

The move comes after it emerged last week that Britain would offer five-year visas to those interpreters who have regularly served on the front line.

According to the reports, the visas will be granted to about half of the 1,200 interpreters who are currently employed by Britainâ„¢s Foreign Office and Armed Forces.

Afghan interpreters now fear retaliation from Taliban militants as foreign forces prepare to withdraw from Afghanistan.

Some 20 interpreters working with British troops in Afghanistan were killed in action and dozens have been injured. Another five were said to have been killed while off duty.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

2 US Embassy officials shot in Caracas

0

Two officials from the US Embassy in Venezuela have been shot in a nightclub in Caracas, but their injuries do not appear to be life-threatening.

One official was shot in the leg and abdomen and the other was shot in the abdomen on Tuesday, Venezuelan police spokesman Douglas Rico said.

“Apparently it was a fight originating in a nightspot where these people were attacked and shots were fired at them and they suffered gunshot wounds,” Rico stated.

The Venezuelan media identified the victims as Roberto Ezequiel Rosas and Paul Marwin and said they were military attaches at the embassy, but the State Department did not mention their names or posts.

A Venezuelan police official, who spoke on condition of anonymity because she was not authorized to speak to reporters, identified one of the victims as military attache Roberto Ezequiel Rosas. She did not provide details about the other man.

State Department spokesman William Ostick confirmed that “two members of the US Embassy in Caracas were injured during an incident” early on Tuesday.

“Medical staff inform us that their injuries do not appear to be life-threatening,” Ostick said. “Embassy security and health unit personnel are at the hospital and have been in touch with the two individuals and their families.”

State Department official Patrick Ventrell said that the incident occurred in “some sort of social spot or somewhere outside of the embassy grounds.”

“I am not sure if it was a restaurant, or a nightclub, or what the actual establishment was, but that is why we are in touch with embassy personnel,” he added.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Was Gibson Guitars Also Targeted by the IRS?

0

Infowars.com
May 28, 2013

Photo by sabre_x, via Wikimedia Commons

News that the IRS targeted conservative groups for extra scrutiny could be the reason why a guitar manufacturer underwent a federal raid on their factory nearly two years ago, an editorial published at Investor’s Business Daily claims.

On Aug. 24, 2011, the Gibson Guitar factory located in Nashville, Tennessee was raided by federal agents who confiscated rosewood fingerboards of Indian and Madagascar origins. They said the wood violated an amendment to the Lacey Act which outlawed the “import of certain plants and plant products without an import declaration.”

“Grossly under-reported at the time,” the IBD editorial says, “was the fact that Gibson’s chief executive, Henry Juszkiewicz, contributed to Republican politicians. Recent donations have included $2,000 to Rep. Marsha Blackburn, R-Tenn., and $1,500 to Sen. Lamar Alexander, R-Tenn.”

The report notes that, “interestingly,” Gibson competitor C.F. Martin & Co. had also used the same type of Indian rosewood, but that, on the other hand, Martin had given hefty contributions of more than $35,000 to “Democratic candidates and the Democratic National Committee over the past couple of election cycles.”

“’We feel that Gibson was inappropriately targeted,’ Juszkiewicz said at the time, adding the matter ‘could have been addressed with a simple contact (from) a caring human being representing the government. Instead, the government used violent and hostile means.’”

In a 2011 Infowars exclusive interview with the Gibson CEO, he revealed the company was even told by court briefing that it should move to Madagascar.

Stranger still, according to the report, 95% of rosewood from India and Madagascar goes to China where it’s turned into luxury items like beds, “So putting Gibson out of business wasn’t going to do a whole lot to save their forests.

Earlier this month, it was revealed the Internal Revenue Service had singled out conservative political groups applying for tax-exempt status for additional reviews, especially if their applications included the words “tea party” or “patriot,” reported the Associated Press.

Since that time, we’ve also learned the IRS was under pressure by Democratic senators to crack down on conservative organizations as early as 2010, and that even the names of high school and college students who were mentored on conservative political philosophy were requested in the probe.

IRS questionnaires were also absurdly invasive, asking questions about which candidates were endorsed, the types of lobbying efforts supported, details or transcripts from speeches given and even the contents of pro-life groups’ prayers.

Claiming Fox News was “In desperate search for a scandal,” George Soros-funded Media Matters argued that the Gibson CEO himself had denied their raid was due to a “political issue,” even though Juszkiewicz also said he had personally written Obama and gotten no response. In the past, Infowars and others have exposed Media Matters as little more than an Obama administration attack dog, meeting with the White House on a weekly basis to strategize ways to influence and direct the media.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The World’s Richest 8% Earn Half of All Planetary Income

The lead research economist at the World Bank, Branko Milanovic, will be reporting soon, in the journal Global Policy, the first calculation of global income-inequality, and he has found that the top 8% of global earners are drawing 50% of all of this planet’s income. He notes: “Global inequality is much greater than inequality within any individual country,” because the stark inequality between countries adds to the inequality within any one of them, and because most people live in extremely poor countries, largely the nations within three thousand miles of the Equator, where it’s already too hot, even without the global warming that scientists say will heat the world much more from now on.

For example, the World Bank’s list of “GDP per capita (current US$)” shows that in 2011 this annual-income figure ranged from $231 in Democratic Republic of Congo at the Equator, to $171,465 in Monaco within Europe. The second-poorest and second-richest countries respectively were $271 in Burundi at the Equator, and $114,232 in Luxembourg within Europe. For comparisons, the U.S. was $48,112, and China was $5,445. Those few examples indicate how widely per-capita income ranges between nations, and how more heat means more poverty.

Wealth-inequality is always far higher than income-inequality, and therefore a reasonable estimate of personal wealth throughout the world would probably be somewhere on the order of the wealthiest 1% of people owning roughly half of all personal assets. These individuals might be considered the current aristocracy, insofar as their economic clout is about equal to that of all of the remaining 99% of the world’s population.

Milanovich says: “Among the global top 1 per cent, we find the richest 12 per cent of Americans, … and between 3 and 6 per cent of the richest Britons, Japanese, Germans and French. It is a ‘club’ that is still overwhelmingly composed of the ‘old rich’,” who pass on to their children (tax-free in the many countries that have no estate-taxes) the fortunes that they have accumulated, and who help set them up in businesses of their own – often after having sent them first to the most prestigious universities (many in the United States), where those children meet and make friends of others who are similarly situated as themselves.

For example, on 22 April 2004, The New York Times headlined “As Wealthy Fill Top Colleges, Concerns Grow Over Fairness,” and reported that 55% of freshman students at the nation’s 250 most selective colleges and universities came from parents in the top 25% of this nation’s income. Only 12% of students had parents in the bottom 25% of income. Even at an elite public, state, college, the University of Michigan, “more members of this year’s freshman class … have parents making at least $200,000 a year [then America’s top 2%] than have parents making less than the national median of about $53,000 [America’s bottom 50%].'”

Most of the redistribution that favors more than just the top 1% has occurred in the “developing” countries, such as China. However, a larger proportion of the world’s population live in nations of Central and South America, Africa, etc., where today’s leading families tend overwhelmingly to be the same as in the previous generation. They, too, near the Equator, are members of the “club,” but there are fewer of them.

Milanovic finds that globally, “The top 1 per cent has seen its real income rise by more than 60 per cent over those two decades [1988-2008],” while “the poorest 5 per cent” have received incomes which “have remained the same” – the desperately poor are simply remaining desperately poor. Maybe there’s too much heat where they live.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

UK PM lacks qualities for 2015 election

0

UK PM Cameron lacks leadership qualities for 2015 election, a new poll shows.

British Prime Minister and Conservative leader David Cameron lacks the leadership skills to triumph in 2015 general election, a recent survey has found.

According to the ComRes survey for the Independent, only 29 percent of British voters believe Cameron had the leadership qualities to deliver victory in the next election.

The study also showed that Tories are more divided today than under John Major’s leadership.

The survey of 1,000 Britons between 24 and 26 May 2013 also found backing for the UK Independence Party (UKIP) has climbed to a record high, standing at 17 percent.

Labour has fallen to support of 34 percent while the Conservatives are on 30 percent and the Liberal Democrats trailing with 10 percent.

An earlier poll by ComRes revealed that support for the UKIP has risen to its peak level, putting the party in the third place above the Liberal Democrats.

The poll comes as Nigel Farageâ„¢s UKIP managed to achieve its best result in local elections in England and Wales earlier this month.

MOS/SSM/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The World's Richest Earn Half of All Planetary Income

0

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The lead research economist at the World Bank, Branko Milanovic, will be reporting soon, in the journal Global Policy, the first calculation of global income-inequality, and he has found that the top 8% of global earners are drawing 50% of all of this planet’s income. He notes: “Global inequality is much greater than inequality within any individual country,” because the stark inequality between countries adds to the inequality within any one of them, and because most people live in extremely poor countries, largely the nations within three thousand miles of the Equator, where it’s already too hot, even without the global warming that scientists say will heat the world much more from now on.

For example, the World Bank’s list of “GDP per capita (current US$)” shows that in 2011 this annual-income figure ranged from $231 in Democratic Republic of Congo at the Equator, to $171,465 in Monaco within Europe. The second-poorest and second-richest countries respectively were $271 in Burundi at the Equator, and $114,232 in Luxembourg within Europe. For comparisons, the U.S. was $48,112, and China was $5,445. Those few examples indicate how widely per-capita income ranges between nations, and how more heat means more poverty.

Wealth-inequality is always far higher than income-inequality, and therefore a reasonable estimate of personal wealth throughout the world would probably be somewhere on the order of the wealthiest 1% of people owning roughly half of all personal assets. These individuals might be considered the current aristocracy, insofar as their economic clout is about equal to that of all of the remaining 99% of the world’s population.

Milanovich says: “Among the global top 1 per cent, we find the richest 12 per cent of Americans, … and between 3 and 6 per cent of the richest Britons, Japanese, Germans and French. It is a ‘club’ that is still overwhelmingly composed of the ‘old rich’,” who pass on to their children (tax-free in the many countries that have no estate-taxes) the fortunes that they have accumulated, and who help set them up in businesses of their own – often after having sent them first to the most prestigious universities (many in the United States), where those children meet and make friends of others who are similarly situated as themselves.

For example, on 22 April 2004, The New York Times headlined “As Wealthy Fill Top Colleges, Concerns Grow Over Fairness,” and reported that 55% of freshman students at the nation’s 250 most selective colleges and universities came from parents in the top 25% of this nation’s income. Only 12% of students had parents in the bottom 25% of income. Even at an elite public, state, college, the University of Michigan, “more members of this year’s freshman class … have parents making at least $200,000 a year [then America’s top 2%] than have parents making less than the national median of about $53,000 [America’s bottom 50%].'”

Most of the redistribution that favors more than just the top 1% has occurred in the “developing” countries, such as China. However, a larger proportion of the world’s population live in nations of Central and South America, Africa, etc., where today’s leading families tend overwhelmingly to be the same as in the previous generation. They, too, near the Equator, are members of the “club,” but there are fewer of them.

Milanovic finds that globally, “The top 1 per cent has seen its real income rise by more than 60 per cent over those two decades [1988-2008],” while “the poorest 5 per cent” have received incomes which “have remained the same” – the desperately poor are simply remaining desperately poor. Maybe there’s too much heat where they live.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Obama asked Pentagon to prepare Syria no-fly zone plans – report

0

Officials from the Obama administration have revealed that the White House asked the Pentagon to outline plans for a military no-fly zone over Syria, continuing strategy discussions that have been ongoing for more than a year.

If enacted, the no-fly zone would be enforced by the US military
with help from France, Great Britain and other allies.

This update is the latest in
President Obama’s strategy to publicly advocate for a negotiated
peaceful solution while, after speculating that Syria’s President
Bashar al-Assad used chemical weapons, he has reportedly been
weighing the benefits of direct military aid to the country’s
insurgency. Two administration officials, speaking with The
Daily Beast, stressed that no military decisions have been
finalized.

“The White House is still
in contemplation mode but the planning is moving forward and it’s
more advanced than it’s ever been
,” said one official, who
remained anonymous. “All this effort to pressure the regime is
part of the overall effort to find a political solution, but what
happens if Geneva fails
? It’s only prudent to plan for
other options
.”

More than 70,000 people have
been killed in Syria as the conflict has continued for more than
two years, and another three and a half million have been forced
out of their homes and across the border into
Jordan. 

A rebel fighter of the Syrian Kurdish Popular Protection Units (YPG) has a flower in his Russian made 'AK-47' kalashnikov gun as he holds a position in the Sheikh Maqsoud neighbourhood in the Syrian city of Aleppo on May 9, 2013 (AFP Photo / Str)

Pentagon Press Secretary
George Little denied the anonymous White House quotes, reminding
the public that the US has closely monitored the unrest since the
dawn of the Arab Spring. However, Richard Engel of NBC News
reported that no-fly zone discussions had been ongoing for more
than one year. 

“There is no new military
planning effort underway with regard to Syria
,” Little said.
“The Joint Staff, along with the relevant combatant
commanders, continue to conduct prudent planning for a range of
possible military operations
.” 

A no-fly zone is often enacted
as a final precaution before military intervention. The no-fly
zone in question, according to The Daily Beast, was requested
shortly before US Secretary of State John Kerry traveled through
the Middle East last week attempting to convince Syrian rebel
forces and President Assad to negotiate the end of the Syrian
civil war next month in Geneva, Switzerland. As a precondition
for negotiation, the rebels have demanded Assad leave power, a
scenario that is difficult to imagine. 

Before this news was made
public lawmakers pushed Obama and his advisors to clarify the
exact goals of any means of intervention, most notably those of a
no-fly zone, which would be difficult to implement.  

“One thing about the
Pentagon, if they don’t want to do something, they will tell you
all sorts of reasons why they can’t do it
,” Senator John
McCain (R-Arizona) told The Daily Beast last week. “It’s going
to take significant pressure for them to come up with realistic
plans. They will invent ways for us not to do it until the
president of the United States says we’ve got to do
it
.”

US Senator John McCain (C-L) posing for a picture with Syrian rebel leader General Salim Idris (C-R) and other members of the Syrian opposition in the Syrian border town of Bab al-Salam, near Turkey, on May 27, 2013 (AFP Photo / Mouaz Moustafa / HO / Syrian Emergency Task Force)

A previous, failed peace
conference led to another year of bloodshed, while another
administration official told The Daily Beast that the meeting in
Geneva next month “is a Kerry initiative.” 

Government sources previously
told the New Yorker that military action in Syria would likely
constitute a “nightmare scenario” both tactically and on
the home front, where Americans are “exhausted” from the
seemingly endless wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. 

A no-fly zone would be
perceived as the first step in getting bogged down in another,
possibly unwinnable war. Gary Bass, a Princeton professor who has
written about intervention overseas, warned that military action
could be unnecessarily costly. 

“The political price is
always heavily slanted against intervention when there is no core
national-security interest involved
,” he said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Big UK banks to cut 189k jobs by 2014

0

Britain’s four biggest banks will have eliminated 189,000 jobs by 2014.

Britain’s four biggest banks will have eliminated 189,000 jobs by 2014, bringing employment down to a nine-year low.

According to figures compiled by Bloomberg, HSBC, Lloyds, Barclays and the Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS) will have reduced their global headcount by 24 percent to about 606,000 by the end of this year, the least since 2004.

Europe’s largest bank HSBC plans to cut staff to 240,000 by the end of 2016 in attempts to trim costs and boost shareholder dividends.

Loyds, which received a £20.5 billion bailout in 2008, will have eliminate 31,000 jobs by the end of this year, including 2,340 in 2013 while Barclays announced plans to axe 40,000 roles after the Libor-rate rigging scandal.

The biggest state-owned British bank RBS has also axed 78,000 jobs since its £45 billion taxpayer bailout in 2008.

Å“The continuing cost-cutting announcements youâ„¢ve been getting reflect an incredibly difficult revenue environment and thatâ„¢s new,” said Simon Maughan, an analyst at Olivetree Securities Ltd.

Britain’s banking industry has been caught up a in a series of scandals since the financial crisis in 2008.

Several leading executives at Barclays have been forced to step down after the bank was hit with £290 million fine for rigging Libor, the rate at which banks lend to each other.

Royal Bank of Scotland faced a £500 million fine for manipulating the key interest rate while HSBC and Standard Chartered have also fallen foul with regulators over the way they do business overseas.

SSM/MOS/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

America’s Misguided Pivot To Asia

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/americas_misguided_pivot_to_asia_20130528/

Posted on May 28, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Texas Governor Vetoes Bill That Would Have Expanded Political Reporting

0

Texas Governor Rick Perry vetoed SB 436, a bill that would have greatly increased the number of organizations that would have had to make regular reports to the Texas Ethics Commission as being involved in political activities. In a statement posted on the governor’s website, Perry explained:

Freedom of association and freedom of speech are two of our most important rights enshrined in the Constitution. My fear is that SB 346 would have a chilling effect on both of those rights in our democratic political process.…  At a time when our federal government is assaulting the rights of Americans by using the tools of government to squelch dissent it is unconscionable to expose more Texans to the risk of such harassment, regardless of political, organizational or party affiliation. I therefore veto SB 346.

Michael Quinn Sullivan, president of Texans for Fiscal Responsibility, released a statement announcing the veto over the weekend. Sullivan said his organization was not the only one that would have been adversely affected by the expanded reporting requirements if the bill had been signed into law:

But make no mistake: the legislation would have injured every homeschooler, pro-life group, and tea party organization. More broadly: anyone daring to challenge the myths created by the ruling elite.

Sullivan’s statement criticized legislators whose voting records are not consistent with their political images as fiscal conservatives. Sullivan described them as people who:

Don’t like being challenged. More importantly, they don’t like sunlight being shined on legislative records running counter to the political pictures they paint of themselves back home. Rather than reform, they try to apply political or regulatory pressure on those who oppose them by speaking the truth. With SB 346, they tried to undermine the constitutional privacy protections afforded to those who donate to non-profit organizations. 

The veto of SB 346 is one of the few legislative victories for coalitions of traditional conservatives, Tea Party groups, and liberty advocates in this year’s session of the Texas Legislature.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Suspected Woolwich soldier-killer linked to Al Qaeda-linked cleric

0

Michael Adebolajo, who was caught on camera waving a bloody meat cleaver shortly after the death of soldier Lee Rigby, has been linked to an infamous radical Muslim cleric who had reportedly been engaged in recruiting and funding potential extremists.

Adebolajo remains in hospital under guard after both suspects
involved were shot by armed police following Rigby’s death.
Details emerged on Tuesday surrounding Adebolajo’s links to a
radical Muslim cleric named Aboud Rogo Mohammed.

The two frequently mixed, according to a senior Kenyan police
official, and Rogo had aided Adebolajo in his attempts to enter
Somalia to engage in warfare against the Somali government,
reported Associated Press.

Rogo, from Kenya, had been as Islamic cleric, sanctioned by the
United States for his involvement in a terrorist cell. He was
killed in August 2012 after being shot, sparking some protests in
Mombassa, his final resting place.

He stood accused of possession of firearms and detonators before
his death in 2012 and faced charges of belonging to al-Shabaab (a
Somalia-based cell of Al Qaeda,) and arranging its funding, while
being credited with being a powerful orator for its cause.

The assistance Adebolajo had been getting from Rogo allegedly led
to him joining up with the Somalia-based Al Qaeda linked group.
Al-Shabab camps have been known for nurturing dozens of bombers
who have launched terrorist assaults both within and outside
Somalia.

Adebolajo was arrested with five other young men in November 2010
near the Kenya-Somalia border and eventually returned to Britain,
said police.

His family released a statement on Tuesday saying that they were
experiencing “profound shame and distress” while sending
“heartfelt condolence” to Rigby’s relatives.

A UK parliamentary intelligence committee said on Tuesday it
would investigate whether the UK intelligence services failed to
effectively carry out their duty before the killing of Rigby.

The two main suspects had been known to them for many years, with
reports that MI5 even tried to recruit one.  

The younger suspect was discharged from hospital and taken into
custody at a south London police station for questioning on
Tuesday. Alongside his initial arrest on suspicion of his role in
the murder, he was arrested on a second count of attempted murder
of a police officer.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Hactivist’ Faces 10 Years in Fed Prison for Stratfor Leaks

0

Jeremy Hammond will now face up to 10 years in federal prison after pleading guilty Tuesday for hacking the shadowy intelligence company Stratfor and eight additional hacks of law enforcement and defense contractor websites.

Jeremy Hammond (Photo: Jim Newberry)

In one incident, Hammond and other members of the group Anonymous retrieved millions of emails that exposed Stratfor’s vast surveillance of protesters, activists, and groups like WikiLeaks for corporate and government clients.

Hammond was charged under the same law used to prosecute internet activist Aaron Swartz and other recent cyber-activists, the 1984 Computer Fraud and Abuse Act. Hammond’s lawyers say the government is using the outdated law to stifle the flow of governmental information to the general public.

“There’s a war going on about corporate spying and access to information,” said defense attorney Sarah Kunstler at a press conference immediately following the hearing. “Jeremy is someone who worked toward making information public.”

Hammond has already been in jail for 15 months without bail at the Manhattan Correctional Center in New York City. He has been denied family visits and was held for weeks in solitary confinement.

“Jeremy has taken responsibility for what he’s done, but he should not face such a harsh sentence for an act of protest from which he did not personally benefit,” said Hammond’s twin brother, Jason Hammond. “I’m glad he’s moved one step closer to freedom but today I’m asking for the judge to consider a sentence appropriate to what is nothing other than a non-violent political protest.”

In a statement published on the site Free Jeremy Hammond, Jeremy Hammond stated, “This non-cooperating plea agreement frees me to tell the world what I did and why, without exposing any tactics or information to the government and without jeopardizing the lives and well-being of other activists on and offline.”

Hammond continues:

Now that I have pleaded guilty it is a relief to be able to say that I did work with Anonymous to hack Stratfor, among other websites. Those others included military and police equipment suppliers, private intelligence and information security firms, and law enforcement agencies. I did this because I believe people have a right to know what governments and corporations are doing behind closed doors. I did what I believe is right.

Hammond said that had he not pleaded guilty, he would have been caught in a tireless court battle with the federal government, in which he could have faced over 30 years of prison.

“Hammond, like other whistle-blowers in this country, ought to be protected,” said Michael Ratner of the Center for Constitutional Rights and lawyer for WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, “because they’re the only thing that let us know what our government and our private security companies are doing and they’re the only things that can keep this government even close to honest.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

NRA Leads Recall Efforts Against Anti-Gun Lawmakers in Colorado

0

Anti-gun Democratic lawmakers in Colorado are facing recall bids from angry voters in what is believed to be the first phase in a number of fallouts over efforts to restrict gun rights expected to be seen across the country. New revelations indicate that the National Rifle Association has assumed a major role in the recall initiatives, focusing on Colorado State Senate President John Morse.

CNN reports of Morse,

He is facing a petition drive to initiate an election to recall him because of legislation passed this year in Colorado requiring universal background checks on sales of all firearms in the state, as well as a ban on the sale of ammunition magazines greater than 15 rounds.

An NRA mailer obtained by CNN asks members to sign a petition for a recall election to vote Senator Morse out of office, with a deadline of June 3 for 7,178 signatures to be obtained.

The NRA wrote that Morse “led the charge to pass extreme and onerous anti-gun state legislation in Denver,” adding that “responsible gun owners and sportsmen will be forever burdened by his misguided leadership in the Colorado Senate.”

Earlier this year, Colorado state legislators passed historic and sweeping gun control legislation. It is the only state outside the East Coast to have adopted significant gun control regulations in the past year.

The strict regulations came even as the state of Colorado has witnessed significant increases in gun sales over the last year. Following the tragic Aurora, Colorado, movie theater shooting last year, the state saw a major spike in gun sales. The abduction and murder of Westminster, Colorado, pre-teen Jessica Ridgeway caused another surge in sales, reported the Colorado Bureau of Investigation. Last year, on Black Friday, a new state record was set with over 4,000 background checks on people purchasing firearms, nearly 1,000 more than the previous year. In fact, the flood of purchases caused the system to crash twice.

Another spike in gun sales in Colorado was seen after the Sandy Hook massacre, with Fox31 reporting that the AR-15 used in that shooting was sold out in Colorado shops immediately following the news of the elementary school deaths.

From January through November of 2012, there were nearly 35,000 more background checks submitted than in the previous year.

The Huffington Post observed that Colorado is a microcosm of what is seen nationwide, with fears of increased gun restrictions often resulting in spikes of gun sales:

Nationally, a gun sales bump was observed close to President Barack Obama’s election in 2008 due to a fear that he would take people’s guns away, as Newser reported. And gun sales spiked again following Obama’s reelection in November 2012.

Similarly, The Associated Press reported that there were nearly twice as many background checks performed for gun purchases between November and December 2012 than during the same two months in 2011. Increases in the checks have continued into 2013, with the FBI noting a historically high number at the start of this year.

“I should put Obama’s picture on the wall up there,” an anonymous New Jersey gun salesman told CNBC. “I’d name him salesman of the month!”

Despite these figures, however, Colorado lawmakers such as state Senate President John Morse have pointed to the tragedies in Sandy Hook and Aurora as a reason to restrict gun rights. As a result, gun rights supporters in the state are seeking to recall Senator Morse along with three other state lawmakers.

Fox News reports, “The Colorado efforts will serve as the first test of gun rights groups’ ability to punish elected officials who expanded gun control laws after last year’s Aurora, Colo., and Newtown, Conn., shooting massacres.”

The organizers of the recall efforts are well aware of the impact such efforts could have nationwide.

“Colorado seems to be the testing ground for some of the gun measures, so this has national implications,” said Victor Head, a plumber from Pueblo who is organizing a recall attempt against a Democratic senator.

While two of the four recall efforts have suffered from lack of support, the opposition to Morse continues to grow in Colorado Springs. The Huffington Post reports, “Morse opponents are piling up signatures in gun shops and outside libraries and grocery stores.” Thus far, the recall campaign has received $14,000 in contributions from a nonprofit group run by local conservative consultant Laura Carno, who indicates that she has received generous donations from out of state donors as well.

“People in other states that are further down this road, like New York and Massachusetts, are calling up and saying `What can we do to help?'” Carno said. “This isn’t what Colorado stands for.”

Christy Le Lait, the campaign manager for Morse, told CNN that the “NRA is investing in these recall races to send a message to every other local official to not pass any other gun safety measures or else the NRA will come after you as well.”

Senator Morse has initiated a $20,000 campaign funded by the national progressive group America Votes to urge voters against signing the petitions. He seems fully prepared to face a recall vote, believing that the gun rights advocates will garner the necessary signatures. He contends that the gun rights groups are hoping to make a political statement by targeting him.

“That’s what’s going on here. They want to take out the Senate president,” Morse said.

Anthony Garcia, another recall organizer, declared, “It’s as much about saying Colorado is angry as it is about getting one guy out. Legislators need to know when citizens are outraged that they can’t ignore the people.”

Other members of the recall campaign recognize the move as an effective tool to show lawmakers that they remain accountable to their constituents.

“I believe in gun rights. And he didn’t listen. He’s supposed to represent the people, and when he doesn’t do that, what are we supposed to do? Nothing?” asked Bianca McCarl, a 40-year-old merchandiser who is supporting Morse’s recall.

According to Joshua Spivak of the Hugh L. Carey Institute for Government Reform at Wagner College in New York, recall efforts have been on the rise across the country. Last year, 169 officials faced recalls, an increase from 151 the previous year, and Spivak believes that the number could rise again this year.

Typically, though recall efforts have low success rates, that does not diminish their power as a political tool. Spivak points out that 108 recalled officials lost or left office after a recall last year.

If Colorado’s recall of any of the four Democratic Colorado lawmakers do make it to the ballot, an election will be held later this summer.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

US backs EU’s step to arm Syrian rebels, slams Russia's shipments to Assad

0

The US has welcomed the EU’s decision to lift an arms embargo on Syria, as a show of “full support” for rebels fighting against President Assad. At the same the White House has opposed Russian sales of S-300 missiles to Syria, calling it “a mistake”.

The State Department has called for an end of the embargo on shipment of arms to rebels,
saying that this step “gives the flexibility of specific EU
member states to support the opposition as they see fit,”

acting State Department deputy spokesperson Patrick Ventrell said
at the briefing on Tuesday.

At the same time, for President Bashar Assad this should be a
message “that support for the opposition is only going to
increase”,
Ventrell said.

As the United States has so far provided only non-lethal aid to
Syrian rebels, Ventrell said the new decision “allows others
to continue to accelerate that assistance to the opposition.”

The State Department has stressed that it will not change its
policy based on the EU’s decision.

Ventrell reiterated America’s position, saying that it opposes
Russia selling anti-aircraft missiles to the Assad regime.

“We think that’s a mistake. They’ve described it as fulfilling
existing contracts,”
he said, then assuring that the US
government will “continue to work with them [Russia].”

The comments came after Russia criticized the EU lifted its arms
embargo, with diplomats branding the move as an “example of
double standards”
. Russia insists that its own sale of arms
to the Syrian government may help restrain warmongers.

However, it has neither confirmed, nor denied “the status of
those shipments”
Russia is carrying out under a contract
signed with Syria several years ago.

Moscow has been asserting its right to ship S-300 batteries,
maintaining that it does not violate international law.

Russia’s Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov lambasted the EU’s latest
move as “an illegitimate” decision.

“This is an illegitimate decision, in principle, to discuss
seriously on official level the issue of supplying or not
supplying arms to non-state actors is contrary to all norms of
international law,”
Lavrov said.

He recalled negotiations on the text of the Global Arms Trade
Treaty, which read that “arms should be supplied to
governments and only with requirement of an end-user
certificate”.

“I don’t know which end-user certificate the Syrian opposition
can give to exporters from Europe,”
Lavrov added.

The Syrian government has slammed the easing of the EU’s embargo
as an “obstruction of efforts to resolve the conflict in the
country peacefully”.

The country’s Foreign Ministry has accused the Union of giving
“support and encouragement to terrorists by providing them
with weapons in clear violation of international law and the UN
Charter.”

Despite Britain and France having made a commitment not to
deliver arms to the Syrian opposition “at this stage,” the
UK’s Foreign Secretary William Hague has not ruled out arming the
rebels before August 1, saying that Britain now has the right to
do so.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Millions Join ‘March Against Monsanto’ to Demand Change and Highlight Destructive Business Practices

0

The global day of protest against the giant corporation Monsanto was a major success. On Saturday, demonstrators took to the streets in more than 50 countries for a  “March Against Monsanto.”

The protests were aimed at highlighting Monsanto’s destructive business practices, like the making of genetically-modified seeds. Demonstrators in the U.S. called for the labeling of genetically-modified organisms. Protest organizers say that genetically-modified food can lead to cancer and birth defects.

The Facebook call for protests against the corporation sparked massive demonstrations that saw about two million people show up. Raw Story notes about 436 cities witnessed Monsanto protests.

“It was empowering and inspiring to see so many people, from different walks of life, put aside their differences and come together today,” Tami Canal, the Utah-based activist who organized the campaign, told the Chicago Sun-Times. “We will continue until Monsanto complies with consumer demand. They are poisoning our children, poisoning our planet. If we don’t act, who’s going to?”

AlterNet’s April Short recently highlighted five of the most horrifying business practices Monsanto has engaged in. Those include the making of toxic chemicals like Agent Orange for the U.S. military, which killed and maimed hundreds of thousands of Vietnamese, and pesticides that have been linked to diseases.

Short also noted that Monsanto has become a monopoly in the U.S. that has contributed to putting farmers out of work.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Richest 8% Earn 50% of Earth's Incomes

0

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The lead research economist at the World Bank, Branko Milanovic, will be reporting soon, in the journal Global Policy, the first calculation of global income-inequality, and he has found that the top 8% of global earners are drawing 50% of all of this planet’s income. He notes: “Global inequality is much greater than inequality within any individual country,” because the stark inequality between countries adds to the inequality within any one of them, and because most people live in extremely poor countries, largely the nations within three thousand miles of the Equator, where it’s already too hot, even without the global warming that scientists say will heat the world much more from now on.

For example, the World Bank’s list of “GDP per capita (current US$)” shows that in 2011 this annual-income figure ranged from $231 in Democratic Republic of Congo at the Equator, to $171,465 in Monaco within Europe. The second-poorest and second-richest countries respectively were $271 in Burundi at the Equator, and $114,232 in Luxembourg within Europe. For comparisons, the U.S. was $48,112, and China was $5,445. Those few examples indicate how widely per-capita income ranges between nations, and how more heat means more poverty.

Wealth-inequality is always far higher than income-inequality, and therefore a reasonable estimate of personal wealth throughout the world would probably be somewhere on the order of the wealthiest 1% of people owning roughly half of all personal assets. These individuals might be considered the current aristocracy, insofar as their economic clout is about equal to that of all of the remaining 99% of the world’s population.

Milanovich says: “Among the global top 1 per cent, we find the richest 12 per cent of Americans, … and between 3 and 6 per cent of the richest Britons, Japanese, Germans and French. It is a ‘club’ that is still overwhelmingly composed of the ‘old rich’,” who pass on to their children (tax-free in the many countries that have no estate-taxes) the fortunes that they have accumulated, and who help set them up in businesses of their own – often after having sent them first to the most prestigious universities (many in the United States), where those children meet and make friends of others who are similarly situated as themselves.

For example, on 22 April 2004, The New York Times headlined “As Wealthy Fill Top Colleges, Concerns Grow Over Fairness,” and reported that 55% of freshman students at the nation’s 250 most selective colleges and universities came from parents in the top 25% of this nation’s income. Only 12% of students had parents in the bottom 25% of income. Even at an elite public, state, college, the University of Michigan, “more members of this year’s freshman class … have parents making at least $200,000 a year [then America’s top 2%] than have parents making less than the national median of about $53,000 [America’s bottom 50%].'”

Most of the redistribution that favors more than just the top 1% has occurred in the “developing” countries, such as China. However, a larger proportion of the world’s population live in nations of Central and South America, Africa, etc., where today’s leading families tend overwhelmingly to be the same as in the previous generation. They, too, near the Equator, are members of the “club,” but there are fewer of them.

Milanovic finds that globally, “The top 1 per cent has seen its real income rise by more than 60 per cent over those two decades [1988-2008],” while “the poorest 5 per cent” have received incomes which “have remained the same” – the desperately poor are simply remaining desperately poor. Maybe there’s too much heat where they live.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Majority of Americans say feds have too much power

0

A new poll has found that the majority of all Americans believe the federal government has too much power — news that comes in wake of numerous government scandals, including the IRS’ targeting of conservatives and the feds’ targeting of journalists.

Gallup on Monday released survey findings indicating
that 54 percent of Americans consider the federal government too
powerful, while only eight percent say it is not powerful enough
and 36 percent says it has just the right amount of power.

“Americans’ views of federal power have become a renewed focal
point in recent weeks with allegations that the IRS used its
power to selectively audit certain types of organizations, and
news reports of Justice Department investigations into Associated
Press and Fox News records and e-mails,
” Gallup writes before
announcing the results of its survey.

The number of Americans who perceive the government as too
powerful resembles 2005 figures and is only slightly higher than
2012 figures. The number is also marginally lower than 2010 and
2011 findings.

The survey results show a drastic difference between Democrats’
and Republicans’ views on federal power. About 76 percent of
Republicans believe the government has too much power, while only
32 percent of Democrats believe so. Independents generally
answered like Republicans, Gallup reports. 

Of the 1,016 survey respondents, 48 percent said they also
believed the federal government “poses an immediate threat to
the rights and freedoms of ordinary citizens.”

The numbers have remained relatively steady since 2005, despite
recent cases in which the government may have overstepped its
constitutional rights. Even though the majority of Americans
consider the feds too powerful, the IRS’
recent targeting of conservative groups and the Justice
Department’s secret investigation of AP and Fox
reporters appears not to have drastically impacted the poll
results. Gallup explains that it might take longer for
Americans’ views about the federal government to change
significantly — especially since this term encompasses all
departments.

“The relative stability of these measures suggests that the
current news focused on allegations of misuse of government power
has not had an immediate impact on the public’s views of the
federal government, at least as measured by these two
questions,”
Gallup writes. “At the same time, an update on
Americans’ views of the IRS shows significantly more negative
attitudes now than in 2009, underscoring the idea that the
current scandals’ impact may be more localized to specific
agencies rather than generalized to the entire federal
government. “

This article originally appeared on: RT

Digital currency exchange accused of biggest money laundering scheme ever

0

The United States government has shut down a digital currency website and jailed its executives for allegedly operating the largest money laundering scheme ever, considered by some to be “PayPal for criminals.”

Costa Rica-based Liberty Reserve has been seized by authorities
in the US following the unsealing of a federal grand jury
indictment Tuesday that charged the website and its
administrators with conspiracy to commit money laundering and
conspiracy to operate an unlicensed money transmitting business
by providing a means of channeling a currency without registering
in the US. Law enforcement agencies in 17 countries assisted with
the investigation.

In the complaint, Manhattan Attorney Preet Bharara said Liberty
Reserve was structured “as a criminal business venture, one
designed to help criminals conduct illegal transactions and
launder the proceeds of their crimes
.”

“Its existence was based on a criminal business model,”
Bharara added at a Tuesday press conference.

Since 2006, Liberty Reserve has served as a portal for Internet
customers to make anonymous financial transitions on the Web, but
investigators say that service thrived on and encouraged illegal
activity. Under the guise of a currency transferring site,
authorities allege the executives of Liberty Reserve laundered
billions of dollars and “facilitated global criminal
conduct
.”

“This was really PayPal for criminals,” a senior law
enforcement official told the New York Times, equating Liberty
Reserve as “a shadow banking system for criminal conduct” that
was “able to facilitate all sorts of criminal conduct that would
not otherwise happen
.”

Liberty Reserve allowed users to pay for goods and services using
a digital currency that could not be traced back to a consumer
such as with a credit card by allowing customers to create
accounts using only a name, email address and date of birthday.
Because the company did not verify the identity of its users,
accounts could be created in any name. In exchange, the company
took one percent for each transaction and for an additional 75
cents offered to hide a user’s account number.

This, allege investigators, allowed Liberty Reserve to become in
a matter of just a few years the international “financial
hub
” for identity theft, credit-card fraud, hacking, child
pornography and narcotics trafficking.

“The defendants deliberately attracted and maintained a
customer base of criminals by making financial activity on
Liberty Reserve anonymous and untraceable
,” the indictment
said.

An estimate one million users around the world have used the site
for 51 million illicit transactions at a rate of more than 12
million transactions each year, authorities claim.

Liberty Reserve’s website went offline last Thursday and its main
homepage was replaced with a Department of Justice notice that
the United States Global Illicit Financial Team, a previously
unknown association compromised of the US Secret Service, the
Treasury and the Department of Homeland Security, had seized the
site.

“Liberty Reserve’s virtual currency has become a preferred
method of payment on websites dedicated to the promotion and
facilitation of illicit web-based activity, including identity
fraud, credit-card theft, online scams and dissemination of
computer malware
,” the Treasury said in the statement that
followed.

Arthur Budovsky, Liberty Reserve’s founder, was arrested Friday
in Spain on suspicion of money laundering. Four days later the
indictment was unsealed and Bharara then made his remarks about
the investigation.

Budovsky had previously operated a similar exchange site,
GoldAge, but had that operation shut down in 2006 after being
charged by American officials with operating an illegal financial
services business. He then fled to Costa Rica while serving
probation for his felony conviction, renounced his US citizenship
and registered Liberty Reserve. When word of an investigation
surfaced in 2011, Budovsky told authorities he shut-down
Liberty’s

Costa Rican operations. According to the indictment, though, the
company actually continued to function and funds were cycled
through a number of shell companies across the globe.

Security researcher Brian Krebs wrote on his blog Tuesday that
the indictment has the potential to cause a “major
upheaval
” in the cybercrime economy. The charges against
Liberty Reserve come just days after Mt. Gox, the biggest name in
the Bitcoin cryptocurrency, had its assets seized by the federal
government. The US Department of Homeland Security intervened in
Mt. Gox’s operations after a federal judge signed a warrant for
the website on May 14 on suspicion of it being an unlicensed
money transfer business, also because they failed to register in

the US. Liberty Reserve did not use Bitcoin in its transactions,
instead relying on its own digital currency, the LR.

Authorities add Liberty Reserve co-founder, Vladimir Kats, was
arrested in Brooklyn, New York as part of the complaint. At least
three others have been arrested at this time, including one other
man in Brooklyn and another in Costa Rica.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Obama Formally Adds Armed Drones to Counterterrorism Arsenal

0

JOHN T. BENNETT
defensenews.com

President Barack Obama last week delivered a muscular defense of his use of armed drone aircraft to eliminate al-Qaida leaders, and moved to ensure his controversial targeted-killing program is here to stay.

While Obama indicated he would order future strikes only when other options are unavailable, he also codified the drone program, which his administration once refused to acknowledge, into America’s counterterrorism canon.

“We act against terrorists who pose a continuing and imminent threat to the American people, and when there are no other governments capable of effectively addressing the threat,” Obama said at Washington’s National Defense University. “And before any strike is taken, there must be near-certainty that no civilians will be killed or injured, the highest standard we can set.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 2:58 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Judge in Trayvon Martin Case Rules Some Evidence Off Limits

0

In refusing to delay the June 10 trial of George Zimmerman charged with the second-degree murder of black teenager Trayvon Martin a year ago February, Circuit Judge Debra Nelson also put limits on what evidence the defense may present in its efforts to keep Zimmerman out of jail.

Nelson ruled that Zimmerman’s lawyers can’t say anything about Martin’s school records, his past history of fighting, his use of marijuana, his gold teeth, or any photos or text messages that were found on his cellphone following the shooting. This means that his three school suspensions for tardiness, for his use of marijuana, or for defacing school property using a spray can to write “WTF” on its walls are all inadmissible. It also means that evidence that his mother forced him to move out because of his bad behavior is also inadmissible. And any suggestion that that he had “an attitude” shown in a photograph described by the Huffington Post as “extending his middle finger[s] to the camera” is also inadmissible. The judge also ruled as inadmissible evidence from a toxicology test showing Martin had marijuana in his system the night of his killing.

In addition, the judge approved a motion by the prosecution that would keep Zimmerman from testifying about his lack of prior felony convictions. Such testimony would be helpful in limiting, under Florida law, any sentencing he might receive if he is found guilty.

However, despite these limitations, to be successful the prosecution of Zimmerman by the State of Florida has a big hill to climb. Under Florida law, to prove that Zimmerman committed second-degree murder, as he was charged in the Affidavit of Probable Cause filed by Florida State Attorney Angela Corey two months after the incident, the prosecution “must show that the defendant acted according to a ‘depraved mind’ without regard for human life.” It must defend against the claim that Zimmerman was justified in using deadly force to keep from being seriously injured or killed himself during the incident.

Florida state law rules that, if convicted, Zimmerman could spend up to 30 years in jail.

The affidavit clearly overreached in charging Zimmerman with second-degree murder, according to a number of legal experts. For instance, Corey claimed that Martin was peacefully walking back to the townhouse where he was staying “when he was profiled by George Zimmerman” and that “Martin was unarmed and was not committing a crime.” The affidavit further claimed that “Zimmerman … assumed Martin was a criminal [who] felt that Martin did not belong in the gated community.”

Corey claimed that Zimmerman was stalking Martin and that “Martin was scared because he was being followed through the complex by an unknown male and didn’t know why.” She added:

Martin attempted to run home but was followed by Zimmerman who didn’t want the person he falsely assumed was going to commit a crime to get away before the police arrived….

Zimmerman confronted Martin and a struggle ensued….

Zimmerman shot Martin in the chest….

Assistant Medical Examiner Dr. Bao performed an autopsy and determined that Martin died from the gunshot wound.

The facts … are presented for the determination of Probable Cause for Second Degree Murder.

Corey’s problem is that most of these “facts” have been soundly disproved as the details of what happened that night have come to light. Zimmerman, acting as a volunteer security guard for the complex, called the Sanford, Florida police department when he noted Martin’s behavior, stating, “This guy looks like he’s up to no good, or he’s on drugs or something.… He’s just walking around … looking at all the houses.” Zimmerman left his vehicle briefly and, upon returning to it, was confronted by Martin, who used abusive language, asking, “Have you got a … problem?” When Zimmerman responded “No,” Martin said, “Well you do now!” and knocked him to the ground and punched him in the face, breaking his nose and causing severe lacerations on the back of his head.

Following five hours of interrogation by the Sanford police, Zimmerman was released, as they had no grounds or evidence to contradict his story and his claim of self-defense. He even passed a lie detector test, which validated his story.

Despite the fact that much evidence in the case supporting Zimmerman’s claim of innocence by self-defense is being ruled inadmissible by the judge (including the results of the lie detector test, which is inadmissible under Florida law), there remains so much evidence to support his claim that the only thing standing in the way of a vote of innocence from the jury in the case will be the political reality that if Zimmerman goes free, Sanford, Florida, is likely to erupt in flames.

Photo is of the gated community where the shooting took place

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

2 US Embassy officials injured in Venezuela

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Two officials from the US Embassy in Venezuela have been injured in a shooting at a nightclub in the Venezuelan capital Caracas, according to the Venezuelan police and the US State Department.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

“The Wipeout”: The Attempt to Destroy the Individual

0

“What is finished is the idea that this great country is dedicated to the freedom and flourishing of every individual in it. It’s the individual that’s finished. It’s the single, solitary human being that’s finished. It’s every single one of you out there that’s finished. Because this is no longer a nation of independent individuals. It’s a nation of some two hundred odd million transistorized, deodorized, whiter-than-white, steel-belted bodies, totally unnecessary as human beings and as replaceable as piston rods.” Howard Beale, in Paddy Chayefsky’s 1976 film, Network

Every time I write an article on this subject, I receive suggestions. I should go back and re-read Marx. I need to understand the difference between “communal, communitarian, community, communist.” I should research worker-owned businesses. What about trans-substantial transpersonal sub-brain algorithmic psychology? How about the pygmies? Ego? Superego? Id?

I appreciate these and other remarks, but I’m talking about the individual, about Self, beyond any construct, beyond citizenship, beyond membership, beyond sociology or anthropology or archeology.

The individual is enshrined in various political documents, but his rights don’t originate there. Neither does courage nor imagination.

 I’ve laid out the enormous psyop designed to submerge the individual in unconscious goo. This psyop depends on the repetition of words like: unity, love, caring, community, family. And phrases like “we’re all in this together.”

The individual is characterized as: lone, outsider, selfish,greedy, inhumane, petty. Turn him into an exile, excommunicated from the great body of humanity.

Here, in the usual prose, is a familiar formulation of the grand psyop: “We can no longer afford the luxury of thinking of ourselves as individuals. The stakes are too high. Finally, we must all come together and realize our presence on this planet is a shared experience. The decimation of our resources, through hatred and divisive behavior, the denial of love and community, the cold greed and excessive profit-making, the whole range of social and political injustices–all this can ultimately be laid at the door of the individual who refuses to join the rest of humanity…”

Is this manifesto valid? It’s a deception, BECAUSE it’s aimed at making the individual extinct.

And once that happens, the collective, managed by Globalist princes, will have a clear path to the control of Earth, at the expense of the rest of us. And the cruelties we now witness will pale in comparison to what is in store for us:

“When hopes and dreams are loose in the streets, it is well for the timid to lock doors, shutter windows and lie low until the wrath has passed. For there is often a monstrous incongruity between the hopes, however noble and tender, and the action which follows them. It is as if ivied maidens and garlanded youths were to herald the four horsemen of the apocalypse…The less justified a man is in claiming excellence for his own self, the more ready he is to claim all excellence for his nation, his religion, his race, or his holy cause…Collective unity is not the result of the brotherly love of the faithful for each other. The loyalty of the true believer [who surrenders Self] is to the whole — the church, party, nation — and not to his fellow true believer. True loyalty between individuals is possible only in a loose and relatively free society.” Eric Hoffer, The True Believer, 1951

Wait. Isn’t that a bit harsh? Isn’t that too “critical and negative?” Where is the cosmic share-and-care we need to spread like butter over the whole universe? I mean, Eric Hoffer was a wonderful writer, and he was a working man, a longshoreman for his whole life, so we should admire him, but today’s prophets are wired directly into the Unity that will save us all automatically–like a toaster popping up with toast every time…right?

On some mid-west college campus, a wide-eyed kid of 19, full of hope and optimism, is studying political science. His professor is running down the catalog of stunning injustices that populate far-off regions of the planet.

The boy wants to help. His professor gives him the name of a humanitarian group that runs operations in Africa. The boy, in some sort of “personal crisis,” drops out of school and signs on with the group.

Little does he know that the charity he is now working with in Africa has ties to USAID, which in turn is a solid CIA front. The real mission of the charity, unknown to most or all of its members, is gathering information that can be used as intelligence.

Under the banner of justice, help, hope, and unity of all peoples, the charity is providing actionable intell to CIA-backed “rebel forces” who are carrying out assassinations and bombings in advance of a political coup.

The coup will pave the way for new deals with multinational scum, organized as corporations, to enter the scene and plunder natural resources and labor at more formidable levels.

Five years later, the boy leaves the charity and returns to the US. He is confused, looking for another group in which he can submerge himself. He’s hooked on groups…

The naïve have given up the ghost on their own independent existence. That is the key.

Think of some of the messages of recent pathetic presidents. Bush the Elder: “Kinder, gentler.” Clinton: “I feel your pain.” Bush 2: “No child left behind.” Obama: “We’re all in this together.”

Judging by these presidents’ murderous actions, it’s clear they were selling unity and caring and togetherness as cover stories for oppressive business as usual.

The op? Make the individual extinct, present him as a useless and dangerous and outmoded construct. Then, whatever real unity that might exist between individuals will vanish, because the population will take on the shape of a coagulated mass melted down into a cosmic glob of androidal harmony.

Artists have warned about all this. Their so-called supporters say, “Oh yes, he was a wonderful writer. Misunderstood, of course, but brave in the face of utter rejection.” The usual claptrap. Point is, these gushing advocates conveniently and easily forget what the artists actually wrote.

Here is another reminder from an Outsider who was glad to be outside. He was a hero to some. He was reviled by many.

“A bureau operates on opposite principles of inventing needs to justify its existence. Bureaucracy is wrong as a cancer, a turning away from the human evolutionary direction of infinite potentials and differentiation and independent spontaneous action to the complete parasitism of a virus…Bureaus die when the structure of the state collapse. They are as helpless and unfit for independent existence as a displaced tapeworm, or a virus that has killed the host.”

“After a shooting spree, they always want to take the guns away from the people who didn’t do it. I sure as hell wouldn’t want to live in a society where the only people allowed guns are the police and the military.”

“There is simply no room left for ‘freedom from the tyranny of government’ since city dwellers depend on it for food, power, water, transportation, protection, and welfare. Your right to live where you want, with companions of your choosing, under laws to which you agree, died in the eighteenth century with Captain Mission. Only a miracle or a disaster could restore it.”

The author? William S. Burroughs. But not to worry, he was crazy. Of course he was. He didn’t profess utter loyalty to the mass of humanity. He didn’t prostrate himself before “the greater good.” He didn’t preach unity and togetherness.

He was an individual. Therefore, he is obsolete. A cherished memory of a time now wiped from the mind. Now we are all dancing and marching in the psyop.

Here’s another psyop and cultural theme: the distortion of money and the free market.

The psyop goes this way: The making of $$ is a religious event comparable to the arrival of Jesus or the appearance of the Great Buddha. Indeed, isn’t Christmas the season measured by consumer sales?

A life justified is a life of the bottom-line cash register, a poem to make Shakespeare turn pale with envy.

It doesn’t matter what a product is. If it sells, it must be good. It must mean something profound.

Nail polish, a new plastic toy, a little robot that sings songs–they’re Walt Whitman and Michangelo and Bach because they jumped off store shelves.

Bill Gates and Warren Buffett are geniuses because they and their companies amassed billions. It has to be so.

The team that put together Goofy Bird III, the summer blockbuster hit, are the Chaucers of our time. The box office proved it.

What product makes more money than any other? War. Therefore, Jesus wore a white leisure suit and played golf with generals and made deals for weapons systems.

“If a young man or woman today wants to express his true individuality and succeed with other like-minded individuals who have no fear of failure, the two businesses to go into are war and banking. My father told me that, and it’s stood me in good stead all these years. It’s the apotheosis of America…”

An artist named Paddy Chayefsky, in his film, Network, covered this waterfront pretty well:

“You are an old man who thinks in terms of nations and peoples. There are no nations. There are no peoples. There are no Russians. There are no Arabs. There are no third worlds. There is no West. There is only one holistic system of systems, one vast and immane, interwoven, interacting, multi-variate, multi-national dominion of dollars. Petro-dollars, electro-dollars, multi-dollars, reichmarks, rins, rubles, pounds, and shekels. It is the international system of currency which determines the totality of life on this planet. That is the natural order of things today. That is the atomic and sub-atomic and galactic structure of things today! And you have meddled with the primal forces of nature, and You Will Atone!”

Hail to the collective, managed from the top. Ah, but as I said, Network was just a movie.

Who cares about American artists? They need monuments and grants here and there, if they’re still alive, but…taking them seriously? Who would want to do that? They’re just…INDIVIDUALS.

Who would want to keep the individual alive, especially the free, independent, and creative individual? We can learn all we need about that by listening to TED lectures!

Here is another quote from an American artist. This one is REALLY not in the politically correct mode. I mean, how dare he!:

“Tomorrow you may bring about the destruction of your world. Tomorrow you may sing in Paradise above the smoking ruins of your world-cities. But tonight I would like to think of one man, a lone individual, a man without name or country, a man whom I respect because he has absolutely nothing in common with you-MYSELF. Tonight I shall meditate upon that which I am.” Henry Miller, Black Spring, 1936

 And this! From the most celebrated American poet of all! Is this what he really wrote?

“I CELEBRATE myself, and sing myself/And what I assume you shall assume/For every atom belonging to me as good belongs to you/I loafe and invite my soul/I lean and loafe at my ease observing a spear of summer grass/…Creeds and schools in abeyance…I will go to the bank by the wood and become undisguised and naked…The smoke of my own breath/Echoes, ripples, buzz’d whispers, love-root, silk-thread, crotch and vine…The delight alone or in the rush of the streets, or along the fields and hill-sides/The feeling of health, the full-noon trill, the song of me rising from bed and meeting the sun.”

A celebration of self, and self expanded out into limitless dimensions?

And this is is our real poet laureate?

Something must be wrong.

Yes, the individual, the self–these individual artists–far too messy, too uneven, too unpredictable, too complex to fit into a scheme of the future in which we’ll all be subsumed in a cosmic order.

 No, the individual, the self, must be shaved and carved so we can all meld together in a simplified enlightenment.

Here, from the universally acclaimed author of Moby Dick, Herman Melville, another quote that sticks out from the great uniform mass of group-think:

“There is the grand truth about Nathaniel Hawthorne. He says NO! in thunder; but the Devil himself cannot make him say yes. For all men who say yes, lie; and all men who say no,-why, they are in the happy condition of judicious, unincumbered travellers in Europe; they cross the frontiers into Eternity with nothing but a carpet-bag, — that is to say, the Ego. Whereas those yes-gentry, they travel with heaps of baggage, and, damn them! they will never get through the Custom House.”

There is no doubt; these Individuals are too thorny, too different–and even different from each other. How can we build a world of unity and unified enlightenment if we let them in the door?

 We must erase the memory that these people ever existed. We need to cut down space and time, leave them out, and outfit a new continuum so it will accept only the brainwashed and reduced and harmonized desires of the collective.

Yes. That’s it.

Let’s cause everyone to accept one of two things. We are either “all in this together forever,” or money is the supreme and final god of all time and space. Those are the two choices. They both flatten out the soul and prepare it for the endless gray day.

The Individual must be put into permanent exile. We can’t even say what he is. We can’t define him. We can’t hold him within borders. We can’t know what he’ll do.

Sometimes he’s up, sometimes he’s down, sometimes he’s sideways. Sometimes he embraces the whole cosmos, sometimes he’s alone in a room.

The new world can’t have him. For sake of the coming glory, he has to exit.

The Great Psyop hath spoken.

So, you see, when it comes to freedom, I’m not talking about columns and columns of people marching in one direction, most of them moving ahead together, and a few dropping out and scattering. I’m not talking about a billion androids, among whom a few thousand defect.

I’m not talking about androids or columns of marchers at all. I’m talking about Self. The individual apart from any coordinated picture, apart from any tedious idea about what a human being is.

 I don’t care whether he chooses to live in a one-room apartment in New York or a commune in Georgia. I don’t whether he votes Republican or Democrat or the Party of Golden Lucifer. I don’t care about any of those distinctions, because they all proceed from some horrendous and mutilated idea, some shrunken desiccated idea of what the Self IS in the first place.

“Well ,we’re really all the same, so the choices a person has aren’t that important…”

We’re really all the same AFTER the great curtain has lowered on the individual and his psyche and his imagination and his daring. Yes, THEN we’re all the same. And then it doesn’t matter what the individual thinks or does, or whether he goes left or right or stays down the middle. THEN he begins to concoct systems and counter-systems and parochial visions he wants to impose on everyone else.

The truth is, we’re all different, astonishingly different. So different, in fact, that left to our own devices, over a long enough span of time, how each one of us would express his deepest thoughts and inventions would make the world into a completely different place.

The individual, the Self, isn’t just a little different or moderately different or quite different. The individual is a revolution all his own, a living breathing revolution.

He can become and identify with any other thing or creature in the universe–or not. He can think with seventeen brains and walk on eight legs if he wants to. He can be Self inventing more Self. He can destroy all forms and shapes of slavery–most importantly his own.

He can love and he can hate. He can experience and create emotions that have never been dreamed of. He can dance with the angels on the head of a pin or drift off past the stars.

He knows freedom is real, and he doesn’t have the slightest interest in interfering with another’s freedom.

This is what political and social movements are FOR: to establish enough freedom for the individual, any individual, so that he can then, if he wants to, become what he is, which is to say, invent his existence entirely according to his own fecund imagination. It will not be a copy of anyone else’s existence. It will not even be close.

After enough time has elapsed, it will be astonishing.

I know many people who believe they are already free and are already living life exactly the way they want to. This is preposterous. At a superficial level, yes. But beyond that, there are oceans of potential expression and invention they haven’t begun to fathom. If by “free” they mean relatively unencumbered by outside forces, but locked down tight as a drum from the inside, then yes, they are free, and good luck to them.

I’ve quoted artists in this essay because I want to impart at least some sense of how different we are from each other. This doesn’t mean we can’t bridge the gulf; of course we can. In fact, it becomes far easier when each of us is speaking with a Voice uncoupled from the “wisdom” of this joke of a society in which we currently live.

The ultimate and permanent fusion of all things is a myth and fairy tale. It’s a fairy tale bought by people who have never ventured off the reservation to discover and invent their own Voice.

 If all this is true, then why do I write about the crimes of the medical cartel, the crimes of Monsanto, the corrosive destruction wrought by television?

Why bother with any of this?

Because I’m for authentic movements to end these crimes.

The mafias of this world are out to gain as much control as possible…and finally and ultimately, this means a war against the freedom of every individual. It means writing the individual and his enormous untapped potential out of existence.

When the android-uniformity of all individuals is being sold as marvelous unity, that needs to be pointed out. When millions of people believe uniqueness=uniformity=unity, that’s more Orwellian than Orwell, and it needs to be pointed out.

Jon Rappoport   is the author of two explosive collections, THE MATRIX REVEALED and EXIT FROM THE MATRIX, Jon was a candidate for a US Congressional seat in the 29th District of California. Nominated for a Pulitzer Prize, he has worked as an investigative reporter for 30 years, writing articles on politics, medicine, and health for CBS Healthwatch, LA Weekly, Spin Magazine, Stern, and other newspapers and magazines in the US and Europe. Jon has delivered lectures and seminars on global politics, health, logic, and creative power to audiences around the world. You can sign up for his free emails at www.nomorefakenews.com

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Mavi Marmara: Comoros Government Initiates Legal Procedure against Israel at the International Criminal Court (ICC)

0

Certain errors are difficult to fix, as the adjacent picture shows.

On May 28, 2013, a Merkava 3 tank found itself upside down in Tzeelim, a training base near Gaza. Loaded, the vehicle surpasses the 90 metric tones of weight (in violation to international agreements). A small navigation error that can be fixed only at a great cost. In the past, an M113 troops carrier sank in the Sea of Galilee while its amphibious capabilities were being checked; fixing this error was so difficult that it was left underwater.

A few days before the tank exposed its weakest point, Comoros sued Israel at the International Criminal Court. This was a direct result of an even greater navigation error committed by Benjamin Netanyahu

Netanyahu Destroyed Netanyahu

A few days after the apology, Israeli Minister of Justice Tzipi Livni was surprised when she spoke with Turkish Foreign Minister Ahmet Davutoglu about the creation of the committee supervising the indemnification transfer to the victims and their families. “Turkey can undertake not to submit any charges against Israelis, but it is not legally possible [for it to] to cancel private proceedings that have already begun. The only thing is to try to persuade their families to withdraw their claims, but there is no way to force them to do so,” she was told.

“A serious error,” said Netanyahu’s main political partner, Avigdor Lieberman, on March 22, after learning that Israel had formally apologized to Turkey for the killing of nine of its citizens during the Gaza’s Freedom Flotilla incident. One is tempted to acknowledge Lieberman’s wisdom, but this is not the case. Lieberman being Lieberman, he spoke out of primitive nationalistic reflexes, without stopping to consider the issue rationally. He was right, but he didn’t know why.

In other words, the Israeli apology had admitted that the IDF upper echelon committed crimes. Israel is not trying its criminal generals; thus Turkey will. That is what the usually eloquent Lieberman had called “a serious error” on Netanyahu’s part. A trial against criminal generals will become a significant step forward towards Justice, of which neither Israel nor the West own a monopoly. Turkey had decided to continue its Nuremberg Trials against Israel.

On November 6, 2012, Turkey announced that a court in Istanbul will try in absentia (“in the absence,” a trial at which the defendant is not physically present) four ex-Israeli military commanders over the IDF Freedom Flotilla raid in 2010. The Mavi Marmara was trying to break the blockade of Gaza and bring humanitarian aid to the refugees there. Nine Turkish activists were killed by Israeli naval commandos (Shayetet 13), who had boarded the ship. Israel had in the past conducted no less questionable legal processes, thus it cannot oppose the Turkish decision on procedural grounds.

Benjamin Netanyhau could live with that. The IDF officers on trial were potential political competitors; if Turkey decided to do the dirty work for him, that was fine. However, the scandal didn’t end there. In one of Israel’s related investigations, the State Comptroller found Netanyahu guilty. In the words of the comptroller: “The decision making process regarding the dealings with the Turkish flotilla led by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and under his responsibility was found to include essential and significant flaws.” The massacre wouldn’t have happened without the inept leadership of King Bibi the Great.

 Comoros Attacks Israel

There is no question about the events; all the facts are acknowledged also by the IDF and the UN; both published reports on the violent event. The UN inquiry said that Israel’s decision to board the ship and the use of substantial force was “excessive and unreasonable.” By accepting to indemnify the victims, Israel acknowledged responsibility for what it defined “an operational error.” At this point, Netanyhau’s tank was upside down in the deepest point of the Mediterranean Sea. Power-drunken, he didn’t realize that.

After unfreezing several military deals with Turkey, Netanyahu felt safe. Who would dare to question his crimes? Accordingly, on May 13, Turkish Deputy Prime Minister Bulent Arinc said that the indemnification agreement between Turkey and Israel would obligate the families of those killed during the May 2010 raid to drop their lawsuits against IDF officers in exchange for compensation.

 Chocking on malevolent laughter, Netanyahu didn’t bother to keep reading. Turkish daily Zaman subsequently reported that the victims’ families “are determined to continue their legal struggle in trying members of the Israeli military responsible for the raid.” “They don’t have money for that,” the few Israeli government officials reading the news said and dismissed the issue. It was time to plan the next weapons deal with their old-new-best-friend (Buffet Completes Takeover of Israeli Company Active in Turkey).

“Where is Comoros,” was probably Netanyahu’s first reaction after he learned that they were suing his violent fiefdom. A group of independent islands, the Union of the Comoros is located between Africa’s mainland and Madagascar.

One of the world’s poorest countries, they are members of the African Union, the Francophonie, the Organisation of Islamic Cooperation, the Indian Ocean Commission, and the Arab League; this was fortunate for the victims’ families. One of the country’s few income sources is providing cheap home ports to ships sailing in international waters. The Mavi Marmara was registered under Comoros’ flag.

Sharon, Netanyhau and a few Belgian Waffles

 While Netanyahu was busy signing apologies and new businesses with Turkey, the victims’ families took an astonishing step. Elmadag, a Turkish law firm representing the victims, approached the government of Comoros, offering it to relay in its name a lawsuit against the State of Israel. Comoros accepted.

In May, Fatou Bensouda, prosecutor at the International Criminal Court, said in a statement that she was obliged to open a preliminary examination following a referral from Comoros. The point was that only countries can request the opening of an investigation. Paragons of democracy, Israel, Sudan and the United States have informed the UN Secretary General that they are longer states parties in the Court. It matters little.

 On February 15, 2002, the International Court of Justice halted a Belgian attempt to try Prime Minister Ariel Sharon for the massacre of hundreds of Palestinians during the Sabra and Shatila Massacre in Lebanon in 1982 when he was Israel’s Minister of Defense, ruling that serving ministers are protected from prosecution. Yet, before that, Sharon had avoided visiting mainland Europe, specially the Belgian capital Brussels, due to a justified fear of being arrested and tried.

The new process Israel faces will run for years. Contrary to the Sabra and Shatila case, now there are formal Israeli sources incriminating Netanyahu. Unless the lawsuit is politically blocked by certain international players, Netanyahu would soon be banned from European land. Would the USA grant refuge to Netanyahu?

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Lynch mobs rise in post-revolution Egypt as people demand justice

0



Published time: May 28, 2013 19:35

Download video (29.1 MB)
Embed

Code

Egypt’s political and economic instability has given rise to a growth in vigilante killings, with the lynching of suspected criminals becoming increasingly common in some rural areas.

Am Sabri’s son Mustafa,a 31 year old man from the Nile Delta, is
one such recent victim of a public lynching, brutally murdered by
an angry mob that allegedly took him for a thief, and hung him
for display in broad daylight.

“The crowd thought he was a thief because he was mentally ill.
The first blow came from behind on the back of his head, then
part of his skull was hacked off. The second hit was to his chest
— they cut him open,”
the victim’s father told RT.

Unfortunately, Mustafa’s case is not unique. These brutal
vigilante executions have been on the rise, with at least 17
cases reported only in the province of Sharqiya alone, since
2011’s revolution.

Screenshot from video of lynchings in Sharqiya province

The most high profile killing in Sharqiya has been the son of
a leading member of the Muslim Brotherhood political party,
16-year-old secondary school student Yussef Rabie Abdessalam,
killed earlier in May. He was lynched by Qattawiya villagers for
shooting a man that criticized the Brotherhood on the internet.

Online videos of the ‘rural justice’ show a pattern – an
angry crowd viciously drags a man through the street, sets his
corpse on fire and strings it up on a tree for public display,
while the security forces remain absent from the scene.

Officials from the ruling Freedom and Justice party and the
police admit that the authorities are reluctant to confront
suspected mob killers, RT’s correspondent Bel Trew reports.

Egyptian Justice Minister Ahmed Mekki has condemned such killings
in the media, saying that it “signifies the death of the
state”
as cited by Al Arabiya. 

Screenshot from video of lynchings in Sharqiya province

However, law enforcement officials have been accused of failing
to control the situation, particularly when entire villages with
thousands of people are involved in these vigilante mobs.

“When a whole village kills a man, do you think it is possible
to arrest all 10 to 15,000 residents? Of course not,”
captain
of the regional Belbies Police Station, Mohamed Farag, is quoted
by local newspaper Ahram Online as saying.

These words are no consolation to the victim’s families who fear
that the violence and injustice will continue.

“The local security chief said ‘give me one name and I will
arrest him in 24 hours’. Now Mustafa has been dead for 50 days.
And the security director has done nothing”
said Sabri, the
victim’s father.

Though such examples of mob justice are only arising in rural
areas, many fear that the killings may spread to major cities.

The lynch mobs show the government’s failure to provide justice,
rights advocate Karim Ennarah told RT.

“These increasing cases of lynches and communal violence,
people taking justice into their own hands there are a visible
sign of increasing lack of faith in the society, faith into the
criminal justice system.”

The excessive use of force by police during protests and
demonstrations has contributed to the negative attitudes now
taken to the rule of law, both under the interim rule of the
Supreme Council of the Armed Forces (SCAF) and the current Muslim
Brotherhood President Mohamed Morsi.

Reuters / Stringer

“People in Egypt have always had a negative relationship with
the police, and not a very good relationship with the judiciary.
But that has become even worse after the revolution,” 

acknowledged Ennarah.

However, local leader of the Freedom and Justice party Ahmed
Shehata, who personally knew one of the victims, says that the
security situation is improving in post revolution Egypt.

“Egypt has experienced one of the best revolutions in history.
The country is being healed very quickly. We are almost in a
stable situation, there will be security. We have a plan for the
economy and security of Egypt,”
Shehata told RT.

Since the 2011 uprising that overthrew President Hosni Mubarak,
the Muslim Brotherhood has established itself as the country’s
ruling party, but has failed to make any reforms, Egyptian
blogger and journalist Wael Eskandar told RT . He added that the
government gives resources only to the elite to solidify the
party’s power, but not to those who need help. 

“The great danger is that no reforms are done…We have a
horrible social security network. If you don’t want political
unrest you have to feed people, you have to give them shelter,
you have to solve their problems. This has not been the case with
Muslim Brotherhood, they are just solidifying their rule, they
are not sharing power with anyone.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

IMF still confident in Lagarde after French probe

0

Associated Press
May 28, 2013

The IMF is reiterating its confidence in Managing Director Christine Lagarde’s leadership after a French court stopped just short of charging her in an investigation of a payoff to a businessman.

Lagarde was questioned at length for two days last week in the French hearings, which concluded by naming her a key witness in the probe of the payoff arranged while she was France’s finance minister. She could still be charged in the case at a later date.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 2:07 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Happening Now: Train Derailment, Loud Explosion in Maryland

0

Photo: NBC Nightly News/via TwitterDeveloping…

A cargo train has derailed in Baltimore County, Maryland, causing a loud explosion felt miles away, agencies are reporting.

Plumes of white and black smoke can be seen at the site.

The Baltimore Sun reports that hazardous material teams were heading to the scene.

The Baltimore County Police and Fire Department tweeted reports of several buildings collapsing at the derailment site.

One person who was working across the street from the derailment scene told the Baltimore Sun that the explosion “felt like a bomb going off.” 

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Judge in Florida Shooting Rules Some Evidence Off Limits

0

In refusing to delay the June 10 trial of George Zimmerman charged with the second-degree murder of black teenager Trayvon Martin a year ago February, Circuit Judge Debra Nelson also put limits on what evidence the defense may present in its efforts to keep Zimmerman out of jail.

Nelson ruled that Zimmerman’s lawyers can’t say anything about Martin’s school records, his past history of fighting, his use of marijuana, his gold teeth, or any photos or text messages that were found on his cellphone following the shooting. This means that his three school suspensions for tardiness, for his use of marijuana, or for defacing school property using a spray can to write “WTF” on its walls are all inadmissible. It also means that evidence that his mother forced him to move out because of his bad behavior is also inadmissible. And any suggestion that that he had “an attitude” shown in a photograph described by the Huffington Post as “extending his middle finger[s] to the camera” is also inadmissible. The judge also ruled as inadmissible evidence from a toxicology test showing Martin had marijuana in his system the night of his killing.

In addition, the judge approved a motion by the prosecution that would keep Zimmerman from testifying about his lack of prior felony convictions. Such testimony would be helpful in limiting, under Florida law, any sentencing he might receive if he is found guilty.

However, despite these limitations, to be successful the prosecution of Zimmerman by the State of Florida has a big hill to climb. Under Florida law, to prove that Zimmerman committed second-degree murder, as he was charged in the Affidavit of Probable Cause filed by Florida State Attorney Angela Corey two months after the incident, the prosecution “must show that the defendant acted according to a ‘depraved mind’ without regard for human life.” It must defend against the claim that Zimmerman was justified in using deadly force to keep from being seriously injured or killed himself during the incident.

Florida state law rules that, if convicted, Zimmerman could spend up to 30 years in jail.

The affidavit clearly overreached in charging Zimmerman with second-degree murder, according to a number of legal experts. For instance, Corey claimed that Martin was peacefully walking back to the townhouse where he was staying “when he was profiled by George Zimmerman” and that “Martin was unarmed and was not committing a crime.” The affidavit further claimed that “Zimmerman … assumed Martin was a criminal [who] felt that Martin did not belong in the gated community.”

Corey claimed that Zimmerman was stalking Martin and that “Martin was scared because he was being followed through the complex by an unknown male and didn’t know why.” She added:

Martin attempted to run home but was followed by Zimmerman who didn’t want the person he falsely assumed was going to commit a crime to get away before the police arrived….

Zimmerman confronted Martin and a struggle ensued….

Zimmerman shot Martin in the chest….

Assistant Medical Examiner Dr. Bao performed an autopsy and determined that Martin died from the gunshot wound.

The facts … are presented for the determination of Probable Cause for Second Degree Murder.

Corey’s problem is that most of these “facts” have been soundly disproved as the details of what happened that night have come to light. Zimmerman, acting as a volunteer security guard for the complex, called the Sanford, Florida police department when he noted Martin’s behavior, stating, “This guy looks like he’s up to no good, or he’s on drugs or something.… He’s just walking around … looking at all the houses.” Zimmerman left his vehicle briefly and, upon returning to it, was confronted by Martin, who used abusive language, asking, “Have you got a … problem?” When Zimmerman responded “No,” Martin said, “Well you do now!” and knocked him to the ground and punched him in the face, breaking his nose and causing severe lacerations on the back of his head.

Following five hours of interrogation by the Sanford police, Zimmerman was released, as they had no grounds or evidence to contradict his story and his claim of self-defense. He even passed a lie detector test, which validated his story.

Despite the fact that much evidence in the case supporting Zimmerman’s claim of innocence by self-defense is being ruled inadmissible by the judge (including the results of the lie detector test, which is inadmissible under Florida law), there remains so much evidence to support his claim that the only thing standing in the way of a vote of innocence from the jury in the case will be the political reality that if Zimmerman goes free, Sanford, Florida, is likely to erupt in flames.

Photo is of the gated community where the shooting took place

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Happening Now: Train Derailment, Loud Explosion in Maryland

0

Photo: NBC Nightly News/via TwitterDeveloping…

A train has derailed in Baltimore County, Maryland, causing a loud explosion, agencies are reporting.

Plumes of white and black smoke can be seen at the site.

The Baltimore Sun reports that hazardous material teams were heading to the scene.

The Baltimore County Police and Fire Department tweeted reports of several buildings collapsing at the derailment site.

One person who was working across the street from the derailment scene told the Baltimore Sun that the explosion “felt like a bomb going off.” 

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Urban Camouflage: Dressing For Success — The Success Of Going Unnoticed

0

Editor’s Note: TJ Miller is the author of the incredibly informative book Beyond Collapse: Surviving and Rebuilding Civilization from Scratch and is a long-time contributor of survival related articles and insights in our community areas (under the moniker of Odd Questioner). You can keep up with TJ’s musings at the Beyond Collapse Website.

What follows is yet another of his unique perspectives on survival. Should an emergency or disaster strike, there is a real possibility that you may be out and about in the city, or travelling, leaving you far from home with only your skills and ‘get home bag’ as your available tools. Being stuck in an unfamiliar urban environment during times of stability is challenging enough. Imagine what it would be like should law and order break down. In such a scenario, your survival will depend on your ability to camouflage yourself in urban environments, something TJ provides detailed instruction and strategy  for in the article below.


Don’t Be Seen When You Cannot Hide -wait, what?

Picture this: You’re in a big city. Excrement has struck the fan, and it’s beginning to splatter. No, wait. Picture that you’re trying to walk to work in a big city after your car broke down, a city large enough to have a huge and ongoing problem with crime (muggings, pickpockets or even excessive panhandling.) Or, picture both, or pick one. Makes no diff, because this little system I’ve figured down will work either way.

When most folks think of wearing camouflage, they think of some guy wearing some green splotchy thing as he creeps about the woods. Add the word urban to that, and you think of some guy wearing some gray and black splotchy thing as he creeps around the city. Well, toss those thoughts out, because what we’re gonna do is teach you how to get about town without becoming a target, yet blend in perfectly. Perfect example? Let’s pick on San Francisco. Why? Because, well, I’m currently typing this in SanFran, and it has all the elements we need for our discussion, so…

How To Be An Environmentalist Without Eating Granola

That’s right — we’re gonna study our urban environment. It pays to know what you’re going to be walking around in, after all.

First up, what do we have here, people-wise? We have tourists, homeless folk by the metric ton, wealthy folks wearing incredibly expensive clothing, normal working schmoes wearing everything from dirty clothes (manual labor) to 3-piece suits (executives) to funky/off-beat crap (programmers and artists). If you’re a guy, the short skirts and revealing clothing on the ladies also rank way up there (especially in summer…) A wide variety of people about, no? Now — who do you notice first? The flashy dressers and executive types, right? Well, if you’re desperately trying to get out of a city mid-disaster, or just trying to walk through one at night without getting mugged, you probably don’t want to be one of them.  Take notes of that kind of stuff, because we’re not done studying things just yet.

Next up, what do the streets look like? Are there a lot of narrow streets, or is there enough room to walk near the curb without getting too close to a building corner or blind alley?  Where do the homeless folks curl up at night? Believe it or not, this is actually easy enough to tell if you know where to look (and, let’s face it, smell). Building facades with a lot of nooks and crannies that are perfect for blocking wind are also perfect hidey-holes and sleeping-perches. Same with small blind alleys and parking/loading-dock entrances. They also happen to be perfect places for some unkind soul to lurk in wait for an unsuspecting victim, so learn to recognize where those potential spots are before you stroll up to them. If you walk certain routes frequently, get to know those spots intimately so that you’ll know when to get your butt out towards the curb or —if necessary— across the street. Also, while you’re peeking around, do you notice that some streets are natural for places like trucks and delivery vehicles to drive down, where loading docks and service entrances normally face? Yeah — may want to avoid those initially, but if you’re dressed and behaved right, you can put them to good use if needed. Be sure to keep tabs on buildings which are unoccupied, dilapidated, or worse — squatters (and folks with ill intent) like to put such places to use if they think they can do so without getting caught. Vacant lots are also places to keep a good, hard watch for.

Now, go back and check these places and routes out at different times of day and night (the latter only if you’re certain that you can safely do so). Notice that after a certain hour, the only tourists out on the street are either drunk , sniffing around for prostitutes, or sniffing around for some illicit substance (and yes all three types are idiots, but notice them anyway). During midday, you’ll likely notice a lot of working stiffs out there on lunch break. In-between, and depending on where in town you are, you’ll notice a mixture of just about everyone. Be sure to take notes on all of these and elsewise. You’ll get to know when the 5am deliveries start rolling in to the stores. You’ll get to know when the janitors finally call it a night. You’ll get to know all of this and more. Again, start taking notes, eh?

One other thing to note — obviously if you’re visiting on business, or vacation, you won’t have (or want to waste) time to do all this homework beforehand. Good news is, you don’t have to do it while you’re there. If there is another big city nearby you can take a few exploratory trips to (or you live in one), you can at least get a feel as to what to look out for, and catch up quickly.

Dressing For Success — The Success Of Going Unnoticed

Now — remember all that talk about clothing earlier? Well, let’s revisit that.

When you go to packing for a trip (or want to flesh out your get-home bag for those commutes downtown), that would be a very good time to look into what you intend to wear while you’re there. I have a few ideas you may want need to consider…

  1. Muted colors are your best friends. Avoid stuff that burns the retinas, and stick with grays, blacks, faded colors, or the like.
  2. Get comfy — unless there is something dressy that you absolutely have to wear (like at some kind of ceremony or sales presentation), stick to well-worn and comfy clothing. If you have to wear a suit okay, but stick with clothing that you would wear if you were mowing the yard, or working on your car. Keep it clean and serviceable, but make sure it’s not new or crisp. The nearest thrift store is a goldmine of clothes like this — I strongly suggest availing yourself of one.
  3. Logos and controversial sayings are bad, so don’t wear any. This goes for your jackets, shoes and outerwear too. Aside from the whole gang-sign thing (which can be an issue), a logo often betrays a lot more about you than you would like, and a logo unfamiliar to the area will advertise that you’re not from around here. If you otherwise think you must, stick with neutral and non-specific stuff, preferably faded.
  4. Speaking of shoes, always include a pair of worn, comfy but dirty shoes or boots. Something that you can (literally) walk for miles in. Be sure that you can walk for miles in them, because you just may have to, you know? By the way — this means that unless you’re going to be on a beach, open-toed shoes, sandals, or flip-flops are also out.
  5. Ladies? I know you like to look sexy (and Lord knows I like the sight of sexy women!) but… skip the revealing and “cute” crap if you can. Stick with “sensible” wherever possible. Let’s talk about why for a moment: The idea in a potentially dangerous situation is to be ignored, not to wear clothing that screams “rape me!” to the wrong people. It doesn’t matter how big and strong your spouse/boyfriend/whatever is; it only takes seconds to slit his throat from behind, leaving you rather defenseless. Suffice it to say that revealing clothing in a bad place (and/or bad time) puts you and your man-friend in potential mortal danger, so, well… don’t.

Next up, let’s talk about your grooming habits.

  1.  leave the hair spray at home, or keep it to a minimum. Your hair will thank you, and fly-away hairs leave you slightly unkempt, increasing your odds of being ignored, or being thought of as not a worthy target.
  2. Gents- thinking about shaving? Maybe every other day, or perhaps get a beard going. Again, the unkempt thing.
  3. Certainly keep your teeth brushed and suchlike, but avoid strong-smelling mouthwashes, as they tend to impede your sense of smell of up to an hour or two after brushing.
  4. Don’t do cologne and perfumes. It makes no sense to look like an ordinary impoverished schmuck if you smell like you just stepped out of a ritzy perfume shop from half a block away.
  5. Same with bright or stand-outish makeup, ladies. Keep it muted and light. Let your natural beauty shine through instead, so you can avoid standing out or  looking like a wealthy target.
  6. Yes, shower regularly while you’re traveling… duh. It’s the best way to keep clean and avoid a lot of germs. However, avoid strong-smelling armpit deodorants and such. Same reason as #4, eh?

How To (Properly) Walk The Streets

This part is harder than it looks, but if you’ve been following the advice in the book, you’ll find it much easier to do. Here’s a few good, hard rules of etiquette when you’re walking the city streets. There’s a lot of them, so take your time…

  • Unless a cop is giving you an order, never ever answer a voice spoken in your direction, even if you know it’s you being spoken to. From panhandlers to criminals and con-men, all they need is for you to grant them a moment’s attention, then they have you. Ignoring the voice lets you keep walking. Be sure to keep an eye in the speaker’s general direction just in case, but 99 times out of 100 during the day you’ll be able to keep walking without incident. Night carries a different ruleset, but only insofar as you need to start thinking about weapons and escape if you hear that call and it’s not coming from a panhandler. Note that in a pure SHTF situation, if a cop is giving you an order, you may want to start thinking immediately about escape as well, but use your judgement.
  • If you bump into someone gently, just keep walking, muttering an “excuse me” as you pass.
  • If you bump into someone hard or anyone bumps into you at all, immediately (but discreetly!) put a hand over your wallet, grip your purse tight against you, and insure that any luggage (e.g. backpack) you’re carrying is still secure (as you’re still walking!). Inspect of any suddenly opened zippers on that backpack.
  • Keep your wallet in your front pants pocket if possible, otherwise in a jacket or folded over your pants front. You’ll know immediately if someone is reaching for your chest or your crotch long before you’ll notice someone reaching for your back pocket.
  • Ladies — you probably already know about safely carrying a purse, but as a reminder? In the city, it’s not a purse, it’s a football, and you’re the linebacker. Short straps are better than long, and thick better than thin.
  • Backpacks? Wear both straps, like it was built for. use a twist-tie (same color as the backpack material) to keep the zippers tightly closed while walking through dangerous areas — that way you’ll know if someone is trying to get into it from behind while you walk. Wearing the backpack on fully also prevents someone from snatching the thing off your shoulder. As a bonus, it’s more comfortable over long distances. If you insist on wearing it over one shoulder (because everyone else is), keep a very tight grasp on the strap, and use you’re non-dominant hand/shoulder to hold it — this frees your dominant hand to fight back (grab, punch, etc) if someone tries to grab it.
  • Always keep a look out ahead of you, on the sides, and occasionally behind you. Increase those looks back if the situation turns to crap.
  • Walk confidently, always. A confident walk means you’re not a timid target.
  • Never, ever, ever look lost. Go over your route beforehand — in the age of maps-on-a-phone, you have no excuse anymore, and paper maps are still very plentiful.
  • If you do think you’re lost? Duck into a nearby store if one is open, and only then get out your phone or map, checking it while inside. This camouflages the idea that you’re lost, and helps you get your bearings in a relatively safe place. If nothing is open, find a safe indoor place to check (bodega, hotel, gas station, whatever) — be sure to buy something if it’s a small shop, so you don’t arose the suspicion and/or ire of the clerk.
  • Don’t buy anything with a bill larger than a $20, and never keep cash in your wallet (keep the cash in a front pocket or something.)
  • Standing around (let alone sitting) is a really bad idea. If you have to rest, do it in a shop, store, or restaurant.

…there’s lots more, but this should be a good start.

So Far So Good

So far, I’ve stuck to these rules, and they’ve worked out very well — I’m scruffy-looking enough to be mistaken for a local homeless guy (thus ignored) by tourists and petty thieves, but not enough so as to fool the local constabulary (The cops can see the fact that I bathe daily and am well-nourished, don’t look down-and-out attitude-wise, and don’t hang around in any one spot). With my worn clothes, old shoes, and old, dirty (but solid) dark and nondescript backpack, there’s no hint as to what I’m actually carrying — let alone what I do for a living (nearly half of the people I interact with have the letter “C” in their titles). I can actually wander around a lot of places that a tourist shouldn’t go, and have so far been mistaken for a local by most of the locals working in the shops (well, until I open my mouth and let the Ozarker drawl fly forth, but that’s a different story. <img title="

Urban Camouflage

” alt=”icon smile

Urban Camouflage

” src=”http://www.survivalcivilization.com/wp-includes/images/smilies/icon_smile.gif” />)

beyond-collapse-1

(Pictured: Your humble author, out where he shouldn’t be.)

Note in that photo above, your author is sporting the latest in OPSEC fashion. We begin with the used gray hoodie-wear (the hood comes up in cold or rainy weather, or when I really don’t want to be noticed). We continue with a faded old black t-shirt and faded, ratty-cuffed jeans (note that you do not see the layered shirts underneath for warmth, or the — well, I’ll stop there). Completing the ensemble is a pair of dirty old shoes that are still in perfect working order, and are rubber-soled for long-distance walking comfort on concrete (and more importantly for walking silently if need be). The beard and 5 o’clock shadow complete the air of ‘ignore-me-I’m just part of the furniture here’, and the tousled wind-styled hair shouts both sex appeal and (more importantly) non-wealth.  Photo was graciously taken by a kindly hotel concierge who was at first rather amazed at what he thought to be some panhandler wanting his picture taken with a pricey smartphone. After I unlocked the phone, he relaxed a bit and obliged me. Kinda cool how that works out, no?

TJ Miller is the author of the incredibly informative book Beyond Collapse: Surviving and Rebuilding Civilization from Scratch and is a long-time contributor of survival related articles and insights in our community areas (under the moniker of Odd Questioner). You can read an excerpt from the book here and you can follow with TJ’s musings at the Beyond Collapse Website.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Ill-starred Russian ghost ship still lost at sea

0

Lyubov Orlova, the opulent cruise liner that has brought misfortune to its recent owners, has not been found after disappearing almost three months ago, and may never be seen again.

In January, the 4000-tonne Lyubov Orlova, which once
provided luxurious trips to the Arctic and Antarctic for up to
110 tourists, was being tugged from Newfoundland in Canada to the
Dominican Republic to be sold for scrap metal, when the tow line
broke during a storm. Unable to reconnect it despite several
attempts, the towing boat sailed away from the vessel, whose
opulent interiors had been destroyed by marauding rats.

The ship was picked up by an offshore supply vessel within days,
but let go, when it was declared no longer a danger to oil
facilities, but too expensive to maintain at a port.

Afterwards it drifted in the north Atlantic without a working GPS
signal. It was spotted several times by satellite, assumed to
have sunk, then was seen again, but not a single observation has
been made since March 14.

This may be the last chapter in the life of a troubled ship.

“I would assume that if it hasn’t turned up by this point, or
hasn’t been spotted at any point, then it may be lost and has
sunk somewhere between here and Ireland. But who knows?”
said
William Cahill, head of the Canadian Bar Association’s maritime
law section.

Motor Vessel Lyubov Orlova and it's lifeboats; the first one had a two-cyllinder Diesel engine which was being repaired by the russian crew, February, 2010. (Image from wikipedia.org / photo by Lilpop,Rau&Loewenstein)

Alongside sister ship The Sea Adventurer (which ran
aground in 2010, but continues to sail today) Lyubov
Orlova
was built on a Soviet commission in a Yugoslavian
shipyard in 1976. It is named after one of Joseph Stalin’s favorite Russian
actresses
.

After the break-up of the USSR it was refurbished lavishly
several times and chartered by a large American expedition
company.

But success was short-lived.

In 2006 it hit an underwater rock, forcing lengthy repairs.

Four years later, it was arrested by Canadian port authorities
when its Russian owners went bankrupt. An angry Russian crew owed
more than $300,000 was stranded in St.John’s in Newfoundland.

The once proud ship was auctioned off for $275,000 to an
opportunist businessman Reza Shoeybi, who planned to take it and
sell for scrap metal for up to $800,000.

Locals were skeptical, as the ship’s condition deteriorated while
in the dock, and it began to list. Repair works were conducted,
but the tug boat picked for the job was not powerful enough, and
it only took one day for the tow rope to break.

Shoeybi says he has been “ruined” by the failed venture,
which ate up his 12-year savings.

Lyubov Orlova’s emergency position-indicating radio beacon
(EPIRB) was activated 700 nautical miles west of Ireland in late
February. The beacon is set off when the ship’s hull touches the
water. Irish coastguards assumed that this meant the ship had
sunk.

But two weeks later, the cruise liner was detected again, still
above water. Whether this means its hull was filling slowly, or
that the beacon malfunctioned, is not clear.

If Lyubov Orlova is underwater, French ocean
environmentalists Robin des Bois say she may still present a
danger.

“In case of a collision or sinking or any accident, the Lyubov
Orlova will immediately release fuel … other toxic liquids,
asbestos … mercury and other non-degradable floating
waste,”
said a statement from the group.

Despite the ship being considered sunk by maritime officials, it
is not unusual for vessels to reappear months, or even years
after they have been abandoned. A fishing boat from the coast of
Japan detached by the tsunami in March 2011, was destroyed a year
later when it washed up on the Canadian coastline, and several
more smaller vessels have since been found.

A special website on which volunteers scan ocean reports for
news of Lyubov Orlova is still active, while a Twitter
account in the name of the liner continues to post messages from
the depths.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Will Obama end up on Mount Rushmore?

0

A 60-foot version of President Barack Obama’s face will eventually be carved into Mount Rushmore, forever gazing down from the historic mountaintop beside the faces of four other US presidents. At least, this is what some college professors predict.

Immortalized as a giant granite carving towering over South
Dakota, Obama would always be remembered as the first
African-American president. Nothing he does in the White House
will take away from that fact, which has led thirty percent of
George Washington University professors to believe he will end up
on Mount Rushmore, according to a new survey conducted by The
College Fix.

 “History undoubtedly will accord President Obama a
special place by virtue of being the first African-American
president,”
said Prof. Paul Wahlbeck, chair of the political
science department at GW. But although Wahlbeck confidently
acknowledged his belief that Obama will soon join the faces of
George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Abraham Lincoln and Theodore
Roosevelt, he said he is also “reluctant to venerate political
leaders while or shortly after they served.”

Barack Obama (AFP Photo / Saul Loeb)

Two other professors mirrored Wahlbeck’s thoughts, all stating
that it is too early to make plans regarding the addition of
Obama’s face, but that it could happen in the distant future.

“Historical judgments take time to form and Obama is still in
office,”
history and public policy professor Edward Berkowitz
told The College Fix. “It could be that he will be one of the
great presidents, worthy of having his likeness carved on a
mountain, but certainly not yet.”

The GW survey size was small, consisting of only 10 respondents,
but the news has nevertheless sparked a debate on whether or not
the current president belongs among the ranks of America’s most
celebrated leaders. Six of the respondents said Obama does not
deserve a place on Mount Rushmore, which has not added a
president since the memorial was completed in 1941. But
while the professors warned that it is too early to worship a
president who is still in office, some Americans have already
begun to advocate for Mount Rushmore’s addition of Obama.

A Facebook page titled the “Campaign to Put President Obama on
Mt. Rushmore” already has more than 800 “likes”. The page depicts
an image of Mount Rushmore, with Obama’s face added via
Photoshop. The idea has also been brought up numerous times
throughout Obama’s terms in office.

Reuters / Lt. Anthony Dobson-US Navy / Handout

In November, Huffington Post blogger Bill Lucey examined the
feasibility of adding another head to Mount Rushmore. The U.S.
National Park Service claims that there is no additional room to
add a granite carving to the site, but some organizations
continue to advocate it.

“Mount Rushmore and Mr. Obama are invoked so frequently in the
same sentence that I began to wonder if in fact there is a
movement in place to chisel the 44th president on the South
Dakota mountainside,”
Lucey writes.

But even if a 60-foot version of Obama’s head doesn’t end up in
South Dakota, he has already been memorialized on parts of the
American landscape. In Pennsylvania, an international magnet
school was named “The Barack Obama Academy for International
Studies” just two years after he took office. A Florida
street was named “Barack Obama Avenue” in Feb. 2009 and an
Orlando parkway was named “Barack Obama Parkway”. Across
the US, several other schools have been named after the
president, including elementary and high schools in New Jersey,
New York, Wisconsin, and California. Even though Obama is
unlikely to find himself on Mount Rushmore anytime soon, his name
has already arisen on street signs, parkways and schools, despite
the fact that his presidential legacy may have not yet been
formed. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Chinese Hackers Reportedly Compromised U.S. Designs For More Than 2 Dozen Weapons

0

Reuters
May 28, 2013

Chinese hackers have gained access to designs of more than two dozen major U.S. weapons systems, a U.S report said on Monday, as Australian media said Chinese hackers had stolen the blueprints for Australia’s new spy headquarters.

Citing a report prepared for the Defense Department by the Defense Science Board, the Washington Post said the compromised U.S. designs included those for combat aircraft and ships, as well as missile defenses vital for Europe, Asia and the Gulf.

Among the weapons listed in the report were the advanced Patriot missile system, the Navy’s Aegis ballistic missile defense systems, the F/A-18 fighter jet, the V-22 Osprey, the Black Hawk helicopter and the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 1:18 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

UN: Accelerating Biodiversity Loss a 'Fundamental Threat' to the 'Survival of Humankind'

0

The accelerating loss of biodiversity poses a “fundamental threat” to the “survival of humankind,” warned the head of the United Nations new biodiversity body, as he also sounded the alarm on the declining biodiversity on farms.

“We are hurtling towards irreversible environmental tipping points that, once passed, would reduce the ability of ecosystems to provide essential goods and services to humankind,” Zakri Abdul Hamid of IPBES warned on Monday. (Photo: Peter Blanchard/cc/flickr) Zakri Abdul Hamid, founding chair of the Intergovernmental Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES), made the comments at the 7th Trondheim Conference in Norway on Monday.

Noting the widely noted declining plant and animal biodiversity in the wild, Zakri said “we are hurtling towards irreversible environmental tipping points that, once passed, would reduce the ability of ecosystems to provide essential goods and services to humankind.”

But biodiversity loss is hitting farms also, said Zakri, threatening the world’s food supplies, both in terms of livestock as well as crops

“The good news is the rate of decline is dropping but the latest data classify 22% of domesticated breeds at risk of extinction.”

Zakri cites incentives for more uniform breeds from industrialized countries as a contributing factor in the decline of livestock diversity.

“Those genetics are irreplaceable. Once they’re gone they’re gone,” Jeannette Beranger, research and technical programs manager at the American Livestock Breeds Conservancy, said. 

Crops have suffered a loss of 75 percent of genetic diversity in the last century as locally-adapted varieties were abandoned in favor of genetically uniform varieties. In the heirloom orchard at Seed Savers Exchange, where they have 550 varieties of pre-1900 apples. (Photo: Chiot’s Run/cc/flickr) 

Take apples, says John Torgrimson, executive director of Seed Savers Exchange, an organization that saves and shares heirloom seeds.

Nowadays, you’ll generally find only about 10 varieties of apples in markets, he says, and some of those are related to each other. 

And the ubiquitous red delicious of today looks “tremendously different” from the red delicious of 100 years ago, Torgrimson says.  

Yet “at one time, we had 20,000 varieties of apples in the U.S.” In 2000, we had about 4,000 varieties, but most of those were held in private orchards across the country; market forces are bringing only a handful of varieties to consumers, says Torgrimson.

“It’s critical that they examine the central role that large-scale industrial agriculture and agri-food corporations have played in eroding our biodiversity and undermining ecosystems.”
– Chrisopher Cook
Further, noted Zakri, out of the 30,000 edible plant species only 30 crops account for 95% of human food energy, with the bulk coming form rice, wheat, maize, millet and sorghum.

We need genetic diversity, Zakri said, because it is key to providing “a large genetic pool that enables organisms to withstand and adapt to new conditions.”

Not to be overlooked in this declining farm biodiversity is the role of agribusiness, says Christopher Cook, journalist and author of Diet for a Dead Planet: Big Business and the Coming Food Crisis.

This “high-profile focus on recapturing biodiversity and repairing ecosystems” from the UN body is good, he says, but moving forward, “it’s critical that they examine the central role that large-scale industrial agriculture and agri-food corporations have played in eroding our biodiversity and undermining ecosystems.”

“In their relentless push for market control these corporations, Monsanto, Syngenta and others, often with help from governments, have monopolized and privatized our seed supply–and promoted monoculture farming that has destroyed soils and fed climate change and drought,” says Cook. “Biodiversity and economic diversity are linked–to restore both, we must combat agri-food corporations’ phenomenal economic and political power.”

____________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Obamacare: Were You Struck By A Turtle Or Were You Bitten By A Turtle?

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars.com
May 28, 2013

It might seem like an totally irrelevant question but under Obama’s new healthcare plan it’s extremely important that you understand the difference between being struck by a turtle or being bitten by one of the dastardly creatures. If your physician uses the wrong healthcare code your insurer may not cover the stitches.

In a speech delivered earlier this month that’s just beginning to gain some online momentum, Republican Senator Rand Paul of Kentucky strongly criticized Obama’s new 9,000 page healthcare plan. The Senator was addressing the Iowa Republican party when he lashed out at the ridiculous classification codes physicians will be required to use in 2014.

Currently, physicians have about 18,000 medical diagnostic codes they use to identify ailments for insurance providers. Under Obamacare, the number of codes will jump to more than 140,000.

“Included among these codes,” the senator continued, “will be 312 new codes for injuries from animals; 72 new codes for injuries just from birds; 9 new codes for ‘injuries from the macaw.”‘

“The macaw?” he asked. “I’ve asked physicians all over the country, ‘Have you ever seen an injury from a macaw?”‘

Paul went on to explain that he’d also found two new codes under Obamacare to be used for “injuries sustained from a turtle.”

“Now, you might say, ‘Well, turtles are dangerous’ – but why do you have to have two codes?” he asked. “Your doctor has to inform the government whether you’ve been struck by a turtle or bitten by a turtle.”

Paul added that there is a special code for “injuries sustained from burning water skis,” and there are even two codes for walking into a lamppost — one for the first time you knock your noggin and another for a “subsequent encounter.”

“Your government just wants to take care of you,” he added, criticizing the new law’s 9,000-plus pages of new regulations. “They don’t think you’re smart enough to make these decisions.”

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Syria militants set deadline for Hezbollah

0

Top commander of foreign-backed militants in Syria, Brigadier General Salim Idris (File Photo)

Militants fighting the Syrian government have given the Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah 24 hours to stop fighting alongside the Syrian army.

Top commander of foreign-backed militants in Syria, Brigadier General Salim Idris, gave the warning in a telephone interview with the Saudi al-Arabiya news channel on Tuesday.

The warning comes a day after Idris held a meeting with US Senator John McCain in Syria. McCain spent about two hours in Syria, crossing over the border from Turkey, and met with a number of militant commanders.

Idris, however, did not say precisely what actions the militants may take if Hezbollah fighters refused to heed the warning.

Hezbollah Secretary General Seyyed Hassan Nasrallah said last week that the movementâ„¢s members are battling militants alongside Syrian government forces in the strategic border city of al-Qusayr.

Nasrallah has defended the movementâ„¢s intervention in the battle, saying if the militants claim victory in Syria they will come after Lebanon.

Syrian troops entered al-Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants. The Syrian army has kicked off the second phase of its operation in the town after successfully concluding the first phase of battle.

The Syrian army says it is in control of more than 70 percent of the strategic city, which connects the capital city of Damascus to the Mediterranean port of Tartous.

HM/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Public Pillorying of Apple for Legally Reducing Tax Burden

0

Last week’s show trial of Apple Computer on Capitol Hill ended up being more of an indictment of the Republican Party than of allegedly venal Apple executives accused of tax “avoidance.” The Senate hearing, convened by Senator Carl Levin (D-Mich.), was intended to shape public and congressional opinion of Apple’s practice of maintaining large capital reserves and profits offshore, where they are shielded from the 35 percent corporate earnings tax imposed by the U.S. government. Instead, thanks largely to the brutal honesty of Senator Rand Paul, the public pillorying of Apple turned into a sordid pageant of Old Guard Big Government Republicans and their Democratic allies against up-and-coming Tea Partiers like Senator Paul.

After a parade of pompous senators, including Republican John McCain, heaped ritual invective on Apple for the non-crime of seeking to minimize legally their tax liabilities, Senator Paul rose to the storied computer maker’s defense. Paul argued that many Americans – including politicians – seek to minimize their tax burden. “I frankly think the committee should apologize to Apple,” Paul said, blaming a “bizarre and byzantine” tax code “that simply doesn’t compete with the rest of the world.” America’s corporate tax rate, Senator Paul observed, is higher than that of Canada or the European Union, and capital always goes where it is most welcome; right now, it is more welcome in Canada and overseas. This, Paul insisted, is not the fault of Apple or any other large corporation, but of Congress. He pointed out that every man and woman in the room, senators included, always sought to minimize their tax burden under the law, and no individual or company would retain the services of financial consultants who advised them to do otherwise.

“Instead of doing the right thing, we drag businessmen and women in here to berate them for trying to maximize their profits for shareholders,” Paul said. “Apple has done more to enrich people’s lives than politicians will ever do.” He suggested – not entirely tongue in cheek – that instead of bringing America’s most productive citizens before a senatorial inquisition, Congress would be better served by bringing in a giant mirror, so that they could all see clearly the real cause of America’s fiscal woes.

Ritual public humiliation of successful businessmen unfortunately enjoys a long and sordid history in the political annals of a country that once prided itself on its adherence to free-market principles; only last September, a similar hearing sought to make examples of Microsoft and Hewlett-Packard.

But in such parlous fiscal times as these, the Apple show trial reeks of desperation, as politicians scramble to raise revenue by any means possible to avoid having to actually cut the size and cost of government. Lawmakers, desperate to fund Big Government without cutting costs, have recently inflicted massive tax hikes on individuals while reluctantly acquiescing to the largely cosmetic sequester that will have little long-term impact on our vertiginous public debt and gargantuan federal budget.

But if government could somehow find a way to curtail the maddening practice of “tax avoidance,” why, much of the hated sequester could be paid for, and actual cuts avoided. Wrote the reliably pro-Big Government New York Times:

As corporate tax revenue has withered as a share of the economy and as a share of total revenue, Washington has leaned more heavily on individuals to pay for government. In 2012, personal income taxes and payroll taxes raised $1.9 trillion, compared with $242 billion raised from corporate taxes, a disparity that contributes to widening inequality and, in turn, to a slow economy and less social mobility. Congress’s Joint Committee on Taxation estimates that fully taxing the profits sheltered abroad by American corporations would raise an additional $42 billion in revenue this year, enough to end more than half the spending cuts in the sequester.

This attitude – that government must find more and more creative ways to squeeze the private sector – is rampant among Democrats and Old Guard Republicans alike on Capitol Hill, and the stark contrast of Rand Paul’s remarks to the self-righteous condemnation blasted Apple’s way by fellow Republican Senator John McCain is testimony of a growing rift in the Republican Party. Most multi-term Republicans, like McCain, have found me-tooing Democrat demands for higher taxes and more government a reliable recipe for reelection, while newer senators, like Paul and Ted Cruz of Kentucky, are still adhering to the small-government ideals that got them elected. Where McCain and his Democratic allies would raise taxes, increase regulation, close loopholes, and in general cause further deterioration of the business climate in the United States, Paul, Cruz, and other members of a growing movement in Congress in favor of limited constitutional government would cut government and taxes, reduce regulation, and restore faith in the power of free markets.

Who is right? Consider as evidence the fact that five years of higher taxes, bailouts, massive regulatory growth, soaring deficits, and fiscal stimulus have produced the longest and deepest span of economic stagnation since the Great Depression. However, within weeks of the institution of the dreaded sequester – a largely symbolic but nevertheless significant first step towards fiscal restraint – the U.S. economy has shaken off some of its lethargy. In recent weeks, the Dow Jones has unexpectedly risen to new heights, while housing and construction appears to have stabilized. Much of this year’s surprising economic growth is illusory, of course, but some of it is grounded in the perception (which may yet prove false) that the sequester is basis for believing that, after all, Congress may finally be getting serious about cutting government spending and making the United States a more business-friendly environment.

With Senator Paul and Apple’s beleaguered executives, we can only hope such perceptions are right.

Photo of Apple chief financial officer Peter Oppenheimer, CEO Jim Cook, and head of tax operations Phillip Bullock: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

US spy drone crashes in Somalia

0

An unmanned aerial vehicle reportedly belonging to the United States has crashed in the Lower Shabelle region in the south of Somalia.

According to local governor Abdikadir Mohamed Nur, the US spy drone crashed near the town of Bulamareer on Tuesday after al-Shabab militants shot at the aircraft, Reuters reported.

Å“Finally they hit it and the drone crashed,” Nur said.

The militants confirmed the crash in a statement but did not reveal that whether the US drone had been downed by them.

Å“A US drone has just crashed … in the Lower Shabelle region,” the statement said.

Washington has increasingly turned to unmanned aircraft to carry out covert strikes in several countries such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen, and Somalia.

Washington claims that its airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

The weak Western-backed government in Mogadishu has been battling al-Shabab fighters for the past five years, and is propped up by a strong African Union force from Uganda, Burundi, and Djibouti.

MAM/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran-Venezuela ties deep-seated’

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has hailed the countryâ„¢s deep-seated relations with Venezuela, expressing hope that the allies will strengthen their ties in all fields.

Å“Tehran-Caracas bilateral relations are deep-rooted and I hope that under the presidency of Mr. [Nicolas] Maduro we will be able to open a new chapter in these relations,” Salehi said at a meeting with Venezuelan Deputy Foreign Minister David Velasquez in Tehran on Tuesday.

Salehi said the relations between the two allies are at their best, and called for an expansion of bilateral cooperation in commerce and industry.

Velasquez, who is heading a Venezuelan delegation to a Tehran-hosted international conference on Syria, thanked Iranian officials for their solidarity with the nation and government of the Latin American country.

He described the presence of Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad in former Venezuelan leader Hugo Chavezâ„¢ funeral as a turning point in the two countriesâ„¢ relations.

Å“We are Mr. Chavezâ„¢ spiritual children and will continue the strategic ties he established and pursued with Iran,” Velasquez stressed, adding that the Maduro administration plans to boost economic and trade cooperation between the two countries.

Å“At this level of ties, you have a good ally and partner in Latin America,” he stated.

MRS/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Groups Slam Trade Deal for Choosing "Private Interests and Profits" over People and Planet

0

Following the most recent round of Trans-Pacific Partnership negotiations in Lima, Peru, more than 130 organizations have come out against such international trade agreements calling them a “deadly weapon” against democratic rule, the protection of individual rights and environmental justice.

(Photo: Caelie Frampton/ Flickr) “These agreements further consolidate the asymmetry of laws that propagate that the rights and power of corporations are protected by ‘hard law’ and are above the rights of peoples and communities,” write the groups write in an open letter criticizing the agreements.

“We believe that Nation-states should have not only the obligation but also the full freedom to implement laws and policies in favour of the people and the environment, without the threat of being sued by transnational capital,” the letter continued.

According to the alliance–which includes such groups as Friends of the Earth, Global Trade Watch, Institute for Policy Studies, Global Exchange–under International Investment Agreements (IIAs) such as the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a co-signed country can be sued by a transnational corporation if their laws or policies go against the interests of the corporations, such as legislation that favors people or the environment.

“International Investment Agreements grant unprecedented rights to foreign corporations and investors,” said Alberto Villarreal from Friends of the Earth-Uruguay, adding, “They are deadly weapons against democratic rule and the protection of peoples’ rights and environmental justice.”

The group is calling on State signatories to “denounce and stop signing” these agreements that have “unlawfully subjected them to foreign jurisdictions and violate peoples’ rights.”

Rather, they propose an alternative legal framework for international economic relations that is based primarily on democratic principles, prioritizing the rights of humans and nature over “private interests and profits.”

They explain:

This framework should include binding obligations for private and public transnational corporations on issues of human rights, as well as economic, labor, social rights, and respect for mother nature. It should also guarantee governments’ possibility to enact public policy for the realization of these rights. In this context, any investment agreement should also include a mechanism for public participation and democratic discussion with representatives of the relevant social sectors.

The 11 member states of the Trans-Pacific Partnership–including Australia, Brunei, Canada, Chile, United States of America, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Singapore, Vietnam and Peru–are expected to finalize their negotiations by the end of 2013.

___________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Syria: Proxy War Escalates as Russia Calls Out 'Hothead' Approach of Western Nations

0

Russia has responded to the European Union’s decision to allow its arms embargo for Syria to expire by saying the move only adds “fuel to the fire” and that it will now deliver a high-precision missile system to the government of President Bashar al-Assad in order to counter the possibility of further intervention by “hotheads” in Europe, the US, or other nations.

Israel defense secretary, Moshe Ya’alon, left, with his US counterpart, Chuck Hagel. The EU has agreed to lift its arms embargo on Syria’s rebels and the Russians responded by promising to send new missile systems to the Assad government. (Photograph: Reuters) The “hothead” comment is likely a specific reference to US Republican Sen. John McCain, who surprised many on Monday by appearing in Syria alongside rebel forces fighting against the Assad government. Known as one of the war-hungry hawks of the US political establishment, McCain has advocating sending US weapons to the Free Syrian Army despite warnings that additional weapons will prolong the war by roadblocking the hopes for upcoming peace talks.

The European Union’s lifting of the arms embargo occurred after a contentious battle in Brussels on Monday in which the UK and France won the day by allowing the ban on sending weapons to Syrian opposition forces to lapse.

Britain’s foreign minister William Hague pushed hard for the lifted embargo, but says the UK and France will hold off on actual arms shipments until August.

“There are no easy answers when trying to stop the bloodshed in Syria, but sending more arms and ammunition clearly isn’t one of them.” —Anna MacDonald, Oxfam

However, as The Guardian’s Julian Borger reports from Ankara, the lifting of the embargo threatens a flood of weapons on both sides, “raising the prospect of a rapidly escalating proxy war in the region if peace talks in Geneva fail next month.”

Those peace talks remain in the planning stage, with Syrian opposition forces still uncertain of their participation and foreign nations still jockeying for positions at the negotiating table.

The debate at the EU meeting in Brussels highlighted the contradictory positions of its member nations, as the Guardian reports:

Senior European officials say much of the debate is “hypocritical” because some of the countries calling for a lifting of the embargo do not have the weapons to deliver or have no intention of taking part. They also point out that the White House and the State Department appear to be similarly split between hawks and doves.

And Reuters, pointing out how the Russian missiles could countervail possibility of western arms, adds:

Britain and France, which opposed renewing the arms embargo, have made clear they reserve the right to send arms immediately, despite an agreement by European countries to put off potential deliveries until August 1, but have made no decisions yet.

A senior French official said the S-300 was brought up at talks between French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry in Paris on Monday.

“Obviously it poses a huge problem for us because if they deliver these weapons – they are ground-to-air missiles – and if we were to set up air corridors, then you can see the contradiction between the two,” the official said.

Oxfam’s head of arms control, Anna Macdonald, slammed the EU decision, saying: “Allowing the EU arms embargo to end could have devastating consequences. There are no easy answers when trying to stop the bloodshed in Syria, but sending more arms and ammunition clearly isn’t one of them.”

MacDonald continued: “Transferring more weapons to Syria can only exacerbate a hellish scenario for civilians. If the UK and France are to live up to their own commitments — including those set out in the new arms trade treaty — they simply must not send weapons to Syria.”

Russia’s deputy foreign minister, Sergei Ryabkov, said his government’s decision to send Syria its S-300 missile system was a direct response to the EU decision.

“We think this delivery is a stabilizing factor and that such steps in many ways restrain some hotheads from exploring scenarios in which this conflict could be given an international character with participation of outside forces,” Ryabkov said.

It was not clear how many systems Russia would offer the Assad government or whether or not any deliveries have yet occurred.

Syria’s neighbor Israel, in turn, responded to the Russian announcement by issuing with their own warning on Tuesday.

“The shipments haven’t set out yet and I hope they won’t,” Moshe Ya’alon, the Israeli defense minister.

“If [the missiles] do arrive in Syria, God forbid,” he added ominously, “we’ll know what to do.”

And addressing the ongoing US role in the Syria, senior fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies Saul Landau says all efforts should be made to de-escalate the conflict, not exacerbate it. Urging against US intervention, Landau lays out his reasons:

President Assad has not threatened to attack the U.S. or allied governments, such as Israel; nor can he take an offensive stance while his government fights for survival. Indeed, Israel has twice bombed Syria in the last month, without retaliation.

Washington, however, has decided to aid the Syrian rebels, as it once armed Afghan insurgents in Pakistan. Thus, the U.S. played an inadvertent role in helping the now-despised Taliban emerge victorious in the 1990s.

Syria’s civil war, an internal battle, got upgraded when Saudi Arabia and Qatar paid jihadists to fight against Assad. This influx of foreign warriors fueled the death toll, over 70,000, and helped force more than one million Syrians to become refugees.

Syria’s struggle also confronts Washington again with the drama of the Arab Spring: pro-U.S. dictatorships in Arab countries vie with an amalgam of democrats, socialists, and religious authoritarians, a setting ripe for more conflicts.

This, taken with the growing contours of the regional possibilities of the war’s spillover, Landau’s prescription for the US is simple: “Stay out of Syria.”

____________________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Online shopping threatens UK retailers

0

A new study has claimed that over one in five of Britainâ„¢s high street shops could close by 2018 amid a rising fever among customers to turn to the internet for their shopping.

The study, carried out by the Centre for Retail Research, warned that 62,000 shops would fold in the next five years, with almost 316,000 workers losing their jobs a result of the downturn in high street shopping.

The centre is the UKâ„¢s independent retail analysis group, which said in its report entitled Å“Retail Futures 2018”, the country needs a £320million to redevelop redundant shopping streets and convert disused outlets.

According to estimates online shopping currently accounts for 12.7 percent of retail spending. However, this is expected to surge to 22 percent by 2018.

Professor Joshua Bamfieldâ„¢s report said the first closures will be pharmacies and health and beauty stores, followed by those selling music, books, cards, stationery and gifts, as well as DIY outlets.

Å“The total number of UK retail stores will fall by 22 percent over the next five years from 281,930 to 220,000 in 2018”, said Prof Bamfield.

Å“If no action is taken, store vacancy rates could almost double to 24 percent. Already this year, 16 major retailers have gone into administration operating 1,985 shops and employing 14,719 staff.”

Å“By the end of 2018, research predicts that a further 164 companies will go bust, taking 22,600 stores and 140,000 employees with them”, added the Prof.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Holder Went Judge Shopping To Obtain Fox News Subpoena

0

Larry O’Connor
breitbart.com

The New Yorker’s Ryan Lizza, a bulldog on the DOJ/Fox News secret subpoena story, reports that the effort by the Justice Department to obtain the controversial court order was arduous, contentious and unsuccessful until finally a third judge acquiesced.

The new documents show that two judges separately declared that the Justice Department was required to notify Rosen of the search warrant, even if the notification came after a delay. Otherwise: “The subscriber therefore will never know, by being provided a copy of the warrant, for example, that the government secured a warrant and searched the contents of her e-mail account,” Judge John M. Facciola wrote in an opinion rejecting the Obama Administration’s argument.

Machen appealed that decision, and in September, 2010, Royce C. Lamberth, the chief judge in the Federal District Court for the District of Columbia, granted Machen’s request to overturn the order of the two judges.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 12:20 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Chicago Students Erect Protest Garden for 'Uprooted' Schools

0

Hundreds of Chicago Public School students and their families are ringing in this Memorial Day holiday with a picnic protesting last week’s announcement of the largest mass school closures in United States history.

Students took part in three days of marches against school closures last week in Chicago’s West Side. (Photo: Sarah-ji) During the picnic, which takes place Monday afternoon in the city’s Millennium Park, protesters will erect a temporary garden of giant paper flowers each representing one of the condemned schools, “to show the rest of the city and the world what is at risk of being lost in the mass closures–what needs to be nurtured in order to grow and flourish instead of being uprooted,” they write in a statement announcing the demonstration.

“In Chicago,” they continue, “the fight against school actions and the fight against underresourced, overcrowded public schools are one and the same. This fight will not end with the unelected school board rubberstamping the Mayor’s policies.”

The “Every School Solidarity Picnic” follows last Wednesday’s Chicago Board of Education vote to close 49 elementary schools and one high school program and implement a “turnaround” at five additional elementary schools during which the entire staff will be replaced.

Ninety percent of the schools targeted for shut down are in the city’s minority and low-income neighborhoods, prompting many–including nine-year-old Chicago student Asean Johnson–to declare Mayor Rahm Emanuel’s education policy “racist.”

As Black Agenda Report executive editor Glen Ford writes, “It’s about further privatizing the public schools, destroying the union, and destabilizing neighborhoods full of people that the mayor and his big business cronies would, ultimately, like to expel from the city, entirely.”

Monday’s gathering will take place from 12:00 to 2 PM CDT.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

UN Human Rights Chief Slams US Over Gitmo, 'War on Terror'

0

Anti-terror policies implemented by the U.S. and governments around the world have grossly violated human rights, warned United Nations human rights chief Navi Pillay on Monday, warning that the U.S. government’s Guantanamo Bay detention center and international rendition and drone programs have done far more harm than good.

U.N. High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay (Reuters/Susana Vera) “Time and again, my Office has received allegations of very grave violations of human rights that have taken place in the context of counter-terrorist and counter-insurgency operations,” Pillay warned.

“Such practices are self-defeating. Measures that violate human rights do not uproot terrorism: they nurture it.”

In the speech, given at the opening of the spring session of the U.N.’s Human Rights Council, Pillay most explicitly slammed the U.S. for Guantanamo, in which 166 prisoners remain in indefinite detention without charge or trial.

“The United States’ failure to shut down the Guantanamo detention center has been an example of the struggle against terrorism failing to uphold human rights, among them the right to a fair trial,” Pillay stated.

166 detainees in Guantanamo continue to be held without charge or trial, while half have been cleared for transfer. Over 100 remain on a hunger strike that began over four months ago, garnering international attention for the prisoners’ plight.

Pillay continues:

The continuing indefinite detention of many of these individuals amounts to arbitrary detention, in breach of international law, and the injustice embodied in this detention center has become an ideal recruitment tool for terrorists. […]

I have repeatedly urged the Government of the United States of America to close Guantanamo Bay in compliance with its obligations under international human rights law.

Pillay did not stop there, however.

Many European states are complicit in the U.S.’s human rights abuses committed in name of the “war on terror,” Pillay warned–namely through the global kidnapping and rendition program spearheaded by the U.S.

Pillay pressed for a thorough investigation into all countries involved:

I am dismayed by the continuing failure of many European States to undertake public and independent investigations of past involvement in the U.S. renditions program, under which terrorist suspects were captured and delivered to interrogation centers without regard for due process. Some of them still languish in Guantanamo.

Pillay went on to condemn the use of armed drones for counter-terrorism purposes, calling drone strikes “profoundly disturbing” on the basis of human rights.

“The worrying lack of transparency regarding the use of drones has also contributed to a lack of clarity on the legal bases for drone strikes, as well as on safeguards to ensure compliance with the applicable international law,” Pillay said.

Pillay’s statements follow President Obama’s speech last week at the National Defense University in Washington, in which he promised to modify the U.S. drone program and take measures to close Guantanamo Bay.

The speech, however, was criticized as both “long overdue” and “not good enough” by rights groups.

_____________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Report: Hackers Obtain Specs for US Weapons Systems

0

(Photo: US Navy)Previously undisclosed sections of a US government report obtained by the Washington Post show that designs for some of the Pentagon’s most advanced weapons systems were “compromised by Chinese hackers” in an act of cyber-espionage that one industry expert called “breathtaking.”

According to the Post:

Among more than two dozen major weapons systems whose designs were breached were programs critical to U.S. missile defenses and combat aircraft and ships, according to a previously undisclosed section of a confidential report prepared for Pentagon leaders by the Defense Science Board.

Experts warn that the electronic intrusions gave China access to advanced technology that could accelerate the development of its weapons systems and weaken the U.S. military advantage in a future conflict.

The Defense Science Board, a senior advisory group made up of government and civilian experts, did not accuse the Chinese of stealing the designs. But senior military and industry officials with knowledge of the breaches said the vast majority were part of a widening Chinese campaign of espionage against U.S. defense contractors and government agencies.

Among the weapon system compromised were the advanced Patriot missile system, known as PAC-3; an anti-ballistic missile sytem, known as the Terminal High Altitude Area Defense, or THAAD; the Navy’s Aegis ballistic-missile defense system; the F/A-18 fighter jet, the V-22 Osprey, the Black Hawk helicopter; the Navy’s new Littoral Combat Ship; and the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter, one of the most expensive weapons systems ever created by the US military, with a staggering development price of $1.4 trillion..

“That’s staggering,” said Mark Stokes, executive director of the Project 2049 Institute, a think tank that focuses on Asia security issues, when told about the list of weapons by the Post. “These are all very critical weapons systems, critical to our national security. When I hear this in totality, it’s breathtaking.”

The hype by the Pentagon and industry analysts aside, however, the revelations about the possible hack shows the growing trend of dueling cyber-attacks between the world’s governments. Though US officials have publicly accused the Chinese for commanding or supporting networks of hackers, the US has also been a leader in executing offensive modes of cyber warfare against its rivals and enemies.

_________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Think Fracking Is Bad? Wait Until You Hear About 'Acid Jobs'

0

Think fracking is bad? You should know about ‘acid jobs,’ environmental groups are warning.

A pumpjack drills for oil in the Monterey Shale, California, April 29, 2013. (Reuters/Lucy Nicholson)
‘Acid jobs,’ a highly toxic method of fossil fuel extraction, have gone vastly unregulated by lawmakers, particularly in California where the method is commonly used.

An ‘acid job’ is a process whereby companies pump chemicals such as hydrofluoric acid into an already built gas and oil well to “melt rocks” and objects that are obstructing oil flow.

“These are super-hazardous, poisonous chemicals and we have no idea what they are doing out there with it – how deep it is going, the volumes – nothing,” said Bill Allayaud of the Environmental Working Group. “Why shouldn’t our state agency be regulating it as we hope they’ll be regulating hydraulic fracturing?”

Acid jobs differ from fracking in that the chemicals are used to quickly eat away at rock and debris formations. Alternatively, fracking blasts away rock formations with a toxic concoction of water and chemicals.

Both processes are widely used and highly toxic, and the long-term environmental damage from each are equally untold.

Companies are currently not required to report when they perform acid jobs and the process has mostly sneaked by while fracking has garnered widespread international criticism.

The method is particularly pervasive in California’s Monterey oil formation, the largest shale reserve in the United States.

As Reuters reports:

Occidental Petroleum Corp, which is leading the way on Monterey development, said in 2011 it was mainly using acid jobs to get at the shale, and Occidental said this month that only a sixth of its California wells were fracked.

Venoco, a company well known for running California offshore operations near Santa Barbara and a driller of many onshore wells, estimated a few years ago that more than eight out of 10 Monterey wells could be completed with acid jobs alone.

Kassie Siegel, an attorney with the Center for Biological Diversity, told Reuters that it is a “scandal” how little the public knows about the use of acid at well sites.

“Taking hydrofluoric acid and injecting it into the ground and changing the geology down there is a big concern,” she said, especially if the acid was to migrate underground. “We should not have this activity going on until we know those risks.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Shot Down? Suspected US Drone Crashes in Somalia

0

Citing local officials and witnesses, Reuters on Tuesday is reporting that a suspected US military drone has crashed in Somalia.

According to the news agency:

Lower Shabelle region governor Abdikadir Mohamed Nur said that al Shabaab militants had shot at the aircraft over the town of Bulamareer for several hours before it crashed.

“Finally they hit it and the drone crashed,” Nur told Reuters.

The insurgents confirmed that a drone had crashed but did not say if they had downed it.

“A U.S. drone has just crashed near one of the towns under the administration of the Mujahideen in the Lower Shabelle region,” al Shabaab said on a social media account.

Although the United States does not report its activities in Somalia, drones have been used in recent years to kill Somali and foreign al Shabaab fighters.

One area resident told Reuters that al Shabaab fighters had cordoned off the area and would not let others near the downed aircraft.

Though details remain murky, the incident in Somalia fulfills the arguments of those critical of the US drone program who say that operating clandestine operations on multiple continents against loosely affiliated networks remains the flawed strategy of US intelligence agencies.

As human rights advocates warn, the operation of US drones inflames anti-American sentiment abroad and does more to harm US national security in the long term than it helps in the short term.

In response to President Obama’s speech on foreign policy last week, critics of the drone program have said that though the president’s rhetoric was a step in the right direction, his policy recommendations come up far short in terms of actually changing the manner in which the US employs its drone technology.

As Christopher R. W. Dietrich, an assistant professor of the history at Fordham University, argues in a special commentary at CNN on Tuesday, the US drone program is subjecting the nation’s moral authority to ultimate decay. Deitrich writes:

Obama and supporters of targeted killings argue that drone strikes have benefits. Their unique capabilities have allowed the United States to annihilate the governance of al Qaeda in Afghanistan, they say. The drone program has also limited the operational capacity of al Qaeda members in Pakistan, Yemen, Iraq, and Somalia.

Yet while Obama described drone strikes in the same breath as “a necessary evil,” defining unmanned aerial violence as indispensable to U.S. national security is wrongheaded. As Micah Zenko’s special report for the Council on Foreign Relations on reforming drone policy notes, the drawbacks actually outweigh the benefits.

Most importantly, targeted killings alienate the United States in international opinion. A joint report by the Stanford International Human Rights Clinic and the New York University Global Justice Clinic, “Living Under Drones,” confirms this position. The authors concluded after nine months of interviews not only that drones kill innocent civilians on a regular basis, but that drone policy itself has a broader injurious effect: increased anti-American sentiment in the international community.

___________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

'Global Mobilizer for Change': Bill McKibben Wins Prestigious Sofie Prize

0

Bill McKibben–noted environmentalist, scholar, founder of 350.org and champion behind the growing campaign to divest from fossil fuels–has been awarded Norway’s prestigious Sofie Prize for his commitment to the fight to preserve a sustainable planet.

This year’s prestigious Sofie Prize winner, Bill McKibben, speaking at the International Day of Climate Action in Times Square, NYC. (Photo: Mat McDermott/ Flickr) “This planet desperately needs a global mobilizer for change,” the committee writes, adding, “in only a few years [McKibben] has demonstrated an enormous mobilizing force.”

The press statement continues:

As an activist he is pioneering new methods of social protests, using among others Internet-enabled organizing strategies to increase the intensity of political activity. Fighting immensely powerful interests McKibben has shown that mobilization for change is possible. This brings hope.

This year’s Sophie Prize Winner underlines, however, that fast collective action is urgently needed to avoid an increase in temperature that our civilization can’t handle.

Along with the honor, McKibben was awarded $100,000 by the Norwegian cultural committee. The Sophie Prize was created in 1997 to “reward efforts for a sustainable future.”

The committee sites numerous campaigns McKibben has spearheaded to promote political change:

  • In 2009, 5200 simultaneous demonstrations were organized in 181 countries. The event was described by the Foreign Policy magazine “the largest ever global coordinated rally of any kind”.
  • In 2011 and 2012 McKibben has fronted a massive campaign against the approval of the Keystone XL pipeline, a project intended to link the Canadian Tar Sands oil fields with the Gulf of Mexico refineries and distribution centers. James E. Hansen has described an approval of this pipeline as “game over for this planet”. The massive mobilization has so far put the approval on hold. President Barack Obama is expected to approve or reject the pipeline this Summer or Fall.
  • A road show in the USA to build a movement strong enough to change the terrifying math of the climate crisis. The Do the Math Tour, starting in November 2012, was a massive success, with sold out shows in every corner of the US.
  • In February 2013 about 50 000 people marched past the White House and demanded that President Barack Obama take action to limit greenhouse gases. This was the biggest climate change rally in the U.S. history.
  • A fossil-fuel university divestment campaign. By February 2012 more than 300 student groups have formed official campaigns on campuses across the United States.

“Climate change is the single biggest thing humans have ever done on this planet,” said McKibben. “The only thing that needs to be bigger is our movement to stop it.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Groups Slam Trade Deal for Choosing "Private Interests and Profits" over People and Planet

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Following the most recent round of Trans-Pacific Partnership negotiations in Lima, Peru, more than 130 organizations have come out against such international trade agreements calling them a “deadly weapon” against democratic rule, the protection of individual rights and environmental justice.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Syria: Proxy War Escalates as Russia Calls Out 'Hothead' Approach of Western Nations

0

Russia has responded to the European Union’s decision to allow its arms embargo for Syria to expire by saying the move only adds “fuel to the fire” and that it will now deliver a high-precision missile system to the government of President Bashar al-Assad in order to counter the possibility of further intervention by “hotheads” in Europe, the US, or other nations.

Israel defense secretary, Moshe Ya’alon, left, with his US counterpart, Chuck Hagel. The EU has agreed to lift its arms embargo on Syria’s rebels and the Russians responded by promising to send new missile systems to the Assad government. (Photograph: Reuters) The “hothead” comment is likely a specific reference to US Republican Sen. John McCain, who surprised many on Monday by appearing in Syria alongside rebel forces fighting against the Assad government. Known as one of the war-hungry hawks of the US political establishment, McCain has advocating sending US weapons to the Free Syrian Army despite warnings that additional weapons will prolong the war by roadblocking the hopes for upcoming peace talks.

The European Union’s lifting of the arms embargo occurred after a contentious battle in Brussels on Monday in which the UK and France won the day by allowing the ban on sending weapons to Syrian opposition forces to lapse.

Britain’s foreign minister William Hague pushed hard for the lifted embargo, but says the UK and France will hold off on actual arms shipments until August.

“There are no easy answers when trying to stop the bloodshed in Syria, but sending more arms and ammunition clearly isn’t one of them.” —Anna MacDonald, Oxfam

However, as The Guardian’s Julian Borger reports from Ankara, the lifting of the embargo threatens a flood of weapons on both sides, “raising the prospect of a rapidly escalating proxy war in the region if peace talks in Geneva fail next month.”

Those peace talks remain in the planning stage, with Syrian opposition forces still uncertain of their participation and foreign nations still jockeying for positions at the negotiating table.

The debate at the EU meeting in Brussels highlighted the contradictory positions of its member nations, as the Guardian reports:

Senior European officials say much of the debate is “hypocritical” because some of the countries calling for a lifting of the embargo do not have the weapons to deliver or have no intention of taking part. They also point out that the White House and the State Department appear to be similarly split between hawks and doves.

And Reuters, pointing out how the Russian missiles could countervail possibility of western arms, adds:

Britain and France, which opposed renewing the arms embargo, have made clear they reserve the right to send arms immediately, despite an agreement by European countries to put off potential deliveries until August 1, but have made no decisions yet.

A senior French official said the S-300 was brought up at talks between French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry in Paris on Monday.

“Obviously it poses a huge problem for us because if they deliver these weapons – they are ground-to-air missiles – and if we were to set up air corridors, then you can see the contradiction between the two,” the official said.

Oxfam’s head of arms control, Anna Macdonald, slammed the EU decision, saying: “Allowing the EU arms embargo to end could have devastating consequences. There are no easy answers when trying to stop the bloodshed in Syria, but sending more arms and ammunition clearly isn’t one of them.”

MacDonald continued: “Transferring more weapons to Syria can only exacerbate a hellish scenario for civilians. If the UK and France are to live up to their own commitments — including those set out in the new arms trade treaty — they simply must not send weapons to Syria.”

Russia’s deputy foreign minister, Sergei Ryabkov, said his government’s decision to send Syria its S-300 missile system was a direct response to the EU decision.

“We think this delivery is a stabilizing factor and that such steps in many ways restrain some hotheads from exploring scenarios in which this conflict could be given an international character with participation of outside forces,” Ryabkov said.

It was not clear how many systems Russia would offer the Assad government or whether or not any deliveries have yet occurred.

Syria’s neighbor Israel, in turn, responded to the Russian announcement by issuing with their own warning on Tuesday.

“The shipments haven’t set out yet and I hope they won’t,” Moshe Ya’alon, the Israeli defense minister.

“If [the missiles] do arrive in Syria, God forbid,” he added ominously, “we’ll know what to do.”

And addressing the ongoing US role in the Syria, senior fellow at the Institute for Policy Studies Saul Landau says all efforts should be made to de-escalate the conflict, not exacerbate it. Urging against US intervention, Landau lays out his reasons:

President Assad has not threatened to attack the U.S. or allied governments, such as Israel; nor can he take an offensive stance while his government fights for survival. Indeed, Israel has twice bombed Syria in the last month, without retaliation.

Washington, however, has decided to aid the Syrian rebels, as it once armed Afghan insurgents in Pakistan. Thus, the U.S. played an inadvertent role in helping the now-despised Taliban emerge victorious in the 1990s.

Syria’s civil war, an internal battle, got upgraded when Saudi Arabia and Qatar paid jihadists to fight against Assad. This influx of foreign warriors fueled the death toll, over 70,000, and helped force more than one million Syrians to become refugees.

Syria’s struggle also confronts Washington again with the drama of the Arab Spring: pro-U.S. dictatorships in Arab countries vie with an amalgam of democrats, socialists, and religious authoritarians, a setting ripe for more conflicts.

This, taken with the growing contours of the regional possibilities of the war’s spillover, Landau’s prescription for the US is simple: “Stay out of Syria.”

____________________________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Shares in Spain's Bankia plummet

0

Small shareholders protest against Bankia outside of Spain’s Congress in Madrid on May 28, 2013.

Stocks in Spainâ„¢s finance group Bankia have tumbled after new shares hit the market, causing small stakeholders to protest over the losses.

Bankia issued on Tuesday 11.5 billion euros (USD 14.8 billion) in fresh shares on the Madrid stock exchange as a part of its restructuring after the bank was nationalized last year.

The new shares were issued to replace high-risk investments held by existing Bankia stakeholders.

The savers were promised that the new shares would be traded at 1.35 euros. However, they were down to 0.55 euros (USD 0.70) during Tuesdayâ„¢s trading.

The move angered the small stakeholders, most of whom planned selling their shares on Tuesday in an attempt to recover part of their money.

ADICAE, a campaign group representing the small stakeholders, said 200,000 customers at the bank were cheated into converting their savings into shares and that the savers risked losing 75 percent of their investment if they sold their stake.

Some analysts say the stocks could remain under pressure, with little hope of a quick recovery amid tough business conditions.

On the same day, between 200 and 300 people, who had bought the shares, staged a protest outside the Congress to voice their frustration while facing new losses.

The Spanish government bailed out the bank in 2012 and it has also received 18 billion euros from European funds to rebuild its capital.

Bankia was created in 2010 from the merger of seven troubled savings banks after its property sector crashed in 2008.

CAH/MA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Qatari gas reserves to last 160 years – report

0


Proven gas reserves in Qatar are the third largest in the world estimated at 25tn cubic meters as of 2011. The reserves are expected to last around 160 years at production rates of 2011, according to a report by the Qatar National Bank.

The offshore North Field is the main gas reserve in Qatar.
However a new gas field Block 4 North was discovered in March
2013 with estimated 70 million cubic metres of recoverable gas.
It is the first gas find in 42 years and has encouraged further
discoveries, QNB said.

Over past six years Qatari gas production has seen significant
boost, increasing from 170 million cubic meters a day in
2007 to around 420 million cubic meters in 2012. The splurge was
mainly caused by demand for new liquefied natural gas (LNG) and
GTL facilities and other industrial projects. Qatar has been the
world’s largest LNG exporter since 2006, with export volumes
hitting 77 million tonnes per year in 2012.

It has also diversified its exporting markets, going beyond
traditional Asia markets and reaching out to Europe, the United
States and South America. It now supplies its natural gas to more
than 23 countries.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Worse than fracking? California environmentalists terrified by acid jobs

0

As California lawmakers discuss 10 bills that would regulate fracking, some environmentalists are warning that the debate overshadows a more serious process that involves the use of hydrofluoric acid.

The state regulator is drawing up rules for hydraulic fracturing,
lawmakers are consideration various regulatory bills,
environmentalists are protesting drilling in the Monterey oil
formation, and filmmakers are creating a movie about the debate.
Many believe the concerns over fracking are well-founded, but
some corporations plan to use a different method to extract oil
or gas altogether.

“All this anti-fracking language misses the target and I am
very concerned it is a diversion,”
Steve Shimek of the
environmental group Monterey Coastkeeper told Reuters.

Venoco, a private oil and gas production corporation, has
estimated that eight out of 10 of its Monterey wells can be
completed without the use of fracking  — a method which
injects water, sand and chemicals into faults at high pressure to
shatter rock formations and release oil or gas. Using an
alternate method, chemicals such as hydrofluoric acid are pumped
into the wells to melt rocks and other obstructions to extract
oil.  Occidental Petroleum Corp, a California-based oil
and gas production company that leads the Monterey development,
in 2011 announced that most of its shale was extracted using acid
jobs — not fracking. This month, the company said that only one
sixth of its wells are currently being fracked.

A protestor holds a sign against fracking during a demonstration outside of the California Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) headquarters on July 25, 2012 in Sacramento, California. (AFP Photo / Justin Sullivan)

Only one of the 10 legislative fracking bills addresses acid
jobs, which has some environmentalists concerned. Companies are
not required to report their use of acid, which allows them to
pump large quantities of this substance into the ground with no
regulation.

“These are super-hazardous, poisonous chemicals and we have no
idea what they are doing out there with it — how deep it is
going, the volumes — nothing,”
Bill Allayaud of the
Environmental Working Group told Reuters. “Why shouldn’t our
state agency be regulating it as we hope they’ll be regulating
hydraulic fracturing?”
 

Earlier this month, Allayaud told Environment & Energy
Publishing that regulation for acid use is desperately needed
because it is unknown how much of the substance is being used and
where. Damon Nagami, a senior attorney at the Natural
Resources Defense Council, said techniques that replace fracking
— including gravel packing, water flooding, steam flooding and
acidization — remain largely excluded from the public debate.

They “aren’t being talked about as much because of the
spotlight on fracking,”
Nagami told E & E
Publishing. “We believe they could have as much of an impact
or possibly more than fracking itself because of the widespread
use and potential used in the future.”

With an estimated 15 barrels of oil in the Monterey shale,
California is ranked fourth in the US for oil output. Fracking
regulation in the state will take up to 16 months to write, and
ruled on acid jobs could take longer than that, State Oil and Gas
Supervisor Tim Kustic told Reuters. But with little emphasis
on acid regulation in the debate on oil and gas extraction,
companies will most likely be able to continue their processes
undisturbed.

“Taking hydrofluoric acid and injecting it into the ground and
changing the geology down there is a big concern,”
Kassie
Siegel, an attorney with the Center for Biological Diversity,
told Reuters. “We should not have this activity going on until
we know those risks.”

Lawmakers are trying to address environmentalists’ fracking
concerns, but acidization continues to remain a little-known
process with unknown environmental effects. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

Spilt coffee and sleepless nights: Cosmonaut details ISS life ahead of new mission

0

With last-minute preparations at the Baikonur cosmodrome in full swing, Fyodor Yurchikhin, Russian commander of the Soyuz TMA-09M, shared with RT his experiences of life in zero-gravity ahead of the upcoming ISS mission.

The countdown to liftoff will start after midnight. At 20:31 GMT
a spacecraft with three crewmembers will blast off from the same
pad used by Yuri Gagarin at the dawn of the space age. If all
goes to plan, just six hours after launch commander Fyodor
Yurchikhin, NASA astronaut Karen Nyberg and European Space Agency
astronaut Luca Parmitano will reach the International space
station as part of Expedition 36.

For Yurchikhin this will be his fourth space flight. An
experienced cosmonaut with total 30 hours in space, he says the
days and months without his family is still the toughest part.

“There’s not physical fatigue that dominates, but
homesickness. Here you are sitting in the cabin, Moscow at the
side, and it is always at the side, in the North. You’re looking
at the clock, you know that the family is there drinking tea, and
you were not there,”
he says.

Yurchikhin recalls that the first time he was in space, during a
conversation with mission control broadcast worldwide, he was
given a chance to talk to his wife.

“I literally shouted to her that she is my best girl in the
world. Is that not crazy?”
he recalls.

This time he will have to leave his family for nearly half a
year. He has a packed schedule ahead of him.

Along with his colleagues, Yurchikhin will make three spacewalks
to work on the exterior of the platform, repair the
thermoregulation system of the functional cargo block, and to
carry out a number of scientific experiments. His first walk is
planned for June. The crew is also tasked to meet multiple cargo
ships carrying supplies.

Italian astronaut Luca Parmitano (R), U.S. astronaut Karen Nyberg (L) and Russian cosmonaut Fyodor Yurchikhin pose for a picture at Baikonur cosmodrome May 24, 2013. (Reuters / Sergei Remezov)

Yurchikhin notes that in his free time he plans to enjoy evenings
with international colleagues and of course sleep. But even with
such a schedule he stresses that its hard to sleep whilst on
board the ISS.

“You create the illusion of support — set your head against
something, and that’s it, you can sleep, even you roll from side
to side, though, you still are hanging in the air, but it seems
like you are lying. Illusion,”
he says. Without such point,
“the body automatically takes a fetal sleeping position, and
you wake up immediately”.

Sleep is not the only inconvenience, the cosmonaut says. Even
drinking coffee can sometimes be difficult.  “But I would
like just to put a cup on a table so that it does not fly
around,”
he says. “And then I think that I’ll come home
and will put a cup on a table.”

Setting the Soyuz-FG carrier rocket with the Soyuz TMA-09M manned spacecraft on the 'Gagarin' launch pad at Baikonur Cosmodrome. (RIA Novosti / Vladimir Astapkovich)

Flying aboard a Soyuz rocket is nothing new for Yurchikhin, but
it will be a new experience for his colleagues Nyberg and
Parmitano. The latter is the youngest of the three. Thirty-six
year old Parmitano is a former fighter pilot and the European
Space Agency’s (ESA) newest astronaut. He was selected for
training just four years ago.

Nyberg, the wife of astronaut Douglas Hurley and a mother of
three, is going to see the ISS for the second time. In 2008 she
visited the station during a 14-day shuttle flight, but she says
that she does not remember a lot of that mission and is very
excited to live there again. She also holds a PhD in mechanical
engineering.

The three will stay on the station until November and will be
joining three astronauts already on the ISS – Russians Pavel
Vinogradov and Aleksandr Misurkin, and American Chris Cassidy.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Skolkovo report finds holes in Russia’s LNG plans

0

The outlook for Russia’s liquefied natural gas (LNG) market is looking increasingly negative. Even the best case scenario says Russia’s global share will grow to just 6% by 2020, while the worst sees being halved to 2%.

“Given a favorable turn of events, which implies launching by
2020 most of Russia’s LNG factories considered today,
Russia’s share in the LNG market could reach the maximum of 6% in
2020,”
noted research by Moscow’s school
of management at Skolkovo.

But if Sakhalin 2 remains the only functioning platform in
Russia, the country’s share is expected to drop to 2% from the
current 4%, the report added.

“So, if Russia doesn’t conduct an active policy, it risks to
almost completely give away the LNG market to its rivals. Given
this, to retain our position we need to occupy the market niche
actively and liberalize exports of LNG,”
Skolkovo experts
concluded.

The world LNG market is set to double during the next 7 years,
with its production capacity reaching 580 million tones a year.
On the demand side, the need for LNG is forecast to rise more
than twice to reach about 500 million tones a year by 2030, with
Asian countries making up the lion’s share of the global demand.
China, India, Pakistan, Vietnam — comparatively new players to
the LNG market — will see their need in the commodity skyrocket 8
times by 2030.

Among Russia’s LNG projects now in the pipeline are Pechyora LNG
in the country’s north — west, Vladivostok LNG plant- a joint
venture of Rosneft and Exxon Mobil in Russia’s Far East- as well
as Yamal LNG. The latter looks most promising, as it’s set to
double its capacity to 10 million tons a year between 2016 and
2018.

Given fast development of the LNG industry in the US, Australia
and Canada, Russia’s position is looking increasingly nervy.
About 20 export LNG terminals across the US and Canada are now
being built, which means supply from the two countries will
likely exceed all current LNG global trade volumes.

“If the US succeeds to realize all of its projects, LNG from
other countries can prove to be redundant,”
the Skolkovo
report said.

During almost 50 years of its existence, the LNG industry
increased its gas supplies to 30% of the total world gas trade.
18 countries around the world export the commodity and 26 states
have facilities to turn the commodity back into gas.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Anonymous hacker Jeremy Hammond pleads guilty to Stratfor breach

0

Hacker and activist Jeremy Hammond pleaded guilty Tuesday morning in a New York courtroom to violating the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act as a member of the Internet collective known as Anonymous.

Hammond, 28, was arrested last March and charged with hacking into
the computers of Strategic Forecasting Inc., or Stratfor – a global intelligence company
based out of Austin, Texas. He has been held in jail for nearly
15 months since being apprehended and faced a potential life
sentence if convicted by a jury. After spending more than a year
behind bars – with weeks spent in solitary confinement – Hammond
pleaded guilty early Tuesday for his role in the Stratfor hack as
well as eight other computer network intrusions.

“I took and disseminated information in a way I knew was
against the law,
” Hammond told the court, according to tweets
sent by eyewitness Nicky Ocean. 

Hammond is now slated to be sentenced on September 6 and faces no
more than 10 years in prison.

When Anonymous successfully infiltrated the networks of Stratfor
in 2011 as part of “Operation AntiSec” the group uncovered a
trove of personal emails between the company’s executives in
which a number of shadowy operations were revealed, including
evidence of Stratfor being contracted by corporations and
government entities alike to surveil political protestors and
activists, including members of People for the Ethical Treatment
of Animals (PETA) and Occupy Wall Street.

“Corporate-government surveillance is one of the most rapidly
expanding threats to civil liberties

today,
” Abi Hassen, mass defense coordinator for the National
Lawyers Guild, said in a statement Tuesday. “The

Stratfor leak is a glimpse into a secret world of corporate
spying that is incompatible with this country’s democratic
values
.”

Anonymous would go on to release personal information pertaining to thousands
of subscribers of Stratfor’s consulting service on Christmas
2011, and the following year whistleblower website WikiLeaks
began publishing the executive’s emails as part of the “Global Intelligence Files.” When WikiLeaks
began publishing the correspondence last February, the website
described Stratfor as “a company that fronts as an
intelligence publisher, but provides confidential intelligence
services to large corporations
.”

“The emails,” wrote WikiLeaks “expose the revolving
door that operates in private intelligence companies in the
United States. Government and diplomatic sources from around the
world give Stratfor advance knowledge of global politics and
events in exchange for money. The Global Intelligence Files
exposes how Stratfor has recruited a global network of informants
who are paid via Swiss banks accounts and pre-paid credit cards.

Stratfor has a mix of covert and overt informants, which includes
government employees, embassy staff and journalists around the
world.
”

In a statement penned by Hammond and released by his Defense
Committee after the plea was made, the hacktivist explained that
he opted to make a plea in lieu of letting his case go to trial
to avoid complicating

his legal woes even further.

“If I had won this trial I would likely have been shipped
across the country to face new but similar charges in a different
district. The process might have repeated indefinitely
,” he
wrote. “Ultimately I decided that the most practical route was
to accept this plea with a maximum of a ten year sentence and
immunity from prosecution in every federal court
.”

In addition to pleading guilty for the Stratfor hack, Hammond
said he also took the blame for compromising the computers of
military and police equipment suppliers, information security
firms and law enforcement agencies.

“I did this because I believe people have a right to know what
governments and corporations are doing behind closed doors
,”
Hammond wrote. “I did what I believe is right.”

According to Twitter user @subverzo, who was in attendance during
Tuesday’s hearing, one of those other eight hacks involved the
compromising of Combined Tactical Systems, a Pennsylvania-based
munitions manufacturer that has exported weapons to repressive
regimes across the Middle East. In 2011, Amnesty International
said the company shipped roughly 46 tons of ammunition to
Egyptian security forces, including “chemical irritants and
riot control agents such as tear gas
.” 

In the indictment filed against Hammond in March 2012, he was
accused of also participating in hacks that targeted the
California Statewide Law Enforcement Association, as well as
computer servers used by

various New York State police chiefs. 

“California police have a notorious history of brutality and
therefore have been on our hit list for a good minute now,
”
Anonymous members wrote after the January 2012 hack of CSLEA. In
response, CSLEA President Alan Barcelona called Anonymous
“criminal terrorists.”

Before taking up arms with Anonymous, Hammond spoke at the 2004
DefCon hacker convention in Las Vegas to discuss electronic civil
disobedience. When someone in the crowd had words for Hammond
similar to what Barcelona would say eight years later, a
then-19-year-old hacktivist said, “One man’s freedom fighter
is another man’s terrorist
.”

Elsewhere in his statement released this week, Hammond wrote,
“I believe in the power of the truth”

and explained that by pleading guilty he is once and for all able
to discuss his crimes – which, as suggested by the testimony
published on his behalf on Tuesday, he still stands by.

“This non-cooperating plea agreement frees me to tell the
world what I did and why, without exposing any tactics or
information to the government and without jeopardizing the lives
and well-being of other activists on and offline,
” Hammond
wrote.

Previously, Hammond wrote his supporters from prison to urge for reform
of the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act, the law used to target
information activist Aaron Swartz, security researcher Andrew Auernheimer and others.

“The sheer number of everyday computer users who could be
considered criminals under these broad and ambiguous definitions
enables the politically motivated prosecution of anyone who
voices dissent. The CFAA should be found unconstitutional under
the void-for-vagueness doctrine of the due process clause.
Instead, Congress proposed bills last year which would double the
statutory maximum sentences and introduce mandatory minimum
sentences, similar to the excessive sentences imposed in drug
cases which have been widely opposed by many federal and state
judges
,” Hammond wrote in February.

Although Swartz took his own life before his CFAA trial came
to a head, Auernheimer was sentenced to 41 months in prison
earlier this year. Under his plea deal, Hammond faces roughly
triple that.

Jason Hammond, Jeremy’s twin brother, said in a statement that
his sibling “has taken responsibility for what he’s done, but
he should not face such a harsh sentence for an act of protest
from which he did not personally benefit
.”

“I’m glad he’s moved one step closer to freedom but today I’m
asking for the judge to consider a sentence appropriate to what
is nothing other than a non-violent political protest
,” he
said.

Hammond was arrested on March 5, 2012 as part of an international
raid that targeted alleged members of Anonymous and the hacker
offshoot LulzSec. After arrests were made, it was revealed that the alleged “ringleader” of LulzSec, a
hacker using the alias Sabu, had been feeding information about the groups’
activities to the Federal Bureau of Investigation. Sabu has been
identified as Hector Xavier Monsegur, a single father from New
York, who as recently as this year was still cooperating with the FBI.

Earlier this month, Britain residents Ryan Cleary, Jake Davis,
Mustafa al-Bassam and Ryan Ackroyd were sentenced for a handful of crimes conducted under
the umbrella of LulzSec. None of their sentences

exceeded 32 months. Barrett Brown of Dallas, Texas is expected to
stand trial starting this September for a number of charges, including
one relating to the release of Stratfor subscribers’ credit card numbers. He faces a maximum of 100 years
in prison.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US spy device ‘tested on NZ public’

0

David Fisher
New Zealand Herald
May 28, 2013

A high-tech United States surveillance tool which sweeps up all communications without a warrant was sent to New Zealand for testing on the public, according to an espionage expert.

The tool was called ThinThread and it worked by automatically intercepting phone, email and internet information.

ThinThread was highly valued by those who created it because it could handle massive amounts of intercepted information. It then used snippets of data to automatically build a detailed picture of targets, their contacts and their habits for the spy organisation using it.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 11:57 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Texas Bans Drone Surveillance

0

Legislation pending in 31 other states

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
May 28, 2013

The Texas legislature passed a bill this past weekend that would see a blanket ban on capturing moving or still images on private property with an unmanned drone.

The legislation, House Bill 912, authored by Rep. Lance Gooden, R-Terrell, will make it a Class C misdemeanor for anyone to use a drone for surveillance of an individual without their prior consent. Further distributing any images captured as a result of such activity will be a class B misdemeanor punishable by a fine of up to $10,000.

The bill states that “Each image a person possesses, discloses, displays, distributes, or otherwise uses in violation of this section is a separate offense. An offense under this section for the disclosure, display, distribution, or other use of an image is a Class B misdemeanor.”

Exceptions to the legislation, known as the ‘Texas Privacy Act’, will be police use of drones to pursue known felons or conduct criminal investigations. Using drones to investigate misdemeanors will require a warrant. In addition, use of drones to survey accidents, disasters or potential hazardous spills will be permitted.

Another exemption allows media organisations that have permission to use drones to monitor any major news activity.

“With the privacy and property rights of Texans, it is important that specific safeguards are put into place which govern the purpose and manner in which drones may be used,” said Rep. Gooden.

The Senate passed the measure 26-5 Sunday, while House members also passed the measure 140-4. The bill will now go to the desk of Governor Rick Perry.

Texas is the latest trailblazing state to to ban warrantless spy drones being used by police or government, in an effort to protect privacy.

Last month, Idaho became the second state in the US to ban drones as Governor C.L. “Butch” Otter signed legislation into law that restricts the use of unmanned vehicles by public agencies, and mandates that warrants must be obtained in order to collect evidence using the technology.

The bill was passed by both the Idaho House and Senate, and it strictly prohibits the use of drones to spy on anyone in the state, or to conduct surveillance of their private property, without the person’s express written consent.

In February, Virginia became the first state in the US to pass such legislation, as the state General Assembly approved a two year moratorium on drone aircraft, sending the legislation to Gov. Bob McDonnell’s desk.

Since that time, McDonnell, who has previously applauded the use of drones has sought to weaken the legislation to allow certain parties to use drones.

The move did not surprise anti-drone activists in the state who have pointed to his strong connections with law enforcement.

“He’s a former prosecutor, and law enforcement wants these (drones),” John Whitehead, president of the Charlottesville-based Rutherford Institute, a civil-liberties group said last week.

“Get ready, Virginia. The moratorium is an illusion. We will be one of the leading states” for drone use and technology. Whitehead added.

The approval of the Virginia moratorium came in the wake of the passage of legislation by city officials in Charlottesville, Va to keep drones out of their airspace altogether, making it the first US city to enact such a ban. Whether city officials will be able to extend their ban to federal drone aircraft or not remains to be seen.

Legislation has been introduced by lawmakers in 36 other states to regulate domestic drone use, and bills are still actively being considered in 31 states.

Recent reports have noted that the drone industry is engaged an all out PR offensive to convince Americans that the unmanned vehicles are more than just tools for spying and assassinations.

Recent surveys suggest that most Americans now have significant reservations about the use of drones by government and law enforcement, with over half believing they have a right to shoot down a drone if it flies over their property without their permission.

Just how strictly the drone bans in Virginia, Texas, and Idaho will be implemented remains to be seen.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 11:58 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

McCain Visits Rebel Army in Syria

0

John McCain (shown) has put “boots on the ground” in Syria after all – his own.

The senior senator from Arizona and ranking Republican on the Senate Armed Services Committee became the highest-ranking U.S. official to enter Syria since the beginning of the two-year-old civil war that has killed an estimated 70,000, the Daily Beast reported. McCain made the unannounced visit Monday, when he crossed the border into Syria from Turkey, accompanied by Gen. Salim Idris, leader of the Supreme Military Council of the Free Syrian Army. McCain’s has been the most persistent voice in the Senate calling for aid to the rebel army – criticizing the Obama administration for not supplying weapons and air support. He has stressed, however, that he is not calling for American “boots on the ground” to assist the forces fighting to overthrow the regime of Syrian Bashar Hafez al-Assad.

President Obama has called on al-Assad to step down, but has limited direct U.S. assistance to the rebels to non-lethal “humanitarian” aid, such as protective armor and communications equipment. The United States has facilitated shipment of deadly weapons to the rebels from third-party vendors, including Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

McCain’s visit came less than a week after the Senate Foreign Relations Committee voted 15-3 to begin shipment of U.S. lethal weapons to “vetted” rebel units not dominated by militant, anti-Western Islamists. It is not certain if or when the Syrian Transaction Support Act, sponsored by committee chairman Robert Menendez (D-N.J.) and ranking Republican Robert Corker of Tennessee, will come before the full Senate for a vote. 

“What we want from the U.S. government is to take the decision to support the Syrian revolution with weapons and ammunition, anti-tank missiles and anti-aircraft weapons,” Gen. Idris told the Daily Beast. “Of course we want a no-fly zone and we ask for strategic strikes against Hezbollah both inside Lebanon and inside Syria.”

McCain, the Republican nominee for president in 2008, has long been an enthusiastic supporter of an interventionist foreign policy, often calling for “regime change” in nations viewed as threats to neighboring countries or as violators of human rights. He was a leading advocate of U.S. “boots on the ground” in Kosovo in the early 1990s and a strong supporter of the invasion and occupation of Iraq to remove that country’s alleged “weapons of mass destruction.” He championed the “surge” of U.S. forces there that has been widely credited with preventing a victory by insurgents against the new government, backed by U.S. and coalition forces. The need for the United States and allies to act in Syria is urgent, he says.

“The U.S. does not have to act alone, put boots on the ground or destroy every Syrian air-defense system to make a difference,” McCain wrote in a recent essay in Time magazine. He has called, however, for not only arming, but also training Syrian rebels, creating a “safe zone” for rebel forces at the Turkish border, bombing Syrian air bases, and enforcing a “no-fly” zone to thwart government air attacks. He also favors supporting the insurgents with U.S. Patriot missiles in Turkey. With arms flowing to al-Assad from Russia and Iran, McCain argues that the United States and other Western nations must come to the aid of the rebels before it is too late. 

“Taking these steps would save innocent lives, give the moderate opposition a better chance to succeed and eventually provide security and responsible governance in Syria after Assad,” he said in the Time article. “However, the longer we wait, the worse the situation gets.”

Vetting the rebel units to be sure the weapons get into the “right hands” would be a tricky proposition, however, given the prominent role of militant, anti-U.S. forces in the Syrian opposition. Al Nusra Front, an al-Qaeda affiliate that fought against U.S. and coalition forces in Iraq, is a key player among the Syrian rebels. The Syrian group, Ahrar al-Sham, is said to share al Nusra’s extremist ideology. The New York Times last month quoted a rebel commander on the dominant role of the al Nusra fighters.

“They are the strongest military force in the area,” said the commander of a rebel brigade in Hasaka. “We can’t deny it.”

A Reuters report in August of last year noted: “Recent news reports from the region have suggested that the influence and numbers of Islamist militants, some of them connected to al Qaeda or its affiliates, have been growing among Assad’s opponents.” The British Broadcasting Corporation at that time quoted a senior officer of the Free Syrian Army acknowledging that jihadists in the rebel ranks pose “a real threat after the Assad regime falls.”

“Nowhere in rebel-controlled Syria is there a secular fighting force to speak of,” the Times reported in April of this year.

Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.), a member of the Foreign Relations Committee, responded to the vote in favor of the Menendez-Corker bill by warning of unintended consequences. “This is an important moment,” he warned his colleagues. “You will be funding today the allies of al Qaeda.”

If weapons supplied by the United States end up turned against us, it won’t be the first time. The United States provided military aid to Saddam Hussein during the 1980s, only to find itself at war with the “Butcher of Baghdad” in 1991 and again in 2003 in war that lasted in nearly a decade. The “freedom fighters” the United States armed against the Soviet occupation in Afghanistan turned out to be the Taliban and al-Qaeda forces fighting U.S. occupation for the past 12 years. McCain was an early and enthusiastic backer of the air war that saved the rebel forces in Libya, most notably in Benghazi, where last September heavily armed militants attacked a U.S. diplomatic outpost, killing four Americans.

McCain, a Navy pilot captured and imprisoned in North Vietnam for five and half years, might recall that the U.S. role in Vietnam began with military advisors, arming and assisting the South Vietnamese Army. Before that war was over we had more than half a million Americans with “boots on the ground” in Vietnam and about 58,000 under the ground in cemeteries back home. The war took the innocent lives of hundreds of thousands of Vietnamese.

If history is any guide, U.S intervention in Syria’s civil war – in which no U.S. interests are at stake – might deliver the Syrian people from the tyranny of Bashar al-Assad into a different kind of lethal and destructive force: the tyranny of good intentions.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama’s “Fast and Furious” Gun-running Scandal Grows

0

As if there were not already enough scandals plaguing the Obama administration, the federal “Fast and Furious” operation that armed Mexican drug cartels is back in the news after the Justice Department Inspector General released a report blasting a government leak intended to smear a key ATF whistleblower. The leaked memorandum was apparently aimed at discrediting Special Agent John Dodson and contradicting his explosive testimony before Congress, which blew the lid off of a federal program that put thousands of high-powered weapons into the hands of deadly criminals in Mexico.

The latest twist in the scandal surrounds disgraced former U.S. Attorney Dennis Burke, one of the officials at the center of the administration’s lawless gun-trafficking scheme. The ex-prosecutor, who resigned in August of 2011 along with acting ATF boss Kenneth Melson, was furious after learning that brave whistleblowers had gone to Congress and the media, documents show. He was particularly upset because Dodson, one of the crucial figures in exposing Fast and Furious, had written a memo outlining a plot to let guns “walk” across the border into Mexico – and into the hands of known criminals. 

Special Agent Dodson, however, said he had been alarmed about the idea from the start, only putting the plot down on paper in an effort to show superiors how preposterous it really was. When the ATF agent went to Sen. Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) and CBS News to blow the whistle, Burke wanted desperately to protect his reputation. The then-U.S. attorney, who worked in Arizona, learned that Fox News reporter Mike Levine was working on a story about the issue. Burke then leaked the Dodson memo to Levine.

“We also concluded that Burke’s disclosure of the Dodson memorandum to Levine was likely motivated by a desire to undermine Dodson’s public criticisms of Operation Fast and Furious,” the Justice Department’s Office of the Inspector General (OIG) said in its report. “Although Burke denied to congressional investigators that he had any retaliatory motive for his actions, we found substantial evidence to the contrary.”

Official sources, for example, told the OIG that “Burke disclosed the document to help the U.S. Attorney’s Office defend against what were considered hypocritical criticisms being made by Dodson,” the report explains. “That disclosure occurred less than two weeks after Dodson’s public testimony before Congress.” Others interviewed during the investigation also confirmed that Burke was “frustrated” with the whistleblower’s “highly critical” congressional testimony about Fast and Furious.

Burke refused to be interviewed for the investigation. However, he admitted in his own account of the conversation with Levine that he believed the Fox reporter was working on a story that would expose what Burke considered to be Dodson’s “hypocrisy,” the OIG noted. As such, the former U.S. Attorney claimed that he simply released the memo in question – a violation of Justice Department policy at the very least – in an innocent but misguided effort to provide “context” for the story.

Neither Dodson nor the inspector general bought those excuses. “We believe that this explanation, taken together with the other evidence cited above, demonstrate that Burke’s conduct in disclosing the memorandum to Levine was likely motivated by his desire to undermine Dodson’ public criticisms,” the OIG report said, adding that the ATF whistleblower had raised very serious concerns about Fast and Furious.

Among the most interesting findings in the Inspector General investigation was Burke’s sense that he was being sacrificed by the administration. Quoted in the OIG report, Burke explained that “several U.S. Attorneys […] commented to me that the Department was throwing my office under the bus.” The Inspector General report noted: “Burke’s statements to the Department reflected a belief that he could not rely on the Department to respond to criticism of his office’s handling of the Fast and Furious investigation, and we found that he responded to this belief by deciding to defend the office himself through, in part, the unauthorized disclosure of information to the media.”

The report savages the former U.S. attorney in its conclusions, stating that Burke violated Justice Department policy by leaking the memo and that his excuses “were not credible.” The OIG also “rejected” Burke’s explanations, adding that the former U.S. attorney took “calculated measures” to reduce the chances of being caught: sending the document from a private e-mail account to a friend who passed it on to the Fox reporter.

“First, regardless of whether Burke in fact believed Levine or Congress already had the memorandum, that belief would not excuse his failure to comply with Department policy,” the report said, citing DOJ policies on media relations that were violated. “Second, we found that Burke disclosed the Dodson memorandum despite knowing he was under investigation at the very same time by OPR for virtually the same alleged misconduct.”

The misconduct described in the report is “particularly egregious,” the OIG continued, “because of Burke’s apparent effort to undermine the credibility of Dodson’s significant public disclosures about the failures in Operation Fast and Furious.” In the end, the actions were found to be “inappropriate for a Department employee and wholly unbefitting a U.S. Attorney.” As such, the problem will be reported to state Bar associations where Burke is licensed to practice law.

In an August, 2011, memo to his staff at the U.S. Attorney’s office about his resignation, Burke, who previously worked for current Homeland Security boss Janet “Big Sis” Napolitano, claimed that it was time to move on. “My long tenure in public service has been intensely gratifying,” he said. “It has also been intensely demanding. For me, it is the right time to move on to pursue other aspects of my career and my life and allow the office to move ahead.”

The latest OIG report is not the first time Burke has come under fire for his controversial handling of the press after the Fast and Furious scandal emerged. In December of 2011, for example, the administration was forced to release more than 1,300 pages of documents related to the gun-trafficking program. The subpoenaed records revealed frantic e-mail communications between senior officials about how vigorously to defend the operation, as well as concerns about the veracity of some of the proposed defenses.

The documents showed that DOJ officials were worried that if the administration were to cooperate with the congressional investigation, Congress would press for even more information. Others highlight the general fear among those involved that exposure would damage the image of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (still known as ATF).

One of the most explosive e-mails was actually from Burke, who recommended sending a “stern missive” to the Arizona Republic newspaper for exposing the scheme. “Just baffling that they refuse to engage even just to protect the integrity of the agency,” he wrote in a February 1 e-mail to Justice Department Criminal Division boss Lanny Breuer, as if the media’s job were to protect government rather than expose its shady dealings. In another e-mail, Burke complained that congressional investigators were acting as “willing stooges” for defenders of the right to keep and bear arms.

Burke, of course, was also not the only top official who has been caught trying to retaliate against the whistleblowers. After the scandal was publicly exposed, the ATF retaliated against the brave agents who told Congress and the media. The agency got caught, but its new acting chief subsequently released a video threatening other agents not to blow the whistle again. Lawmakers were outraged, yet the lawlessness continues.

Meanwhile, the establishment press has continued to ignore the most important elements of the scandal, pretending that Fast and Furious was simply a “botched” operation in which low-ranking administration bureaucrats inadvertently “lost” the weapons. In reality, multiple White House officials had been briefed about the scheme, the supposed “targets” of the alleged “investigation” were drug lords already on the FBI’s payroll, and top administration officials have been caught lying repeatedly – resulting in disgraced Attorney General Eric Holder being held in criminal contempt of Congress for the ongoing cover up.

Incredibly, the violence from Fast and Furious – U.S. law enforcement officers killed, hundreds of Mexicans massacred, and more – was used to push more gun control in the United States, official documents showed. The e-mails exposing the administration’s scheme to use the bloodshed to assault the Second Amendment backed up assertions made by the numerous analysts and experts including the National Rifle Association. Rep. Darrell Issa (R-Calif.), who led the investigation in the U.S. House, was also proven correct.

Finally, evidence continues to emerge that Fast and Furious was in fact much bigger than the press and the administration have admitted. Mexican drug lords, for example, have said that the U.S. government was shipping weapons to their cartels and allowing them to bring drugs across the border in exchange for information. The CIA’s involvement also continued to be largely concealed. However, with Fast and Furious seemingly taking a back seat to other major scandals – Benghazigate, spying on journalists, IRS abuse, and more – justice for the Fast and Furious victims may never be truly served.  

2011 photo of U.S. Attorney Dennis Burke standing before a cache of seized firearms: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

AG Holder Demands U.S. Court Allow Fast and Furious Coverup

House Votes to Hold Holder in Contempt

CIA “Manages” Drug Trade, Mexican Official Says

Reports: CIA Working with Mexican Drug Cartels

Stratfor Sources: U.S. Troops in Mexico as Feds Aid Cartels

Feds Let Mexican Cartel Hit Men Kill in U.S., Senior Lawman Told Stratfor

Fast and Furious Massacres Spark Fresh Pressure on AG Holder to Resign

Issa: Gun-Control Agenda Behind Fast and Furious

Holder Admits Lies in Fast and Furious, Refuses to Resign

After Fast and Furious, Lawmakers Slam ATF Threats Against Whistleblowers

Blasted as Whitewash, Fast and Furious Report Blames ATF and DOJ

“Drug Lords” Targeted in Fast & Furious Worked for FBI

White House Was Briefed About “Fast and Furious” Gunwalker Scandal

Documents Show Top Officials Lied About Fast & Furious

Project Gunrunner Part of Plan to Institute Gun Control

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Public Pillorying of Apple for Legally Reducing Tax Burden

0

Last week’s show trial of Apple Computer on Capitol Hill ended up being more of an indictment of the Republican Party than of allegedly venal Apple executives accused of tax “avoidance.” The Senate hearing, convened by Senator Carl Levin (D-Mich.), was intended to shape public and congressional opinion of Apple’s practice of maintaining large capital reserves and profits offshore, where they are shielded from the 35 percent corporate earnings tax imposed by the U.S. government. Instead, thanks largely to the brutal honesty of Senator Rand Paul, the public pillorying of Apple turned into a sordid pageant of Old Guard Big Government Republicans and their Democratic allies against up-and-coming Tea Partiers like Senator Paul.

After a parade of pompous senators, including Republican John McCain, heaped ritual invective on Apple for the non-crime of seeking to minimize legally their tax liabilities, Senator Paul rose to the storied computer maker’s defense. Paul argued that many Americans – including politicians – seek to minimize their tax burden. “I frankly think the committee should apologize to Apple,” Paul said, blaming a “bizarre and byzantine” tax code “that simply doesn’t compete with the rest of the world.” America’s corporate tax rate, Senator Paul observed, is higher than that of Canada or the European Union, and capital always goes where it is most welcome; right now, it is more welcome in Canada and overseas. This, Paul insisted, is not the fault of Apple or any other large corporation, but of Congress. He pointed out that every man and woman in the room, senators included, always sought to minimize their tax burden under the law, and no individual or company would retain the services of financial consultants who advised them to do otherwise.

“Instead of doing the right thing, we drag businessmen and women in here to berate them for trying to maximize their profits for shareholders,” Paul said. “Apple has done more to enrich people’s lives than politicians will ever do.” He suggested – not entirely tongue in cheek – that instead of bringing America’s most productive citizens before a senatorial inquisition, Congress would be better served by bringing in a giant mirror, so that they could all see clearly the real cause of America’s fiscal woes.

Ritual public humiliation of successful businessmen unfortunately enjoys a long and sordid history in the political annals of a country that once prided itself on its adherence to free-market principles; only last September, a similar hearing sought to make examples of Microsoft and Hewlett-Packard.

But in such parlous fiscal times as these, the Apple show trial reeks of desperation, as politicians scramble to raise revenue by any means possible to avoid having to actually cut the size and cost of government. Lawmakers, desperate to fund Big Government without cutting costs, have recently inflicted massive tax hikes on individuals while reluctantly acquiescing to the largely cosmetic sequester that will have little long-term impact on our vertiginous public debt and gargantuan federal budget.

But if government could somehow find a way to curtail the maddening practice of “tax avoidance,” why, much of the hated sequester could be paid for, and actual cuts avoided. Wrote the reliably pro-Big Government New York Times:

As corporate tax revenue has withered as a share of the economy and as a share of total revenue, Washington has leaned more heavily on individuals to pay for government. In 2012, personal income taxes and payroll taxes raised $1.9 trillion, compared with $242 billion raised from corporate taxes, a disparity that contributes to widening inequality and, in turn, to a slow economy and less social mobility. Congress’s Joint Committee on Taxation estimates that fully taxing the profits sheltered abroad by American corporations would raise an additional $42 billion in revenue this year, enough to end more than half the spending cuts in the sequester.

This attitude – that government must find more and more creative ways to squeeze the private sector – is rampant among Democrats and Old Guard Republicans alike on Capitol Hill, and the stark contrast of Rand Paul’s remarks to the self-righteous condemnation blasted Apple’s way by fellow Republican Senator John McCain is testimony of a growing rift in the Republican Party. Most multi-term Republicans, like McCain, have found me-tooing Democrat demands for higher taxes and more government a reliable recipe for reelection, while newer senators, like Paul and Ted Cruz of Kentucky, are still adhering to the small-government ideals that got them elected. Where McCain and his Democratic allies would raise taxes, increase regulation, close loopholes, and in general cause further deterioration of the business climate in the United States, Paul, Cruz, and other members of a growing movement in Congress in favor of limited constitutional government would cut government and taxes, reduce regulation, and restore faith in the power of free markets.

Who is right? Consider as evidence the fact that five years of higher taxes, bailouts, massive regulatory growth, soaring deficits, and fiscal stimulus have produced the longest and deepest span of economic stagnation since the Great Depression. However, within weeks of the institution of the dreaded sequester – a largely symbolic but nevertheless significant first step towards fiscal restraint – the U.S. economy has shaken off some of its lethargy. In recent weeks, the Dow Jones has unexpectedly risen to new heights, while housing and construction appears to have stabilized. Much of this year’s surprising economic growth is illusory, of course, but some of it is grounded in the perception (which may yet prove false) that the sequester is basis for believing that, after all, Congress may finally be getting serious about cutting government spending and making the United States a more business-friendly environment.

With Senator Paul and Apple’s beleaguered executives, we can only hope such perceptions are right.

Photo of Apple chief financial officer Peter Oppenheimer, CEO Jim Cook, and head of tax operations Phillip Bullock: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Texas Police Tase Overweight Asthmatic to Death in Drug Raid That Uncovers No Drugs

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

Another casualty of the drug war.

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On May 16th, Forth Worth police entered the home of Jarmaine Darden, 34, in search of cocaine. The raid, which does not appear to have uncovered any cocaine,  ended with the 34-year-old father dead after police tased him multiple times.

Family members told CBS 11 that the 350-pound man, who’d been asleep on the couch when police came in, couldn’t drop to the ground on his stomach as officers commanded because he suffered from asthma.

“They physically pulled him off the couch because, like I said, he was asleep. They pulled him off the couch and they tried to put him on his stomach. He can’t breathe on his stomach. He don’t even lie on the bed on his stomach,” said Donna Randle, the mother of victim Jarmaine Darden, 34.

According to what witnesses told CBS 11, Darden stopped breathing and died after police tased him the second time. An investigation into the incident is underway.

Tasers are supposed to save lives by allowing police to de-escalate dangerous situations without using their guns. But critics say they are over-used and can prove deadly, most often by causing cardiac arrhythmia and cardiac arrest, including in otherwise healthy individuals. Hundreds of incidents of death or injury have been reported, leading to multiple lawsuits against police departments and Taser International, a manufacturer of the weapon.

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

India probes deadly Maoist ambush

0

A team of Indiaâ„¢s top anti-terrorism investigators and security experts has launched an investigation into a recent deadly ambush by Maoist rebels in the central state of Chhattisgarh, officials say.

Indian officials say six-member National investigation Agency team held several meetings with the police and senior administration officials in the troubled region on Tuesday.

Sources say hundreds of police are also scouring forests for the rebels in the Darba town where two dozen people, including some top state politicians, were killed in the surprise attack on Saturday.

.

The investigation comes days after Indian Maoist rebels launched the attack on a convoy of cars carrying local leaders and supporters of the ruling Congress Party. At least 24 people died and several others sustained severe injuries in the deadly ambush.

Local sources in the volatile region say the assailants blocked the road, set off a mine and began firing at the convoy.

The rebels, who are supported by tribal groups and landless farmers, have fought against state and central government for many years. Thousands of people have died in the Maoist-related clashes over the past three decades.

The Maoist militancy has now spread to 20 of the 28 Indian states.

India’s Prime Minister Manmohan Singh considers the Maoists as the gravest threat to the country’s internal security.

JR/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK benefit cuts disgrace war veterans

0

Charities have slammed the UK coalition’s crackdown on welfare benefits, which are affecting ex-soldiers.

Leading veteransâ„¢ charities have slammed the UK governmentâ„¢s crackdown on welfare benefits, which is affecting former army war veterans, who are now disabled.

Severely wounded veterans that took part in the invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan were once entitled to incapacity benefits and are now being told they no longer qualify.

These controversial judgments have pushed thousands of ex-soldiers to the breadline.

The chief executive of the Veterans Charity, Danny Greeno said, Å“It is becoming an unbearable situation. It should not be happening to people who have served their country. The people doing these assessments need to be properly qualified.”

Greeno added that many of these ex-soldiers are already on the breadline and that most of them are unable to work as they suffer with post-traumatic stress disorder.

An example shows 35 year-old Mark Dryden, who lost his right arm due to a roadside bomb in Iraq. He was awarded incapacity benefit in 2008 but had it withdrawn this year under the coalition governmentâ„¢s measures of savage cuts to the benefit system.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Canada: Harper’s Foreign Policy — Helping the Rich Get Richer Around the World

0

If the Harper government were honest about its policies, it would proclaim for all to hear: “Our goal is to make the rich richer.”

Many Canadians would agree that has been the effect of Conservative domestic policies, but may be surprised to learn it is also true in international affairs.

“Austerity should not be abandoned, says Canada’s finance minister,” blared a headline in London’s Financial Times earlier this month. Before recent G7 meetings Jim Flaherty told the international business paper he was worried that some officials were “pulling back” from slashing public spending and pursuing deficit targets.

“What I worry about is those that suggest that austerity should be abandoned,” noted Canada’s long-serving finance minister. “I think that’s the road to ruin quite frankly.”

Flaherty’s comment was a response to growing challenges to austerity, notably the European Commission’s move to give France and Spain more time to meet EU-mandated deficit targets. It was also a reminder of the Conservatives’ banker-friendly response to the worst economic crisis in Europe since the Second World War.

Even with youth unemployment rates in a number of countries at 25 to 50 per cent or higher, Ottawa has repeatedly supported the German-led push for European governments to cut social spending.

The Conservatives have backed this thinly veiled ruling-class effort to weaken labour’s bargaining position and roll back the European welfare state.

During a June 2011 visit to Athens Harper forcefully backed austerity measures bitterly resisted by much of the Greek population.

“I certainly admire the determination of Prime Minister Papandreou, and the very difficult actions he’s had to undertake in response to problems his government did not create. So we are very much all on his side.”

When German Chancellor Angela Merkel visited Ottawa in August of last year Harper reiterated his support for austerity measures. “There are additional things that have to be done” by European governments to end the continent’s economic troubles, he said.

“One of the things I appreciate about Chancellor Merkel’s leadership is the willingness, including at times of urgency and stress, to not just find any solution but to find correct and good solutions,” Harper added.

While supporting austerity measures, the Conservatives have publicly opposed efforts to tax and regulate the banks largely responsible for the economic collapse.

The Conservatives denounced efforts to better regulate speculation in international financial markets. In November 2009 British Prime Minister Gordon Brown proposed a tiny (ranging from .005 per cent to one per cent) tax on international financial transactions. Worried about the plight of investment bankers, Flaherty immediately dismissed the idea of a global ‘Tobin Tax’.

“That’s not something that we would want to do. We’re not in the business of raising taxes,” said Flaherty.

For his part, Harper admitted to blocking the G20′s bid for an international banking tax.

“Whether it’s taking strong and clear positions, for instance, at the G20 on something like a global financial regulation and a banking tax, we don’t just say, ‘Well, a consensus is developing for that. We’ll go along with it.’ It was not in our interest. It actually happens to be bad policy as well,” the prime minister was quoted as saying in the July 2011 issue of Maclean’s.

The Conservatives also spoke out against Washington’s late 2011 move to restrict some of the high-risk/high-return banking activities that led to the 2008 economic collapse (the so-called “Volcker rule”). Flaherty and Bank of Canada governor Mark Carney both sent letters to U.S. decision-makers criticizing the reforms.

“I am writing to express my concerns regarding the proposed Volcker rule, which could have material adverse effects on Canadian financial institutions and markets,” wrote Flaherty in February 2012.

Flaherty and Carney intervened following a bid by U.S. bankers to spark international opposition to the reforms. That combined with Canadian banks owning major assets in the United States helps explain the Conservatives’ position.

The Harper government has consistently supported Canada’s banks and the global-investor class. In fact, their entire foreign policy is largely designed around the question: How can we make the world’s richest 0.1 per cent even richer?

This article first appeared on The Tyee

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Poll: Majority view today’s federal government as too powerful

0

UPI

A majority of Americans said they believe the federal government today wields too much power, a Gallup Daily tracking survey released Monday indicated.

The 54 percent that expressed that belief, however, is only slightly higher than reported in 2012 and slightly lower than reported in 2010 and 2011, Gallup said.

Only 8 percent of Americans said they thought the federal government has “too little” power, while 36 percent said the government has about the right amount of power, the Princeton, N.J., polling agency said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 11:09 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

BPA study shows gender effects in mice

0

Steve Connor
The Independent
May 28, 2013

Further evidence has emerged showing that a chemical used widely in plastic packaging and the lining of drinks cans may be harmful to health.

The latest study has shown that bisphenol A (BPA) can affect the way genes work in the brains of laboratory rats, although other scientists have questioned the relevance of the findings to humans.

Researchers found that feeding BPA to pregnant rats was associated with lasting alterations to the “epigenetic” structure of genes in the brain tissue of their offspring, causing possible changes to certain aspects of sex-specific behaviour, such as chasing, sniffing and aggression.

[…] The researchers concluded: “This study provides evidence that low-dose maternal BPA exposure induces long-lasting disruption to epigenetic pathways in the brain of offspring….Importantly, our findings indicate that these BPA-induced changes occur in a sex-specific, brain region-specific and dose-dependent manner.”

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 11:22 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

The Bilderberg, Google and the G8: New Global Tax Regime Already in the Works

0

This year’s annual Bilderberg conference is rapidly approaching — where the world’s political and business elite meet in private to discuss their agenda which will determine future policies that govern global affairs.

Some aspects of this year’s Bilderberg agenda are gradually coming into view, and have the potential for directly affecting not only big multinationals like Google, but every business on the planet.

The secret gathering has been gradually forced into public view in recent years, and the run-up to Bilderberg 2013 has been one of great anticipation and not without its share of news. First came the false start from the alternative media regarding the meeting’s actual location, with many claiming it would be held again at the Westfield Marriot in Chantilly, Virginia.

Two months after, the announcement arrived that the meeting would take place 30 minutes north of London, at the Grove Hotel in Hertfordshire, England, and small media circus is expected the year following the announcement that a ‘Bilderberg Fringe’ festival is being organized adjacent to the venue — an event certain to attract hundreds, if not thousands of revelers, press and alternative media personalities. Add to this the news that long time Bilderberg sleuth and American Free Press correspondent, Jim Tucker had passed away on April 24th. Few people would even know the Bilderberg meetings ever took place if not for 30 years of digging and reporting by veteran journalist Tucker.


PHOTO: The Grove Hotel in Hertfordshire, North London — hosts to Google and Bilderberg summits.

Beyond all the fanfare, however, the central question still remains: what items will be on the agenda at this year’s ultra-secret transatlantic steering committee? The answer to this question may be hidden in plain site.

Google is currently engaged in a battle over unpaid taxes in the UK, and which has led political commentators to now call for a new system of global taxation. Not surprisingly, this has become the chief topic of discussion at a series of global summits taking place during May and June.

Here’s how this major issue rose out of the Google debate, and how it will be folded into Bilderberg’s 2013 agenda, and later to the G8 Summit shortly thereafter…

Google’s Big Tent: ‘A Digital-Davos’

This past week witnessed another major global conference held at the very same Grove Hotel in Hertfordshire. The parallels to Bilderberg are striking — they share the same guests, the same venue, observe similar codes on conduct, and no doubt have similar items on their agenda. Google’s ‘Zeitgeist’ Global Summit, or “Big Tent” event, is effectively the internet’s version of a ‘Digital Davos’, where ‘the best and the brightest’ are invited to hear the latest ‘big ideas’, with debates and keynote speeches from the likes of Bill Clinton (Bilderberg member), UK Chancellor George Osborne, UK Labour Party leader Ed Miliband and other celebrities including Stephen Hawking.

It’s worth pointing out here that both Osborne and Miliband have played the role of Google’s adversary in public during their corporation tax row, yet they are the corporation’s VIP guests in private.

Beyond the high profile talks and entertainment, there were of course, some serious discussion about ‘big ideas’ taking place under the big tent. This year’s event also required participants to observe ‘Chatham House Rules’, meaning key conversations should be held in the strictest of confidence and not be leaked to the outside world. As with Bilderberg, Google’s Big Tent discusses serious global changes that affect present and future generations — all behind closed doors.

Other persons of note at this year’s Google retreat were former US attorney general and Bush legal brain, Alberto Gonzales, alongside former Secretary of State Hillary ‘innovation’ adviser, Alec Ross, key Putin advisor Arkady Dvorkovich, and Swedish foreign affairs minister, Carl Bildt (Bilderberg attendee 2006-2012). The profile of Google and Bilderberg guests has seen an incredible overlap in recent years, which is a testament to the corporation’s own stated ambition to achieve a global dominion, not only over its marketplace, but over cultural and political life as well. The reality in 2013 is that Google is poised to manage nearly every aspect of our lives — our communications, our work, our social life and even our history.

Bilderberg’s Digital Tycoons

As Google’s global summit runs smoothly into Bilderberg this year, so have the two meeting agendas. Recent years have seen an increase in the influx of digital tycoons present at Bilderberg. Alongside software moguls like Craig Mundie, Head of Research and Strategy Officer at Microsoft (Bilderberg attendee 2006-2012), and Google CEO Eric Schmidt (Bilderberg attendee 2007-2011), the social media kingpins have also moved in to occupy key positions in Bilderberg’s top steering committees.

A key player in amongst them is Peter Thiel (left), head of Clarium Capital, the digital investment house that provided the financial clout which allowed for online ventures like Paypal, Facebook, LinkedIn and Friendster to dominate their digital marketplaces. Thiel was promoted to Bilderberg committee head in 20ll and has emerged as a key player not only in the online industries, but also as an influencer in US political spheres, gaining attention recently as a prominent backer of Kentucky’s Republican junior Senator Rand Paul.

New global ‘Google Tax’ already in the works

The convergence of the Google Summit, its tax battle, and Bilderberg 2013 may seem innocent enough on its surface, but the timing is no mere coincidence. UK leadership have whipped up a frenzy in the media over Google’s alleged tax sins, leaving the public clamouring for a solution. The words “never let a good crisis go to waste” certainly chime in well here.

Two weeks ago, a major UK clash erupted between No. 10 Downing Street and Google over the issue of corporate tax evasion. Google’s Matt Brittin was grilled by the UK’s Commons Public Accounts Committee (PAC) and its chair Margaret Hodge, who accused Google “doing evil” by using an elaborate array of offshore entities in a “smoke and mirrors” financial maze designed to avoid paying any significant tax into UK coffers. Both PM David Cameron and Chancellor George Osborne also came out loudly in public accusing Google of being ‘immoral’. Google is said to have only chipped in 6 million GBP in 2011 out of its 3 billion GBP turnover in that same year. Google’s Peter Baron claims its in full compliance with UK law, issuing the public statement last week that, “None of the allegations put to us change the fact that Google pays the corporate tax due on its UK activities and complies fully with UK law.”

Will Google throw in the towel and submit to a British tax resolution?

The fact of matter is Google is powerful and with a net worth that trumps some countries. These days much of the world’s commerce runs through Google in some way, and their brand recognition and money buys influence in Britain, and everywhere else it seems. So it’s doubtful that any British politico could strong-arm Google. Behind the scenes both Google and Britain’s political elite share a place at central planning’s top round table — as members of the Bilderberg Group and that’s where the really ‘big ideas’ are not just discussed, but actually transmitted into policy.

As the public feud between Google and Downing Street takes centre stage, backstage both UK Chancellor George Osborne and Google CEO Eric Schmidt — both committed fellow Bilderberg members, are said to have met in private at the Google event, and are poised to do so again at Bilderberg 2013. Both have attended the annual meeting almost continuously since 2006.


George Osborne: Attacks Google in public, but VIP guest and fellow Bilderberger to Google CEO Schmidt in private.

So this apparent Punch ‘n Judy match between Google and Downing Street appears just three weeks before this year’s Bilderberg summit, and four weeks before the G8, and suddenly the UK government and media outlets have become infested with a the new talking point: “we need for a new ‘global profit tax’.

While addressing the Google tax loophole, the UK’s Independent newspaper led by its liberal-leaning economics editor Ben Chu, goes on to essentially lay-out what is likely to be at the top of the agenda at Bilderberg 2013:

“The cascade of revelations in recent months showing multinational companies doing a huge amount of business here and yet paying virtually no corporation tax has provoked widespread public demands for something to be done. 

National governments could and should try to put a stop to this egregious “profit shifting” on their own. But a unilateral approach is plainly second best.

The natural solution is to secure an agreement by all the world’s governments to tax the profits of multinational firms collectively and to divide up the revenues fairly between them. This division could be based on the amount of business done by the multinational in their various territories as revealed by their turnover and number of employees.”

Global tax means global government

So is Google supplying the Trojan horse needed to implement a global taxation system that many have been warning about for so many years? Maybe.

Will Bilderberg’s global elite use this perfect crisis moment as a pretext to build the framework for global taxation? Most likely.

If the idea passes through Bilderberg in June, will it then be rubber stamped later at the G8? Highly likely.

Although happy to float such a revolutionary idea in the media in advance of back-to-back Google and Bilderberg summits at the Grove Hotel, and later at the G8, one thing which global taxation advocates fail to mention here is that if you institute a global taxation system then you would then need a global government to administrate it. Yes, you heard that right: global taxation = global government.

It would be naive to think that any tax could be levied without a government standing behind it. That is, after all, part of the definition of a tax. Campaigners will deny it exists, but the reality is that global governing bodies have already been put into place long ago.

UK Column Editor Mike Robinson explains, “I think that the embryonic global institutions are already in place, and we’re going to see them being given more and more real ‘jobs’ to do as time goes on, and collecting corporation tax is clearly going to be one of those”.

History can certainly prove one thing: that the world’s wealthiest individuals corporations have consistently exploited all international tax loopholes for years now. Whatever commentators like Ben Chu and others are proposing will obviously be much easier to enforce on small to medium size businesses, as well as individual traders — all of whom have significantly less political leverage (and no invitations to Bilderberg) than the Googles and Facebooks of the world.

Post-Bilderberg: G8 Summit

Following the ratification of Bilderberg’s 2013 agenda in Watford on June 6—9th, the next step is normally to disseminate this same agenda on to the G8 heads of state. Conveniently, this year’s G8 summit will held June 17-18 at the Lough Erne golf resort in Fermanagh, Northern Ireland. David Cameron and George Osborne’s new plan for Google is already expected to be very high on the agenda at the G8 meeting, where world leaders including Barack Obama and Vladimir Putin will be in attendance. Henceforth, ahead of the G8, the UK government is expected to play their key role in promoting the new global tax system, by publically advocating, “new strong international standards to make sure that global companies pay the tax they owe.”

Coincidentally, this year’s G8 in Northern Ireland will be the biggest police operation in country’s history (and that’s saying a lot), with an estimated 8,000 officers from the surrounding counties, and from as far as England and Wales, all drafted in to secure the area for what many now believe has essentially become a global government operations meeting in all but name.

Other recent attempts at a global tax

The financial component of this global tax and government equation is actually already in place, and that is the World Bank. The first administrative working model for a global taxation structure was originally unveiled in 2009 at the United Nations Climate Summit in Copenhagen. Delegates at that event floated their plan for a global carbon tax that would be collected and then deposited into a slush fund which was to be administered by the World Bank. There plan also entailed the poorer, developing nations footing most of the bill for this operation, while the wealthier nations would receive a free pass. The secret plan was thwarted at the last minute thanks to the infamous Danish Text Leak, which were serialized in the Guardian newspaper at the time.

Although popular in socialist circles, few have dared reveal the true picture of a global tax regime for fear of triggering a public backlash. Another such tax proposals have been pushed into the public sphere through the Occupy Movement in 2011, with called for a global tax on financial transactions, or a global “Robin Hood Tax”. As was the case in Copenhagen two years earlier, proponents called for a tax structure without borders, yet few dared mention who would be in charge of administering and distributing the revenues. Such plans pose the very real danger of further centralizing power into the international banking community who would be asked to handle and perhaps hypothecate on these enormous slush funds.

Which brings us back to this latest global ‘google tax’ proposal, which ultimately begs the question: when will their global government structure be unveiled?

Serving the global collective

Plans for erecting an entirely new global tax system should worry anyone who values the concept of national sovereignty because any solution that entails the collection of tax by way of elite international “collective” of nations, and where “revenues are to divided up fairly between them” is suggesting a form of global collectivism, or communism. This is also the fundamental problem with EU plans to levy new taxes on member nations — for any citizen it’s simply another master to serve.

Shocking as that may be, these issues are exactly what is being discussed behind closed doors at each of these global summits taking place in May and June of 2013.

What’s worse, is that this entire construct could be ushered in without any vote being cast by an citizen in the individual countries — which is about as undemocratic as it gets. This remains one of the fundamental flaws at the heart of the ultra-liberal utopian ideal which is global government.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘EU must tackle youth unemployment’

0

File photo shows young Spaniards protesting against the government in Madrid.

European leaders have warned that youth unemployment in the European Union (EU) must be tackled urgently, as nearly one in four young people in the bloc is out of work.

At a conference in Paris on Tuesday, ministers from France, Italy and Germany said if the issue is not addressed at once, the young people in Europe will lose faith in their governments and the EU.

“We now have to rescue an entire generation of people who are scared,” said Enrico Giovannini, Italy’s labor minister, adding, “We have the best ever educated generation in this continent, and we are putting them on hold.”

Few details have come out of the conference but the ministers said new measures like apprenticeships must be introduced. They also supported programs that will increase youth training and internships and help them move around Europe.

In March, there were 5.7 million young people without work in the 27-nation bloc, of whom 3.6 million were in the eurozone.

Polls show that in most European countries, the youth unemployment rate is twice as high as the overall rate.

In the crisis-stricken countries, the numbers are even worse. In Spain more than half of the population under the age of 25 is jobless, while the figure is 40 percent in neighboring Portugal. In Greece the unemployment rate for youths hit a record high in February at 64 percent.

CAH/MA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama’s Presidency: A Disaster for African Americans. Can Black Politics Be Revived?

0

Obama’s presidency has been disastrous for African Americans, who have been economically crushed and disconnected from their historical roots in social struggle. Political fantasists now urge us to put our faith in demographics, claiming that change will inevitably flow from the darkening of America’s population. But, that’s a trap which leads to a descent into South Africa-like conditions.

The Age of Obama, now in its second and final quadrennial, has largely succeeded in divorcing African American politics from the historical Black consensus on social justice, self-determination and peace. What remains is play-acting and role-modeling, an Ebony magazine caricature of politics that leaves the great bulk of Black people with, literally, no avenues of resistance to the savage depredations of capitalism in decline. Shamefully, through reflexive support for President Obama’s relentless assaults on international order, the Black America polity has rendered itself useless to the struggle for a just and sustainable world.

None of this is written in stone, of course. The quickening cascade of crises that define our times — the prelude to collapse — will each provide opportunities to alter Black America’s political course. As Obama’s exit approaches, the African American delirium begins to palpably break, like a spent fever. Black politicos rush to revise the histories of their own post-2007 behavior, inventing examples of their “constructive criticism” of the First Black President and their alleged misgivings and anxieties about the corporate, militarist direction of his policies — in order to position themselves for the post-Obama era.

But the crisis in Black politics was building long before Wall Street selected the talented young actor from Chicago to implement its austerity and global war agenda. The Black Misleadership Class, representing political tendencies indigenous to Black America, is the problem. Having no vision of the future beyond populating it with more Black faces in high places, they will inevitably imbibe other Black-flavored corporate potions in hopes of reviving some version of the Obama euphoria.

Other, slicker operatives promote the dangerous notion that progressive political aims will be achieved by virtue of rapid demographic change in the United States. Rather than defend Obama’s indefensible record in office, Bill Fletcher and Carl Davidson described the 2012 election as a contest that pits “the changing demographics of the U.S.” against the forces of “far right irrationalism” that are trying to turn back the “demographic and political clock.” In this construct, the substance of politics is totally removed, replaced by faith in the innate political inclinations of younger whites and the growing non-white population. Obama’s expanded theaters of war, his disregard of international law, his servility to Wall Street and contempt for the historical Black political consensus — none of this matters to Fletcher and Davidson, whosearticle was titled, “The 2012 Elections Have Little To Do With Obama’s Record … Which Is Why We Are Voting For Him.”

It is becoming a common theme: that the darkening of America will somehow lead inexorably to profound changes in power structures. Just sit back and wait for the demographic revolution. Such thinking is appropriate to Madison Avenue, which plots demographic changes like the wolf anticipates the migratory patterns of the caribou. Demographics are important, but are not magic. All that can be safely predicted based on U.S. demographic trends is that there will be more Black and brown (especially brown) faces in positions of authority, elected and appointed, and that the presence of these darker faces may actually make Wall Street’s rule more palatable. Four years of Obama has already provided us with that lesson.

For those who are looking for an easy route to the Promised Land, one without struggle, in which the course of the revolution can be numerically charted just as McDonald’s displays its billions of hamburgers sold, 2042 is the magic number. That’s when U.S. Census demographers project that persons now classified as non-white will outnumber white Anglos. But, who will actually occupy the pinnacles of power in this non-white majority nation, and wield whatever influence the U.S. retains in the world? Based on current trends, according to a 2012 report by Boston-based United for a Fair Economy, “the overwhelming share of the nation’s income and wealth will remain solidly in White hands.” Tim Sullivan, co-author of the report on “The Emerging Majority,” says the numbers paint a picture that looks very much like South Africa, with the white minority on top, requiring a vast police presence to keep the non-white majority in check.

Such an outcome is not written in stone, either, but is likely in the absence of a sustained movement to topple corporate power and disassemble the structures of U.S. imperialism. However, such a movement will never coalesce under the guidance of the Fletchers and Davidsons, who counsel folks to go with the demographic flow. And, we have already experienced the disaster of corporate rule via dark proxy.

2042 will only be a good year if people fight to make it so. Majorities hold no magic, and never have.

“If there is no struggle, there is no progress.” – Frederick Douglass.

BAR executive editor Glen Ford can be contacted at Glen.Ford@BlackAgendaReport.com.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

UK security services ‘completely out of control’

0
<!–Tony Gosling–>

Beginning his working life in the aviation industry and trained by the BBC, Tony Gosling is a British land rights activist, historian & investigative radio journalist.



Published time: May 28, 2013 16:15

A police forensics team searches a crime scene for evidence, where a man was killed the day before in Woolwich, southeast London May 23, 2013. (Reuters / Neil Hall)

Embed

Code

The UK security services are overrun with incompetence and vested business interests, without being subject to checks themselves, British investigative journalist Tony Gosling told RT.

An extension of their powers and surveillance capabilities
following the Woolwich tragedy will not benefit the UK populace.

MI5 has kept tabs on numerous terrorists who have followed
through with successful attacks, despite surveillance, without
anyone stepping in to stop the perpetrators. Where are the checks
on their capabilities, Gosling asks, and why has nobody yet
stepped forward to offer explanations or been held to account?


RT:
We’ve seen extremist groups like the English Defence
League react, but are we now at a point where we’re seeing
tolerant moderate people now turning against their Muslim
neighbors?

Tony Gosling: It seems to be happening; it’s extremely
worrying. But let’s not forget that the Western intelligence
services have been involved in criminal acts in the past that
have fueled this kind of sectarian violence which seems to be
beginning here in Britain. There are some serious questions that
MI5 have got to answer about what happened last week in London in
Woolwich – first of all condolences go to Lee Rigby’s family –
and the horrendous part of all of that is that how did these guys
who were right at the very top of the terror watch list, how on
Earth did they not get spotted preparing for some kind of terror
act? Was their car bugged for example — this is one question that
hasn’t been answered.

MI5 have gone very quiet on all these kinds of topics. How did
they get ammunition? How did they get a revolver? Have they been
following Lee? These kinds of questions. They’ve got something
like 4,000 staff, MI5, and if they can’t keep an eye on the
people who are on the very top of the watch list then there needs
to be a real shakeup and heads need to roll there. 

The MI5 headquarters in central London. (Reuters)

RT: The UK home secretary though, has said there needs
now to be a look at the Communications Data Act — stronger powers
of surveillance. That is necessary now, isn’t it? Because if you
did have those stronger powers of surveillance then those guys
may not have slipped through the net.

TG: Well, they would say that, wouldn’t they? No I don’t
think this is the right to be doing at all. We actually need to
have a look at who is to blame here. MI5’s job is to stop people
like this committing acts like this and they haven’t done it.
This isn’t the first time. If we go back to the London bombing in
2005, MI5 have been following these guys around as well. Now, all
fair play to them if they can stop some plots taking place, but
these guys were really at the top of the list, and if they can’t
stop these people then what are they there for? You go back even
to the ‘90s and the Bishopsgate bomb. We now know that MI5 were
following the IRA for days and in the months with this bomb
beforehand, and yet still allowed them to blow it up.

So the oversight of the security services really needs to be
looked at. And I think we need to have some serious changes in
the way it runs. The other thing is the oversight. MPs don’t
oversee MI5 and MI6. It’s actually civil servants that do and
they are then overseen by a handful of MPs including – what I
would suggest are rather lightweight MPs – pro-establishment like
Hazel Blears and Malcolm Rifkind. So there isn’t any proper
oversight. And what these intelligence services seem to do every
time is to hide behind the veil of national security: “We can’t
tell you what’s going on.” Even the inquiry that’s been
instituted into the failures of what happened last Wednesday is
going to be kept entirely secret. And I’m afraid it’s time for
them to come out from under their shells and get a proper looking
at so that this kind of thing really can’t happen again.

They’re not going to play this game, I can assure you, of saying
“We need more money, we need more power, and we need more
surveillance of the general population,” because they had all the
laws they needed to stop these people doing what they did last
Wednesday. They don’t need any more power whatsoever.

RT: But the government is doing something by setting up
a new terrorism task force to target hate preachers and
extremism. Now, doing that, wouldn’t that stop that sort of
violent act?

TG: I don’t actually think so. I think one of the things
which would stop it is William Hague pursuing this foreign policy
which bears no relevance to what the British people actually
want. It’s not in our interests to be trying to arm Al-Qaeda and
Syria as he’s been trying to do today over in Brussels.
Thankfully, most of the rest of Europe thinks it’s a ridiculous
concept and is not going to let him do it. We actually need to
have politicians who represent what we say rather than business
interests.

Back in the 1990s, MI5 was actually courting business interests
saying to HSBC “Would you like us to come and spy for you, to
give you information from our files?” They also said the same to
BAE Systems, one of the biggest arms manufacturers in the world.

I’m afraid this is an MI5 that’s completely out of control. They
just seem to do what they want and there’s no proper oversight of
our security services. Once you get this sort of situation you’ve
got the possibility of all sorts of things going on illegally. I
mean, for example, we had this interview that was done on the BBC
last Friday evening, where the chap, as he’s being interviewed,
Special Branch turn up at the BBC and arrest him as soon as he’s
coming out. Now, you can’t just arrest people for telling their
own version — friends of terrorists – about various stories to do
with….for example, this chap that committed this act it looks
like, last Wednesday, having been tortured and attempted to be
recruited by MI5, the public needs to know these things.

And we, as parliamentarians as well, need to know these things if
they’re going to have any proper oversight of our security
services. And we really need to do that, if we’re going to
have any kind of real anti-terror operation in this country — we
need to have accountable security services. Because at the moment
we don’t have at all. 

Sergeant Howley of the Royal Military Police attached to 1st Battalion the Royal Gurkha Rifles writes down information during a patrol in Nahr e Saraj, Helmand. (AFP Photo / Bay Ismoyo)

RT: Does this draw attention to the public on Britain’s
foreign policy? In what way could this have an impact on future
military engagements in Muslim countries?

TG: It doesn’t just have an impact on the Islamic
community. Many people in this country are unhappy. Look, for
example, at what we’ve done to Iraq: an illegal war, no we’ve had
another bomb attack today, 50 people killed over a hundred people
injured. We’ve made a mess and a wreck of these places. The
Arab’s League prediction that we were going to open gates of hell
in Iraq has come true. Actually Britain and Tony Blair, as well
as George Bush too, are responsible for this. So it’s not just
the Muslim population here that are angry.

The other thing is we’ve got other extremists here in Britain,
anti-Islamic extremists. Two weeks ago a man coming from Mosque
in Birmingham was murdered and this got almost no coverage
whatsoever. We need to make sure that the security services are
taking exactly the same sort of measures against the anti-Muslims
as they are against the Islamic organizations. What they are
trying to do is to demonize Muslims in a similar way the Nazis
demonized Jews back in 1930s and it’s ridiculous. We’ve got to
stop it. We don’t want that from MI5, thank you very much.

The statements, views and opinions expressed in this column are solely those of the author and do not necessarily represent those of RT.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Greek anti-racism law splits government

0

File photo shows Greek Golden Dawn members with sticks in their hands and wrapped with the national flag.

A Greek proposal to toughen an anti-racism law aimed at restricting the country’s neo-Nazi party Golden Dawn has caused a division in the ruling coalition.

The planned bill would raise the current maximum jail term from two to three years and impose a fine up to 20,000 euros for hate speech and the denial or praise of war crimes and genocide.

The proposal was created in an attempt to curb the Golden Dawn Party, which is known for its xenophobic beliefs.

Initially, Prime Minister Antonis Samarasâ„¢ New Democracy party backed the bill but the party backtracked after it feared losing support from members of the Orthodox Church and the army, critics said.

Now, the New Democracy says the proposed bill restricts freedom of expression and that the existing 1979 legislation is sufficient to stop Golden Dawn.

Evangelos Venizelos, the leader of Socialist party, said that the New Democracy change of opinion is an attempt for the New Democracy to reach Å“an audience on the fringe of Golden Dawn” ideology.

Venizelos, whose party is a junior coalition partner, said his party plans to draw up its own version of the bill if the government fails to approve it.

Golden Dawn has 18 lawmakers in the parliament and about 10 percent support in opinion polls.

Several of its supporters, including a number of its lawmakers, have been involved in recent violent assaults against immigrants.

It also constantly shows contempt towards the Greek parliament and the countryâ„¢s President Karolos Papoulias.

On May 27, Golden Dawn lawmaker Panagiotis Iliopoulos was expelled from a parliamentary debate after he mocked the countryâ„¢s opposition leader Alexis Tsipras.

CAH/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Spy on your neighbors, says former MI5 head Stella Rimington

0

Tom Whitehead and Hannah Furness
The Telegraph
May 28, 2013

People who suspect their neighbours may be extremists should inform the security services because “the enemy is everywhere”, the former head of MI5 has said.

Dame Stella Rimington invoked the wartime spirit as she said the public had a duty to act as the “eyes and ears” of the security services in combating terrorists.

She made the plea as she warned that MI5 could not be expected to spot every danger and that further attacks were likely unless Britain wanted a “Stasi” state where everyone was monitored.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 10:46 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Think Fracking Is Bad? Beware of 'Acid Jobs,' Groups Warn

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Think fracking is bad? You should know about 'acid jobs,' environmental groups are warning.

'Acid jobs', a highly toxic method of fossil fuel extraction, have gone vastly unregulated by lawmakers, particularly in California where the method is commonly used.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

NAM slams US rights violations

0

Iran deputy permanent representative to the United Nations Geneva Office has expressed concern over numerous violations of human rights by the United States.

Addressing the 23rd meeting of the UN Human Rights Council in Geneva, Abbas Baqerpour expressed deep concern over serious violations of human rights and the international law in the so-called US anti-terrorism operations, particularly rights violation at Guantanamo prison and Washingtonâ„¢s use of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) and killer robots.

Baqerpour was speaking in his capacity as representative of the Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) whose rotating presidency is currently held by Iran.

About 130 prisoners have been on hunger strike at the Guantanamo Bay prison for over three months in protest against their long imprisonment without charge or trial as well as the horrible conditions at the jail.

Upon taking office, US President Barack Obama promised to close down the Guantanamo prison by 2010. He has so far failed to deliver on the promise.

Baqerpour also expressed concern over the ramifications of the global economic downturn, warning that the situation will hamper efforts to achieve development and will exacerbate poverty and unemployment.

He called on the UN member states to participate in comprehensive dialogues aimed at achieving a new universal financial solution.

Baqerpour warned that the deteriorating economic crisis in some European countries and the subsequent budget cuts have given rise to extremism and xenophobia among the high-ranking officials in those countries.

Elsewhere in his remarks, Baqerpour condemned all forms of violence and human rights abuse in Syria and called for an end to the clashes through comprehensive and meaningful dialogue among all the involved parties.

Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

The Iranian envoy also slammed Israelâ„¢s settlement expansion in the Palestinian occupied territories and massive imprisonment of Palestinians, and called for investigation into reports of persecution of Palestinian inmates in Israeli prisons.

ASH/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

How Obama and Al-Qaeda Became Syrian Bedfellows

0

For a president that is executing Bush’s “war on terror” against Al-Qaeda and “it’s affiliates,” it seems odd that President Obama has targeted the secular Syrian government for “regime change.”

Equally odd is that Obama’s strongest military ally on the ground in Syria- the best equipped and effective fighting force against the Syrian Government – is Jabhat al-Nusra, a group that has affiliated itself with al-Qaeda, and aims to turn Syria into an extremist Islamic state that enforces a fundamentalist version of Sharia law.

It’s difficult to know exactly how al-Nursa received its guns, but one can make an educated guess. For example, The New York Times explained in detail how the CIA has been in a massive arms trafficking operation that has already funneled thousands of tons of guns from Saudi Arabia and Qatar to Syria:

“The C.I.A. role in facilitating the [weapons] shipments… gave the United States a degree of influence over the process [of weapon distribution]…American officials have confirmed that senior White House officials were regularly briefed on the [weapons] shipments.”

Where are the guns winding up in this massive arms trafficking operation? An important question to ask is: which rebels in Syria have guns and which ones don’t.   The Guardian reports:

“The [secular] Free Syrian Army’s shortage of weapons and other resources compared with [jihadist] Jabhat al-Nusra is a recurrent theme… ‘If you join al-Nusra, there is always a gun for you but many of the FSA brigades can’t even provide bullets for their fighters,’…3,000 FSA [Free Syrian Army] men have joined al-Nusra in the last few months, mainly because of a lack of weapons and ammunition…Al-Nusra fighters rarely withdraw for shortage of ammunition…”

While it’s difficult to know if CIA trafficked guns are going directly or indirectly to al-Nursa, it’s extremely likely that these guns are going directly into the hands of ideological cousins of al-Nursa, since the Syrian rebels are completely dominated by Islamic extremists.

For example, when the Economist magazine was outlining the most important fighting groups in Syria, “Who’s Who in the Syrian Battlefield,” they noted with regret that the only important non-Islamist group was in the Kurdish areas, which is virtually an autonomous zone. As far as the secular U.S.-backed fighting group, The Supreme Military Command, the Economist conceded it “has little control on the ground.” Keep in mind that the Economist is very much in favor of a U.S.-NATO military intervention in Syria.

“Nowhere in rebel-controlled Syria is there a secular fighting force to speak of.”

Thus, the minority of secular rebel fighters are not leading the civil war and will not be in power if Assad falls. Instead, honest Syrian revolutionaries will instantly fall victim to the extremists, who will immediately proceed to a mopping-up mission of their former allies.

It’s now clear that Obama’s foreign policy in Syria is actively encouraging terrorism. Many rebel-controlled areas in Syria are now new safe havens for terrorists, and there have been hundreds of terrorist bombing attacks against the Syrian government, many of which have targeted civilian areas.

While the U.S. is pouring arms into the jihadist-controlled areas, they have also downplayed the atrocities committed by these rebels, which are well documented on Youtube and include a multitude of war crimes that include beheadings, group execution of prisoners, ethnic cleansing, and the recent episode where a famous rebel commander was videotaped mutilating a dead Syrian solider and eating his heart.

By minimizing this barbarism the Obama administration ensures that it will continue, since the extremists are empowered by U.S. support and are shielded in the U.S. media and protected from international political pressures.

One question the U.S. media never thinks of asking is: Where did all these Islamic extremists come from and why? The Sunni Islamic opposition inside Syria has long been religiously moderate, implying that many of the extremists are foreigners.

The ideological source of this extremism came from Saudi Arabian religious figures and their allies, who use Islam as a political tool to target nations “unfriendly” to Saudi Arabia and the United States. The most glaring example of this in regard to Syria was the Fatwa (official interpretation/statement) issued by 107 Islamic scholars that denounced the Syrian government and encouraged Muslims to fight against it. The statement essentially encouraged jihad, though the word wasn’t mentioned explicitly.

The statement includes:

“It is a duty for all Muslims to support the revolutionaries in Syria [against the government] “so that they can successfully complete their revolution and attain their rights and their freedom.”

The hypocrisy of such a statement is almost too glaring: the many Saudi figures who signed the document that want “freedom” in Syria are not demanding freedom in Saudi Arabia, by far the country with the least amount of freedoms in the world.

With Saudi Arabia and Qatar providing guns to the Syrian rebels – with help from the CIA – the Saudi religious figures attached to the Saudi regime give religious/political support by misleading devout Muslims to flock to Syria to attack a country of Muslims, thus creating the giant sectarian divisions we now see throughout the Islamic world.

The vast majority of this Islamic sectarian warfare is exported by Saudi Arabia, which funds radical Islamic schools all over the Middle East that attract the downtrodden of these countries by providing basic social services that the host country is too poor – or unwilling – to provide. There is an informative chapter on this dynamic in Vijay Prashad’s excellent book, A People’s History of the Third World.

Now the debate among U.S.-NATO countries is whether to give more sophisticated weaponry to the extremist-dominated rebels in Syria. The Obama Administration is pressuring the European Union to drop its arms embargo on Syria so that a new torrent of weapons can flood the country (apparently the CIA operations haven’t yet completely drenched Syria with guns).

“Sending arms to the Syrian opposition won’t create a level playing field. Instead, it risks further fueling an arms free-for-all where the victims are the civilians of Syria. Our experience from other conflict zones tells us that this crisis will only drag on for far longer if more and more arms are poured into the country.”

“It would be the first conflict where we pretend we could create peace by delivering arms,” the diplomat said. “If you pretend to know where the weapons will end up, then it would be the first war in history where this is possible. We have seen it in Bosnia, Afghanistan and Iraq. Weapons don’t disappear; they pop up where they are needed.”

In Syria the weapons are needed by those doing the brunt of the fighting. Again, the al-Nursa extremists are widely acknowledged to be the most effective fighting force against the Syrian government, the guns will thus flow to them.

Obama has taken the saying, “the enemy of my enemy is my friend,” to irrational heights, and in so doing is helping to produce a new generation of Islamic extremists that will help fuel the U.S.-led never-ending “war on terror.” The real intention of the War on Terror is not to stop terrorists, but to target nation states that are opposed to U.S. foreign policy: Iraq and Libya – like Syria – were both secular countries at the time of their being invaded; Afghanistan was invaded even though the vast majority of those involved in the 9-11 attacks were from Saudi Arabia. There was no terrorist problem in Iraq before the U.S. invaded, just like there was no terrorist problem in Syria before the U.S.-backed rebels came onto the scene.

It’s blatantly obvious to most Americans that Syria and Iran are at the top of Obama’s war list, a much higher priority than any terrorist group. This is why Obama is tolerating the terrorist groups inside Syira; they are being used as tools against his real target, Syria and then Iran.

The Syrian people must be left to themselves to decide their future. The United States is utterly incapable of “helping” countries by using military means, as the fractured nations of Afghanistan, Iraq, and Libya painfully prove. The global anti-war movement must demand Hands Off Syria!

References

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Iran Army to use reactive armor

0

Iranin tanks run in a military parade. (File photo)

The Iranian Army says it plans to equip all its armored vehicles with reactive armor to reduce damage from anti-tank missiles.

Deputy Commander of the Iranian Army’s Ground Forces Brigadier General Kiumars Heidari said on Tuesday that the new generation of indigenous Zulfiqar tanks is fitted with reactive armor.

Å“Reactive armor means that a part of the bodywork acts smartly vis-à-vis missiles fired towards the tank, and if a missile passes through this stage to hit the body, the reactive armor can neutralize the missile impact,” Heidari explained.

Å“This system will be installed on all armored vehicles of the Ground Forces as of this year,” he added.

Over the past years, Iran has made important breakthroughs in its defense sector and attained self-sufficiency in producing important military equipment and systems.

The country has also held several military drills to enhance the defense capabilities of its armed forces and to test modern military tactics and equipment.

Tehran has repeatedly assured that the country’s military might poses no threat to other countries, insisting that its defense doctrine is based on deterrence.

MRS/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Privatization of Public Wealth: The Heroic Story of Working-class Detroit

0

Note: This is the first in a series of articles on Black America.

Almost 50 years after the Civil Rights Movement won the 1965 Voting Rights Act, racist politicians and their wealthy sponsors are finding new ways to disenfranchise Black workers. In Michigan, the Emergency Manager Law is a big hammer.

Put to a statewide referendum last November, the law was defeated at the ballot box. But in December, Rep. Gov. Rick Snyder and a lame-duck legislature rammed it through.

Known as Public Act 436, the law enables Michigan’s governor to appoint an emergency manager (EM) for cities that are deemed financially at-risk. Given dictatorial powers, the EM can void labor contracts, privatize services, and overrule elected officials. Five of the six cities with managers are predominantly Black, even though the majority of Michigan residents are white.

The law enables Snyder to bust unions and impose austerity measures so that debts to banks and bondholders are guaranteed. It’s a variation of what’s happening in Europe, where bankers are demanding that poor countries such as Greece slash wages, jobs and services to pay interest on their debt.

In April, Snyder installed Kevyn Orr as the EM of Detroit. Orr earned strokes from the elite as the lawyer who took Chrysler through bankruptcy, wresting huge concessions from auto workers.

Orr has made it clear that nothing is sacred in balancing Detroit’s books, including the 48 unions that have contracts with the city, libraries and other vital services. But Detroiters aren’t going quietly into the night. They are slugging back. Strikes, traffic snarls, rallies and other forms of protest kicked off quickly with Orr’s first day at work. And as their grassroots opposition has picked up speed, it has forced Snyder to slow the pace of his bulldozer.

A bipartisan affair. Detroiters know what is coming under Orr’s regime because their schools were put under emergency management in 2009, with the result that schools are starving more than ever. During those same years, Democratic Mayor Dave Bing and the City Council imposed 10 percent wage cuts and 20 percent hikes in healthcare costs to pubic workers.

Strikes and protests erupted in reply to the attacks by Democrats. Now, Orr is coming in as a strongman to finish the job. Orr’s previous employer was Jones Day, a global law firm that represents many of the banks growing fat off fees and loans made to Detroit. The EM’s job is to ensure his former bankster clients are paid first.

The backdrop for this dictatorship of the banks, bosses and politicians is a metropolis that suffers from 25 percent unemployment and 36 percent poverty. Access to good jobs and healthcare has declined significantly in the last 10 years.

Detroit’s rise and fall. Today’s hard times are a stark contrast to Detroit’s proud history as a thriving industrial and cultural center. During the labor shortages of World War II, Blacks migrated to Detroit and other northern cities to find stable employment and living wages in industry, as well as relief from the Jim Crow segregation laws of the South. In the 1960s, Detroit achieved world fame as the birthplace of Motown, where scores of talented musicians got their start, from Gladys Knight to Michael Jackson.

Today, many of Detroit’s neighborhoods resemble war zones, with blocks of abandoned homes. While poor people are pushed out of the downtown core, millions of dollars are flowing to make it over as a playground for tourists and millionaires. Jobs in the auto industry have dried up thanks to automation and outsourcing of work to lower-wage areas. President Obama helped GM and Chrysler gut wages, jobs and the right to strike as a condition of federal bailout money. The Big Three auto makers are doing better than ever now – even if the workers who made them rich are sinking.

During the housing bust, Detroit suffered one of the highest foreclosure rates in the U.S. thanks to racist and predatory lending. Now, the banks that evicted poor people are walking away from foreclosed homes and property taxes. This further impoverishes the city, but Orr has shown no interest in getting tough on bank scofflaws.

A legacy of struggle. Racism, robber barons and hardship are not new to Detroiters. Nor is their readiness to fight back.

In the 1930s, Michigan helped birth the modern U.S. labor movement with plant sit-downs and occupations, a response to brutal conditions. The industrial unions that arose from this fight represented a giant leap for all workers. When Blacks gained a foothold in the industry in the 1940s, they were assigned the hardest, dirtiest jobs, and laid off first. While the once-militant United Auto Workers gave lip service to racial equality, UAW ignored discrimination against its African American members. In the 1960s, racism and terrible conditions sparked a revolutionary union movement led by Black workers. Wildcat strikes, mass labor-community protests, caucuses and factory occupations broke out throughout metropolitan Detroit.

This radicalism survives in unions such as American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees (AFSCME) Local 207, representing public utility workers. In 2009, the union called for a community-backed public workers strike to save Detroit, and declared, “No reliance on the politicians! To win we must build our struggle independently.” Meanwhile, community organizations are also cranking up the heat. Moratorium Now! is calling for delaying Detroit’s debt service, and “united mass actions to render emergency management ungovernable.” Their plans are at www.moratorium-mi.org.

A beacon of hope. Today, Black Detroit casts in bold relief many of the most pressing issues of the working class, especially its most exploited members. This includes the rise of two-tier, low-wage systems, technological speedup causing mass unemployment, and the privatization of public wealth.

But the crisis also presents a huge opportunity for labor. As history showed in the 1930s, one spark can light a flame. Local 207 offers some ideas on how:

“To go beyond symbolic struggles, and fight to win, we need rank and file caucuses in each union that can coordinate, learn from each other and build multi-union mass direct actions including strikes. By fighting racism, immigrant bashing and the attack on women’s rights unions can unite and lead all those targeted by the right wing. We can’t win by limiting ourselves to the courts and elections – BUT WE CAN WIN!”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Washington launches four different investigations into IRS scandal

0

Patrick Howley
dailycaller.com
May 28, 2013

Capitol Hill aides spent their Memorial Day weekend scanning hundreds of pages of documents related to the IRS scandal in order to prepare their bosses for what will inevitably be a frantic month of June involving multiple simultaneous investigations into government wrongdoing. By the time lawmakers return to session next week, at least four different investigations will be underway.

As The Daily Caller has reported, at least five different IRS offices including Cincinnati, Ohio; Baltimore, Maryland; Chicago, Illinois and El Monte and Laguna Niguel, California improperly targeted conservative nonprofit groups for extra scrutiny between 2010 and 2012.

The IRS’ shenanigans, chronicled in a damning report by Treasury Inspector General J. Russell George, started when a “team of [IRS] specialists” came together in April 2010 to process the tax-exempt nonprofit status of conservative groups that might be “potential political operations” (page 13 of the IG report). The IRS added “additional specialists” to this effort in December 2011.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 10:34 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

German railways deploys surveillance drones

0

Jeevan Vasagar
The Telegraph
May 28, 2013

A fleet of miniature helicopter drones mounted with thermal imaging cameras will be deployed to combat graffiti-spraying gangs on the German railway network.

The drones, which fly at an altitude of 150 yards, will be used at graffiti ‘hotspots’ such as the big German cities of Berlin, Leipzig, Cologne and Hamburg, a spokesman for Deutsche Bahn confirmed.

The use of drones against vandals is the latest indication of the growing civilian market for unmanned aerial reconnaissance. Over 400 new drone systems are being developed by firms based in Europe, according to an EU report published last September.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 10:36 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

One killed in Tunisia clashes

0

Tunisian vendors shout slogans during a demonstration against their government after an impoverished vendor, who torched himself in a street died in Tunis on March 13, 2013.

At least one person has been killed and several others injured in clashes between Tunisian security forces and street vendors in the countryâ„¢s northern town of Bizerte.

According to a statement released by Interior Ministry spokesman Mohamed Ali Aroui on Tuesday, clashes erupted after the security forces tried to forcibly clear the hawkers’ stalls in the coastal town.

Reports say that the street vendors hurled stones at police. In response, security forces used tear gas to disperse the vendors.

The victim, a 73-year-old man, lost his life after inhaling tear gas.

Poverty is rampant across the North African country and unemployment rate stands at around 18 percent.

Official figures show that nearly a quarter of the 11-million population lives below the poverty line.

In March, a Tunisian man died in a hospital after setting himself ablaze to protest unemployment and poverty.

In April, a jobless man set himself on fire in the central Tunisian town of Sidi Bouzid, where Tunisia’s revolution started two years ago.

The number of people committing suicide or trying to take their own lives has multiplied since a 26-year-old Tunisian street vendor named Mohammed Bouazizi set himself on fire on December 17, 2010 to protest the confiscation of his wares by a municipal official.

Bouazizi’s death sparked mass protests, which finally caused a popular revolution in Tunisia, leading to the ouster of the countryâ„¢s Western-backed dictator, Zine El Abidine Ben Ali, in January 2011.

MAM/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

U.S. warns Britain against EU exit

0

U.S. govt.: British exit from EU would torpedo trade deals

The U.S. government has warned Britain against quitting the European Union, threatening to exclude the UK from a US-EU trade and investment partnership potentially worth hundreds of billions of pounds a year, media report said.

The Obama government also warned that it was very unlikely that Washington would clinch a separate deal with Britain.

The warning comes in the wake of Prime Minister David Cameron’s visit to Washington, which was primarily intended as a joint promotion of the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership (TTIP) with Barak Obama.

Cameron said the deal could bring £10bn a year to the UK alone. However, it was overshadowed by a cabinet rebellion back in London, where cabinet ministers threatened to support a UK exit from the EU.

The threat raised doubts in Washington on whether Britain would still be part of the deal once it had been negotiated.

More immediately, Obama government officials were concerned that the uncertainty over Britain’s future would further complicate what is already a hard sell in Congress, threatening a central pledge in the president’s State of the Union address in February.

“Having Britain in the EU … is going to strengthen the possibility that we succeed in a very difficult negotiation, as it involves so many different interests and having Britain as a key player and pushing for this will be important,” a senior US official said. “We have expressed our views of Britain’s role in the EU and they haven’t changed. TTIP negotiations underscore why we think it’s important that it continues.”

If it is successful the agreement could be the biggest trade and investment deal in history, encompassing half the world’s GDP and a third of its trade.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Independent Scotland would create boom

0

It has been claimed that an independent Scotland would see an instant boom in foreign investment.

Researchers for the Scottish National Party (SNP) have said that an independent Scotland would see an instant boom in foreign investment as the country would not be viewed as an outpost of London.

The SNP researchers referred to the boom that Latvia, Lithuania, Slovenia, Estonia, the Czech Republic and Slovakia experienced after they ended their ties with Russia in the 1990s.

Research was also produced, proposing that the Scots may be even better placed than the former countries of the Soviet Union, which saw the reclaiming of their national identities after the collapse of Communism.

The research found that Scotland already has an established market economy unlike the then Eastern Bloc nations.

The study stated, “There is evidence some of the most recently independent small countries in Europe experienced a surge in overseas investment in the immediate aftermath of independence.”

Director of the pro-independence network Business for Scotland, Gordon MacIntyre-Kemp said that independence can benefit economies in many ways and that Å“growth in foreign direct investment is one of them.”

Moreover, Scottish Deputy First Minister Nicola Sturgeon said last week that UK financial decisions held Scotland back Å“for generations” in terms of jobs and damaged economic growth.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Naming Our Nameless War

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/naming_our_nameless_war_20130528/

Posted on May 28, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

A Force of "Hope": Bill McKibben Wins Prestigious Prize

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Bill McKibben—noted environmentalist, scholar, founder of 350.org and champion behind the growing campaign to divest from fossil fuels—has been awarded Norway's prestigious Sofie Prize for his commitment to the fight to preserve a sustainable planet.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Sustainable Living Challenges the Swiss

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/sustainable_living_challenges_the_swiss_20130528/

Posted on May 28, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

'Expense-revenue balance curbs inflation'

0

Govt. expense-revenue balance curbs inflation: Gharazi

Presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi answers questions at a press conference in Tehran on May 27, 2013.

Iranian presidential candidate, Mohammad Gharazi, says inflation can be subdued if the next administration balances its expenditure against its revenues.

Speaking in a program broadcast live on Javan Radio station on Tuesday, the former telecommunications minister said prices increase when administrations spend more than they earn.

Nevertheless, he noted, there are chances to bring runaway prices of goods and services under control.

Gharazi said resource-rich Iran could have done much better if weren’t for poor management.

He also criticized the devaluation of Iranâ„¢s national currency, saying that the next administration should commit itself to not spending more than its earnings.

Gharazi will be facing Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, and former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref in the June 14 presidential election.

Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Shot Down? Suspected US Drone Crashes in Somalia

0

Citing local officials and witnesses, Reuters on Tuesday is reporting that a suspected US military drone has crashed in Somalia.

According to the news agency:

Lower Shabelle region governor Abdikadir Mohamed Nur said that al Shabaab militants had shot at the aircraft over the town of Bulamareer for several hours before it crashed.

“Finally they hit it and the drone crashed,” Nur told Reuters.

The insurgents confirmed that a drone had crashed but did not say if they had downed it.

“A U.S. drone has just crashed near one of the towns under the administration of the Mujahideen in the Lower Shabelle region,” al Shabaab said on a social media account.

Although the United States does not report its activities in Somalia, drones have been used in recent years to kill Somali and foreign al Shabaab fighters.

One area resident told Reuters that al Shabaab fighters had cordoned off the area and would not let others near the downed aircraft.

Though details remain murky, the incident in Somalia fulfills the arguments of those critical of the US drone program who say that operating clandestine operations on multiple continents against loosely affiliated networks remains the flawed strategy of US intelligence agencies.

As human rights advocates warn, the operation of US drones inflames anti-American sentiment abroad and does more to harm US national security in the long term than it helps in the short term.

In response to President Obama’s speech on foreign policy last week, critics of the drone program have said that though the president’s rhetoric was a step in the right direction, his policy recommendations come up far short in terms of actually changing the manner in which the US employs its drone technology.

As Christopher R. W. Dietrich, an assistant professor of the history at Fordham University, argues in a special commentary at CNN on Tuesday, the US drone program is subjecting the nation’s moral authority to ultimate decay. Deitrich writes:

Obama and supporters of targeted killings argue that drone strikes have benefits. Their unique capabilities have allowed the United States to annihilate the governance of al Qaeda in Afghanistan, they say. The drone program has also limited the operational capacity of al Qaeda members in Pakistan, Yemen, Iraq, and Somalia.

Yet while Obama described drone strikes in the same breath as “a necessary evil,” defining unmanned aerial violence as indispensable to U.S. national security is wrongheaded. As Micah Zenko’s special report for the Council on Foreign Relations on reforming drone policy notes, the drawbacks actually outweigh the benefits.

Most importantly, targeted killings alienate the United States in international opinion. A joint report by the Stanford International Human Rights Clinic and the New York University Global Justice Clinic, “Living Under Drones,” confirms this position. The authors concluded after nine months of interviews not only that drones kill innocent civilians on a regular basis, but that drone policy itself has a broader injurious effect: increased anti-American sentiment in the international community.

___________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

16 killed in fresh Iraq attacks

0

An Iraqi police inspects the scene of a car bomb attack. (File photo)

At least 16 people have been killed and 37 others injured in a series of bombings and shootings across Iraq, security officials say.

Many of the victims of Tuesday attacks are reported to be members of the security forces.

In the deadliest attack, five people were killed and 26 others were wounded after a bomb exploded on a bus in Baghdadâ„¢s Shia neighborhood of Sadr City, AFP reported.

Four people, among them two police, were also killed in a car bomb explosion in Tarmiyah, north of Baghdad. Eight people were also injured in the attack.

In another development, four Iraqi policemen were killed in clashes in the northern city of Mosul, while a senior police intelligence officer was killed and three police were wounded in a bombing near the city.

In a separate incident, gunmen killed two anti-al-Qaeda militiamen near Tikrit, north of Baghdad.

The attacks come a day after almost 70 people were killed in bomb attacks in the Iraqi capital, Baghdad.

Nearly 500 people have been killed across Iraq since the start of May.

On May 21, at least 42 people were killed and many others injured in a series of terrorist attacks across Iraq. A day earlier, nearly 100 people were killed in multiple attacks.

The Iraqi Premier Nouri al-Maliki has blamed militant groups and the remnants of the former Baâ„¢athist regime for the recent wave of violence. He has also accused some regional countries of fueling the violence in his country in a bid to topple the Iraqi government.

HM/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pentagon: The Chinese stole our newest weapons

0

The designs for more than two dozen major weapons systems used by the United States military have fallen into the hands of the Chinese, US Department of Defense officials say.

Blueprints for the Pentagon’s most advanced weaponry, including
the Black Hawk helicopter and the brand new Littoral Combat Ship
used by the Navy, have all been compromised, the Defense Science
Board claims in a

new confidential report.  

The Washington Post acknowledged late Monday that they have seen
a copy of the report and confirmed that the Chinese now have the
know-how to emulate some of the Pentagon’s most sophisticated
programs.

“This is billions of dollars of combat advantage for
China
,” a senior military official not authorized to speak on
the record told Post reporters. “They’ve just saved themselves
25 years of research and development.
”

 “It’s nuts,” the source said of the report.  

The Defense Science Board, a civilian advisory committee within
the Pentagon, fell short of accusing the Chinese of stealing the
designs. However, the Post’s report comes on the heels of formal
condemnation

courtesy of the DoD issued only earlier this month.

“In 2012, numerous computer systems around the world,
including those owned by the US government, continued to be
targeted for intrusions, some of which appear to be attributable
directly to the Chinese

government and military,
” the Defense Department alleged in a
previous report.  

Ellen Nakashima, the Post reporter who detailed the DSB analysis
this week, wrote that the computer systems at the Pentagon may
not have necessarily been breached. Instead, rather, she
suggested that the defense contractors who built these weapons
programs have likely been subjected to a security breach. US
officials speaking on condition of anonymity, she reported, said
that a closed door meeting last year ended with evidence being
presented of major defense contractors suffering from intrusions.
When reached for comment, the largest defense contractors –
Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon and Northrop Grumman – all
refused to weigh in.

Chinese hackers have previously been accused of waging
cyberattacks on a number of US entities, including billion-dollar
corporations and governmental departments. In 2007 it was
reported that China accumulated

the blueprints for the Pentagon’s F-35 fighter jets, the most
expensive weapons program ever created, but the latest news from
the DSB decries that much more has been compromised.

According to the Post, the plans for the advanced Patriot missile
system, an Army anti-ballistic program and a number of aircraft
have all ended up in the hands of the Chinese. The result could
mean the People’s Republic is working towards recreating the
hallmarks of America’s military might for their own offensive
purposes, while also putting China in a position where even the
most advanced weaponry in the world won’t be able to withstand
complex defensive capabilities once those projects are reverse
engineered.  

“If they got into the combat systems, it enables them to
understand it to be able to jam it or otherwise disable it
,”
Winslow T. Wheeler, director of the Straus Military Reform
Project at the Project on Government Oversight, told the Post.
“If they’ve got into the basic algorithms for the missile and
how they behave, somebody better get out a clean piece of paper
and start to design all over again
.”

Mandiant, a US security firm located outside of Washington,
reported earlier this year that the China has enlisted an elite
squadron of cyber warrior to attack American computer systems and
conduct espionage on behalf of the People’s Liberation Army. When
the report was released in February, Mandiant said the PLA’s
elusive Unit 61398 has successfully compromised the networks of
more than 141 companies across 20 major industries, including

Coca-Cola and a Canadian utility company. Those hacks reportedly
subsided after Mandiant went public with their claims, but
earlier this month the firm said those attacks have since been
renewed.

“They dialed it back for a little while, though other groups
that also wear uniforms didn’t even bother to do that
,” CEO
Kevin Mandia told the New York Times recently. “I think you
have to view this as the new normal
.”

On their part, China has adamantly denied all claims that they’ve
waged attacks on US networks. Following Mandiant’s initial
report, a spokesperson for China’s foreign ministry said the
claims were “irresponsible

and unprofessional.
”  

“Hacking attacks are transnational and anonymous,” Hong
Lei said. “Determining their origins are extremely difficult.
We don’t know how the evidence in this so-called report can be
tenable
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Why is the UK Pushing the EU to Designate Hezbollah a Terrorist Group?

0

A distinct increase of negative coverage has been forming in Western and Gulf press. This focus is specifically regarding Hezbollah’s direct involvement in the battle currently raging to take control of the Syrian town of Qusair; its overall role in Lebanon and the region, and its ties to both Syria’s President Assad, and the government of Iran.

As the Syrian conflict has gone on, Salafi/Jihaddi fighters from at least 30 different nationalities have poured through Syria’s borders, with the tacit approval of various state sponsors of the Syrian ‘opposition’. In turn, and for the best part of two years, compliant media have obliged in their attempts to subvert the Salafi/Jihaddi fundamentalist dynamic that has formed the core of the ‘opposition’s’ fighting force; finally relenting and admitting the fact not a single secular force is fighting against the Syrian Government. Contrary to this wilful ignorance or blatant subversion of facts; Western and Gulf media outlets now deem it their utmost priority to highlight not only Hezbollah’s direct involvement; but indeed, go to great lengths to highlight every single Hezbollah death, injury, movement or sneeze inside Syria.

Several issues need to be addressed in this somewhat disparate state of so-called ‘independent’ media when it comes to coverage of Hezbollah. The first and most glaring point is that demonizing Hezbollah and its supporters falls straight into the propaganda program of Israel and the United States, in their attempts to block resistance to US/Israeli/GCC occupation and expansion. The reasons behind this demonization are clear: the US and Israel are not, now, or anywhere in the future willing to allow Hezbollah to operate on Israels’ northern border unimpeded, and both wish to see the resistance group annihilated. The ‘news’ media will dutifully oblige its paymasters with the required public demonization through assumption of guilt and propaganda.

The Burgas Bombing and implicating Hezbollah.

Since the Bulgarian Government announced its findings into the bombing of a tourist bus that killed five Israeli tourists, and a Bulgarian bus driver in July 2012; the western press, AIPAC and neo-con associated DC ‘think tanks’, and western government officials have gone into propaganda overdrive. Using somewhat vague statements from the Bulgarian Interior Minister Tsvetan Tsvetanov, in a quite liberal manner; these parties with vested interests have determined culpability for the bombing fall’s on Hezbollah. One fundamental issue should be cleared before drawing any conclusion, that is, the Bulgarian Interior Minister’s statement on the issue post-investigation: (my emphasis)

“A reasonable assumption, I repeat a reasonable assumption, can be made that the two of them were members of the militant wing of Hezbollah,”

This is by no means a definitive statement, leaving room for interpretation suggests the Bulgarian minister is not so sure of his convictions. In this New York Times article ,we learn of the supposed damning ‘evidence’ that has led western officials and lackey media alike, to conclude Hezbollah’s’ guilt: (my emphasis)

With help from the United States and Israel, investigators here broke the case – and linked it to Hezbollah – using a tip from a secret source and some old-fashioned detective work, tracing the printer that had produced two forged licenses back to Lebanon….Europol determined that a fake Michigan driver’s license recovered at the scene had come from Lebanon….The identity of the Australian was the second major breakthrough. In September, a European intelligence service tipped off the Bulgarians about an Australian bombmaker of Lebanese descent, the former senior Western official said. The intelligence service said he had moved to Lebanon to join Hezbollah’s military wing. Mr. Tsvetanov said Tuesday that the Australian and the Canadian moved to Lebanon, one in 2006 and one in 2010.

These snippets of anonymous information are quite literally all the evidence that has been provided to date of Hezbollah association in the Burgas bombing. So because the fake ID’s were produced in Lebanon: that proves Hezbollah made them. And because the bombers alleged and, as yet unidentified, accomplices were from Lebanon: that also proves they are “tied to” Hezbollah. Clearly, the ‘evidence’ provided to date is circumstantial, at best. This lack of clear evidence will not stop either western, nor Israeli government officials, and, again, their lackey media and ‘think-tank’ counterparts in apportioning sole responsibility to Hezbollah, giving the ultimate desired outcome of guilt without trial, or indeed, any public evidence.

As investigative reporter Gareth Porter noted in February, the whole Bulgarian report is based on no more than an “assumption” or, “hypothesis” for Hezbollah complicity; yet this report form’s the basis for calls in the EU to designate Hezbollah as a terrorist group. Porter goes on to state:(my emphasis)

Major revelations about the investigation by the former head of the probe and by a top Bulgarian journalist have further damaged the credibility of the Bulgarian claim to have found links between the suspects and Hezbollah….The chief prosecutor in charge of the Bulgarian investigation revealed in an interview published in early January that the evidence available was too scarce to name any party as responsible, and that investigators had found a key piece of evidence that appeared to contradict it.

Karadzhova revealed how little was known about the two men who investigators believe helped the foreigner killed by the bomb he was carrying, but whom Tsvetanov would later link to Hezbollah. The reason, she explained, is that they had apparently traveled without cell phones or laptops…..Only two kinds of information appear to have linked the two, according to the Karadzhova interview, neither of which provides insight into their political affiliation. One was that both of them had led a “very ordered and simple” lifestyle, which she suggested could mean that they both had similar training.

The other was that both had fake Michigan driver’s licenses that had come from the same country. It was reported subsequently that the printer used to make the fake Michigan driver’s licenses had been traced to Beirut.

But Karadzhova’s biggest revelation was that investigators had found a SIM card at the scene of the bombing and had hoped it would provide data on the suspect’s contacts before they had arrived at the scene of the bombing. But the telecom company in question was Maroc Telecom, and the Moroccan firm had not responded to requests for that information.

That provenance of the SIM Card is damaging to the Hezbollah “hypothesis”, because Maroc Telecom sells its cards throughout North Africa — a region in which Hezbollah is not known to have any operational bases but where Al-Qaeda has a number of large organisations.

Morocco is also considered a “staunch ally” of the United States, so it is unlikely that the Moroccan government would have refused a request from the United States to get the necessary cooperation from Moroccan Telecom.

Clearly, anyone claiming Hezbollah was responsible for the Burgas bombing is pushing a somewhat skewed and misinformed agenda. Not only is the ‘evidence’ both flimsy and circumstantial; the chief prosecutor laid doubt on any possible Hezbollah role on live television. Why would Israel, or the US choose not to follow the SIM card? Or even bother to request the Moroccan telecoms company release the information?

Britain launches campaign in the EU

This brings us to recent reports of the British governments renewed attempts to persuade the EU to designate Hezbollah’s military wing a terrorist organisation. The UK is now pushing the EU for this designation to enable possible sanctions, and the Burgas bombing is a key component in the case against the organisation; the bombing is mentioned in virtually every article on the issue, and has been cited as a reason for Germany’s apparent sway in the UK’s direction.

For Israel, the United States and their GCC partners, the timing could not be better. Again, the hypocrisy is blatant. None of the NATO states that are pushing for terrorist designations against Hezbollah, have a negative word to say on the plethora of militant Salafi/Jihaddi groups they have abetted into Syria; (*other than Jabhat al Nusra*) these groups have not only attacked Syria’s security infrastructure and Government personnel, they have also openly committed massacres, hundreds of car bombings in built-up civilian areas, extra-judicial killings, rape, torture, and looting. But these are the good guys the west are supporting in their valiant fight for democracy in Syria? Or strict Sharia?

As these western/GCC proxies start to lose more and more ground against the Syrian Army, (and Hezbollah have been a key factor in that.) Israel pursues illegal military airstrikes against supposed “game changing” weapons, and the NATO states dutifully push their “diplomatic” pressure in the UN and the EU against Hezbollah under dubious allegation’s. These dynamics are inextricably linked to the Western/Israeli/GCC efforts to block the “Shiite crescent”.

In Lebanon itself, the US/UK et al accuse Hezbollah of being responsible for current conflagration on the Syrian border, which is also flaring up in northern Tripoli; without mentioning the fact Lebanon has been a key route for opposition militants to enter Syria. Since the very start of the Syrian crisis, northern Lebanon and the town of Qusair have been a rebel transit point and stronghold; allowing the free flow of heavily armed militant Salafi/Jihaddi fighters. But this seems to be what western leaders promote, and are indeed making great efforts to support. William Hague talks of “conflict spread” and propagates the falsehood that Hezbollah pose a threat to Lebanese internal security, while the UK and its allies arm, fund, promote, and provide diplomatic cover to the very Salafists Hezbollah is busy defending Shiite villages and Syrian civilians from. The West is supporting the very same democracy spreading Salafi/Jihaddi proxies that completely expelled all Christians from Qusair upon their arrival. Is the west and its allies, in its determination to overthrow the Assad government, and by extension destroy any resistance Hezbollah can muster against Israeli aggression: now supporting ethnic cleansing?

If Hezbollah, who up until the Syrian crisis; peacefully co-existed in a country belonging of 18 different sects no less, and being an active member of Lebanese government and its security infrastructure: are supposed terrorists. Then one has to ask: what are the extremist, sectarian militants the west is supporting supposed to represent? Freedom Fighters? Furthermore, and, considering the insurmountable volumes of evidence of western state-sponsored terror, one must also ask: what purpose, other than further ‘legal’ UN-endorsed western-led military aggression, does the designation of Hezbollah as “Terrorist” ultimately serve?

Phil Greaves is a UK based writer/analyst, focusing on UK/US Foreign Policy and conflict analysis in the Middle East post WWII. http://notthemsmdotcom.wordpress.com/

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Texas to Deny Poor Residents Medicaid Coverage, While Paying for It Anyway

0

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

State lawmakers in Texas have passed a bill that would deny over a million low-income residents Medicaid coverage they would have received as a result of President Obama’s healthcare plan.

The bill states that health officials can only provide medical assistance to those who would have been “otherwise eligible” under the criteria in effect December 31, 2013. The Affordable Care Act mandates that Medicaid be expanded starting in 2014. But the Supreme Court ruling on the act said that the federal government could not require states to expand the low-income health program.

Governor Rick Perry had stated his strident opposition to expanding Medicaid last summer.

If the bill becomes law, Texas will be contributing taxes that pays for the Medicaid expansion in other states while residents won’t be able to access the same program.

The Texas bill was passed despite the fact that “the federal government fully funds Medicaid expansion until 2016 and gradually reduces its contribution to 90 percent in 2020 and subsequent years,” as Think Progress’ Igor Volsky notes. Texas, which has the highest percentage of uninsured people, would not have to pay more than 7 percent of the cost of the Medicaid expansion.

The legislation was passed as state officials across the country continue to take varied steps on the issue of Medicaid expansion. In Arizona, Republican governor Jan Brewer has said she will continue to veto bills passed by the Republican legislature until they expand Medicaid. Other Republican governors have taken steps similar to Perry’s.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

America's Eternal War

0

An US drone takes off on March 13, 2009, from Kandahar Air Base, Afghanistan, for a mission in support of Operation Enduring Freedom.

May 28, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

To stay on top of important articles like these, sign up to receive the latest updates from TomDispatch.com here.

For well over a decade now the United States has been “a nation at war.” Does that war have a name?

It did at the outset. After 9/11, George W. Bush’s administration wasted no time in announcing that the U.S. was engaged in a Global War on Terrorism, or GWOT. With few dissenters, the media quickly embraced the term. The GWOT promised to be a gargantuan, transformative enterprise. The conflict begun on 9/11 would define the age. In neoconservative circles, it was known as World War IV.

Upon succeeding to the presidency in 2009, however, Barack Obama without fanfare junked Bush’s formulation (as he did again in a speech at the National Defense University last week). Yet if the appellation went away, the conflict itself, shorn of identifying marks, continued.

Does it matter that ours has become and remains a nameless war? Very much so.

Names bestow meaning. When it comes to war, a name attached to a date can shape our understanding of what the conflict was all about. To specify when a war began and when it ended is to privilege certain explanations of its significance while discrediting others. Let me provide a few illustrations.

With rare exceptions, Americans today characterize the horrendous fraternal bloodletting of 1861-1865 as the Civil War. Yet not many decades ago, diehard supporters of the Lost Cause insisted on referring to that conflict as theWar Between the States or the War for Southern Independence (or even theWar of Northern Aggression). The South may have gone down in defeat, but the purposes for which Southerners had fought — preserving a distinctive way of life and the principle of states’ rights — had been worthy, even noble. So at least they professed to believe, with their preferred names for the war reflecting that belief.

Schoolbooks tell us that the Spanish-American War began in April 1898 and ended in August of that same year. The name and dates fit nicely with a widespread inclination from President William McKinley’s day to our own to frame U.S. intervention in Cuba as an altruistic effort to liberate that island from Spanish oppression.

Yet the Cubans were not exactly bystanders in that drama. By 1898, they had been fighting for years to oust their colonial overlords. And although hostilities in Cuba itself ended on August 12th, they dragged on in the Philippines, another Spanish colony that the United States had seized for reasons only remotely related to liberating Cubans. Notably, U.S. troops occupying the Philippines waged a brutal war not against Spaniards but against Filipino nationalists no more inclined to accept colonial rule by Washington than by Madrid. So widen the aperture to include this Cuban prelude and the Filipino postlude and you end up with something like this: The Spanish-American-Cuban-Philippines War of 1895-1902. Too clunky? How about the War for the American Empire? This much is for sure: rather than illuminating, the commonplace textbook descriptor serves chiefly to conceal.

Strange as it may seem, Europeans once referred to the calamitous events of 1914-1918 as the Great War. When Woodrow Wilson decided in 1917 to send an army of doughboys to fight alongside the Allies, he went beyond Great. According to the president, the Great War was going to be the War To End All Wars. Alas, things did not pan out as he expected. Perhaps anticipating the demise of his vision of permanent peace, War Department General Order 115, issued on October 7, 1919, formally declared that, at least as far as the United States was concerned, the recently concluded hostilities would be known simply as the World War.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

The war on terror and the fate of US democracy

0

The speech delivered by President Barack Obama at the National Defense University in Washington, D.C. last week has revealed not only a crisis within the Obama administration and increasingly bitter conflicts within the highest echelons of the state, but also, and most profoundly, a historic crisis of class rule.

Obama’s speech is of exceptional political significance. More than a half-century after Eisenhower warned that American democracy was threatened by the emergence, in the aftermath of World War II, of a “military-industrial complex,” Obama all but acknowledged that American democracy is approaching a point of breakdown.

A decade after the beginning of the “war on terror,” Obama warned, “America stands at a crossroads.” He continued, “We must define the nature and scope of this struggle, or else it will define us. We have to be mindful of James Madison’s warning that no nation could preserve its freedom in the midst of continual warfare.”

In other words, the danger to American democracy comes not from “terrorists”–the catch-all pretext for every action taken by the American ruling class since September 11, including by the present administration–but from within the state itself.

Obama’s speech clearly emerged out of bitter conflicts within the state apparatus. He seemed engaged in a debate, without naming the parties with whom he was arguing. At times he would pause, as if he was waiting for a response. He took an almost passive attitude to the actions of his own administration, as if these were somehow external, somehow directed by forces outside of his own control.

This was not the speech of a confident chief executive, but the representative of an administration under siege, torn by internal contradictions, in which his control over the government seems entirely questionable.

The president repeatedly referred to illegal actions taken. The American government had, he acknowledged, “compromised our basic values–by using torture to interrogate our enemies, and detaining individuals in a way that ran counter to the rule of law.”

By designating them as “counter to the rule of law,” Obama was effectively admitting that actions taken by the United States government–that have continued under his own administration–were illegal, criminal, unconstitutional.

Obama sought to defend these actions, while openly betraying his own nervousness that he was directly implicated in violations of the Constitution, for which he could be held liable.

Obama repeatedly reminded his audience that there were others involved in making these decisions. “Not only did Congress authorize the use of force, it is briefed on every strike that America takes, every strike,” he insisted. “That includes the one instance where we targeted an American citizen.”

Hidden from the American people, preparations are far advanced for an open break with democratic forms of rule in the United States. Under the framework of the “war on terror,” the American ruling class has brought democracy to the very brink of extinction.

Under first Bush and then Obama, the executive has claimed vast powers to wage war, spy on the American people, torture and hold prisoners indefinitely without charge, try them in military commissions, and kill anyone, anywhere, including US citizens, without due process.

Little more than a month ago, following the still unexplained bombings at the Boston Marathon, the entire city was placed in lockdown and virtual martial law. As the WSWS noted at the time, “The events in Boston have laid bare the modus operandi for the establishment of dictatorial forms of rule in the US.” Once again, as with the attacks of September 11 that set off the “war on terror,” the bombers were being closely monitored by sections of the state apparatus, and the events were seized on to implement new and unprecedented attacks on democratic rights.

The breakdown of democracy is tied to an immense growth in the strength of the military and intelligence apparatus. These institutions operate as virtual laws unto themselves.

Confirming that issues of civilian-military relations are being intensively discussed within the ruling class, an article appeared in the New York Times on Monday, penned by retired Army lieutenant general Karl Eikenberry, the former head of Armed Forces in Afghanistan, and historian David Kennedy. Under the headline, “Americans and Their Military, Drifting Apart,” the two authors worry that the expansion of the military is taking place under conditions of “a minimum citizen engagement and comprehension.”

To address this situation, they call for the institution of the draft in some form, before concluding, “While the armed forces retool for the future, citizens cannot be mere spectators. As Adams said about military power, ‘A wise and prudent people will always have a watchful and jealous eye over it.’”

The advanced state of the breakdown of bourgeois democracy, under conditions of perpetual war, has generated intense conflicts among different factions of the ruling class. Within and between various branches of the military, the CIA and FBI, there are continuous factional wars, in which the conflicts within the ruling class are worked out behind the backs of the American people.

While there are sections of the ruling class that would back an open military dictatorship, the break with legality and “democracy” is also fraught with immense dangers. The legitimacy of the American political system is defined by the Constitution.

The American ruling class is destroying the political foundations upon which it has based its rule. They cannot invoke legality when they are confronting challenges to the state from the working class when they are the greatest law-breakers. The more they dispense with constitutional legality, the more illegitimate the ruling elite appears before the great mass of the population, within the United States and internationally.

Yet, despite these concerns, neither Obama nor any sections of the ruling class has anything else to offer. This explains the strange, contradictory character of Obama’s speech.

While voicing concern over the state of American democracy, one of the central aims of Obama’s remarks was to defend the most egregious violation of democratic principles thus far taken–namely, the assassination of US citizens without due process. These operations would continue, he said, with at most a pseudo-legal fig leaf, one or another form of Star Chamber proceedings to rubber stamp the decision of the executive.

As for militarism, while urging an end to a “boundless war on terror,” Obama outlined a series of military operations all over the world. He called for stepping up the arming of the Syrian “rebels,” many of which are tied to Al Qaeda, as part of the campaign to unseat President Bashar Al Assad. At the same time, sections of the American ruling class are trying to extract some of their forces from the Middle East in order to shift towards Asia and a more direct confrontation with China.

In the end, whatever Obama’s public displays of self-doubt, he has neither the will nor the ability to change anything. Efforts by the apologists of the Democratic Party, including the New York Times and the Nation magazine, to present Obama’s speech as a transformative event combine complacency, deceit and naiveté. As if to confirm this fact, Obama stressed on Memorial Day yesterday that the nation was “still at war.”

Moreover, if the most powerful sections of the bourgeoisie and the military/intelligence apparatus ever seriously considered for a moment that Obama was abandoning the program of global hegemony, his administration would come to a brutal and rapid end.

A crisis of bourgeois rule is one of the most important indicators of impending revolutionary upheaval. History substantiates a general political rule that revolutions arise not only because the oppressed classes cannot live in the old way, but that the ruling classes cannot rule in the old way.

The crisis of class rule and the collapse of American democracy are rooted in, on the one hand, endless war abroad, and, on the other, the uncontrollable and historically unprecedented degree of social inequality.

These developments pose grave dangers for the working class. Not only is it possible for a dictatorship to emerge in the United States, it is already emerging.

The defense of democratic rights is more than ever a class issue. Democracy on the basis of capitalism and imperialist militarism is impossible. To defend its interests, the working class cannot rely on any section of the capitalist state apparatus or its auxiliary organizations.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Obama’s “Fast and Furious” Gun-running Scandal Grows

0

As if there were not already enough scandals plaguing the Obama administration, the federal “Fast and Furious” operation that armed Mexican drug cartels is back in the news after the Justice Department Inspector General released a report blasting a government leak intended to smear a key ATF whistleblower. The leaked memorandum was apparently aimed at discrediting Special Agent John Dodson and contradicting his explosive testimony before Congress, which blew the lid off of a federal program that put thousands of high-powered weapons into the hands of deadly criminals in Mexico.

The latest twist in the scandal surrounds disgraced former U.S. Attorney Dennis Burke, one of the officials at the center of the administration’s lawless gun-trafficking scheme. The ex-prosecutor, who resigned in August of 2011 along with acting ATF boss Kenneth Melson, was furious after learning that brave whistleblowers had gone to Congress and the media, documents show. He was particularly upset because Dodson, one of the crucial figures in exposing Fast and Furious, had written a memo outlining a plot to let guns “walk” across the border into Mexico – and into the hands of known criminals. 

Special Agent Dodson, however, said he had been alarmed about the idea from the start, only putting the plot down on paper in an effort to show superiors how preposterous it really was. When the ATF agent went to Sen. Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) and CBS News to blow the whistle, Burke wanted desperately to protect his reputation. The then-U.S. attorney, who worked in Arizona, learned that Fox News reporter Mike Levine was working on a story about the issue. Burke then leaked the Dodson memo to Levine.

“We also concluded that Burke’s disclosure of the Dodson memorandum to Levine was likely motivated by a desire to undermine Dodson’s public criticisms of Operation Fast and Furious,” the Justice Department’s Office of the Inspector General (OIG) said in its report. “Although Burke denied to congressional investigators that he had any retaliatory motive for his actions, we found substantial evidence to the contrary.”

Official sources, for example, told the OIG that “Burke disclosed the document to help the U.S. Attorney’s Office defend against what were considered hypocritical criticisms being made by Dodson,” the report explains. “That disclosure occurred less than two weeks after Dodson’s public testimony before Congress.” Others interviewed during the investigation also confirmed that Burke was “frustrated” with the whistleblower’s “highly critical” congressional testimony about Fast and Furious.

Burke refused to be interviewed for the investigation. However, he admitted in his own account of the conversation with Levine that he believed the Fox reporter was working on a story that would expose what Burke considered to be Dodson’s “hypocrisy,” the OIG noted. As such, the former U.S. Attorney claimed that he simply released the memo in question – a violation of Justice Department policy at the very least – in an innocent but misguided effort to provide “context” for the story.

Neither Dodson nor the inspector general bought those excuses. “We believe that this explanation, taken together with the other evidence cited above, demonstrate that Burke’s conduct in disclosing the memorandum to Levine was likely motivated by his desire to undermine Dodson’ public criticisms,” the OIG report said, adding that the ATF whistleblower had raised very serious concerns about Fast and Furious.

Among the most interesting findings in the Inspector General investigation was Burke’s sense that he was being sacrificed by the administration. Quoted in the OIG report, Burke explained that “several U.S. Attorneys […] commented to me that the Department was throwing my office under the bus.” The Inspector General report noted: “Burke’s statements to the Department reflected a belief that he could not rely on the Department to respond to criticism of his office’s handling of the Fast and Furious investigation, and we found that he responded to this belief by deciding to defend the office himself through, in part, the unauthorized disclosure of information to the media.”

The report savages the former U.S. attorney in its conclusions, stating that Burke violated Justice Department policy by leaking the memo and that his excuses “were not credible.” The OIG also “rejected” Burke’s explanations, adding that the former U.S. attorney took “calculated measures” to reduce the chances of being caught: sending the document from a private e-mail account to a friend who passed it on to the Fox reporter.

“First, regardless of whether Burke in fact believed Levine or Congress already had the memorandum, that belief would not excuse his failure to comply with Department policy,” the report said, citing DOJ policies on media relations that were violated. “Second, we found that Burke disclosed the Dodson memorandum despite knowing he was under investigation at the very same time by OPR for virtually the same alleged misconduct.”

The misconduct described in the report is “particularly egregious,” the OIG continued, “because of Burke’s apparent effort to undermine the credibility of Dodson’s significant public disclosures about the failures in Operation Fast and Furious.” In the end, the actions were found to be “inappropriate for a Department employee and wholly unbefitting a U.S. Attorney.” As such, the problem will be reported to state Bar associations where Burke is licensed to practice law.

In an August, 2011, memo to his staff at the U.S. Attorney’s office about his resignation, Burke, who previously worked for current Homeland Security boss Janet “Big Sis” Napolitano, claimed that it was time to move on. “My long tenure in public service has been intensely gratifying,” he said. “It has also been intensely demanding. For me, it is the right time to move on to pursue other aspects of my career and my life and allow the office to move ahead.”

The latest OIG report is not the first time Burke has come under fire for his controversial handling of the press after the Fast and Furious scandal emerged. In December of 2011, for example, the administration was forced to release more than 1,300 pages of documents related to the gun-trafficking program. The subpoenaed records revealed frantic e-mail communications between senior officials about how vigorously to defend the operation, as well as concerns about the veracity of some of the proposed defenses.

The documents showed that DOJ officials were worried that if the administration were to cooperate with the congressional investigation, Congress would press for even more information. Others highlight the general fear among those involved that exposure would damage the image of the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (still known as ATF).

One of the most explosive e-mails was actually from Burke, who recommended sending a “stern missive” to the Arizona Republic newspaper for exposing the scheme. “Just baffling that they refuse to engage even just to protect the integrity of the agency,” he wrote in a February 1 e-mail to Justice Department Criminal Division boss Lanny Breuer, as if the media’s job were to protect government rather than expose its shady dealings. In another e-mail, Burke complained that congressional investigators were acting as “willing stooges” for defenders of the right to keep and bear arms.

Burke, of course, was also not the only top official who has been caught trying to retaliate against the whistleblowers. After the scandal was publicly exposed, the ATF retaliated against the brave agents who told Congress and the media. The agency got caught, but its new acting chief subsequently released a video threatening other agents not to blow the whistle again. Lawmakers were outraged, yet the lawlessness continues.

Meanwhile, the establishment press has continued to ignore the most important elements of the scandal, pretending that Fast and Furious was simply a “botched” operation in which low-ranking administration bureaucrats inadvertently “lost” the weapons. In reality, multiple White House officials had been briefed about the scheme, the supposed “targets” of the alleged “investigation” were drug lords already on the FBI’s payroll, and top administration officials have been caught lying repeatedly – resulting in disgraced Attorney General Eric Holder being held in criminal contempt of Congress for the ongoing cover up.

Incredibly, the violence from Fast and Furious – U.S. law enforcement officers killed, hundreds of Mexicans massacred, and more – was used to push more gun control in the United States, official documents showed. The e-mails exposing the administration’s scheme to use the bloodshed to assault the Second Amendment backed up assertions made by the numerous analysts and experts including the National Rifle Association. Rep. Darrell Issa (R-Calif.), who led the investigation in the U.S. House, was also proven correct.

Finally, evidence continues to emerge that Fast and Furious was in fact much bigger than the press and the administration have admitted. Mexican drug lords, for example, have said that the U.S. government was shipping weapons to their cartels and allowing them to bring drugs across the border in exchange for information. The CIA’s involvement also continued to be largely concealed. However, with Fast and Furious seemingly taking a back seat to other major scandals – Benghazigate, spying on journalists, IRS abuse, and more – justice for the Fast and Furious victims may never be truly served.  

2011 photo of U.S. Attorney Dennis Burke standing before a cache of seized firearms: AP Images

Alex Newman is a correspondent for The New American, covering economics, politics, and more. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

Impeachment Support Soars as Voters Say Feds “Out of Control”

AG Holder Demands U.S. Court Allow Fast and Furious Coverup

House Votes to Hold Holder in Contempt

CIA “Manages” Drug Trade, Mexican Official Says

Reports: CIA Working with Mexican Drug Cartels

Stratfor Sources: U.S. Troops in Mexico as Feds Aid Cartels

Feds Let Mexican Cartel Hit Men Kill in U.S., Senior Lawman Told Stratfor

Fast and Furious Massacres Spark Fresh Pressure on AG Holder to Resign

Issa: Gun-Control Agenda Behind Fast and Furious

Holder Admits Lies in Fast and Furious, Refuses to Resign

After Fast and Furious, Lawmakers Slam ATF Threats Against Whistleblowers

Blasted as Whitewash, Fast and Furious Report Blames ATF and DOJ

“Drug Lords” Targeted in Fast & Furious Worked for FBI

White House Was Briefed About “Fast and Furious” Gunwalker Scandal

Documents Show Top Officials Lied About Fast & Furious

Project Gunrunner Part of Plan to Institute Gun Control

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Vaccinate your children or declare why not, parents in Australia told

0

Melissa Davey
Sydney Morning Herald
May 28, 2013

Parents will be forced to either vaccinate their children or register for an exemption in order to enroll them in childcare, after changes to the Public Health Act passed through cabinet Monday night.

The changes mean parents or guardians must provide evidence their child is fully vaccinated for age, is on a recognised catch-up schedule, or has an exemption approved by a doctor when they enroll their child.

To get an exemption, parents will have to receive counselling and fill out forms along with their doctor. Valid exemptions include personal, philosophical or religious beliefs.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 9:50 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

National Broadcaster Refuses to Cover Bilderberg Meeting

0

‘Not good value’ to report on confab of global power brokers

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
May 28, 2013

You would think that over a hundred of the world’s most influential power brokers meeting in secret would make for an interesting news story, but not according to Irish national broadcaster RTE, which has refused to send reporters to cover the 2013 Bilderberg Group conference.

Image: Hannah Borno

Asked by Infowars reader Billy Quilter if RTE intended to report on a confab involving, “the most wealthy, powerful and influential people in the world of politics, finance and business,” set to take place in Watford, England next week, the broadcaster responded by saying it didn’t think such an event was worthy of attention.

“The world’s media doesn’t cover these meetings generally because we get no access, no interviews and are told nothing about the private discussions that go on inside. This group is one of many that happen every year as a talking shop, although as you rightly point out a high-level one. In RTE’s case, I don’t think it would be good value to stand outside the Grove for 3 days on that basis,” replied Kevin Bakhurst, RTE’s Managing Director of news and current affairs.

Is it really any wonder why mainstream media is losing its audience to independent broadcasters given that companies like RTE refuse to perform the very task for which they were supposedly founded — investigative journalism — and instead will only cover issues if they are given “access” and spoon fed talking points to blithely regurgitate?

Does RTE not think its very role is to find out what private discussions are taking place given that Bilderberg is setting the consensus for policy which directly affects RTE viewers?

The claim that Bilderberg is a mere “talking shop” has been debunked by the innumerable examples of Bilderberg having a direct influence on world affairs, most notably in setting up the framework for the introduction of the euro single currency which is used by the 4.6 million inhabitants of the Republic of Ireland.

In addition the claim that it would not be “good value” for RTE to have its reporters stand outside the Grove for 3 days is ludicrous given that live streams of Infowars reporters doing precisely that in St. St. Moritz and Chantilly over the last two years attracted millions upon millions of views.

RTE is partly funded by revenue from TV licenses, which are mandatory for Irish citizens who wish to legally possess a television. Failure to obtain a TV license, at a cost of €160 per annum, can result in a fine and a criminal record, with TV license inspectors having the power to obtain and execute search warrants of houses.

“This is from our national broadcaster which is a non-commercial entity, which all Irish people pay TV licence fees to each year, who get government subsidies from taxpayers’ money, and who applaud themselves on their investigative journalism, they regularly get awards for their work,” Quilter told Infowars.

“RTE have never had a problem covering the private lives of others in this country. They have no problem entering and sneaking into hospitals, private nursing homes and school creshes (easy targets), delving into their work, prying on their businesses in order to build up a reputation for themselves, yet they cannot be bothered to send a team on a 2 hour journey from Dublin to England to look into the Bilderberg meeting,” he adds.

In refusing to cover the Bilderberg conference, RTE follows the trend of other establishment media outlets which offer scant coverage of the event, no coverage at all, or merely attempt to belittle the whole thing as an invention of conspiracy theorists.

Given the castrated and controlled behavior of corporate media outlets, a number of which are actually represented at Bilderberg, it’s unsurprising that David Rockefeller actually thanked the press for their compliance in keeping Bilderberg’s agenda hidden during the 1991 Bilderberg confab in Baden, Germany.

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years,” said Rockefeller, going on to explain, “It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national autodetermination practiced in past centuries.”

Read the letter sent by RTE below.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, May 28, 2013 at 9:58 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Mexico’s Troubled Nuclear Plant

0

With Latin American countries still turned off to nuclear power two years after Japan’s monumental Fukushima meltdowns dispersed radioactive fallout across the ocean to them, events inside a similar facility in Mexico have fueled mounting skepticism over the potential for developing the energy technology.

Fissures, leaks, shutdowns, government secrecy, a failed upgrade, alleged bid-rigging and contract fraud at Mexico’s lone atomic power station, the state-run Laguna Verde Nuclear Plant, were vetted during the 9th Regional Congress on Radiation Protection and Safety held in Rio de Janeiro in April.

The audience of Latin American experts eager to share the information at the professional association forum starred scientists from Argentina and Brazil, which also have nuclear power plants, as well as from Venezuela, Chile and Cuba, which had made tentative moves toward establishing atomic energy stations before the Fukushima catastrophe stymied aspirations.

The irregularities at Laguna Verde came to light thanks to a courageous group of anonymous high-level employees inside the power plant and to the public information requests by their spokesperson, Mexico’s National Autonomous University Physics Professor Bernardo Salas Mar, a former plant employee and valiant whistleblower.

Some of Salas Mar’s most recent research was accepted at the International Radiation Protection Association congress in Brazil, but his university did not provide him with travel expenses to attend in person.

Salas faces high-level attempts to have him fired as a result of his persistent efforts to make public his discoveries of dangerous faults and cover-ups at the Laguna Verde plant. But Salas’ achievements speak for themselves. Were it not for his ceaseless hammering on the doors of the 10-year-old Federal Information Access Institute (IFAI), perhaps no one ever would have known about the latest incidents at Laguna Verde until it was too late.

Based on his freedom-of-information requests to the institute, Salas and Laguna Verde’s own technicians revealed in an April 19 letter to President Enrique Peña Nieto that Mexico has been defrauded to the tune of more than a half-billion dollars by the international companies that won the bid for the federal contract to uprate the two reactors at the plant located near the Caribbean port of Veracruz.

“Uprating” is industry jargon for boosting the capacity of nuclear reactors so they can generate more electricity.

The letter to the President alleges the Federal Electricity Commission purposely botched the bid letting by omitting the usual requirement for a contractor to abide by the Review Standard for Extended Power Uprates. Apparently the CFD did this to favor the Spanish company Iberdrola Ingenería and the French company Alstom Mexico, which lacked the capability to carry out the changes to the nuclear steam supply system according to standard specifications.

Employees in key positions at Laguna Verde had alerted the two previous presidential administrations to the issue as far back as 2006, communicating their “worry over the capacity-boosting work contemplated for this nuclear plant, considering it to be unreliable, risky and overpriced,” according to the letter. Still Iberdrola and Alstom got the $605-million contract to increase the plant’s power output by 20 percent.

Iberdrola announced the successful conclusion of the five-year, $605-million modernization project in February, noting that it overhauled equipment dating back to 1990, in the project that created more than 2,000 jobs.

The president of Alstom in Mexico, Cintia Angulo, was arrested a week after the announcement of the upgrade conclusion on charges of giving false testimony in an unrelated French case of non-payment.

However, the more spectacular fraud for both firms will prove to be the Mexican uprate contract, which not only failed to accomplish the goal of boosting Laguna Verde’s power output, but also left the reactors in worse condition than before, Salas and employees charge.

The Federal Electricity Commission responded to Salas’ inquiries, saying that Reactor Unit 2 would be operating at 100 percent of planned output in April and Unit 1 would be at 100 percent in May.

Nonetheless, after further information requests, Salas revealed that the National Nuclear Safety Commission has denied both reactors the licenses to operate at higher output in the aftermath of the contract, due precisely to the fact that the guidelines for the nuclear steam supply system were not followed.

Employees say the failure to follow the guidelines during the uprate cracked the jet pumps that inject the water to the core of the General Electric boiling water reactors, the same kind that melted down due to a generator system crash at Fukushima.

“The situation of the reactors is not serious yet, but operating with fissures could cause a major problem to the extent that it could endanger national security. (Remember Fukushima and Chernobyl.)” the letter to President Peña Nieto says. The employees consider it “risky and inacceptable for both reactors to continue operating with the fissures that have been encountered.”

Simultaneous suspension of operations at both reactors in September 2012 and related confusing news releases, some blaming the pump fissures, caused alarm in the communities around the installation.

Authorities first said a diesel generator breakdown was at fault for the interruption in service of one reactor, while fuel-cell restocking was the reason for a stoppage at the other.

The next day they said a clogged seawater intake was part of the reason for removing both reactors from service. An escape of hydrogen gas from a condenser was posited. And finally, officials stated to the public that the fissures in both reactors’ water pumps were to blame.

Government secrecy about details surrounding the event accentuated longstanding worries in the population near the plant. The fear of accidents and serious concerns over the ongoing situation was highlighted by an NGO’s court appeal arguing that people should be exempted from paying their light bills due to the fact that their civil rights had been violated by the lack of safety measures and accountability at Laguna Verde.

In response to Salas’ information requests, the Energy Secretariat, in charge of the Federal Electricity Commission (CFE) and the National Nuclear Safety Commission (CNSNS), said it didn’t have the answers to his questions.

Its commissions presented incongruous replies. The vagueness of the answers provided by the Federal Electricity Commission prompted the researcher to appeal to the IFAI to require revised responses.

After his second round of questioning, he was able to deduce that the cooling water intake channel had indeed filled with sediment and it had been dredged, so it did not present a hazard and did not cause the reactor operations’ interruption.

He also then could determine that the hydrogen had been released from the ductwork into the cooling water of the main generator, during the month of August. While the amount of gas was unknown, the escape was not to the atmosphere, and neither presented a danger nor was cause for halting operations.

The CSNSNS responded that the diesel generator failed when a piston stuck due to lack of lubrication resulting from a bearing problem on Sept. 12. The event did not endanger life and limb, according to Salas.

Simultaneous reloading of fuel cells at both reactors was the most likely reason for the concurrent stalling, Salas concluded after the numerous freedom-of-information requests.

While the main present dangers appear to be the fractures in the cores’ water pumps, a Jan. 11, 2013 scram (emergency reactor shutdown) remains to be inspected under the looking glass of the IFAI.

The institute created by decree in 2002 has provided important tools for shedding light on the machinations of the nuclear plant, among other formerly opaque federal operations.

Yet, as this case underscores, IFAI should strengthen its own processes in order to avoid the kind of inconsistent and self-belying responses that ensnared this most recent of many investigations into the lack of security at Laguna Verde.

Even so, that won’t protect the population from the specter of accidents or deteriorating health and safety in the advent of air and water pollution from the facility, which is located on a part of the coast with only poorly maintained roads to offer escape routes.

If Peña Nieto and company are to be more responsive to community needs than their predecessors, one way to show good intentions would be to comply with demands for conducting an emergency public evacuation drill, something that never has been done in the history of the 17-year-old nuclear plant. Another would be to take the irresponsible parties to court to establish accountability.

TALLI NAUMAN is an environmental analyst for the Americas Program . She is a founder and co-director of the independent international media project Journalism to Raise Environmental Awareness, initiated in 1994 with support from the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The “Measures of Academic Progress” (MAP) Test in American High Schools

0

On Monday, May 13, Seattle Schools Superintendent Jose Banda announced that “High schools may opt out of MAP [Measures of Academic Progress Test] in 2013-14.”

This announcement was greeted with spontaneous celebrations by teachers and students at Garfield High School where the boycott of MAP tests began in January.

Garfield High School’s librarian, Janet Woodward summed up the meaning of the MAP test boycott for Garfield saying,

“I feel vindicated by the decision to remove MAP testing from the high schools. Our movement has succeeded in exposing all of the fallacies of using this canned assessment. It is a waste of money and time, turns professionals into proctor clerks and produces results which are not statistically relevant.”

It was the first time a group of teachers have boycotted a standardized test in America. The boycott began on January 9, 2013 when the 19 strong group of teachers at Garfield High voted unanimously to refuse to administer the MAP test. The MAP test purports to evaluates student progress in reading and math in all grades (K-12). This is part of the growing national fight back against the high stakes testing regime that has swept through the US education system.

Garfield High teachers published a letter explaining the reasons for their boycott of the MAP test.

They point out how the MAP test disrupts students learning, is a costly and ineffective measure of student progress and is unfairly used to evaluate the effectiveness of teachers. Their letter concludes,

”We are not troublemakers nor do we want to impede the high functioning of our school. We are professionals who care deeply about our students and cannot continue to participate in a practice that harms our school and our students.”

The teachers’ successful boycott of the MAP tests was down to a variety of factors. The unswerving determination of teachers at Garfield and other Seattle schools to continue the test boycott in the face of threats of suspension from Superintendent Banda. The victory over the MAP test would not have been possible without the massive support from local parents, many of whom refused to enter their kids for the MAP tests.

Another hugely important factor in this defeat of standardized testing was the solidarity action of hundreds of Seattle high schools students who held meetings and gave out flyers supporting the teacher test boycott. The independent decision of hundreds of students to refuse to sit the tests was critical to this victory over the MAP test. A break down of the winter MAP testing numbers at Garfield High revealed that only 180 valid tests were delivered out of a planned 810. Hundreds of students had taken solidarity action in support of their teachers by refusing to take the tests.

Besides this, the campaign has won huge support from teachers and trade unions across America. 60 leading academics, researchers and trade unionists signed a statement of support for the MAP test boycott.

The boycott of MAP test at Garfield High and other Seattle schools are part of the growing national movement against ”high stakes” public school testing. In the past year hundreds of school boards across the country have passed resolutions calling for an end to high stakes testing of students stating that it is strangling learning. In New York a growing number of parents are refusing to let their children sit the standardized tests. The New York principals association has said that it no longer supports high stakes standardized testing. Many New York parents have criticised companies such as Pearson for profiteering from the increased testing of students.

Alongside this, is the growing movement against massive cuts to education funding. On 17 May thousands of students in Philadelphia walked out in protest at the planned cuts to education spending. Meanwhile, in Chicago on 22 May there was three days of protests against the mayor’s plan to close 54 local schools.

Professor Diane Ravitch,who is a historian of education and former US assistant secretary of Education under President Bush signed a statement of support for the Seattle teachers along with 60 other leading education academics. She has recently commented,”We’ve had more than a decade of standardized testing and now we need to admit that it’s not helping.” In March 2010 in an article for the Wall Street Journal she explained why she was opposed to standardized testing:

 ”The current emphasis on accountability has created a punitive atmosphere in the schools. The Obama administration seems to think that schools will improve if we fire teachers and close schools. They do not recognize that schools are often the anchor of their communities, representing values, traditions and ideals that have persevered across decades. They also fail to recognize that the best predictor of low academic performance is poverty–not bad teachers.”

Professor Mark Naison of Fordham University says the negative effects of testing disproportionately impacts low income students. Professor Wayne Au of Washington University supported the Seattle teachers boycott of MAP tests and has commented,”The emerging consensus among [academic] researchers is clear: high stakes standardized tests are highly problematic to say the least.”

The Chicago Teachers’ Union has launched a campaign called Pencils Down to support both local and national efforts to eliminate high stakes standardized tests from public schools. In a paper called Debunking the myths of Standardized Testing it comments:

”Children who do not have access to health care, who are hungry, who do not have books or access to other informal learning at home, whose parents have limited education, whose families are constantly stressed by economic problems, and who do not go to libraries and museums in their free time are at and academic disadvantage.

These factors are highly related not only to testing outcomes, academic achievement, future education and socio‐economic success,but also to the racial, ethnic and class origins of individuals.”

 Education writer Alfie Kohn has noted how politicians and the education establishment express ”outrage” at low academic achievement amongst low-income and other disadvantaged children. They believe in quick fixes such as blaming teachers for low educational attainment:

”Many public officials, along with like‐minded journalists and other observers, are apt to minimize the matter of resources and assume that everything deficient about education for poor and minority children can be remedied by more forceful demands that we ‘raise the bar.’ The implication here would seem to be that teachers and students could be doing a better job but have, for some reason, chosen not to do so and need only be bribed or threatened into improvement…The focus among policy has been on standard s of outcomes rather than standards of opportunity,”

High stakes standardized testing are a major part of President Obama’s education programme Race To The Top. This gives city and state authorities the power to take punitive action against schools and individual teachers for poor student performance in standardized tests. It is worth noting that most private schools, where President Obama and other public officials send their kids, refuse to administer standardized tests. They want their students to have access to critical thinking skills and creativity not rote learning.

Garfield history teacher and union rep Jesse Hagopian has commented upon the significance of their victory in an interview with Democracy Now TV on 20 May:

”It’s a real crisis for for these corporate education reformers …because their whole system of education reform rests on these data points, on reducing teaching and learning to a single score that they can use to close schools like your seeing proposed in Chicago and Philadelphia. That they can use these data points to degrade education and profit from it turning them into charter [schools].”

 Jesse Hagopian went on to note the importance of the Seattle teacher’s victory against inappropriate forms of school testing:

 ”This boycott represented a threat to their ability to reduce teaching and learning to a single score. I think that’s why Michelle Ree and these corporate reformers are so upset we stood up to their tests and refused to give them. I think that’s why so many teachers, parents and students across the nation are celebrating this victory.”

Garfield High teacher Mallory Clarke said their victory will have positive consequences for the future, “I think the Seattle Schools’ final position on the MAP this year is evidence of the power of teachers. We carved out a bit of time from our overwhelming responsibilities to take on some of the worst features of so-called education reform, and we moved mountains. Getting free of the MAP at the high school level gives us an opening to pursue useful assessment.”

During the test boycott over 20 teachers from around Seattle met to develop an alternative to the MAP test called Teacher Work Group on Assessment Recommendations, Spring 2013 Superintendent Banda’s decision to allow schools to opt out of the MAP test was made on the provision that schools will need to develop their own assessments in 2014 to replace the MAP test. The teacher working group recommendations should provide the guidelines to do that.

This is all in sharp contrast with Finland which is universally recognised as having one of the best education systems in the world. In Finland education is free at all levels. There is no national testing of learning outcomes. Students only take one standardized test when they are sixteen. Teachers are well paid highly respected individuals and are not penalised by a payment by results regime. There is an emphasis upon social equality sadly lacking in America with its mania for privatization of public services that benefits big companies looking to make quick profits.

The victory of teacher’s in Seattle against high stakes testing should inspire teacher’s, parents and students that a fight back against the big business agenda in education is possible. As Garfield Special Education teacher Serena Samar said, “Our actions as a staff have reignited the belief that a group of people can make a difference.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

No reformist alliance envisaged: Aref

0

Iran presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref addresses students at Tehran University on May 23, 2013.

Iranian reformist presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref has dismissed rumors about having met with his reformist rival, Hassan Rohani, in order to forge an alliance.

Speaking to reporters following a speech at Shahid Beheshti University of Medical Sciences in Tehran on Tuesday, Aref stated that he has not met Rohani, who is President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council, for the purpose of creating a coalition.

The former first vice president went on to say that he recently had a meeting with Ayatollah Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani, during which the chairman of the Expediency Council urged him to take his candidacy seriously and stay in the race.

Aref said he has a comprehensive strategy which he will implement if elected president, noting that he does not intend to outline his tactics now.

Aref is facing seven rivals in the upcoming election, including Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election.

Iranians will go to the polls in the nationâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

MP/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

7 Afghan police killed in insider attack

0

Afghan policemen stand guard at the entrance to police headquarters in Kabul on December 24, 2012.

At least seven members of Afghan National Police have been shot dead by their colleagues at a police outpost in the troubled southern Afghanistan.

Afghan security officials say two policemen shot dead seven of their sleeping colleagues in the Arghistan district of the southern province of Kandahar on Monday night.

“As soon as the policemen fell asleep, the pair grabbed weapons and opened fire, killing all seven,” Kandahar Afghan National Police chief Abdul Raziq said.

The attackers managed to flee the scene after the deadly shooting spree.

The incident is the latest in a series of Afghan security personnel targeting their local and foreign colleagues across the war-ravaged country.

Over the past months, there has been a rise in the Ëœgreen-on-blueâ„¢ attacks in Afghanistan, in which Afghan security forces turn their weapons on US-led foreign troopers.

In addition to that, Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

JR/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

7 Afghan police killed in insider attack

0

Afghan policemen stand guard at the entrance to police headquarters in Kabul on December 24, 2012.

At least seven members of Afghan National Police have been shot dead by their colleagues at a police outpost in the troubled southern Afghanistan.

Afghan security officials say two policemen shot dead seven of their sleeping colleagues in the Arghistan district of the southern province of Kandahar on Monday night.

“As soon as the policemen fell asleep, the pair grabbed weapons and opened fire, killing all seven,” Kandahar Afghan National Police chief Abdul Raziq said.

The attackers managed to flee the scene after the deadly shooting spree.

The incident is the latest in a series of Afghan security personnel targeting their local and foreign colleagues across the war-ravaged country.

Over the past months, there has been a rise in the Ëœgreen-on-blueâ„¢ attacks in Afghanistan, in which Afghan security forces turn their weapons on US-led foreign troopers.

In addition to that, Taliban militants recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” against US-led and Afghan forces, vowing a new wave of attacks across Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

JR/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Ukrainian gas pipelines worth over $26 billion

0

Accountants looking at the Ukranian gas transit network have put a value on it of between $26-29 billion. The figures have been presented to the Ukrainian government before a decision on whether Russia’s Gazprom is allowed to take over the network.

Ukraine is considering a deal which would see the country get
cut price gas from Russia in exchange for the pipeline reports
Kommerstant Ukraine newspaper. 

The newspaper says the figures come from a source within the
Ukraine Energy Ministry, but they have not been confirmed
officially, nor have advisers Baker Tilly who say the information
is confidential. 

Several companies have calculated the value of the Ukrainian gas
transportation system in recent years. In 2007 Ukraine’s the pipe
network was valued at $24.8 billion. Two years later in 2009
brokerage Uvekon calculated the value at between $9.9 billion and
$16 billion, but this didn’t include the vast underground gas
storage facilities. 

The new estimates, according to the Ukrainian newspaper, take
such facilities into account. 

Earlier this year there already have been reports in the
Ukrainian media suggesting the value of the country’s gas
transportation system was between $20 billion and $26 billion.
Reports also referred to Baker Tilly. 

New estimates of the gas pipeline network started to emerge in
the media after Ukrainian authorities resumed talks over
transferring Ukraine’s gas pipelines to Gazprom in exchange for
slashing prices of imported gas and guarantees of safe transit.

Earlier this week reports said the Ukrainian authorities are
ready to let Russia control the main gas pipeline, while the
Ukrainian East European fuel and energy company (Vetek) will
oversee local gas distribution, according to a Kommersant
source. 

Current Ukrainian legislation does not allow the pipe network to
be leased or sold.

Forbes-Ukraine has reported that Russia considers the fair value
for the Ukrainian gas transportation system at between $15
billion and $17 billion.

The gas transportation web of Ukraine spans 37,600 kilometers of
trunk pipelines delivering Russian gas to Europe. In recent years
Gazprom has been trying to diversify transit routes, increasing
exports through Belarus and via the Nord Stream route running
through the Baltic Sea. However, the Ukrainian gas transportation
system remains the main channel for Russian gas supplies to
Europe.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘UN cannot protect civilians in S Sudan’

0

Due to lack of troops and aircraft, the United Nations peacekeepers in South Sudan are not able to protect civilians affected by fighting in the east of the country, head of the UN mission in South Sudan says.

Hilde Johnson said in a Monday statement that Å“We cannot sustain a presence with the logistical capacity that we have, with the problems we have with air transport and by road. So we cannot protect civilians in big, big, big numbers (in Pibor town in troubled state of Jonglei).”

Reports say that the UN mission in South Sudan (UNMISS) has over 6,500 troops in Jonglei which is the countryâ„¢s largest state.

Clashes between the (South) Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) and militants led by David Yau Yau in the eastern state have displaced tens of thousands of people.

According to aid agencies, nearly all of the 10,000 residents of Pibor town have fled their homes following clashes in the area.

On May 20, at least 24 people including 20 militants and four government troops were killed in clashes between soldiers and the militants in the town.

Meanwhile, South Sudanese soldiers ransacked stores of the United Nations in the town on May 10.

They also looted a hospital and premises of Doctors Without Borders (MSF) and flattened premises of the Italian humanitarian aid organization INTERSOS.

Following the assault, many international aid workers left Pibor over concerns of possible attacks.

In July 2011, South Sudan voted to break away from Sudan following a two-decade civil war that killed about two million people in the East African country. But the new oil-rich nation, which is one of the least-developed countries in the world, has had to confront ethnic tensions and rebellions of its own.

Yau Yau rebelled against the government in Juba after he was defeated in the elections of April 2010. However, he accepted amnesty in June 2011, a month before South Sudan gained independence.

MAM/MA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Suicide rate in US military alarming

0

File photo shows US soldiers in Kunar Province in Afghanistan.

The number of suicide cases among active service members in the US Army is rising at an alarming rate despite efforts made to curb the trend, Press TV reports.

According to a new report, the US military recorded 161 potential suicides in 2013, meaning one suicide about every 18 hours among active duty troops, reservists and National Guard members.

The report noted that US Defense Department, Pentagon, has implemented a number of initiatives in an attempt to decrease the number of suicides.

However, analysts believe that the rate will even increase in the next couple of years as more troops are returning from Afghanistan.

In 2012, one suicide was reported every 17 hours and the total number was higher than those killed in the battle.

Experts say the prospect of servicing through a seemingly never-ending war can be too much for soldiers to handle.

In an attempt to reverse the trend, military doctors are now investigating to see if traumatic brain injuries (TBIs) increase the risk of suicide among troops.

In March, more than 50 Congress members formally asked US Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel to study whether TBIs sustained by American troops may be contributing to the military suicide epidemic.

CAH/MA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Under the Disguise of The “Battle against Terrorism”: The U.S., Britain and France Support “Al Qaeda in Syria”

0

The UK Foreign secretary William Hague, and his French counterpart Lauren Fabius, are leading an isolated charge within the EU to lift a supposed arms embargo to self-described ‘rebels’, hitherto destroying Syria for over two years. Several underlying factors need to be addressed before these diplomatic (some would say military) manoeuvres are put into context.

Firstly, the most obvious issue with allowing the UK and France to freely arm ‘rebels’ of their choosing inside Syria is that this policy is against all international law, and will, as proven already to be the case, continue to vastly exacerbate the growing death toll and displacement in Syria. As the head of arms control at Oxfam noted:

“Transferring more weapons to Syria can only exacerbate a hellish scenario for civilians. If the UK and France are to live up to their own commitments — including those set out in the new arms trade treaty — they simply must not send weapons to Syria.”

Acting under the auspices, or “consultation” of Western intelligence services, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, and non-state actors sending thousands of tonnes of arms and funds to extremist militants in Syria; is directly synonymous with both a huge increase in casualty numbers and civilian displacement; and the huge rise and proliferation of extremist militants operating in Syria. This highlights, as previous conflicts in the region have shown; that further Western military intervention is not about to bring peace and harmony to a nation already engulfed in the throes of war (much of which western powers promoted and enabled).

But peace and harmony are not on either France, nor the UK’s list of priorities in the region; removing President Assad and weakening the state of Syria, Iran’s staunch ally, most certainly are. It seems the less Imperial-minded states of the EU, and indeed, those less attached to US militarism and designs for the Middle East, were incensed by Hague and Fabius’ stubborn attempts to stifle the popular opinion within the EU that sending yet more military equipment to a disparate melee of extremist rebels may be of dire consequence. Hague, with his vast intellect, failed to acknowledge this most obvious of pitfalls, and seems more eager than war-mongerer/profiteer US Senator John McCain is to feed into the western public the idea that ‘moderate’, or ‘secular’ minded ‘rebels’ in Syria actually exist.

To quote an equally moral and intelligent Western statesman, the UK is acting on the policy of “unknown unknowns”. Hague et al claim to know of ‘moderate’ and ‘secular’ fighting forces wishing to take up arms against the Syrian Government; yet literally no one in Syria or analysing the conflict from afar is able to find them. As the weapons flow increased and the funds from Gulf donors magnified, it has been the most extreme sectarian elements of militia that have been bolstered by such support, and indeed, further encouraged by Western diplomatic cover and the dutiful Western mainstream media’s glowing appraisals of freedom fighters and ‘rebel’ propaganda.

This has only enabled the Jihaddi/Salafist elements hell-bent on sectarian violence and destruction to gain in recruits and popularity. As in Central America, Afghanistan, Libya, Serbia, Kosovo, etc: these extremist elements form the ‘Shock Troops’ of a Western designed subversion model; used to great effect by Western powers to enable the social and structural destruction of a nation “outside the West’s sphere of influence”, in order to bring about regime change.

Libya, again, provides us with a recent, and very much relevant example of how the UK and France are free to manipulate what are, when first employed, supposedly ‘humanitarian’ measures to fit their own military and Imperial advantage. When the No Fly Zone resolution over Libya was first passed in the UN, it was designed to enable ‘rebel’ forces in Libya to “protect the civilian population” from air and armour attacks from the Libyan Army. What ensued almost immediately after the resolution passed was nothing of the sort: the UK and France — under US direction — took it upon themselves, in almost 10,000 airstrike sorties within six months, to not only destroy all of Libya’s meagre air-force and armour, but destroy the vast majority of the infrastructure Gaddafi had built. This ran alongside a targeted assassination campaign against Gaddafi himself to bring about the desired regime change, which just by chance, also happens to be completely against international law. The results of which were neither in the interest of civilians or humanitarianism. As former MI5 officer Annie Machon put it:

“They’ve had free education, free health, they could study abroad. When they got married they got a certain amount of money. So they were rather the envy of many other citizens of African countries. Now, of course, since NATO’s humanitarian intervention, the infrastructure of their country has been bombed back to the Stone Age,”

This “bombing back to the stone age” is what Imperialist apologists might term: holding down the competition. As previously noted by many a statesman and scholar, the last thing any Western government desires is the self-determination and independence of resource-rich, strategically placed nations.

Furthermore, as candidly revealed by Hague himself, the UK and France’s pressure to lift the embargo is solely designed to pressure the Assad government to meet their demands, stating: (my emphasis)

“[it is] important for Europe to send a clear signal to the Assad regime that it has to negotiate seriously, and that all options remain on the table if it refuses to do so”.

One thing is certain, Hague does not speak for Europe. 25 of the 27 European nations were against the lifting of the embargo. The French and British refusal to accept the popular consensus meant that no decision or required extension of the current embargo could be made, resulting in its expiration. This in turn allows EU states to act as they please, as Hague said himself, this was the exact outcome the UK was hoping for. Once more, Hague is speaking with no authority, only 16% of the UK population agree to sending arms to ‘rebels’ in Syria: UK democracy in action.

The desired outcome of the lifting of the EU embargo will be increased military support to what the CIA, and NATO aligned governments describe as “vetted moderate” rebel forces. Which for all intents and purposes, simply don’t exist. The more likely outcome will be to create further reluctance of the Syrian ‘opposition’ elements within the SNC to negotiate with the Assad Government; further encouraging them and the extremist elements on the ground in Syria to continue their futile quest for a military solution. This policy will embolden extremist rebels fighting the Syrian Army in the hope they are to receive further Western support, with the ultimate desire of Western intervention just around the corner.

As Hague warns of “conflict spread”, which is evidently already occurring in Northern Lebanon, and inextricably linked to increased sectarian strife in Iraq; his Orwellian mindset seems unable to realise that adding more arms to this conflict ridden region will result in anything other than further destabilization. Surely Western powers cannot uphold this pretence any longer, it is glaringly obvious to many that Western involvement and “concern” over Syria has nothing to do with the civilian population and everything to do with regime change by all means necessary, including the tacit arming, funding and diplomatic support of extremist Al Qaeda affiliated ‘rebels’.

Furthermore, while the UK was desperate to lift the arms embargo on Syrian ‘rebels’. It was at the forefront of attempts to uphold the crippling economic sanctions put in place against the Syrian Government. These sanctions, as applied to devastating effect many times before, are again, solely designed to punish the civilian population in attempts to create civil unrest and discord against the Syrian government to bring about regime change, a wholly illegal act in itself. Hague, in another world-class show of diplomatic cognitive dissonance, candidly admitted the failure of these sanctions as a reason to lift the arms embargo, stating: “The EU arms embargo must be lifted because the current economic sanctions regime is ineffective.” If the economic sanctions aren’t working, yet evidently punishing the civilian population, why is the EU keeping them in place? Simply as a tool to further pressurize the Syrian Government and push the civilian population into chaos, poverty and revolt.

Whilst the UK government declares a “battle against terrorism” on its own soil, its Foreign Policy willfully follows the Western trend of fomenting, arming and supporting the very same ideologues abroad. All to suit the pernicious Western establishment agenda of economic and military dominance throughout the Greater Middle East and beyond.

Phil Greaves is a UK based writer/analyst, focusing on UK/US Foreign Policy and conflict analysis in the Middle East post WWII. http://notthemsmdotcom.wordpress.com/

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Our Twisted Politics of Grief

0

Darwin observed that conscience is what most distinguishes humans from other animals. If so, grief isn’t far behind. Realms of anguish are deeply personal – yet prone to expropriation for public use, especially in this era of media hyper-spin. Narratives often thresh personal sorrow into political hay. More than ever, with grief marketed as a civic commodity, the personal is the politicized.

The politicizing of grief exploded in the wake of 9/11. When so much pain, rage and fear set the U.S. cauldron to boil, national leaders promised their alchemy would bring unalloyed security. The fool’s gold standard included degrading civil liberties and pursuing a global war effort that promised to be ceaseless. From the political outset, some of the dead and bereaved were vastly important, others insignificant. Such routine assumptions have remained implicit and intact.

The “war on terror” was built on two tiers of grief. Momentous and meaningless. Ours and theirs. The domestic politics of grief settled in for a very long haul, while perpetual war required the leaders of both major parties to keep affirming and reinforcing the two tiers of grief.

For individuals, actual grief is intimate, often ineffable. Maybe no one can help much, but expressions of caring and condolences can matter. So, too, can indifference. Or worse. The first years of the 21st century normalized U.S. warfare in countries where civilians kept dying and American callousness seemed to harden. From the USA, a pattern froze and showed no signs of thawing; denials continued to be reflexive, while expressions of regret were perfunctory or nonexistent.

Drones became a key weapon – and symbol – of the U.S. war trajectory. With a belated nod to American public opinion early in the century’s second decade, Washington’s interest in withdrawing troops from Afghanistan did not reflect official eagerness to stop killing there or elsewhere. It did reflect eagerness to bring U.S. warfare more into line with the latest contours of domestic politics. The allure of remote-control devices like drones – integral to modern “counterterrorism” ideas at the Pentagon and CIA – has been enmeshed in the politics of grief. So much better theirs than ours.

Many people in the United States don’t agree with a foreign policy that glories in use of drones, cruise missiles and the like, but such disagreement is in a distinct minority. (A New York Times/CBS poll in late April 2013 found Americans favoring U.S. overseas drone strikes by 70 to 20 percent.) With the “war on terror” a longtime fact of political life, even skeptics or unbelievers are often tethered to some concept of pragmatism that largely privatizes misgivings. In the context of political engagement – when a person’s internal condition is much less important than outward behavior – notions of realism are apt to encourage a willing suspension of disbelief. As a practical matter, we easily absorb the dominant U.S. politics of grief, further making it our politics of grief.

The amazing technology of “unmanned aerial vehicles” glided forward as a satellite-guided deus ex machina to help lift Uncle Sam out of a tight geopolitical spot – exerting awesome airpower in Afghanistan and beyond while slowing the arrival of flag-draped coffins back home. More airborne killing and less boot prints on the ground meant fewer U.S. casualties. All the better to limit future grief, as much as possible, to those who are not us.

However facile or ephemeral the tributes may be at times, American casualties of war and their grieving families receive some public affirmation from government officials and news media. The suffering had real meaning. They mattered and matter. That’s our grief. But at the other end of American weaponry, their grief is a world of difference.

In U.S. politics, American sorrow is profoundly important and revs up many rhetorical engines; the contrast with sorrow caused by the American military could hardly be greater. What is not ignored or dismissed as mere propaganda is just another unfortunate instance of good intentions gone awry. No harm intended, no foul. Yet consider these words from a Pakistani photographer, Noor Behram, describing the aftermath of a U.S. drone attack: “There are just pieces of flesh lying around after a strike. You can’t find bodies. So the locals pick up the flesh and curse America. They say that America is killing us inside our own country, inside our own homes, and only because we are Muslims.”

A memorable moment in the film Lincoln comes when the president says, “Things which are equal to the same thing are equal to each other” – in 1865, a daring leap for a white American assessing race. Truly applying the same Euclidean theorem to grief would be just as daring now in U.S. politics. Let’s face it: in the American political culture of our day, all grief is not created equal. Not even close.

***

We might say ’twas ever thus: countries and ethnic groups mourn their own while yawning or even rejoicing at the agonies of some “others.” And when grief weighs in on the U.S. political scale, the heaviness of our kind makes any other secondary at best. No wonder presidents have always been wary of red-white-and-blue coffins at Andrews Air Force Base. No wonder “Bring our troops home” is such an evergreen slogan of antiwar activism. If the only grief that matters much is American, then just getting Americans out of harm’s way is the ticket. The demand – like empathy for the war-torn grief of Americans – is vital. And grievously incomplete.

The world’s only superpower has been operating with vast impunity to strike targets and, in effect, summarily execute. (President Obama’s big speech on May 23 reasserted that prerogative; as the ACLU’s president Anthony Romero pointed out, Obama “still claims broad authority to carry out targeted killings far from any battlefield, and there is still insufficient transparency.”)  For American politics and mass media – perennially infatuated with the Pentagon’s latest tech advances in military capacities – such enormous power to smite presumptive evildoers has fed into a condition of jingo-narcissism. Some of its manifestations could be viewed as sociopathic: unwilling or unable to acknowledge, or evidently care much about, the pain of others.

Or the terror of others, if we are causing it. In the American political lexicon, terror — the keynote word for justifying the U.S. state of warfare so far in this century – is a supreme epithet, taken as ours to confer and to withhold. Meanwhile, by definition, it goes without saying, our leaders of the “war on terror” do not terrorize. Yet consider these words from New York Times reporter David Rohde, recalling his captivity by the Taliban in 2009 in tribal areas of Pakistan: “The drones were terrifying. From the ground, it is impossible to determine who or what they are tracking as they circle overhead. The buzz of a distant propeller is a constant reminder of imminent death.”

As part of tacit job descriptions, the U.S. network anchor or the president is highly selective in displayed compassion for the grieving. It won’t do to be seen with watery eyes when the Pentagon has done the killing (“friendly fire” a notable exception). No rulebook need be published, no red lines openly promulgated; the gist remains powerfully inherent and understood. If well acculturated, we don’t need to ask for whom the bell tolls; we will be informed in due course. John Donne, meet Orwell and Pavlov.

The U.S. Constitution – if not international law or some tenacious kind of idealism – could prevent presidential “kill lists” from trumping due process. But, as Amy Davidson wrote in a New Yorker online column last year, the operative approach is: “it’s due process if the president thinks about it.” Stephen Colbert summed up: “The Founders weren’t picky. Trial by jury, trial by fire, rock-paper-scissors – who cares?” After all, “Due process just means there’s a process that you do.” Satire from Colbert has been far more candid than oratory from President Obama, whose May 23 speech claimed a commitment to “due process” and declared: “I’ve insisted on strong oversight of all lethal action.”

Bypassing due process and shrugging off the human consequences go hand in hand. At the same time, it can be reassuring when the commander in chief speaks so well. But Obama’s lengthy speech at the National Defense University laid out a global picture with a big missing piece: grief due to U.S. military attacks. The only mention was a fleeting understatement (“for the families of those civilians, no words or legal construct can justify their loss”), instantly followed by a focus on burdens of top perpetrators: “For me, and those in my chain of command, these deaths will haunt us as long as we live…” As usual, the grief of the USA’s victims was quickly reframed in terms of American dilemmas, essential goodness and standing in the world. So, while Obama’s speech called for “addressing the underlying grievances and conflicts that feed extremism, from North Africa to South Asia,” some crucial grievances stoking the conflicts were off the table from the outset; grief and rage caused by U.S. warfare remained out of the picture.

Transcendent and truly illuminating grief is to be found elsewhere, close to home. “The greatest country in the world” presumes to shoulder the greatest grief, with more access to profundities of death. No wailing and weeping at the scene of a drone strike, scarcely reported by U.S. media anyway, can hold a candle. For American grief to be only as weighty as any other just won’t do. We’re number one! A national narrative of emotional supremacy.

Our politics of grief, bouncing off the walls of U.S. media echo chambers, are apt to seem natural and immutable while fueling much of the domestic political rhetoric that drives U.S. foreign policy. The story goes that we’re sinned against yet not sinning, engaged in self-protection, paying to defend ourselves. Consider the Google tallies for two phrases. “U.S. defense budget”: nearly 4,000,000. “U.S. military budget”: less than 100,000.

But for those in communities grieving the loss of people struck down by the USA’s “Defense Department,” the outlook is inverted. To be killed is bad enough. But to be killed with impunity? To be killed by a machine, from the sky, a missile fired by persons unseen who do not see who they’re killing from hundreds or thousands of miles away? To be left to mourn for loved ones killed in this way?

When, from our vantage point, the grief of “others” lacks major verisimilitude, their resentment and rage appear irrational. Heaven forbid that such emotions could give rise to deadly violence approaching the level of our own. People who are uneducated and unclear on the American concept sometimes fail to appreciate that our perception is to be enforced as hegemonic reality. By a kind of fiat we can elevate with fervent validation some — some — others’ grief. As for the rest, the gradations of importance of their grief, and the legitimacy of their resort to violence, are to be determined by our judicious assessment; for further information, contact the State Department.

There may be no worse feeling of human powerlessness than inability to prevent the death of a loved one. The unmatched power of bereavement forces people to cope with a basic kind of human algebra: love + death = grief. Whether felt as a sudden ghastly deluge or as a long series of sleeper waves with awful undertows, real grief can turn upbeat memories into mournful ones; remembering becomes a source of anguish, so that, as Joan Didion wrote, “Memories are what you no longer want to remember.” Ultimately, intimately, the human conditions of loss often move people to places scarcely mapped by standard news coverage or political rhetoric.

Imagine living in a village in Pakistan or Afghanistan or Yemen. From the sky, death has been visited on neighbors, and drones keep hovering. (As now-former Times reporter Rohde pointed out: “Drones fire missiles that travel faster than the speed of sound. A drone’s victim never hears the missile that kills him.”) Overhead are drones named Reaper, shooting missiles named Hellfire. Have the heavens been grabbed by people who think their instruments of death are godly?

“When scientific power outruns moral power,” Martin Luther King Jr. said, “we end up with guided missiles and misguided men.” For America, drones and other highest-tech weapons are a superb technological means of off-loading moral culpability from public agendas; on the surface, little muss, less fuss.

Disembodied killing offers plenty of pluses in U.S. politics, especially when wars become protracted. From Vietnam to Afghanistan, the reduction of troop levels has cut the number of American deaths (easing the grief that “counts”) in tandem with more bombardment from the air (causing the “other” grief). Today’s domestic politics of grief are akin to what emerged after mid-1969, when President Nixon initiated a steady withdrawal of U.S. troops from South Vietnam. During the three years that followed, Nixon reduced the number of soldiers in Vietnam by nearly half a million, to 69,000. During the same three years, the U.S. government dropped 3.5 million tons of bombs on Vietnam – more than all the bombing in the previous five years.

Then, as now, the official scenario had U.S. troops thinning on the ground, native troops taking up more of the combat burden, and the Pentagon helpfully bombing from the sky as only Americans could “know how.” Independent journalist I. F. Stone astutely identified the paradigm in 1970, when the White House struggled with fading public support for the war. The revamped policy, Stone wrote, was “imperialism by proxy,” aiming to buy “low-wage soldier-power,” an approach that “will be seen in Asia as a rich white man’s idea of fighting a war: we handle the elite airpower while coolies do the killing on the ground.” Stone would have swiftly recognized the pattern in President Obama’s upbeat statement on May 23 that “we will work with the Afghan government to train security forces and sustain a counterterrorism force.”

The number of U.S. ground troops in Afghanistan was down by one-third, to 66,000, at the start of this year, when Obama announced plans to gradually withdraw the remaining troops over a period of two years. High-tech warfare would pick up the slack. The outgoing Defense Secretary, Leon Panetta, told a news conference that a key mission in Afghanistan, persisting after 2014, would be “counterterrorism,” a buzzword for heavy reliance on airpower like drones and cruise missiles. Such weapons would give others grief.

A top “national security” adviser to the president, John Brennan, said as much in an April 2012 speech. “As we have seen,” he noted, “deploying large armies abroad won’t always be our best offense. Countries typically don’t want foreign soldiers in their cities and towns.” The disadvantages of “large, intrusive military deployments” were many. “In comparison, there is the precision of targeted strikes.”

But such “precision” is imperfect enough to be an other’s calamity. Likewise, the extreme relativity of “agony.” At his Senate confirmation hearing to become CIA director in February 2013, Brennan spoke of “the agony we go through” in deciding which individuals to target with drones. Perhaps to square some circles of cognitive dissonance, those who inflict major violence often seem moved to underscore their own psychological pain, their own mental wounds. (As if to say, This hurts me as much as it hurts them; maybe even more, given my far more acute moral sensitivities.) When the focus is on the agony of the perpetrators, there may be less room left to consider the grief of their victims.

Shifting the burden of protracted war easily meshes with a zero-sum geopolitical game. Official enthusiasm for air strikes has correlated with assurances that Americans would be facing much less grief than allied others. So, near the end of 2012, the USA Today front page reported that “the number of U.S. deaths in Afghanistan is on track to decline sharply this year, reflecting the drawdown in U.S. forces” – while the death toll for Afghan government forces had climbed to ten times the U.S. level. These developments were recounted as progress all the way around.

As top officials in Washington move to lighten the political load of American grief, their cost-benefit analyses find major strategic value in actions that inflict more grief on others. Political respects must be paid. Elites in the war corps and the press corps do not have infinite tolerance for American deaths, and the Pentagon’s latest technology for remote killing is a perpetual favorite. In the long run, however, what goes around tends to come around.

Advice offered by scholar Eqbal Ahmad before 9/11 bears repeating and pondering: “A superpower cannot promote terror in one place and reasonably expect to discourage terrorism in another place. It won’t work in this shrunken world.”

After the “war on terror” gained momentum, Martin Luther King III spoke at a commemoration of his father’s birth and said: “When will the war end? We all have to be concerned about terrorism, but you will never end terrorism by terrorizing others.” That was more than nine years ago.

Norman Solomon is co-founder of RootsAction.org and founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. His books include “War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death.” He writes the Political Culture 2013 column.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

The US and the Euro Crisix

0

The eurozone recession is now the longest on record for the single currency area, according to official statistics released last week, as the economy shrank again in the first quarter of this year. A comparison with the U.S. economy may shed some light on how such a profound economic failure can occur in high-income, highly-educated countries in the 21st century.

While the U.S. economy is still weak and vulnerable, the record 12.1 percent unemployment in the eurozone is still a lot worse than our 7.5 percent here. The most victimized countries like Spain and Greece have unemployment of about 27 percent.

The contrast between the U.S. and Europe is all the more striking because Europe has much stronger labor unions, social democratic parties, and a more developed welfare state. Yet the eurozone has implemented policies far to the right of the U.S. government, causing needless suffering for millions more people. How does this happen? The answers have little to do with a “debt crisis” but everything to do with macroeconomic policy, ideology, and — perhaps most importantly — democracy. As such these questions are relevant not only to the populations of both of these economic superpowers, but to most of the world.

Let’s start with democracy: most of the eurozone countries have little to no control over the most important policies that the government can use to increase employment and income, includingmonetary, exchange rate, and increasingly, fiscal policy. They have ceded this control to the eurozone authorities — most importantly the European Central Bank (ECB). The decision makers for the more victimized countries — including Spain, Greece, Ireland, Portugal, and Italy — are now “the Troika”: the ECB, European Commission, and the International Monetary Fund (IMF). They have their own agenda, and their priority is not restoring employment or even bringing about a speedy economic recovery.

Before returning to that agenda, let’s contrast the economic decision makers of the eurozone with those of the United States. Our central bank, the Federal Reserve, is officially independent of the government. Like the ECB, it has often acted against the interests of the majority, favoring powerful financial interests — most recently in its enabling of the $8 trillion housing bubble that caused the Great Recession. But the Fed is still accountable in some ways. Fed Chair Ben Bernanke has to report regularly to Congress, and the Fed has some fear that Congress might reduce its autonomy if it were to ignore the public interest too flagrantly. (They were not pleased about legislation approved by the U.S. House last year that required, for the first time, an audit of the Fed’s books; it remains blocked in the Senate.)

The ECB, by contrast, has no such constraints. In fact, for most of the last three years, the Troika has actually used the recurrent financial crises in the eurozone to pursue a political agenda: rolling back, as much as possible in a European context, the welfare state. The ECB could have avoided most and possibly all of these crises by simply stabilizing the interest rates on Spanish and Italian government bonds. But as was evident in numerous press reports, the ECB and its allies feared that to end the threat of a full-blown financial crisis would “remove the pressure” on governments to make the reforms that they wanted: cutting pensions and unemployment insurance, weakening unions’ collective bargaining rights (as in Spain), and shrinking government generally.

Finally in the fall of last year, ECB President Mario Draghi made some statements indicating that the ECB would stabilize Spanish and Italian bonds. He got tired of near-death experiences, apparently; and after more than a dozen European governments (including Sarkozy’s in France) had fallen, the ECB and its allies were running up against some political limits. This change in policy, which put an end to the most severe, recurring financial crises in Europe, can be partly attributed to the very slow impact of a severely limited form of democratic input. That included of course massive street protests and electoral events such as the surge of the Greek left party Syriza.

But this “democracy” is far too restricted and slow moving to save the millions of unemployed whose lives are being wasted; and most importantly, it only ended the acute crises and not the continuing recession caused by the austerity measures enforced by the Troika. This has an important lesson for any country: don’t give away your economic sovereignty, on the most important macroeconomic policies that most of your nation’s livelihood depends upon — unless it is transferred to a set of institutions that you can really trust. Which of course is the opposite of what was created with the eurozone, with its built-in bias towards austerity in recession, and a central bank that was religiously committed to not caring about employment.

Again, the contrast with the U.S. is worth noting. Even if Mitt Romney had been elected, he would not have dared to implement the kind of austerity that would push the U.S. back into recession. He would want to get re-elected. That is not to say that eurozone officials have a monopoly on macroeconomic stupidity: the sequester in the U.S. is currently slowing the U.S. economy and causing unnecessary harm. But it was not as easy to get this result here; it is not as severe; and it will be easier to reverse than in Europe.

What then is the hope for Europe? Another political lesson, which most union leaders know, is that it’s difficult to win any concessions without bargaining power. So far, almost none of the political leaders in the most victimized countries, including Spain and Greece, are willing to simply refuse the Troika’s conditions, for fear that it would lead to their exit from the euro. So the Troika doesn’t see much reason to let up on the austerity. In that sense the most promising recent development has been the meteoric rise of the populist Beppe Grillo and his Five Star Movement in Italy. He has been willing to talk about a referendum on leaving the euro, and his movement got the largest number of parliamentary seats of any single political party in the February Italian elections.

The case needs to be made, and explained to the public — as economist Paul Krugman recently did for Cyprus — that years of mass unemployment are too high a price to pay for keeping the euro. Politicians do not need to propose leaving the euro, as that remains taboo. But a refusal to accept recessionary conditions would shift the burden to the European authorities as to whether they want to kick any country out of the currency union. Most likely they would not. But without a willingness to simply refuse the Troika’s recessionary conditions, it’s going to be a long, slow slog to reverse the continued infliction of needless suffering in what used to be one of the most democratic regions of the world.

Mark Weisbrot is an economist and co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research. He is co-author, with Dean Baker, of Social Security: the Phony Crisis.

This essay originally appeared in Al Jazeera.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

They Said a Bad Word

0

Seriously! Really! NO EFFING WAY! Just a word, in a satirical sexualized context, creates this flurry of ad hominem attack and fallacious argumentation. What happened to judging whether something was even worthy of an argument, even worth a question, or to be labeled a problem? Here, what I want to defend is the idea of reasoned argument based upon a worthwhile topic. Not based upon the preconceived ideological notions certain people would attach to a single word (or words, by god!). It is debate, sound utilization of public reasoning that is needed, to follow the command of Lenin to “Learn, Learn, Learn” (quoted in Violence). But what debate can be had once the crime of sexism is levied based upon one word. What can be learned if all arguments are ignored to focus on a word, and when that fails to go on the offensive ignoring all other things which were stated? At what point is it analogical to the act of a five year-old throwing a temper tantrum for being ignored and writing tripe? My purpose is to provide a cursory answer to a general question, “Who made anyone the boss of any word, to lay claim to its meaning, or to enforce their own universalized ethics upon us all?” I will do this with a more thorough reading and higher-level of argumentation beyond the gossip mag style tabloid bullshit so far enveloping this debate. Lastly, I want to end with a question. Since when do little nods from the powerful lead us into the cult of personality as a good? For Brecht would put the good people against the good wall and deliver the good bullet from the good gun (quoted in Violence).

The first point is based on the failure to accept the capacities of language to be utilized creatively, pushing beyond a de Saussurean signifier-signified binary. It is their crude radical ascetism bordering on authoritarian non-sense, which should perturb “WE THE FREE!” Tits can only carry the meaning they inscribe in it denying all other collective assemblages of enunciation. It is as if Derrida never lived and semantic binaries weren’t crushed under the weight of a million turns of a word. Turns of a word always in a context, a language game built into a system of knowledge constrained historically. As if Deleuze and Guattari did not build up the desiring-machines who constantly re-construct the flows of semiotic code in a folding socius. The act of de-essentialization of culture is ignored to reaffirm an ascetic meaning cutting off all creative flows from any micro-politics of desire. No longer can we play around in the constrained infinity of our language game. The word TITS must automatically be equated with misogyny, for now a trillion stings from the symbolic violence of capitalist elites and their propaganda is forgotten. The crumb cast to us by another of these “good people” is worth attacking our comrades in the struggle. A person you know is fighting with you in the trenches sharing the same struggle is quickly the misogynist. For a joke against the same elites we all deride is not allowed, not if it means a word *gasps* is used. Language must be walled off, confined, and guarded from perceived attacks by the ideologue guardians who have lost all touch with the working class.

Here is what enraged Smith so much:

“Yet the editors over at the CounterPunch website were apparently guffawing over Angelina Jolie’s recent decision to undergo a preventative double mastectomy. Their e-mail promo for an article posted on the site on May 14 reads: “Ruth Fowler unsnaps Angelina Jolie’s bra and exposes privilege, health care and tits.” Presto! A double mastectomy morphs into locker room fodder.” (16/05/2013)

Would Smith have been so enraged if it was an article on testicular cancer and Brad Pitt became a hero for speaking. What if the promo read “Ralph Nader has got Brad Pitt by the jock strap and coughing to shed light on privilege, health care and balls”? Still funny, still not about sexism. But of course this humor can only be male humor, only some phallo-centric oppression. For a group of petition signers gender-based symbolic violence is reduced to a word, always a falsely-idealized conservative semantics. Yes, a word can be representative of oppression, but it is not automatically so! And when you respond saying words are tossed around and not necessarily fitting into the meanings people would want, you are labeled infantile for these ideologues who consider it

“responding with what we expect a typical male undergraduate student to say when first introduced to the notion of women’s objectification: “CounterPunch also uses titles with ‘dick,’ ‘penis,’ and ‘cock’ in them.” (27/05/2013).

Women can only be dirty when they are “frequently potty-mouthed, proud lesbian” women (24/05/2013)? No, of course not! Working class woman would never talks like this without it being some form of self-oppression.

I guess this is what happens when you negate everything and see no way to affirm anything, but of course more negations. Slave logic much? And what would have been wrong with Wolf’s title

“mischievously proposed to the Counterpunch editors: “I suggest this nifty title for your post after Angelina Jolie has her ovaries removed: “Rich Cunt Mutilates Pussy”—that should get you lots more readers!”” (24/05/2013).

And why if it was Fowler’s title does it still matter. She is a woman, does she not have a right to call tits whatever the hell she wants? Especially, when she was pointing out the objective background to the symbolic violence of Angelina’s op-ed and the system underpinning the horror of breast cancer (05/14/2013). But, wait now we conflate not having breast cancer with having it in order to remove Fowler’s feminist agency:

“all medical patients diagnosed with potentially fatal illnesses deserve to be treated with dignity and respect. Jolie deserves respect as someone who spoke out bravely about the difficult decision to have a double mastectomy rather than risk getting breast cancer (05/25/2013).”

No disagreement about the patients. But, even the non-patient who talks about breast cancer and utilizes humanitarian crises like a good liberal-communist should, for PR, deserve our respect? Does that mean if I write an op-ed explaining multiple procedures that can be undertaken, I should get treated with respect even if I ignore the fact the gene is owned by a company? What if I was a blind, pansexual, mixed black, latino, white, and Asian, who shared in 5 different ethnic cultures, and a post-op trans-gender woman? And then Fowler is no longer allowed to criticize? Well, sorry, you used the word tits and someone said something about a bra, your opinion is no longer valid.

For this is the tyranny of the intellectuals, the ones who have read Marx and breathed in what they would call his divinity who declare to us what everything means (ego-trip?). To act as if Nietzsche did not lay a well-aimed attack at the idea of absolute good and evil, at the idea of some universal ethical essence wrapping us in its categorical imperative safety net. Who allowed them to say that this word TITS has become taboo. Only in this situation or universally, because of the context or because they are always against the word TITS, WHEN? Questions to be answered! For if they dictate the universal ethic, our actions, then what happens to the dream of “many and different better worlds are possible”. Does it die underneath the teology they inscribe upon our history and our future? What does TITS even mean if we do not accept their teology? Or if it is not a universal taboo, because Wolf is using it, then is it only a chosen few get to say the word? It would seem these questions are merely waved off by Smith quoting the Everyday Sexism Project who

“notes on its website, “In this ‘liberal,’ ‘modern’ age, to complain about everyday sexism or suggest that you are unhappy about the way in which women are portrayed and perceived renders you likely to be labeled as ‘uptight,’ ‘prudish,’ a ‘militant feminist,’ or a ‘bra burner.’” Indeed, there is a longstanding caricature of feminists as man-hating and/or sex-hating, bitter and humorless women who find sexism everywhere they look.” (05/24/2013)

What about it being about none of that? What if you are just being petty and looking for arguments where nothing is important and relevant to any matter of social justice? The CounterPunch editors, the ones who have Gail Dines writing about the ills of pornography and the destruction it reaps upon our male children? They are against the Everyday Sexism Project? Or were you turning a private problem into a public carnival leftist populism style? If Smith found it so problematic couldn’t she e-mail the editors and have that conversation. Wouldn’t this have been more reasonable than calling them misogynists? Or is this tied to Counterpunch having a “disproportionately older and male readership” (05/24/2013). Funny how everything descends into ageism and sexism for Smith so easily, so slyly without a forethought.

Do we suddenly find the lost universal context of the word TITS, where it is in every case a misogynistic act. I think not. TITS! It has been stated, declared, and signed with a giant John Hancock, as merely a word out of context. TITS! What does it even mean detached from any other point, in between nothing for which it can be ascribed in its common meaning. It begins to stink of a high-brow classism based on the tyranny of the intellectuals. O my lord, the word TITS was let loose. A word I heard working class women around me say my entire life. When breasts was a vulgar word, objectifying women smacking of pretentiousness in everyone’s ear. Shit, it was my mom’s northeastern educated side who would find tits vulgar, but only because it was to them a low-brow thing. And not a chuckle leaves me now, for I mean this in all seriousness. Objectification is relative, relative to a societal context, but even to the miniscule micro-scales of dyads. Attempting to state that we have some scientific truth about sexual objectification is ridiculous. So, since we have no way to scientifically measure objectification, who becomes the judge and jury of who is being sexist? And when you defend yourself from the self-selected judge and jury you are labeled “SCHOOLYARD bullies…[a] gang then scrambled around and slung mud from a variety of directions in the hope that something would stick.” (05/24/2013). Should we over-inscribe them as well, and ask why they utilized the word gang? Were they guffawing over their racism when they selected it? For isn’t this the crux of a very idiotic argument being had? One gets to decide the universal meaning and history of a word and then oppress others with it as a sectarian attack!

So, I defend here the notion that a word can be utilized in a positive, dare I say, revolutionary way, even when it can be daily reactionary. But, I also attack, go on the offensive, and state that any reasoned debate was lost in the ideological swamp of fools in farcical plays. This is not to dismiss symbolic violence; present every day in the lives of those oppressed by a system dominated for power and money. However, it was never a point in Fowler’s piece to ignore symbolic violence. Just she wasn’t naïve enough to play in the idiotic game of a single word. How over simplistic to think of symbolic violence as wrapped up in a single word. But this is the silent death of the left, as St. Clair pointed out (05/24-26/2013). For this is where they are, fighting in the sewage left them as they lose every other struggle. A poor defeated narcissist with a victimhood complex, unable to morph into a new revolutionary, a revolutionary to come. A static spiteful being. One who is willing to accept the manufactured consent of the cult of personality that will follow Angelina from this point on. Because, they have swept away the ideas of it wrong for a gene to be owned, that Angelina wasn’t campaigning for health care as much as putting out a press release, that the environment being wrecked with chemicals is causing rises in the cancer rate. Swept under the rug! WHY?! Because, a claim of sexism was levied without trial nor due process. A claim quickly disproven by a look at the evidence of CounterPunch being a radical rag. Well Angelina, you can have the support of the Marxist-Lenninists or Trotskyites, or whatever they are. They were never my cup of tea either way. But, at least know they do not have a monopoly on the word TITS!

The Sophist is a righteously angry burgeoning sociologist attempting to point out sectarian tomfoolery of those who should be comrades in the struggle. It can be reached at Andrew.smolski@gmail.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Three injured in Lebanon rocket attack

0

Lebanese police inspect the area where one of the two rockets hit houses and cars in the Mar Mikhael area of southern Beirut on May 26, 2013.

At least three people have been injured after two rockets reportedly fired from the Syrian side of the border landed in the eastern Lebanese town of Hermel.

According to Lebanese sources, the rockets hit the northern neighborhood of Dora and the western neighborhood of Mareh on Tuesday.

A woman and her five-month-old son are reported to be among the injured.

The attack comes a day after a teenage girl was killed when three mortars fired by militants operating in Syria hit residential areas in Bdaita, on the outskirts of Hermel.

Rocket attacks from the Syrian side of the border have increased in Lebanon in recent days.

On Sunday, several people were injured after two rockets hit the southern part of the Lebanese capital, Beirut. Four rockets also slammed into the heart of Hermel, which is situated about 100 kilometers northeast of Beirut.

Lebanese Foreign Minister Adnan Mansour has said that the security situation in Lebanon is deteriorating due to the ongoing turmoil in the country’s border region with Syria and that Beirut is planning to file a complaint with the Arab League over a deadly attacks by the militants in Syria on the Lebanese soil.

HM/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Slash welfare budget, pour money into security – UK

0

The UK has proposed slashing welfare funding to divert it to the police and armed forces in the wake of the Woolwich attacks, despite MI5 already having been informed enough to have kept tabs on the murder suspects for years.

The MP responsible for work and pensions has been in discussions
with both the defense and home secretaries to heighten security
measures on the British Isles at the expense of up to 3 billion
pounds in welfare, according to a Telegraph report published
Tuesday.

Iain Duncan Smith, from the UK’s ruling Conservative party
proposed that housing benefit for the under-25s be restricted and
state payments could only be given to families with more than two
children, reported the paper. The extra money would be poured
into the police and armed forces.


“Iain Duncan Smith has offered a deal which will protect the
country’s security.”
One senior government source confirmed
to the paper.

A governmental desire to increase security and intelligence
spending has spiked following the brutal Woolwich murder which
happened on May 22. Home Secretary Theresa May has proposed
granting the security services the capabilities to access the
communications data of British residents — a policy which Deputy
PM Nick Clegg already withdrew his support for in April.

Prime Minister David Cameron has also proposed new Tackling
Extremism and Radicalization Task Force (TERFOR) through which a
combination of UK government forces plan to “look at ways of
disrupting individuals who may be influential in fostering
extremism”

Police clash with people in Woolwich in London on May 22, 2013 after a man believed to be a serving British soldier was brutally murdered. (AFP Photo / Justin Tallis)

However, great concern has been voiced by some who feel the move
may be ineffectual.

“They’ve got something like 4,000 staff, MI5, and if they
can’t keep an eye on the people who are at the very top of the
watch list, then there needs to be a real shake up and heads need
to roll,”
investigative journalist Tony Gosling told RT.

The two suspected Woolwich murderers had been flagged by MI5 for
eight years, with one friend of Adebolajo claiming that MI5 had
even got to the point of attempting to recruit one of the
attackers for their own covert operations.

“MI5’s job is to stop people like this committing acts like
this and they haven’t done it, and this isn’t the first time. If
we go back to the London bombings of 2005, you might remember
that MI5 had been following these guys around as well. Now, all
fair play to them if they can stop some plots taking place, but
these guys were really at the top of the list and if they can’t
stop these people then what are they there for?”
Gosling
questioned.

Welfare expenditure has been repeatedly slashed, with rises in
benefit payments capped at 1 per cent on an annual basis. At the
beginning of April, a series of cuts began to be imposed on the
country, which critics said would strike low-income families and
the financially vulnerable.

A woman reacts as she looks at floral tributes left at the scene where Drummer Lee Rigby of the 2nd Battalion was killed outside Woolwich Barracks in London on May 24, 2013. (AFP Photo / Justin Tallis)

On Sunday, the UK’s Mirror reported that one woman who had her
welfare benefits halted died just nine days after she was ordered
to go back to work. She was suffering from high blood pressure,
kidney failure and blackouts, according to the paper, and had
previously required a heart and lung transplant.

However, ‘unprotected’ departments, including the Ministry of
Defence and the Home Office, have also suffered as a result of
expenditure cuts, with defense spending facing a cut of
1.6 billion pounds and the Home Office 800 million pounds.

The two cuts proposed by Duncan Smith have been proposed on a
previous occasion by the UK PM, but weren’t considered to be on
any agenda. The matter is likely to be discussed further in a
spending review next month.

Anxieties have been voiced that the move will widen a deep
existing divide within the Con-Dem coalition.

“The Liberal Democrats will block it – and it will be for them
to explain why it is more important for teenagers to be given
council flats rather than for the nation and its citizens to be
protected,”
an anonymous senior conservative source told the
Telegraph.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Aeroflot may buy out Sibir airline

0

Russian flag carrier Aeroflot, may soon acquire one of its smaller competitors, as officials consider a move to consolidate the airlines.

Officials are discussing the idea of strengthening Aeroflot
through an acquisition of Transaero, UtAir, or Sibir, with a
preference for Sibir, Vedomosti reported on Tuesday,
citing a top Aeroflot management source. The possible acquisition
first surfaced in October 2012 during a meeting between Aeroflot
head Vitaly Savelyev and President Vladimir Putin.

No official proposals have been drafted or final decisions
reached, but Sibir could be bought for cash or shares, and it’s
possible it may be picked up before Aeroflot’s privatization,
which is slated for 2016.

Sibir has already received two other bids, one from its parent S7
group and another from its subsidiary, Globus. Both of these
airlines are controlled by Sibir’s principal owners, Vladislav
and Natalya Filyev.

The source said that if an offer for a 25.5 percent stake in
Sibir is too low, the sale could be handed over to a state
company, likely Aeroflot or Rostech.

The sale of Sibir to Aeroflot would be brokered by Alfa Bank for
a price of $35 million (1.1 billion roubles) and the results will
be announced on Thursday.

The sale came as a shock to the Filyevs, as the airline has been
up for sale for the last 10 years, and then suddenly, it was
“sold out of the blue” Natalya curiously states.

According to Filyev, the sale is a form of state blackmail. They
have pointed fingers at the Federal Property Agency for moving
the sale date from April to May with little explanation.

“All they want to is sell to a government stake, but they are
not ready to pay too much,”
said Vladislav.

According to Vedomosti’s source, Aeroflot will want to continue
to work with the Filyevs, especially on expansion to Far East
Siberia and China. If the acquisition materializes, Sibir will
have Aeroflot’s A320 Airbuses at their
disposal.

The Russian government may sell Aeroflot shares this year as part
of a plan to raise 427 billion roubles ($13.5 billion) through
state asset sales to help balance the budget and reduce its role
in the economy. The government is also selling off VTB and
Rosneft shares.

Deputy Prime Minister Arkady Dvorkovich said there have been no
specific proposals yet, but didn’t provide further comment.

The merger between Aeroflot and Sibir may at first seem logical,
as they it will allow them to develop their different niches, but
later, could spell trouble once they start cutting jobs and
increasing ticket prices. 

A passenger Airbus A319 (S7 airlines) at the Domodedovo airport. (RIA Novosti / Alexey Kudenko)

Sibir currently operates out of Domdedovo, which has two
operating runways and is situated in Moscow’s south, whereas the
majority of Aeroflot flights fly out of Sheremetyevo airport
north of the capital city.

As of 2012, the Russian government owned an 82
percent share in Sheremetyevo airport, 25 percent in Domodedovo
Airport, and 75 percent in Vnukovo, according to
airporttechnology.com.

Domodedovo is Russia’s largest and busiest airport, and attracts
more private investment than its competitors. Both Domodedovo and
Sheremetyevo are competing for the government’s blessing to build
a third runway, which experts estimate at minimum would run 50
billion roubles. 

Terminal D of Sheremetyevo opened in 2009 and is exclusively used
for Aeroflot traffic.

Putin has recently spent billions of dollars revamping all three
airports, likely in anticipation for future privatization sales.
Once the airports have been completely modernized and developed,
the Kremlin has voiced it no plans on keeping them as state-owned
assets.

In an audit report, Aeroflot reportedly mis-spent over $443
million in 2010-2011, and the first nine months of 2012, auditor
Sergey Ryabukhin said at a Federation Council Rules Committee
meeting in late Apri.

Aeroflot began operation in 1923 as the national Soviet airline,
and is celebrating its 90th anniversary this year. The airline
flies to 187 countries and in 2012 serviced 17.7 million
passengers.

This article originally appeared on: RT